ISIX *'45k** \
SfcJ# /> 'fifesf®/ .o* V J' m*& 1
V ^lllr v<
% ^
% ^ 0^k\ <
% m*&w a % wm
A %
^ A
JA A
4-
'4
liA AiflA^
H*i
ssiv
a
‘"Hk
/, ’•S^SggP' ;r%
*- A i %.. A
THE
NAUTILUS
®wfs}oa
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY Secdoml
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS
OF CONCHOLOGISTS
VOL. 79
JULY, 1965 to APRIL, 1966
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
HORACE BURRINGTON BAKER
Professor Emeritus of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania
CHARLES B. WURTZ
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. TUCKER ABBOTT
. A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology, Academy of Natural Sciences
MRS. HORACE B. BAKER
Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
PONY PRINTING, UPPER DARBY, PA.
April, 1966 nautilus iii
CONTENTS
Names of new genera, species, etc. in italics
Alabama 33, 142
A 1 logon a ptychophora 1 34
American Malacological Union 68
Aspella (Favartia) angermeyerae Emerson 8c D’Attilio 1
Anarctic ocean 109
Arkansas ... 117
Atlantic ocean, eastern 54
western 7, 26, 58, 89, 90, 123, 128
Berthelinia 1 39
Cadulus 90
California 103
Campeloma reversed 107
Cempeloma stranded 106
Canada 42, 131, 137
Cecilioides acicula 138
Celebes 137
Celetaia Clench, type Vivipara persculpta 137
Cepaea hortensis 1 31
Clappia cahabensis Clench 33
Conus pastinacea 23
Corbicula fluminea, leana 8c manilensis 113, 138, 142, 143
Correction 137
Cox, Leslie Reginald 1 37
Cypraea cassiaui, C. cohenae Burgess 38, 37
Cypraea englerti Summers 8c Burgess 41
C. surinamensis 26
Dates of Nautilus 34
Dimorphism, sexual in Nassa radula 73
Eduardus (Polygyra) 141
Elliptio spinosa 66
Euconulus dentatus 5
Euglandina rosea 142
Florida 34, 69, 70, 105, 142
Georgia 66
Glyphyalinia specus Hubricht 5
Goniobasis proxima, rheotaxis 80
iv nautilus Vol. 79 (Index)
Haplotrema genitalia 19
Haplotrema eats Deroceras 143
Helicodiscus enneodon Hubricht 6
H. multidens 6
Helisoma trivolvis, autumn migration 108
Helix pomatia 35
Henderson ia occulta 137
Illinois 96, 118, 138
Indo-Pacific marines 23, 37, 41, 73, 120
Kelaart’s opisthobranchs 120
Kentucky 4, 106, 107, 138
Larval development in Lyonsia 123
Lightl'oot, Rev. John 10
Lima angolensis 54
Linisa (Polygyra) 141
Lithasia hubricht i Clench 32
Louisiana 113, 142
Lyonsia hyalina, larval development 123
Mesodon kalrnianus Hubricht 4
Mexico 141
Michigan 47
Migration in Helisoma 108
Missouri 138
Mississippi 30, 142
Monadenia, interspecific courtship 103
Montana 108, 134
Musculium 42
Mussel population changes 1 18
Naples shell show (3) iii
Nassa, sexual dimorphism in radula 73
Nassarius trivittatus 89
Neopisidium (Pisidium) 80
Nicaragua 101
Nielsen, Ted (3) iii
North Carolina 80
Notes and news 34, 69, 103, 1 37
Nova Scotia 131
Odostomia bisuturalis, gastropod host of 7
Oklahoma 117
April, 1966 nautilus v
Opisthobranchs 120
Oregon 19
Ota la lactea 69
Pacific ocean, eastern 1, 143
central 37, 41, 73
western 23, 143
Psleoecologic interpretation from recent faunas 45
Papyridea mantaensis 143
Paravitrea lapilla Hubricht 5
Pelecypod populations, changes in 96
Pelecypods, sizes in marine faunas 109
Pennsylvania 1 38, 143
Pisidium 42
Pisidium, subgeneric classification 86
Pi tar morrhuana, host of Malacobdella grossa 128
Polygyra, interspecific matings 34
Polygyra nomenclature 141
Pomacea bridgesi 105
Portland catalogue 10
Publications received 36, 71, (3) iii, 144
Puerto Rico 105
Pyramidellid parasitism 7
Radula of Nassa, sexual dimorphism 73
Rheotaxis in Goniobasis proxima 80
Rivulina (Pisidium) 80
Slug eaten by Haplotrema 143
Solander, Daniel 10
South Carolina 142
Sphaeriid nomenclature 42
Sphaerium (Musculium) partumeium, growth 47
Sphaerium simile & sulcatum 42
Streptostyla ( Chersomitra ) vancegreenei Jacobson 102
Tennessee 4
Unione peeling 141
Wisconsin 35
vi nautilus Vol. 79 (Index)
INDEX TO AUTHORS
Abbott, R. Tucker (3) iii
Baker, II. Burrington 34, 141, 143
Bayne, Ronald A. (Friedl 8c) 69
Bickel, David 106, 107
Bleakney, J. Sherman 131
Boss, Kenneth J 54
Bullock, Robert C. 143
Burgess, C. M 37, 136
Burgess (Summers 8c) 41
Carney, W. Patrick 134
Castagna, M. (Chan ley 8c) 123
Chanley, P. 8c M. Castagna 123
Clarke, A. M., Jr 137
Clench, William J 30, 33, 105, 105, 136
Crutchfield, Philip J 80
D’Attilio, Anthony (Emerson 8c) 1
Dawley, Charlotte 142
Dexter, Ralph W. (Matteson 8c) 96
Emerson, William K. 8c Anthony D’Attilio 1
Emerson 8c William E. Old, Jr. 26
Eechtner, Frederick R 1 38
Frankenberg, Dirk 89
Friedl, Frank E. 8c Ronald A. Bayne 69
Getz, Lowell L. 118
Gunning, Gerald E. 8c Royal D. Suttkus 113
Heal'd, William II 86, 142
Herrington, H. B 42
Hubricht, Leslie 4, 1 17
Jacobson, Morris K 101
Kay, E. Alison 10
Maes, Virginia Orr 73
Matteson, Max R. 8c Ralph W. Dexter 96
McClary, Andrew 35
Merrill, Arthur S. 8c Richard E. Petit 58
Nicol, David 109
Old, William E., Jr 23
Old (Emerson 8c) 26
April, 1966 nautilus vii
Pantitz, Eric 45
Petit, Richard E. (Merrill 8c) 58
Porter, Clarence A. 19
Ropes, John W 128
Ross, I .an don T 70
Rowan, W. B 108
Russell, Henry U 120
Scheltema, Amelie H. 7
Scott, Donald C. (Thomas 8c) 66
Sine, Terry L 138
Summers, Ray 8c C. M. Burgess 41
Suttkus, Royal D. (Gunning 8c) 113
Teskey, Margaret C 68
Thomas, Grace J. 47
Thomas 8c Donald G. Scott 66
Warmke, Germaine L 1 39
Webb, Glenn R 34, 103, 143
Wigley, Ronald L 90
Woemmel, John R. 141
Vol. 79
JULY, 1965
No. 1
THE
NAUTILUS
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)
Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department.
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
CONTENTS
Aspella ( Favartia ) angermeyerae, n. sp. By William K. Emer-
son and Anthony D’Attilio 1
Four new land snails from the southeastern United States.
By Leslie Hubricht 4
Two gastroped hosts of the pyramellid gastropod, Odostomia
bisuturalis. By Amelie H. Scheltema 7
The Reverend John Lightfoot, Daniel Solander and the Port-
land Catalogue. By E. Alison Kay 10
Comparison of genitalia of two sympatric species of Haplo-
trema. By Clarence A. Porter 19
On the identity of Conus pastinacea. By William E. Old , Jr. ... 23
New records for Cypraea surinamensis. By William K. Emer-
son and William E. Old , Jr 26
A new species of Lithasia from Mississippi. By William J.
Clench 30
A new species of Clappia from Alabama. By William J.
Clench 33
Notes and news 34 Publications received 36
$4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.
Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager
11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.
NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published
by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott.
Matter for publication should be sent to the senior editor. Manuscripts
should be typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout, including titles,
footnotes and bibliographies. Galley proof (without manuscript) will be
submitted to authors only if requested, on or attached to first page of MS,
Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost.
Minimum charge for each block is $3.00
Reprints are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re-
quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra
clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders
will be charged for accordingly:
2 pp.
4 pp.
8 pp.
100 copies
3.25
6.00
9.50
Additional 100s
Plates: Add $1.25 per plate.
1.30
2.00
3.00
[Postage Extra]
Reprints are shipped, with invoices, by Pony Printing, 4 Cloverdale Avenue,
Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082.
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin.
Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,
Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York 17, N. Y. Vols. 71 to date are available
from the Nautilus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, and vary
in price.
Wanted: To purchase living land snails, especially polygyrids, Trilobopsis,
Prophysaon and Ariolimax.
Dr. Glenn R. Webb. Kutztown State College, Kutztown, Pa.
THE NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 July, 1965 No. 1
ASPELLA (FAVARTIA) ANGERMEYERAE, N. SP.
By WILLIAM K. EMERSON and ANTHONY D’ATTILIO
American Museum of Natural History
Among material recently received from Mrs. Carmen Anger-
meyer of Academy Bay, Santa Cruz Island, Galapagos Islands, is
an apparently undescribed species of a muricid gastropod of the
subfamily Trophoninae. We take extreme pleasure in naming
this interesting discovery for Mrs.. Angermeyer, an avid collector
of shells.
Aspella (Favartia) ANGERMEYERAE, new species. Plate 1.
Shell is small, pear-shaped, with 4 whorls, a low spire, and is
subangulate at shoulder, descending convexly and turning in
towards the siphonal canal, which is moderate in length. The
shell is sculptured by 7 rounded axial costae crossed by weaker
spiral cords arranged thusly: Following the eroded protoconch,
the heavy costae starting at the poorly defined suture descend
diagonally towards the shoulder producing rounded pits in the
intervening spaces; below the shoulder the costae descend parallel
to the axis to form terminally the siphonal fasciole; terminal
costae correspond to the consecutively formed earlier siphonal
tips. The spiral cords appear first on the penultimate whorl and
consist of a smaller cord centrally placed between the heavier
cords located at the sutures; the body whorl above the shoulder
is similar to the previous whorl; below the shoulder cord are four
equal-size cords, and following thereafter is a single larger cord
directly above the canal; the intersection of spiral and axial sculp-
ture produces a series of large rounded elevations. Crossing spir-
ally over the entire shell are fine punctured incised striae. The
surface of the shell where not eroded consists of a fine chalk-white
film which when worn away reveals a black coloration, the black
appearing most intense at the intersection of spiral and axial
sculpture. The elliptical aperture is lanceolate at both ends, with
a moderately well defined posterior groove; the peristome is
elevated around the columella; the labrum is crenulate with 6
wide grooves, the interspaces being white between; the aperture
1
2
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
is otherwise grey becoming darker in the grooved portions of the
labrum. The anterior canal is closed, somewhat recurved, whitish
near the aperture but darker grey to black at anterior end. A
pseudo-umbilical chink is framed on the left side by the fasciole.
Operculum is “muricoid” with a terminal, i.e., basal nucleus.
Measurements: Holotype, length 20.7 mm., width 13.8 mm.;
paratype, 20.3 mm. (spire incomplete), width 12.1 mm.
Type locality: Academy Bay, Santa Cruz Island, Galapagos
Islands, intertidal zone.
Type specimens: Holotype, AJVt.N.H. no. 113526; paratype,
A.M.N.H. no. 111856, 10 fathoms off Rabida Island, Galapagos
Islands; Mrs. Carmen Angermeyer collector.
In addition to the holotype, a single paratype of apparently
younger age was available for study. In this specimen, the surface
is sufficiently eroded to remove all traces of the chalky white
layer; there are only six axial costae; the area of black coloration
is much diminished, being restricted mostly on the upper por-
tions of spiral and axial sculpture, the shell appearing otherwise
white; the canal is proportionately longer and is narrowly opened.
Mr. Allyn G. Smith of the California Academy of Sciences
kindly lent us Kodachrome transparencies of a third specimen of
this new species that is in the collection of Mrs. Jacqueline DeRoy
of Academy Bay, Santa Cruz Island, where the specimen was ob-
tained from beach drift. This specimen appears to be quite
similar to the holotype and possesses a well defined posterior
siphonal groove.
After the first draft of this manuscript was completed, Mrs.
DeRoy informed the junior author (in letter, December 2, 1964)
that she now possesses two other specimens of this new species in
addition to the one photographed by Mr, Smith. One of the ad-
ditional specimens was taken alive in 6 fathoms on sandy bottom
off Floreana Island and the other is a specimen, which was occu-
pied by a hermit crab, that was taken from the beach at Academy
Bay, Santa Cruz Island. Photographs kindly provided by Mrs.
DeRoy of the three specimens in her collection indicate that two
are mature specimens and one is a juvenile specimen (see pi. 1,
figs. 3-5) .
The new species, although superficially resembling Maxiwellia
gemma (Sowerby, 1879), which ranges from Santa Barbara, Cali-
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
3
fornia to Punta San Hipolito, Baja California, Mexico, differs in
several significant conchological characters. In Maxwellia gemma ,
the costae above the shoulder consist of blade-like varices re-
curved and ornamented on their edges with spines; the spines
further appearing on the costae of the body whorl. In addition,
the spire of Maxwellia gemma is more extruded and the rounded
aperture lacks the posterior grove of Aspella (Favartia) anger-
meyerae , new species.
Passing mention should be made here to the status of Murex
pumilus Broderip (1833) , an apparently similar species that was
briefly described, without an illustration, and was stated to have
been collected by Hugh Cuming in the Galapagos Islands, “un-
der stones.” To the best of our knowledge, this species has never
been figured, and additional specimens have not been reported,
although Carpenter (1857) subsequently cited Broderip’s origi-
nal record for the Galapagos Islands. Tryon (1880:135) provided
the following translation of the original Latin description of
Murex pumilus , “Rhomboidal, five varicose, varices flattened,
short, subrecurved, crenulate; dark brown, subfasciate with
white; canal moderate, subrecurved; lip crenulate. L. 5 inches
[sic, = .5 inches], lat. 3 inches [sic, = .3 inches],” and he sug-
gested that it was “Probably a young shell.” In an attempt to
determine if the type material of this taxon is extent, we in-
quired of Mr. Norman Tebble, head of the Mollusca Section of
the British Museum (Natural History), if the type specimen were
in the Cuming collection. He kindly informed us (in letter, De-
cember 30, 1964) that the type is not in the British Museum.
Therefore, until the identity of Broderip’s taxon can be deter-
mined, Murex pumilus must remain a species inquirenda, and
its possible relationship with the new species described herein
can not be evaluated.
The generic placement of this new species presents some prob-
lems. The presence of a posterior groove suggests affinity with
Aspella (sensu lato) . Although an anal siphon is not developed
in the type species of Favartia , a weakly formed posterior siphonal
groove occurs in some species of Aspella, including Aspella (As-
pella) paupercula (C. B.. Adams, 1850) and Aspella (Favartia)
obtusa (Sowerby, 1894) . In addition to other conchological char-
acters, the presence on the surface of the shell of the chalky-white.
4
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
calcareous layer that is characteristic of Aspella lends support to
the assignment of this new species to Favartia. The nature of the
radula, unfortunately, is not known.
Literature cited
Adams, C. B., 1850, Descriptions of supposed new species of
marine shells which inhabit Jamaica. Contrib. to Conch, no. 4,
pp. 56-68.
Broderip, W. J. [and G. B. Sowerby, L], 1833, Characters of new
species of Mollusca and Conchifera, collected by Mr. Cuming.
Proc. Comm. Sci. Corres. Zool. Soc. London, for 1832, pt. 2
pp. 173-179.
Carpenter, P. P., 1857, Report on the present state of our knowl-
edge with regard to the Mollusca of the west coast of North
America. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., for 1856, pp. 159-368,
pis. 6-9.
Sowerby, G. B. II, 1879, Monograph of the genus Murex. Thes.
Conch., 4:1-55, 24 pis.
Sowerby, G. B., Ill, 1894, Descriptions of twelve new species,
chiefly from Mauritius. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, 7:41-44,
pi. 4.
Tryon, G. W., Jr., 1880, Muricinae, Purpurinae, Man. Conch.;
Philadelphia, 2: 1-289, 70 pis.
FOUR NEW LAND SNAILS FROM THE SOUTHEASTERN
UNITED STATES
By LESLIE HUBRICHT
Mesodon kalmianus, new species. PL 2, figs. a-c.
Shell subglobose, spire elevated, conic, apex obtuse; tawny-
olive, shining, translucent; umbilicate, the umbilicus nearly cov-
ered by the reflected peristome; whorls 4]/2 to 5, regularly in-
creasing, well rounded, last whorl descending and constricted
behind the aperture; embryonic whorl nearly smooth, succeeding
whorls with rib-striae, last two whorls with incised spiral lines
which are more prominent on the base; aperture roundly lunate,
oblique, peristome reflected, white.
Penis long, slender, with a small fleshy body in the upper end,
without pilasters; vagina very short; spermatheca oblong, about
twice as long as wide, duct very slender, about half as long as the
penis. Penis 7 mm., vagina 0.3 mm., spermatheca 1 mm., duct
3.5 mm.
Diameter 9.2 mm., height 6.2 mm., aperture width 4.4 mm.,
aperture height 4.4. mm., whorls 4.8. Holotype.
Distribution: — Kentucky: Laurel Co.: near Laurel River, Lily,
holotype 135311 and paratypes 135312 Chicago Natural History
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
5
Museum, other paratypes 17922, collection of the author. Ten-
nessee: Scott Co.: near creek, 0.5 mile north of Glenmary. Mor-
gan Co.: roadside, 2.3 miles north-northeast of Sunbright.
Mesodon kalmianus is most closely related to M. downieanus
(Bland) . The shell is more strongly rib-striate, and when fresh
is darker colored. The penis in M. downieanus is only half as
long and much stouter with a large fleshy body in the upper end.
M. kalmianus is found on low ground near streams, while M.
downieanus is found on the summits of sandstone mountains.
Euconulus dentatus (Sterki)
Euconulus cher sinus dentatus (Sterki), Pilsbry, 1946, Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monographs 3, 2: 242-243.
Euconulus dentatus is a winter snail, being found from Janu-
ary to April, while E. chersinus (Say) is found throughout the
year but is rare during the winter. E. dentatus is found in dryer
habitats than those in which E. chersinus is usually found. The
shell is smaller and the revolving striae on the base are usually
more distinct.
Glyphyalinia specus, new species. PI. 2, figs. d-f.
Shell small, depressed; subhyaline, shining; umbilicate, the
umbilicus occupying about 23% of the diameter of the shell;
whorls 4y2, well rounded, regularly increasing; sculptured above
with distinct close-set radial striae, weaker on the base; spire very
low conoid, sutures moderately impressed, margined; aperture
oblique, lunate, a little wider than high, somewhat flattened
above, base well rounded, lip simple.
Diameter 4.8 mm., height 2.3 mm., aperture width 2.2 mm.,
aperture height 1.8 mm, umbilicus diameter 1.1 mm., whorls 4.5.
Holotype.
Distribution: — Kentucky: Edmonson Co.: in White Cave,
Mammoth Cave National Park. Barren Co.: in James Cave, 1.5
miles northwest of Park City; in Beckton Cave, 0.5 mile north-
west of Beckton, holotype 135315 C.N.H.M., paratypes 17218,
collection of the author. Tennessee: Jackson Co.: in Hargis Cave,
1 mile north of Granville (Thomas C. Barr, Jr. coll.) . Van Buren
Co.: in McElroy Cave, 1.5 miles northeast of Bone Cave P. O.
Grundy Co.: in Crystal Cave, 0.5 mile north of Piedmont.
Glyphyalinia specus is most closely related to G. lewisiana
(Clapp), differing principally in its larger size. The animal is
white and apparently blind. It is know only from the total dark-
ness of caves.
Paravitrea lapilla, new species. PI. 2, figs. g-d.
Shell small, pale buff, subhyaline, shining; spire low, convex,
6
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
with shallow sutures; whorls 7, slowly increasing, last quarter
whorl expanded in mature shells; periphery somewhat flattened
in young shells, becoming rounded when mature, deflected down-
ward in last quarter whorl; umbilicus deep, well-like, occupying
about 20% of the diameter of the shell; aperture oblique, lunate,
wider than high, somewhat flattened on the base and above, lip
thin, simple; sculpture of irregularly spaced radial grooves and
growth wrinkles, distinct above but becoming obsolete on the
base; there are two or three pairs of teeth within the last whorl
at all stages of growth. Animal white.
Diameter 4.8 mm., height 2.2 mm., umbilicus diameter 1.0
mm., 7 whorls. Holotype.
Distribution: — Tennessee: Davidson Co.: Stones River bluff,
Todd Knob, Donelson, holotype 135313 and para types 135314
C.N.H.M., other paratypes 29589, collection of the author.
Paravitrea lapilla is most closely related to P. metallacta Hu-
bricht and P. tantilla Hubricht. It is larger than both, it has teeth
in the adult shell as in P. tantilla , but the last whorl expands
somewhat like P. metallacta , although not as much. It is more
depressed than P. capsella (Gould) , and the animal is white
rather than pale slate-colored.
Helicodiscus multidens Hubricht
This species was described from specimens collected in caves. It
has since been found at the following two epigean localities:
Tennessee: Claiborne Co.: Indian Creek bluff, 0.5 mile above
mouth. Smith Co.: wooded hillside, 1.5 miles southwest of Elm-
wood. A large series was collected at the last locality.
Helicodiscus enneodon, new species. PI. 2, figs. j-m.
Shell small, discoidal, spire slightly concave; yellowish to
brown, dull, opaque, whorls 41%; umbilicus wide and shallow,
showing all the whorls, occupying about 50% of the diameter of
the shell; whorls somewhat flattened above the periphery, slowly
increasing, the last descending behind the aperture; sculptured
with numerous, fine epidermal fringes on lirae; aperture lunate,
the peristome simple, somewhat thickened within; within the last
quarter whorl there are 9 teeth, 3 pairs of teeth on the outer and
basal walls, and alternating with them, 3 teeth on the parietal
wall; the teeth on the outer and basal walls are radially elongate,
raised on a heavy callous ridge, and separated by a rounded
sinus; the parietal teeth are about twice as broad as high, the
ends are turned forward, the upper end more so than the lower;
of the 3 sets of teeth the center set is usually more fully developed
than the others; as the shell grows, the teeth farthest within are
absorbed and a new set added near the aperture.
NAUTILUS 79(1)
PLATE 1
Aspella (Favartia) angermeyerae Emerson & D’Attilio. Figs. 1, 2, holotype,
male (A.M.N.H. no. 113526). Figs. 3-5, DeRoy collection. Figs, approxi-
mately x2.
NAUTILUS 79(1)
PLATE 2
Holotypes. A-C. Mesodon kalmianus Hubricht. D-F. Glyphyalinia specus
Hubricht. G-l. Paravitrea lapilla Hubricht. J-L. Helicodiscus enneodon
Hubricht. M. Paratype opened to show 3 parietal teeth. Photographs by
Chicago Natural History Museum.
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
7
Diameter 4.3 mm., height 1.5 mm., 4.5 whorls. Holotype.
Distribution: — Tennessee: Claiborne Co.: on the undersides
of stones, Clinch River bluff, 4.5 miles southeast of Springdale,
holotype 135316 and paratypes 135317 C.N.H.M., other paratypes
32382, collection of the author. Anderson Co.: wooded hillside,
1.7 miles northeast of Clinton. Unicoi Co.: near Davis Springs,
Limestone Cove, 5 miles east of Unicoi. Cocke Co.: French Broad
River bluff, 5 miles east of Newport.
Helicodiscus enneodon is most closely related to H. multidens
Hubricht. It differs in its depressed spire, heavier sculpture, and
the flattened whorls above the periphery. Helicodiscus enneodon
is probably the most primitive species in the genus. The other
species evolving through reduction of teeth and sculpture as a
result of a burrowing habit.
TWO GASTROPOD HOSTS OF THE PYRAMIDELLID
GASTROPOD ODOSTOMIA BISUTURALIS1
By AMELIE H. SCHELTEMA
Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Woods Hole, Massachusetts
The number of ectoparasitic pyramidellids seen actually feed-
ing on their hosts has grown considerably since Fretter and
Graham’s statement (1949, repeated 1962) that the pyramidellids
appear to be host-specific. These observations emphasize that
many pyramidellid species are not specific in their host selection
(Ankel and Christensen, 1963) and that the hosts include a wide
variety of invertebrate organisms (Robertson and Orr, 1961) .
The hosts of Odostomia bisuturalis (Say) reported here give
further evidence of these non-specific relationships.
Odostomia bisuturalis is commonly found below mean low
water in Buzzards Bay in the vicinity of Woods Hole, Massa-
chusetts. It clings to the underside of stones in rock areas where
Littorina littorea is abundant.
The only host that O. bisuturalis has previously been reported
to feed upon is the oyster Crassostrea virginica (Loosanoff, 1956;
Merrill and Boss, 1964) . Allen (1958) held O. bisuturalis in
the laboratory with a variety of organisms, including Bittium
varium and C. virginica, but it was not observed to feed.
I have made repeated collections of O. bisuturalis from two
areas in Buzzards Bay: the stony shore at the town landing, Parker
1 Contribution No. 1564, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution.
Figure 1. Odostomia bisuturalis (Say) (A, B. C) collected from Wood Neck
Beach, Sippewissett, Falmouth, Massachusetts in July 1964. Shells oriented
so as to show toothed columella. Note the variation in the number of spiral
incised lines. All 3 fed concurrently on the Bittium alternatum (D, shell
ornamentation not shown) . Scale line equals 1 mm.
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
9
Street, Woods Hole, and a stony section of Wood Neck Beach,
Sippewissett. A suspected host, the periwinkle Littorina littorea,
was collected at the same time. Bittium alternatum, commonly
found on eel grass, was taken as well from Wood Neck Beach,
where eel grass and rocky shore forms are mixed owing to the
abrupt changes in shore conditions over short distances.
A dozen or more O. bisuturalis were collected and placed to-
gether in a bowl with several L. littorea or B. alternatum. In
every instance, O. bisuturalis was seen feeding upon the offered
host, the long proboscis inserted into the mantle cavity and the
buccal pump working. Figure 1 shows shells of three O. bisutu-
ralis which fed concurrently on the illustrated B. alternatum ,
which is scarcely larger than its parasites. However, the ratio of
B. alternatum to O. bisuturalis is many-fold greater at Wood
Neck than in the laboratory observations. Ankel and Christensen
(1963) have shown the same sort of relationship between O.
scalaris and the diminutive Hydrobia ulvae, and Allen (1958)
describes O. impressa (not a true Odostomia according to Robert-
son and Orr, 1961) feeding upon Bittium varium.
O. bisuturalis evidently moves about freely on rocks and can
feed upon at least three organisms, the attached oyster and two
non-sedentary herbivorous prosobranchs. It is found only sub-
tidally, although two of its known hosts, Littorina littorea and
the oyster, live both intertidally and subtidally. Egg masses have
been found on stones in the collecting area at Parker Street iden-
tical to those laid by O. bisuturalis in the laboratory. In one in-
stance, an egg mass was laid on the shell of a living L. littorea in
the laboratory. O. bisuturalis was only once found on L. littorea
in the field.
There is usually a variation in the number of spiral incised
lines on the shells of any sample of O. bisuturalis collected from
the same population, as shown in Figure 1.
References cited
Allen, J. F. 1958. Feeding habits of two species of Odostomia.
Nautilus 72:11-15.
Ankel, F. and A. M. Christensen. 1963. Non-specificity in host
selection by Odostomia scalaris MacGillivray. Vidensk. Medd.
fra Dansk naturh. Foren. 125:321-325.
Fretter, V. and A. Graham. 1949. The structure and mode of life
of the Pyramidellidae, parasitic opisthobranchs. J. Mar. Biol.
10
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
Ass. U. K. 25:493-532.
. 1962. British prosobranch molluscs. London: Ray Soc.
xvi -f- 755 pp.
Loosanoff, V. L. 1956. Two obscure oyster enemies in New Eng-
land waters. Science 123: 1119-1120.
Merrill, A. S. and K. J. Boss. 1964. Reactions of hosts to probiscis
penetration by Odostomia seminuda (Pyramidellidae) Nau-
tilus 75:42-45.
Robertson, R. and V. Orr. 1961. Review of pyramidellid hosts,
with notes on an Odostomia parasitic on a chiton. Nautilus
74:85-91.
THE REVEREND JOHN LIGHTFOOT, DANIEL SOLANDER,
AND THE PORTLAND CATALOGUE
By E. ALISON KAYl
The thorny question of the authorship of a number of mollus-
can names first proposed in the “Portland Catalogue” has been
discussed in the recent papers of Dance (1962) and Clench
(1964). While zoologists now agree over the propriety of the
names used, their authorship is still disputed: Coomans (1963)
and Cox (1964) attribute the genus Iso gnomon to Lightfoot,
Kohn (1964) attributes several species of the genus Conus to
Lightfoot and others to “Solander in Lightfoot,” while Clench
(op. cit.) follows the practice of attributing to Solander the sole
authorship of the valid volute species identified in the Catalogue
by the letter “S.”.
The “Portland Catalogue” is well known in malacological cir-
cles not only as a sale catalogue of the immense collection of
natural history curiosities amassed by Margaret Cavendish Ben-
tinck, 2nd Duchess of Portland which was compiled after her
death in 1785, but also as a document of nomenclatural signifi-
cance. Iredale (1916) pointed out that it includes several validly
introduced molluscan species. Although the identity of the com-
piler of the “Portland Catalogue,” and hence the author of some
of the valid molluscan names, is not apparent from the Catalogue
itself, Dance ( op. cit.) has presented convincing evidence establish-
ing the Reverend John Lightfoot, librarian and chaplain to the
Duchess of Portland, as author.
The problem of the authorship of the molluscan names validly
1 General Science Department, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii.
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
11
introduced in the “Portland Catalogue” is, however, two-fold. In
addition to names without an identifying initial and which are
presumably the work of the author, there are a number of names
identified by the letter “S.”. These have generally been attributed
to Daniel Solander because of a note in the List of References
that “ ‘S.’ after one or more names refers to a manuscript copy of
Descriptions of Shells made by the late Dr. Solander, now in the
possession of Sir Joseph Banks, Bart., P. R. S.” (Lightfoot, 1786) .
That Solander’s authorship of the names identified by the “S.”
should be questioned was suggested by Dance (1962) as a resul:
of his studies establishing Lightfoot a compiler of the “Portland
Catalogue.” Dance’s (ibid.) comparison of the Solander manu-
scripts with the “Solander species” revealed several discrepancies:
a number of species were not included in the manuscripts, the
references to some species in the Catalogue differed from those in
the manuscripts, and at least three in the Catalogue refer to
Martyn’s “Universal Conchologist,” volume 1, which has an
acknowledged publication date of 1784, two years after Solander’s
death. Dance (ibid.) concluded: “These discrepancies indicate
that a number of the names bearing an “S.” did not originate
with Solander and to avoid confusion it may be preferable to at-
tribute all of them to Lightfoot.” Clench (1964), however, states
that Dance’s evidence is circumstantial and “. . . in no way proves
that Lightfoot was the author of these discrepancies.” Concern-
ing the Martyn references, for example, he feels that since both
Solander and Martyn worked on the Portland collection, Solan-
der must have been aware of Martyn’s first volume of “The Uni-
versal Conchologist” before its publication.
Despite Clench’s (ibid.) argument, my own feeling is that
neither the traditional citing of Solander as author of those
species designated by the letter “S.” in the Catalogue, nor Kohn’s
(1964) citation of “Solander in Lightfoot” is appropriate. The
lack of congruence between the manuscripts and the Catalogue
which was pointed out by Dance (1962) militates against con-
sidering Solander the sole author of the “S.” species, while in
Kohn’s (op. cit.) usage there is implicit resort to a manuscript,
but manuscripts have no legitimacy in nomenclature practice.
Thus I favor the suggestion of Dance (op. cit.) because it patently
reduces the possibility of future confusion.
12
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
Unfortunately, the arguments surrounding the authorship of
the “S.” species in the “Portland Catalogue” are based on scanty
evidence. The initial study of the Solander manuscripts by Ire-
dale (1916) was brief: . . from a glance over them it seems that
Solander hoped to publish a Survey of Natural History, compar-
able to Linne’s Systema Naturae , on an even more extensive and
accurate scale.” Wilkins (1955) also briefly touched on the manu-
scripts in his work on the Banks collection, and Dance’s (op. cit.)
study cites only selected discrepancies between the manuscripts
and the “Portland Catalogue.” Since resolution of the problem
hinges on the nature of the “Manuscript Copy of descriptions of
Shells made by the late Dr. Solander . . .”, I have taken the
opportunity to compare Solander ’s manuscripts which are now
in the British Museum (Natural History) with a copy of the
“Portland Catalogue” and to study early works and documents
dealing with Solander’s manuscripts in the same institution. The
result is the following account of the Solander manuscripts and
an interpretation of their relationship to the “Portland Cata-
logue.”
The Solander manuscripts consist of several hundred 3 by 6
inch parchment slips in 27 leather-bound volumes, of which 14
deal with the “Mollusca” (including “Vermes,” cirripedes, holo-
thuroids, and coelenterates) . Each molluscan genus is intro-
duced by a general description, and is followed by a series of
slips, one or more to a species, each with the Latin description,
habitat if known, and a notation of the collections containing
specimens studied by Solander, “M.C.P.” (Duchess of Portland),
“J.B.” (Joseph Banks) , and “M.B.” (British Museum) . Wilkins
(1955) notes that frequently a slip has all three sets of initials —
evidence that Solander utilized collections in addition to that of
the Duchess of Portland in his ambitious work. Gray (1825)
states that Solander also studied the collections of George Hum-
phrey, but there is no indication of this in the manuscripts.
The volumes of the Solander manuscripts dealing with the bi-
valves and cephalopods appear to be complete: that is, they in-
clude not only the genera and species of the 12th edition of the
Sy sterna Naturae , but also a number of genera and species pro-
posed by Solander. The volumes on the gastropods are manifestly
incomplete; they include species descriptions from both the Sys-
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
13
tema and those which Solander proposed for Conus , Cypraea,
Bulla, Voluta (including Mitra and Oliva ) , and for a portion of
Buccinum. The last pages of volume 13 and more than half of
volume 14 are devoted simply to generic and specific descriptions
for Strombus, Murex, Trochus, Turbo, and Helix from the Sys-
tema; the latter half of volume 14 includes only generic descrip-
tions for Haliotis, Patella, and Dentalium from the Systema.
There are no specific names proposed by Solander for the last
8 genera, nor is there any indication that he studied species of
these genera in the London collections.
The manuscripts represent the extent of Solander’s work on
his project; he died in 1782 before completing the survey of
natural history. A note dated Aug. 20, 1778 by Richard Pulteney
(1730-1801) records the details of Solander’s work on the Duchess
of Portland’s shell collection and includes a list of the genera
completed by Solander which tallies with those listed above from
the manuscripts; Pulteney states that . . the Buccina were un-
finished . . .” (Pulteney Mss. No. 101, British Museum (Natural
History) ).
The history of the manuscripts subsequent to Solander’s death
must be inferred from several 18th and 19th century sources. A
letter from Sir Joseph Banks to the Duchess of Portland in 1782
indicates that while the Duchess wanted to have Solander’s work
published Sir Joseph was opposed to the suggestion: . . I un-
derstand from Mr. Lightfoot that Your Grace is absolutely de-
termined to publish the very unfinished descriptions of shells
which my deceas’d friend Dr. Solander made from your collec-
tion .... I know but too well that to publish them in their
present state is absolutely unprofitable, or at least I am sure that
Genera, without Characters, or even names, would suggest the
idea of ridicule to the common reader.” (Banks Letters, British
Museum (Natural History) ). Sir Joseph’s view prevailed; the
Solander manuscripts were not published but were available to
other workers, first in the Banks library (Dillwyn, 1817) , and
later in the British Museum. Humphrey acknowledged his debt
to the Solander manuscripts in the preparation of the Museum
Calonnianum in 1797, and the works of Dillwyn (op. cit.), Swain-
son (1822), and Gray (1824-1828; 1858), among others, are re-
plete with Solander manuscript names.
14
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
The relationship of the Solander manuscripts to the “Port-
land Catalogue” can best be clarified by a comparison of the
manuscripts and the Catalogue (Table 1) . Of the 62 valid mol-
luscan species identified by the letter “S” in the Catalogue,
28 [45% ] differ from Solander’s manuscript entries: 6 species in
the Catalogue are not included in the manuscripts;2 14 in the
Catalogue are identified by references different from those cited
in the manuscripts; seven in the Catalogue are introduced in the
manuscripts but without references; and one, Conus architalassus
of the Catalogue, is spelled differently in the manuscripts ( Conus
archithalassus). There are other differences: the Catalogue refer-
ence to “Martyn” is cited as “Mart.” or “Martin.” but the same
abbreviations in the manuscript refer to Martini’s “Conchylien
Cabinet” (cf. Wilkins, 1955) . While only a single reference is
listed for the majority of species in the Catalogue, that refer-
ence is usually second or third in a list or four or more refer-
ences in the manuscripts.
It is apparent that the manuscripts represent an ambitious
project and that Solander utilized several natural history cabinets
in London for study during the years 1778-1782; the “Portland
Catalogue,” on the other hand, is a sale catalogue of only one
of these natural history collections, that of the Duchess of Port-
land which was compiled after her death in 1785. The discrepan-
cies existing between the manuscripts and the Catalogue and the
selective tenor of the Catalogue entries lead me to suggest that
the Catalogue represents the first instance in which the Solander
manuscripts were utilized by a worker after Solander’s death.
If one accepts John Lightfoot as author of the “Portland Cata-
logue,” then one can imagine that when he was called upon in
1786 to compile the sale catalogue for the estate of the Duchess
of Portland, he worked from the Solander manuscripts in the
library of Sir Joseph Banks. He incorporated some of Solander's
names into his manuscript, amended several of the references
given by Solander, replaced certain figures with others, and in-
cluded names of his own invention. He acknowledged his debt
to Solander by the letter “S.” after certain species, just as Dillwyn,
2 Dillwyn (1817) was apparently the first to note a discrepancy between the
manuscripts and the Catalogue, observing that Conus nocturnus “S.” of the
Catalogue was not to be found in the manuscripts.
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
15
Table 1
Comparison of the valid "S" species from the Portland Catalogue and the Solander
manuscripts. Where the Catalogue and the manuscripts are in agreement, the
species is merely listed, otherwise discrepancies are indicated. Collections are
as Wilkins (1955) indicated: "MCP", Duchess of Portland; "JB", Joseph Banks;
"MB", British Museum.
Portland Catalogue Solander Manuscripts
Species and Species and
Page
Lot
Reference
Vol.
Re ference
Collection
42
1001
Area fusca, S.
5
Area fusca
MCP;
MB;
JB
185
3947
Area labiata, S.
-
NO ENTRY
98
2158
Area nodulosa, S.
5
Area nodulosa
MCP;
MB;
JB
44
1055
Argonauta hians, S.
7
Argonauta hians
MCP
44
1055
Argonauta navicula, S.
7
Argonauta navicula
MCP
96
2120
Argonauta nodosa, S,
7
Argonauta nodosa
MCP
133
2961
Buccinum calcaratum, S.
12
Buccinum calcaratum
MCP
14
301
Buccinum iris, S.
NO ENTRY
17
372
Buccinum monodon, S.
13
Buccinum monodon
MCP
Mart. vol. 1 f. 10
NO REFERENCE
88
1960
Buccinum pustulosum, S.
~
NO ENTRY
142
3158
Buccinum taurinum, S.
-
NO ENTRY
98
2148
Buccinum testudo, S.
13
Buccinum testudo
MCP
136
3030
Bulla vesicaria, S.
Bulla vesicaria
MCP;
JB;
MB
164
3561
Bulla zonata, S.
Bulla zonata
MCP
Born Mus. Caes tab.
Argen. Conch, p.
ix, fig. 1
T. 17, F I
116
2550
Cardium hystrix, S.
3
Cardium hystrix
MCP
155
3389
Cardium impressum, S.
3
Cardium impressum
MCP
Born Mus. tab. 2
List. Conch.
fig. 15, 16
T 320 f. 157
178
3825
Cardium protrusum, S.
3
Cardium protrusum
MCP
58
1358
Cardium robustum, S.
3
Cardium robustum
MCP
105
2297
Cardium spinosum, S.
3
Cardium spinosum
MCP
Favanne 52. A. 2
NO REFERENCE
16
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
96
2123
Chama lazarus var.
pannosus, S.
“*
NO ENTRY
Rum. 48. 3
76
1714
Conus araneosus, S.
8
Conus araneosus
MCP
189
4017
Conus architalassus, S.
8
CONUS ARCHITHALASSUS
MCP
44
1046
Conus augur, S.
8
Conus augur
MCP
160
3491
Conus fuscatus, S.
8
Conus fuscatus
MCP
116
2554
Conus mappa, S.
8
Conus mappa
MCP
156
3411
Conus nocturnus, S.
8
NO ENTRY
67
1501
Conus quercinus, S.
8
Conus quercinus
MCP
180
3866
Conus undulatus, S.
8
Conus undulatus
MCP
Gualt. 25 I
Gualt.
50
1206
Cypraea panther ina, S.
9
Cypraea pantherina
MCP;
MB
Lister 681. 28
Martin Conch L. P.
334 T. 24, F. 235
106
2230
Cypraea pustulata, S.
9
Cypraea pustulata
MCP;
MB
9
176
Isognoma /Ostrea
6
Isognomon lignea
MCP;
JB
isognomon L. called
115
2516
Isognoma lignea by sj
Isognoma rigida, S.
6
Isognomon rigida
MCP;
JB; MB
101
2216
Lepas cornucopiae, S.
2
Lepas Cornu Copiae
-
—
D' Argenv ille, 26. D
Argenv. Conch.
Suppl . T 7 F. 5
Argenv. Conch. 322
T. 26 F. 2
27
626
Mya gigas, S.
2
Mya gigas
MCP
List. Conch. 414
Gualt. Test. T. 90
F. A
69
1560
Mytilus castaneus, S.
7
Mytilus castaneus
MCP
77
1718
Mytilus lingua, S.
7
Mytilus lingua
MCP
New name for Patella
Pet. Gaz. p. 51,
unguis L. Humphrey's
T. 32 F. 9.
Conchology, PI. 2. Fig. 2
182
3906
Nautilus scrobiculatus, S.
7
Nautilus scrobiculatus
MCP
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
17
136
3040
Pinna rigida, S.
Knorr II, 26, 1
160
3487
Solen rostratus, S.
Valentyn Bivalves, No
10
187
Tellina cruentae, S.
Knorr VI. 12. 1
137
3049
Tellina marginal is, S.
138
3047
Venus arctica,. S.
30
708
Voluta amphora, S.
84
1873
Voluta ancilla, S.
D' Avila's Catalogue
Vol. 1 PI. 8 Fig. 5
76
1448
Voluta angulata, S.
Martyn, Vol. IV 1325
64
1448
Voluta anguria, S.
26
611
Voluta auransiaca, S.
Rumph. 37. 2
96
2122
Voluta
cithara, S.
30
707
Voluta
elongata, S
76
1705
Voluta
filosa, S.
Martyn, Vol. 1, fig, 221
103
2274
Voluta gravis, S.
137
3054
Voluta haustrum, !
183
3913
Voluta imperial is
Martyn, Vol. III.
Pinna rigida MCP
Seb Mus. 3 p. 181
T. 91. F. 3
Solen rostratus MCP
NO REFERENCE
Tellina cruentae
MCP;
JB
NO REFERENCE
Tellina marginal is
MCP;
MB
Venus arctica
MCP;
JB:
Voluta amphora
MCP
Voluta ancilla
MCP
Knorr Conch. 5 p.
38
T. 23 F. 2
Voluta angulata
MCP
NO REFERENCE
Voluta anguria
MCP
Voluta auransiaca
MCP
Martin 3 p. 422
t. 120 F 1098
Cum Synon .
Knorr Conch 5 p .
T. 1 F. 1
Voluta cithara MCP
NO ENTRY
Voluta filosa MCP
Martin Conch 4
p. 229. T. 149. F.
1388, 1389. 1391
Cum Synonymie.
Gualteri
Voluta gravis
MCP
Voluta haustrum
MCP
Voluta imperialis
MCP
NO REFERENCE
7
2
3
3
4
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
934, 935
18 NAUTILUS Vol. 79 (1)
96
2116
Voluta incomp ta, S.
11
Voluta incompta
MCP
Martyn, Vol. 1, fig. 191
NO REFERENCE
13
264
Voluta incrassata, S.
11
Voluta incrassata
MCP
41
969
Voluta melo, S.
11
Voluta melo
MCP
142
3142
Voluta muricata, S.
11
Voluta muricata
MCP
6
89
Voluta nobilis, S.
11
Voluta nobilis
MCP
List. 799.6
Martin Conch 3
p. 54 t. 72
f 774 t. 73
f 775.776 cum
synonymies
Gray, and Humphrey acknowledged it with “Sol. Mss.” in their
works.
Acknowledgments. I am indebted to the Trustees of the
British Museum (Natural History) for their kind permission to
study the documents which serve as a basis for this paper, to S. P.
Dance for bringing to my attention the letter from Sir Joseph
Banks to the Duchess of Portland, and to A. J. Bernatowicz for
his helpful criticism of the manuscript.
This work was done while I held National Science Foundation
Grant GB 1346.
References
Coomans, H. E. 1963. The marine Mollusca of St. Martin, Lesser
Antilles, collected by H. J. Krebs. Carib. Mar. Biol. Inst. Coll.
Pap. 33: 59-87.
Cox, L. 1964. Notes concerning the taxonomy and nomeclature
of fossil Bivalvia (mainly Mesozoic) . Proc. malac. Soc. Lond.
36 (1) : 39-48.
Clench, W. J. 1964. The Portland Catalogue. Johnsonia 4 (42) :
127.
Dance, S. P. 1962. The authorship of the Portland Catalogue
(1786) . Journ. bibl. nat. Hist. 4 (1) : 30-34.
Dillwyn, W. L. 1817. A descriptive catalogue of recent shells.
2 vols. London.
Gray, J. E. 1 824—1 828. Monograph of the Cyparaeidae. Zool.
Journ. 1: 71-80; 137-152, 367-391; 3: 363-371, 567-576; 4: 66-88,
213-216.
. 1858. An attempt to distribute the species of Olive ( Oliva
July, 19G5
NAUTILUS
19
Lamarck) into natural groups, and to define some of the
species. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond.: 33-48.
Humphrey, G. 1797. Museum Calonnianum. Specification of the
various articles which compose the . . . museum of natural
history collected by M. de Calonne in France, etc. London.
Iredale, T. 1916. Solander as a conchologist. Proc. malac. Soc.
Lond. 12 (2 8c 3): 85-93.
Kohn, A. J. 1964. Type specimens and identity of the described
species of Conus. II. The species described by Solander, Chem-
nitz, Born, and Lightfoot between 1766 and 1786. J. Linn. Soc.
(Zool.) 45 (304): 151-166.
Lightfoot, J.. 1786. A Catalogue of the Portland Museum, lately
the property of The Duchess Dowager of Portland, Deceased
. . . London.
Martyn, T. 1784. The Universal Conchologist . . . London.
Swainson, W. 1822. Zoological Illustrations, 1st Series. London.
Wilkins, G. L. 1956. A catalogue and historical account of the
Banks shell collection. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Historical
Series 1 (3) : 71-119.
COMPARISON OF GENITALIA OF TWO SYMPATRIC
SPECIES OF HAPLOTREMA
By CLARENCE A. PORTER*
In the Pacific northwest, the family Haplotrematidae is repre-
sented by two closely related species Haplotrema vancouverense
and Haplotrema sportella. The species are described by Pilsbry
(10) as having “depressed umbilicate and narrowed shells with
an expanded peristome. The upper lip margin is usually curved
downward.” Pilsbry distinguishes Haplotrema sportella “as hav-
ing a shell diameter 11-22 mm., with rather sharply close striae
on the spire, whereas H. vancouverense has a shell diameter of
22-23 mm., with striations wrinkle-like and irregular.”
The basis for identifying Pulmonata has been the shell charac-
teristics; the height/diameter ratio; number of whorls; and
radula formula. This system has been satisfactory for most gas-
tropods where the shell characteristics are distinct and color pat-
terns are consistent. In recent studies, the shell characteristics
have not always been considered satisfactory for the classification
of gastropods (1, 2, 8, 8c 9) . Consequently, other methods have
* This work was carried out in the laboratory of Dr. Ivan Pratt, Department
of Zoology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon.
20
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
been sought in order to solve the problems encountered.
Mead (8 & 9) studied the morphology of the genitalia of the
pulmonates Ariolimax (Moerch) and Achatinida , and found dis-
tinct differences in the genital system between genera and species.
As a result, he was able to revise the taxonomy of the west coast
slugs of the genus Ariolimax (Moerch) . Similarly, Abdel-Malik
(1 & 2) was able to separate into two distant subfamilies Heli-
soma trivolvis and Biomphalaria boissyi using the differences
found in the histology of the genital organs. Boettger (3) , Webb
(12) , and Franzen (5) used the morphology of the genitalia to
separate the genera in the family Succineidae. Watson (11),
Fretter (6), Johansson (8) and Creek (4) also found these struc-
tures useful and necessary in the identification of prosobranchs.
Because most of the descriptions of the Pacific northwest pul-
monates are based upon somewhat inadequate shell and radula
characteristics, the purpose of this study was to attempt to corre-
late the genital characters with radula and shell characters for the
identification of these organisms.
Materials and Methods. The snails were collected from 4
stations within a radius of 25 miles from Corvallis, at sites which
were characterized by an abundant growth of sword ferns and
Douglas fir, in a moist habitat. The stations were located at
(1) Woods Creek, 8 miles west of Philomath; (2) along the banks
of the Alsea River, west of the town of Alsea; (3) near Burnt
Woods, Oregon; and (4) Coffin Butte, north of Corvallis.
The snails were maintained in the laboratory in plastic terraria
filled with soil and organic debris from the original habitat. The
terraria were kept at approximately 65° F.
The snails were killed by leaving them in an Erlenmeyer flask
filled with water for 18-24 hours. By this slow drowning method
the snails were killed while in a relaxed state, and hardening and
contraction of the tissues were reduced before fixation. The speci-
mens were then dissected and the genitalia removed and meas-
ured in millimeters. The tissues were preserved in 70% alcohol
and in Bouin’s fluid.
A total of more than 35 animals and their shells were exam-
ined. All the snails studied were sexually mature and active al-
though not all were fully grown. Drawings were made of the re-
productive tracts and distinctive characteristics noted.
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
21
Figs. 1 8c 3. Haplotrema sportella. 1, reproductive tract. 3, talon
and albumen gland. Figs. 2 Sc 4. H. vancouverense. 2, reproduc-
tive tract. 4, talon and albumen gland. Key: HD, hermaphrodite
duct. AG, albumen gland. SD, spermoviduct. C, region of carre-
four. FO, free oviduct. VD, vas deferens. SP, spermatheca. PG,
prostate. VG, vagina. GA, genital atrium. P, penis. MC, mus-
cular collar.
22
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
It was found that the shell characters alone were not sufficient
to determine the identification of the two species. Variations in
the reprodutive tracts of these two species proved to be useful in
separating them and were used along with conventional methods.
The data have been described and illustrated and measurements
of the structures that vary in the two species have been made.
Differences in the reproductive tract. There are 3 basic differ-
ences in the morphology of the reproductive tracts of Haplotrema
sportella and H. Vancouver ense. (1) The genus is characterized
by a muscular collar on the vagina, but the location and form of
the collar varies with the species. In H. sportella , the collar al-
most completely covers the vagina, which is 1-7 mm. long and is
thick on the dorsal surface, but reduced to a narrow band on the
ventral surface (Fig. 1) . In H. vancouverense , the collar is large
and muscular, covering about one-eighth of the median portion
of the long vagina (7-13 mm.), and is incomplete on the ventral
surface, (Fig. 2) .
(2) The vas deferens is straight and narrow in H. sportella ,
(Fig. 1). In H. vancouverense it begins as a narrow tube, the
lumen and areas of which increases approximately four times in
diameter to the distal end, (Fig. 2) . The overall length of the
vas deferens is approximately 4 times greater in H. vancouverense
(47-63 mm.) as compared to 10-21 mm. in H. sportella.
(3) The talon is long and has a spherical knob in H. sportella
(Fig. 3) ; it is minute and clavate in H. vancouverense , (Fig. 4).
Summary
Morphological data of the reproductive tract have been col-
lected and applied to the scheme of classification of the two
species of Haplotrematidae of the Pacific northwest to permit
their identification.
The comparative location of the muscular collar on the vagina,
the size of the vas deferens, and the shape and size of the talon
are characteristic for each species. These combined with shell and
radula characteristics make a more certain separation of the
species possible.
Bibliography
Baker, H. Burrington. The land snail genus, Haplotrema. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia 52:406-426, 1930.
. Some Haplotrematidae. Nautilus 54:130-136, 1941.
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
23
Franzen, Dorothea S. Variations in the anatomy of the succineid
gastropod Oxyloma retusa. Nautilus 7(5:82-95, 1963.
Mead, Albert R. Revision of the giant west coast land slugs of the
genus Ariolimax (Moerch) , (Pulmonates: Arionidae) , Amer.
Midi. Nat. 50:675-719, 1943.
. Comparative genital anatomy of the African Achatinidae
(Pulmonata). Bull, of the Mus. of Comp. Zool. 705:219-291,
1950.
Webb, Glenn R. Anatomical studies on some midwestern Suc-
cinidae and two new species. Jour, of the Tenn. Acad, of Sci.
28 (3) : 2 1 3-2 1 8, 1953.
ON THE IDENTITY OF CONUS PASTINACA
By WILLIAM E. OLD, JR.
American Museum of Natural History
The confusion surrounding the correct identity of the taxon,
Conus pastinaca Lamarck, 1810, has persisted for over a century.
Lamarck (1810) proposed the taxon under the heading “[No.]
60 Cone panais. Conus pastinaca ” A brief Latin description was
given, followed by further remarks in French. No figures were
cited. As to locality, Lamarck stated, “Habite . . . je le crois des
meme mers que le precedent [ Conus daucus: Habite les mers de
FAmerique].” Lamarck stated that he felt Conus pastinaca
“paroit distinct du cone carotte [ Conus daucus"].” Lamarck
(1822) repeated virtually the same description. No figures were
cited, nor was a locality given (other than “Habite . . . Mon
cabinet”).
Kiener (1847) subsequently described and figured a shell
under the name of Conus pastinaca (on the same plate with
Conus daucus). Reeve (1849) stated that Kiener’s figure was
“not the shell which I take to be the Conus pastinaca.” Wein-
kauff (1875) added that Kiener “gab dafur [C. pastinaca] eine
blassgelbe varietat des C. daucus.” Merrnod (1947) stated
“L’ex[emple] figure dans Kiener . . . n’a pas ete retrouve.
Lamarck dit que la spire n’est pas tachetee; Kiener, par contre,
la dit et la figure mouchetee.”
Tryon (1884) believed that “ Conus pastinaca is a doubtful
species, the specimens in the Lamarckian collection at Geneva
including besides . . . [ Conus virgo, other specimens with trans-
verse lines, like those appearing on the body whorl of Conus
24
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
quercinus~\y Mermod (1947) stated that Lamarck “possedait
3 exfemplaires] . Dans sa coll [ection] , un ex. de 31 mm., portant
le n° 60, etait mele aux C. daucus; c’est probablement le type
du pastinaca de Lamarck.”
On the basis of the above information, one cannot precisely
identify Lamarck’s Conus pastinaca. If it were of West Indian
origin as Lamarck thought, it might be Conus flavescens Sowerby
or C. ustickei Miller (in Usticke, 1959). Inasmuch as part of the
Lamarckian collection is preserved in the Geneva Museum, an
inquiry was made, and E. Binder of that institution kindly pro-
vided two photographs of the specimen mentioned by Mermod.
The holotype of Conus pastinaca Lamarck is here illustrated for
the first time (figs. 3, 4) . These figures would indicate that
Lamarck’s Conus pastinaca is merely another form of Conus
daucus Hwass in Bruguiere, 1792. Inasmuch as specimens in the
series of Conus daucus in the American Museum of Natural His-
tory matched Binder’s figures, Lamarck’s taxon should be added
to the synonymy of C. daucus.
However, the name Conus pastinaca has been applied by many
workers to a quite different shell for many years. Reeve (1844)
was first to describe and figure a second species under the name
Conus pastinaca. Reeve’s concept was apparently based on a
literal interpretation of Lamarck’s description. Kiener, however,
was probably familiar with the specimens in Lamarck’s collec-
tion, and his larger, colorful specimen from the collection of
de Lessert (fide Mermod) , was in the original concept. Reeve
did not give any locality for his species. Sowerby (1857-58) and
Weinkauff (1875) described and figured the same shell as given
by Reeve. Tryon (1884) stated that “The shells figured by Reeve,
Weinkauff, and Sowerby for Conus pastinaca , Lam., are probably
worn specimens of [ Conus virgo~\.”
In addition, mention should be made of the fact that the name
C. pastinaca has been incorrectly applied for many years to an
entirely different species, now known to occur in New Caledonia.
Crosse (1858) proposed the name Conus coelinae for a rather
large, pale yellowish Conus from New Caledonia. Here again,
confusion has persisted for over a century as to the correct
spelling of the taxon. In the original paper, the name was printed
throughout with ligatures for both pairs of vowels, the final “ae”
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
25
closely resembling that used for the first ligature following the
“c.” Bernardi (1861) spelled it C. caelinae, though amended it
to C. coelinae on the Errata sheet. Sowerby (1866), Weinkauff
(1875), and Barros e Cunha (1933), consistently spelled it C.
caelinae. Tryon (1884) and Tomlin (1937) employed the C.
coelinae spelling. Wagner and Abbott (1964) follow Tomlin
(1937) in attributing the C. caelinae spelling to “Barros e Cunha,
1933,” although this spelling was widely used in the 19th
Century.
Crosse (1858) placed the name at the beginning of the “C’s”
in his “Catalogue alphabetique des Cones,” as though it were
intended to be spelled Conus caelinae. Leslie Taylor, Librarian,
American Museum of Natural History, is of the opinion (per-
sonal communication) that this placement as well as the use of
the ligatures to be merely faulty typesetting. The derivation of
the specific name, incidentally, coelia in Latin, is from the Greek,
koilia, a cavity.
For years workers have stated that Conus coelinae Crosse to-
gether with C. emaciatus Reeve, and (more recently) C. spiceri
Bartsch and Rehder, were probably evolved from the wide-
ranging Conus virgo. This concept, based entirely on shell char-
acters, has not been verified by anatomical studies.
Synonymies of both species follow:
Conus (Lithoconus) daucus Hwass in Bruguiere, 1792, form
pastinaca Lamarck , 1810.
Conus pastinaca Lamarck, 1810: 266, no. 60.
Conus pastinaca Lamarck, 1822: 469, no. 60.
Conus pastinaca Kiener: 1847: 100. Plate 26, fig. 2.
Conus ( Lithoconus ) coelinae Crosse, 1858.
Conus pastinaca Lamarck, Reeve, 1844. Plate 46, sp. 257.
Non Lamarck, 1810.
Conus pastinaca Lamarck, Sowerby, 1857-8: 22. Plate 15, fig.
353.
Conus coelinae Crosse, 1858: 117. Plate 2, fig. 1.
Conus coelinae Bernardi, 1866: 6. Plate 2, fig. 11.
Conus coelinae “Bernard” Crosse, Sowerby, 1866: 326. Plate
26, fig. 623.
Conus pastinaca Lamarck, Weinkauff, 1875: 219. Plate 32,
fig. 1, 2. Non Lamarck, 1810.
Conus virgo var. coelinae Crosse, Tryon, 1884: 43. Plate 13,
fig. 46.
Conus virgo caelinae Crosse, Barros e Cunha, 1933: 95.
26
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
Literature cited
Barros e Cunha, J. G. de. 1933. Catalogo descritivo das Conchas
... I. Familia Condiae. Me. Estudos do Museu . . . de
Coimbra. Coimbra, Serie I, no. 71, 224 pp.
Bernardi, A. 1861. Monographic du genre Conus. Paris, 23 pp.
2 pis.
Crosse, H. 1858. Observations sur le genre Cone et description de
trois especes nouvelles. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, Paris,
2nd Serie, 10: 113-127, 1 pi.
Hwass, C. H. In J. G. Bruguiere. 1792 [1798]. Historic naturelle
des vers. Encyclopedic methodique. Paris, vol. 1, pt. 2, pp. 586-
757 [1792], pis. 315-348 [1798].
Kiener, L. C. [1846] - 1847. Species general et iconographie des
coquilles vivantes. Genre Cone, “vol. 2,” pp. 65-176, 1847;
pis. 1846.
Lamarck, J. B. P. A. de. 1810. Sur la determination des especes
. . . Conus. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 15: 263-286.
. 1822. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres. Paris,
7: 1-711.
Mermod, G. 1947. Catalogue des types et des exemplaires de
cones. Revue Suisse de Zoologie. Geneva 54: 155-217.
Reeve, L. A. 1844. Conchologia iconica. Monograph of the genus
Conus. London, 1: pis. 40-47.
. 1849. Op. Cit. Suppl. Conus, 7 pp.
Sowerby, G. B., II. 1857-58. Thesaurus chonchyliorum. Conus
London, vol. 3: 56 pp., 24 pis.
, 1866. Op. Cit. Supp. Conus. Vol. 3: 325-331, pis. 25-28.
Tryon, G. W. 1884. Conidae, Manual of Conchology, ser. 1,
5, 150 pp., 31 pis.
Wagner, R. J. L. and Abbott, R. T., Eds. 1964. Standard
Catalog of Shells. New York, 190 pp. Ulus.
Weinkauff, H. C. 1875. De Familie der Coneae oder Conidae.
In Systematisches Conchilien-Cabinet, Nuremberg. Band 4,
part 2: 413 pp., 61 pis.
NEW RECORDS FOR CYPRAEA SURINAMENSIS
By WILLIAM K. EMERSON and WILLIAM E. OLD, JR.
American Museum of Natural History
Cypraea (Propustularia) surinamensis Perry (1811), the least
known of the western Atlantic cowries, was previously recorded
from several islands in the southern part of the Caribbean Sea and
from the adjacent coast of South America at Surinam (Dutch
Guiana) . However, this taxon, or one of its supposed synonyms:
C. bicallosa Gray (1831), C. aubryana Jousseaume (1869), and
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
27
C. ingloria Crosse (1878) , was also cited from Vera Cruz, Mexico,
and Equatorial Africa, in addition to St. Thomas, Guadaloupe,
Marie Galante, Martinique, St. Vincent, Aruba and Curasao in
the Lesser Antilles, and Surinam. The African locality is cer-
tainly an error, and the Mexican record has been questioned in
recent years.
Coomans (1963), in a review of the literature pertaining to
this species, noted that all the then recorded occurrences were
based on specimens collected in the nineteenth century, with one
exception. A specimen was obtained from a power dredge, in 20
feet, at Barcadera, Aruba (Usticke, 1962) . The recent discovery
of additional specimens that extend the known range of this
species to the Florida Keys, therefore, merits recording at this
time. The new records are: 1) Fragments of the basal part of
two specimens obtained by Harry G. Lee while skin diving off
Punta Arenas, Mona Island, Puerto Rico (A.M.N.H. No. 112713;
Jane Zager Collection) . 2) A complete, dead specimen, lacking
locality data, but presumably from Puerto Rico, where Mr. Lee
purchased it (Lee Collection; pi. 3, fig. 1) . 3) And a well-pre-
served, dead specimen that possesses a high gloss, dredged from
rocky bottom, at a depth of 150 feet, one mile east of the Alli-
gator Reef Lighthouse, off the Matecumber Keys, Florida by
James Moore (A.M.N.H. No. 117176; pi. 3, fig. 2). Dr. R. Tucker
Abbott has informed us (in letter) that a dead specimen was
recently taken on Seranilla Bank, 300 miles east of Honduras.
The known records, all apparently based on dead specimens,
indicate that this species may be expected to occur in suitable
habitats from the Florida Keys southward, possibly to the equa-
tor. This species, however, will remain a rarity until its eco-
logical station is discovered.
Mention should be made to the striking degree of dimorphism
exhibited by the shells of this species. An examination of the
illustrations in the literature and the 4 specimens available to
us for study indicates that two distinct morphological forms exist.
One has a narrow, somewhat compressed shell with weakly de-
veloped marginal calluses. The other form is characterized by a
stouter, more inflated shell with heavier calluses developed on
mature specimens. The two forms are illustrated herein (pi. 3,
figs. 1,2). The taxonomic significance of these forms cannot be
28
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
determined on the basis of the available data. They may merely
represent sexual dimorphism, or possibly ecologically induced
phenotypes. On the other hand, subspecific allocations would be
indicated for the forms, if an allopatric distribution for the
two forms were demonstrable.
Schilder and Schilder (1938) record the occurrence of Cypraea
barbadensis (Schilder, 1932) , which they consider to be the pre-
cursor of C. surinamensis, from Plio-Pleistocene deposits of Haiti
and the Lesser Antilles. They remark that the fossils are smaller
than living specimens of C. surinamensis , have the right side less
margined, the posterior callosity less marked, and the aperture
less curved. No mention is made, however, of the presence of
shell dimorphism.
It is appropriate here to comment on the nomenclatural prob-
lems that confront students of this species. The use of Cypraea
surinamensis Perry (1811, pi. 20, fig. 4) for this species is based
on an extremely fanciful drawing and the stated locality “Suri-
nam.” To the best of our knowledge, there is no evidence that
this species actually occurs in Surinam.1 Unfortunately, most of
the localities given in Perry’s Conchology are wrong. For ex-
ample, on plate 20, with C. surinamensis. only one of the better-
executed, recognizable drawings is correctly localized. Note that
Gray (1828), who was the first contemporary worker to accept
Perry’s new taxons and, according to Wilkins (1957) , had access
to some of the collections on which Perry based his illustrations,
did not recognize C. surinamensis. In fact. Gray (1831:35) ade-
quately described the present species as C. bicallosa , without ref-
erence to a locality, on the basis of specimens from 4 private col-
lections. Sowerby (1832, pi. 2, fig. 10) subsequently figured a
specimen that is similar to the narrow form of the present species.
Inasmuch as there can be no doubt that Gray’s taxon is applica-
ble to the present species and Perry’s taxon is based on very ques-
tionable data, it is unfortunate that Cypraea surinamensis was
resurrected for the present species by Schilder (1924; 1927) , who
considered Perry’s figure to represent a beach worn specimen of
i Shaw (1909) rejected Surinam. Most workers before Schilder (1932a) cited
Perry’s C. surinamensis from West Africa, believing it to be C. (Zonaria)
gambiensis Shaw, 1909 [= C. nebulosa Kiener, 1843, non Gmelin, 1791].
Morch (1877) recorded Perry’s taxon from “Kurachie” [PPakistan].
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
29
C. bicallosa. In our opinion, Perry’s taxon, in absence of the type
material, should have been considered a “species inquirenda,”
with C. bicallosa Gray retained as the first available name for
the present species. We have been constrained, however, to use
Perry’s taxon for the present species in the interest of nomen-
clatural stability.
Cypraea aubyrana Jousseaume (1869:348, pi. 18, figs. 1-3) was
described from a single specimen that had been “. . . partie d’une
collection de la Guadeloupe, achetee par le Musee des colonies.’’
No similar specimens have been subsequently reported from the
Caribbean area. In the present century, this taxon has been con-
sidered by several writers to be an immature example of C. bi-
callosa or of C. surinamensis. The type, however, is a large speci-
men, measuring 48 mm. in length, that has well-developed aper-
tural teeth. Schilder and Schilder (1964) record it as the largest
known specimen of C. surinamensis. Although we have not seen
the type specimen, our evaluation of the original description and
figures leads us to believe that C. aubyrana was based on a mature
specimen which may be referable to the subgenus C alii sto cypraea,
a group represented by living species in the Indo-Pacific province.
Whereas the mature specimen of the present species reported
above from off the Florida Keys is only 38 mm. long and has 26
labial and 21 columellar teeth, the type of C. aubyrana was
stated to have only 27 labial and 22 columellar teeth, but it has
a shell one-fourth again larger than the smaller Floridian speci-
men. These differences in shell characters suggest that Jous-
seaume’s taxon probably is not referable to the present species,
the stated locality, “Guadeloupe’’ [French West Indies], being
erroneous.
Cypraea ingloria Crosse (1878:166, pi. 3, fig. 2), on the other
hand, is apparently referable to the inflated form of the present
species. Unaccountably, however, the type locality was given as
“Cotes de l’Afrique meridionale.” The type specimen measures
30 mm. in length and 19 mm. in width, and possesses 24 labial
and 23 columellar teeth, characters which fall into the range of
variation known for western Atlantic specimens.
Literature cited
Coomans, FI. E. 1963. Systematics and distribution of Cipho-
cypraea mus and Propustularia surinamensis. Studies Fauna
30
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
Curagao and other Caribbean Islands 75(68): 51-71, 2 pis.
Crosse, H. 1878. Description d’especes nouvelles de Mollusques.
Jour. Conchyl. ser. 3, 26: 166-169, pi. 3, figs. 2, 2a.
Gray, J. E. 1828 Additions and corrections to a Monograph on
Cypraea, a genus of testaceus Mollusca. Zool. Journ., London
4: 66-88.
. 1831. Description of some new species of cowries, as an
addition to the Monograph in the Zoological Journal. Zoological
Miscellany, London, pp. 35, 36.
Jousseaume, F. 1869. Description d’une espece nouvelle de
Cypraea. Rev. Mag. Zool., ser. 2: 21: 348-350, pi. 18, figs. 1-3.
Morch, O A. L. 1877. Synopsis molluscorum marinorum Indi-
arum occidentalium imprimis Insularum danicarum. Malako-
zool. Blatter 24: 14-66.
Perry, George. 1811. Conchology, London, text, 61 pis.
Schilder, F. A. 1924. Systematischer Index der rezenten Cy-
praeidae. Arch. Naturgesch 90(A) : 179-214.
. 1927. Revision der Cypraeacea. Arch. Naturgesch. 91 (A):
1-171, for 1925.
. 1932. Neue fossile Cypraeacea. Sitzber. Gesell, Naturf.
Freunde, pp. 254-269.
. 1932a. Fossilium Catalogus. Berlin I:. Animalia, pt. 55,
Cypraeacea, 276 pp.
Schilder, F. A. and Schilder, M. 1938. Prodrome of a monograph
on living Cypraeidae. Proc. Malac. Soc. London 23: 119-180.
Schilder, M. and Schilder, F. A. 1964. Minima and Maxima in
cowry shells. Hawaiian Shell News, n. ser., 12 (12) : 6-8.
Shaw, H. O. N. 1909. Notes on the genera Cypraea and Trivia.
Proc. Malac. Soc. London 8: 288-313, pis. 12, 13.
Sowerby, G. B., I, in Sowerby, G. B., II. 1832. The conchological
illustrations, London, Cypraea , pi. 2.
Usticke, G. 1962. Shelling in the Dutch Antilles. New York Shell
Club Notes, no. 86, pp. 6-7.
Wilkins, G. L. 1957. The Cracherode shell collection. Bull.
British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Hist. Ser. 1: 121-184, pis. 20-25.
A NEW SPECIES OF LITHASIA FROM MISSISSIPPI
By WILLIAM J. CLENCH
Through the kindness of Mr. Leslie Hubricht of Meridian,
Mississippi, I am privileged to report upon a new Lithasia from
this state, the first species recorded south of the Tennessee River.
The few species known under this generic name from the Coosa-
Alabama River in Alabama are all members of the genus Gonio-
basis.
July, 1965
NAUTILUS 79(1)
NAUTILUS
31
PLATE 3
Figs. 1, 2. Cypraea (Propustularia) surinamensis Perry. Fig. 1, “narrow
form,” specimen purchased in Puerto Rico (Lee collection). Fig. 2, “inflated
form,” off Matecumbe Keys, Florida (A.M.N.H. No. 117176, ex Moore collec-
tion). xE Figs. 3, 4. Conus pastinacea Lamarck, 1810. Fig. 3, apertural view
of holotype; fig. 4, dorsal view. Photographs courtesy Geneva Museum. Figs,
approximately x2.
32
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
Fig. 1, Lithasia hubrichti Clench (2x)- Fig. 2, Clappia cahabensis Clench
(16X).
The genus Lithasia , as presently considered and understood,
has heretofore been known only from the vast Ohio River System
and in the Black and Spring rivers of Lawrence County, Ar-
kansas. The various species prefer a rocky substrate usually where
there is a fair to a swift current.
This new species may well represent a relict species, remaining
in this area when this genus had a wider distribution than it
now has.
The Mississippi River below the mouth of the Missouri River
has a very depauperate molluscan fauna. This, of course, does
not include the numerous Oxbow lakes which were parts of the
main river in its past history, but even these Oxbow lakes present
a very different environment than a flowing river.
If the lower Mississippi River ever had even a modest endemic
molluscan fauna, it disappeared during the Cretaceous or the
early Tertiary when the Missouri carried into the Mississippi the
sand and silt of the Dakota Bad Lands.
Comparatively little is known about the fresh-water gastropods
of the state of Mississippi and but little more is known about
the fresh-water bivalves.
Lithasia hubrichti, new species. Fig. 1.
Shell relatively small in size, reaching 20 mm. in length, sculp-
tured and imperforate. Color a dark yellowish brown. Whorls
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
33
8 to 9 and moderately convex. Spire extended and produced at
an angle of 60°. Aperture subovate. Siphonal canal small. Outer
lip simple. Inner lip somewhat thickened in the columellar area.
Columella short and vertical. Suture impressed. Sculpture axially
tuberculate above the periphery; this in addition to the fine to
coarse axial growth lines.
length width
20 mm.* 11.2 mm. Holotype
19 10.4 Para type
17.5 10.5
* Loss of one to two millemeters by corrosion.
Types. Holotype, Museum of Comparative Zoology no. 250916
from the Big Black River, 3 miles NW of Edwards, Hinds Co.,
Mississippi, Leslie Hubricht collector, October 12, 1963. Para-
types, Museum of Comparative Zoology no. 233392 from the same
locality.
Remarks. This species differs from Lithasia verrucosa Rafines-
que, its nearest in relationship, by being darker in color, having
the tuberculate sculpture axial in arrangement rather than spiral
and in having the tuberculate sculpture only above the whorl
periphery.
A NEW SPECIES OF CLAPPIA FROM ALABAMA
By WILLIAM J. CLENCH
Clappia cahabensis, new species. Fig. 2.
Shell small, reaching 3 mm. in length, umbilicate, and smooth.
Color a yellowish brown, whorls 3.5, strongly convex. Suture
indented. Spire extended. Aperture subcircular, slightly flaring,
holostomatous and attached to the body whorl only at its upper
part. Umbilicus narrow and deep. No sculpture. Periostracum
thin. Operculum paucispiral with the nucleus nearly centered.
Animal white.
length width
3.5 mm. 2.7 mm. Holotype
3 2.4 Paratype
Types. Holotype, Museum of Comparative Zoology no. 251167,
from the Cahaba River, 1 mile north of Centreville, Bibb Co.,
Alabama, Leslie Hubricht collector, Nov. 18, 1964.
Remarks. This is the second known species in the genus
Clappia. The type species, C. clappi Walker is known from the
Coosa River at Duncan’s Ripple, The Bar, and Higgin’s Ferry,
all in Chilton County; and Butting Ram Shoals in Coosa County,
NAUTILUS
34
Vol. 79 (1)
Alabama. The Cahaba River at Centreville is 160 river miles
from the southmost Coosa locality.
This species differs from C. clappi by being proportionately
more attenuate, having a smaller umbilicus and a less flaring
margin of the aperture. Walker stated that the animal was black
in C. clappi (Nautilus 22: 90) . The soft anatomy of C. cahabensis
is white.
NOTES AND NEWS
Dates of the Nautilus. — Vol. 78, no. 1, pp. 1-36, pis. 1-4,
was mailed July 6, 1964. No. 2, pp. 37-72, October 11, 1964. No.
3, pp. 73-108, iii, January 25, 1965. No. 4, pp. 109-144 [iii], pis. 5-9,
and Index, pp. iii-vii, April 20, 1965. — H.B.B.
Matings between Polygyra cereolus carpenterianus and P.
septemvolvis — The specimens of the present observations were
collected or laboratory raised from specimens taken in the region
of Miami, Florida. Here the two seeming species are distinct in
shell and body characteristics. The genitalia are quite similar in
the two species, and for this reason special efforts were made to
see if mating could occur between them. The several observations
secured are presented here, but further study should be made
before the problem is considered closed.. Webb, 1950, has de-
scribed the eratology of Polygyra septemvolvis (Say) .
The first possibly successful mating between the two species
was noted Augut 3, 1950, when a group of both species were
placed in a common cage. Soon thereafter I observed a specimen
of Polygyra cereolus carpenterianus (Bland) with its sex-organ
(penis) engaging that of a specimen of septemvolvis. After noting
that the pair seemed to have the penes entwisted, I gently disen-
gaged the specimens by pulling them apart from their sexual
union to verify actual reciprocal entwistment of the penes. The
manipulation confirmed my supposition. The organ of the sep-
temvolvis was the longer, and wrapped about the other’s organ.
This observation indicates that possibly reciprocal insemination
can occur between the two species, and if interfertile, hybrids
may be produced. Neither genitalia nor behavior are insuperable
barriers to inter-matings and possible resultant hybridization.
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
35
On March 15, 1951, again a mixture of both species were en-
caged together. Ultimately a cereolus engaged in courtship with
a septemvolvis as they clung from the cage cover-glass. No biting
was observed. The pair soon everted the penes and on 5 different
instances tried to entwist them together. The penis of the septem-
volvis was the larger, and seemed as it everted to volute outward
from that of the cereolus such that a continuation of entwistment
to the climax of mating (semen ejection) was never achieved.
Thus preoccupied, I failed to see the courtship of a second pair
in the cage, which were first seen with the penes successfully en-
gaged. This pair soon disengaged the united penes in a manner
normal for their species. The first pair never succeeded in uniting
the sex-organs and ultimately separated.
The last normal attempted inter-species mating I have so far
observed occurred March 29, 1951. A cereolus was seen courting
a specimen of septemvolvis. Eight times the pair attempted and
failed to entwist the penes. Each time the tip of one's penis
everted free of the entwisted basal parts of the penes and partly
entwisted on itself. When this occurred the pair separated their
organs and tried again. In two of these attempts, I observed that
the cereolus had the oddly everting organ. The pair briefly
separated after these 8 attempts at mating. After a short interval
they rejoined and made 3 more successive tries at penis-entwist-
ment, all of these tries also failed as previously noted.
The observed data invite the conclusion that a partial genital
isolation exists between these two species. One may also infer that
semen ejection cannot be induced until the organs are entwisted
reciprocally several times, and not just basally.
My final observation, also of March 29, 1951, records an ab-
normal courtship involving 3 specimens simultaneously, two
cereolus , and one septemvolvis. Contrary to my expectation, the
group reached the penis-entwistment stage in which the penis-
bases were seemingly entwisted, but all 3 organs failed to unite
properly for continued entwistment; retraction followed, and no
further attempts at mating were observed of any of the group.
— Glenn R. Webb, Kutztown State College, Pa.
Helix pomatia in Wisconsin. — In the spring of 1964, Michael
Reineck, a student assistant at the University of Wisconsin, Mil-
36
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (1)
waukee, brought to my attention a colony of Helix pomatia lo-
cated north of Milwaukee. The colony occupies an undeveloped
woodland area, approximately 20 feet north of where Pierron
Road dead ends in the city of Glendale. The area is bounded on
the north and west by houses, on the south by a dry creek bed,
and on the east by the Milwaukee River. Members of the Reineck
family have observed the colony every summer since 1956, and
estimate the summer population to have varied from 50-100. Fol-
lowing information provided by another student, I subsequently
located a second colony, one-half mile south on the river. This
colony occupies approximately an acre of wooded land in
Kletzche Park, just south of Green Tree Road. The wooded area
is almost completely surrounded by a parking lot and park grass,
and lies 300 feet from the river. A brief survey disclosed about
20 widely scattered animals and many shells.
In 1941, Dr. Robert Washburn of Milwaukee described a
colony of Helix on the river “some 10 miles north of Milwaukee”
(Nautilus 54 (4): 145). In conversation with Dr. Washburn, I
found this to be the Kletzche Park colony, which ha!s apparently
remained essentially unchanged in size and location for over
20 years.
According to William Dickinson of the Milwaukee Public Mu-
seum, Helix was introduced at the turn of the century to Pierron’s
Island, which is located in the Milwaukee River about 400 feet
upstream from the Glendale colony. Relatives of Pierron who
today use the island as a summer residence say that Helix is still
present on the island. Probably the two mainland colonies were
established by snails accidentally or purposefully removed from
the island or, as suggested by Dr. Washburn, washed to the main-
land by high water. — Andrew McClary, Mich. State Univer-
sity, East Lansing, Michigan.
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
Benthem Jutting, W. S. S. van. 1964. Non-marine Mollusca of
west New Guinea. Nova Guinea, Zoology 28: 1-74, 63 figs. 8c
2 pis. — New spp. of Succinea, Paryphantopsis, Durgellina,
Lamprocystis, Hemiglyptopsis, Helicarion , Euplecta, Micro-
cystina, Chronos, Ouagapia, Macrocycloides & Papulaoma;
July, 1965
NAUTILUS
iii
n. names in Trochomorpha & Hemiplecta ; and a “n. var.”
of Naninia.
Blinn, Walter C. 1964. Water in the mantle cavity of land snails.
Physiol. Zoo. 37: 329-337, 5 figs. — Varies in amount.
Branson, Branley A. 1963. New mollusk records from Oklahoma
and their zoogeographical significance. Trans. Kas. Acad. Sci.
66: 501-512, 4 maps.
. 1963. The recent Gastropoda of Oklahoma, 5. Terrestrial
species, Valloniidae, Achatinidae and Succineidae. Proc. Okla.
Acad. Sci. 43: 73-87, 23 figs.
Burch, J. B. 1964. A new species of fresh-water limpet, genus
Gundlachia, from Japan. Occ. Papers. Mus. Zoo. Univ. Mich,
no. 637. 7 pp., 15 figs. (G. Kincaidilla) joponica.
. 1964. Chromosomes of the succineid snail, Catinella rotun-
dcita. Ditto, no. 638. 8 pp., 14 figs. — From Hawaii.
. 1964. The chromosomes of Catinella vermeta (Mollusca,
Euthyneura, Succineidae) . Act. Biol. Acad. Sci. Hungar. 13:
87-94, 3 figs.
8c Dong Chan Kim. 1962. Chromosomes of Cerion incanum
(Binney) (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Styllommatophora) . Bui.
Nat. Inst. Health, Seoul, Korea, 3: 181-186, 5 figs.
Chernin, Eli. 1962. The unusual life-history of Daubaylia poto-
maca (Nematoda: Cephalobidae) in Australorbis glabratus and
in certain other fresh-water snails. Parasitology 32: 459-481,
pis. 1 & 2.
. 1963. Observations on hearts explan ted in vitro from the
snail Australorbis glabratus. J. Parasitology 49: 353-364, incl.
2 pis.
. 1964. Maintenance in vitro of larval Schistosoma mansoni
in tissues from the snail, Australorbis glabratus. Ditto 30: 531-
545, figs. 1-17.
Emerson, William K. 1962. A classification of the scaphopod
mollusks. J. Paleontology 36: 461-482, 1 fig. 8c incl. pis. 76-80.
— N. subgen. of Cadulus.
Krauss, Helen K. Shell art. 1965. A handbook for making shell
flowers, mosaics, jewelry and other ornaments. Foreword by
R. Tucker Abbott. Hearthside Press, Inc.., 381 Park Avenue
South, New York, N. Y. 10016. 192 pp.; 24 photographs, 16 in
color, and many drawings. $6.95. — This beautiful book also
contains chapters on underwater pictures, montages and other
decorations, and shell animals and dolls.
FOR SALE
FOSSILS: 3500 species. Catalog, with plates $1.00 (stamps O.K.) .
Fossil sets: $2.00 up. Buying, exchanging fossils, too! Write for
details. Need plants, trilobites, ammonites, brachiopods, mol-
lusks, echinoids, etc.
MALICK’S FOSSILS, 5514 Plymouth Rd., Baltimore, Mary-
land 21214.
WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists
of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa-
ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also
included. To obtain free copies write:
George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.
AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION: The New York
Shell Club and the Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences
will be co-hosts of the 31st annual meeting of the American
Malacological Union, to be held at Wagner College, 631
Howard Avenue. Staten Island, New York, July 20 to 23, 1965.
Vol. 79 OCTOBER, 1965 No. 2
THE
NAUTILUS
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)
Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department.
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
CONTENTS
Two new species of Cypraea. By C. M. Burgess 37
A new Cypraea from Easter Island. By Ray Summers and C.
M. Burgess 41
Corrections of sphaeriid nomenclature. By
H. B. Herrington 42
Paleoecological interpretation and the import of recent
faunas. By Eric Panitz 45
Growth in one species of sphaeriid clam. By
Grace J. Thomas 47
Note on Lima (Acesta) angolensis. By Kenneth J. Boss 54
Mollusks new to South Carolina. By Arthur S. Merrill and
Richard E. Petit 58
Note on Elliptio spinosa in Georgia. By Grace /. Thomas
and Donald C. Scott 66
American Malacological Union, thirty- first annual meeting 68
Notes and news 69 Publications received 71
$4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.
Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager
11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.
NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published
by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott.
Matter for publication should be sent to the senior editor. Manuscripts
should he typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout, including titles,
footnotes and bibliographies. Galley proof (without manuscript) will be
submitted to authors only if requested, on or attached to first page of MS.
Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost.
Minimum charge for each block is $3.00
Reprints are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re-
quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra
clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders
will be charged for accordingly:
2 pp.
4 pp.
8 pp.
100 copies
3.25
6.00
9.50
Additional 100s
Plates: Add $1.25 per plate.
1.30
2.00
3.00
[Postage Extra]
Reprints are shipped, with invoices, by Pony Printing, 4 Cloverdale Avenue,
Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082.
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin.
Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,
Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York 17, N. Y. Vols. 71 to date are available
from the Nautilus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, and vary
in price.
Wanted: To purchase living land snails, especially polygyrids, Trilobopsis,
Prophysaon and Ariolimax.
Dr. Glenn R. Webb. Kutztown State College, Kutztown, Pa.
THE NAUTILUS
Vol. 79
October, 1965
No. 2
TWO NEW SPECIES OF CYPRAEA
By C. M. BURGESS
Honolulu, Hawaii
During the compilation of an illustrated text on the living
Cypraea soon to be published, two species were noted which
seemed different from all others in the genus. The distinguishing
characters are all conchological, since no living specimens of
either species have so far been recorded. However, these con-
chological characters are so distinct that by standards in use
today description as new species seems justified.
Cypraea cohenae, new species. Plate 4 figs. A-D.
The holotype is well-preserved, fresh but empty. The shell is
cylindrical and 25.5 to 29.4 mm. in length. The general shape is
like that of Cypraea edentula Gray, 1824, but is larger and more
elongated. The anterior extremity is attenuated and produced.
The spire is depressed and the protoconch has the appearance of
a glass bead. The dorsum is marked with sparse, discrete, circular,
pale-brown spots 0.5 to 0.7 mm. in diameter, which are more
numerous on the margins, but which extend onto both labial and
columellar areas of the base. The columella is entirely smooth
except for a prominent anterior terminal ridge and two or three
weak crenulations immediately adjacent to the terminal ridge.
The columellar portion of the posterior canal is short, and curves
sharply to the left. It bears a prominent callus. There is a narrow
but definite labial callus. The outer lip is well-developed and
bears 17 deeply cut teeth which are heavily lined with golden
brown. The gray-tan dorsum is faintly banded in the central
area with darker tan.
This species is distinguishable from other South African
cowries by its edentulous columella and the deeply denticulate
labial margin of its aperture.
Paratype A is exactly the same general shape as the holotype.
The columella is also smooth and the well-formed teeth on the
outer lip number 16. The shell differs from the holotype only in
37
38 nautilus Vol. 79 (2)
age. The paratype is a pearl-gray shell without other color, and is
probably a subfossil.
Both speciments were collected on the beach at Jeffreys Bay,
South Africa, by Mrs. Iris Cohen in April, 1964. She has made
a careful search of available South African collections, and so
far has been unable to discover another similar specimen. Al-
though there are but two examples known, the conchological
characters are so distinct that there seems no doubt that these
two specimens represent a new species. I propose to call the new
cowrie Cypraea cohenae, in honor of Mrs. Iris Cohen of Fish
Hoek, South Africa. The holotype has been deposited in the
Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii (B.B.M. 8911).
Type locality: The only 2 known specimens were found on
the beach in Jeffreys Bay, South Africa.
Cypraea cassiaui, new species. Plate 4 figs. E-H.
The shell is ovate, heavy and depressed, with prominent sharp
margins. The aperture is narrow, slightly curved to the left; the
posterior canal, however, is almost straight. The canals are light
orange-brown, as is the base. The aperture is lined with coarse,
deeply cut teeth. The fossula is deeply curved and ribbed (as is
the entire columellar sulcus) and bears 5 or 6 inner denticles.
The terminal ridge borders the canal and is slit. The bright,
light orange-brown teeth cross the base and are doubly lined with
dark orange-brown, which color extends as a single line on the
ribs into the fossula and columellar sulcus. The teeth continue as
ribs as they cross the lateral margins, fuse, intermingle, and be-
come irregularly tuberculate as they approach the deep, trench-
like dorsal groove. The orange-brown lines found on the base
change to deep magenta exactly as they cross the lateral margins,
where they also fuse into a single line, which broadens to stain
the entire ridge joining the tubercles. The tubercles are encircled
by magenta-colored lines.. The ridges and tubercles end sharply
at a trench-like, smooth, deep and sharply cut dorsal groove. No
ridge or tubercle infringes into this groove, which extends along
the entire dorsum, and the edges of which, even between the
tubercles, project to nearly the same height.
About 4 years ago Dr. Pierre Cassiau of Papeete, Tahiti, sent
me a specimen of this remarkable cowrie from the Marquesas
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
39
Islands for identification. It is a shell which superficially re-
sembles Cypraea granulata Pease, 1862. However, there are two
striking differences, the most obvious being the color character-
istics. The base of the specimen is a brilliant light orange-brown,
this color ending sharply at the lateral margins. The entire
dorsum of the shell is a deep rose-purple, a color that I have
never seen in any other cowrie. Subsequently, Dr. Cassiau sent
me 6 additional shells.
I do not believe that general color variation is of significance
in the determination of species. I do believe, however, that specific
color characteristics limited to a certain area of the shell, i.e. spire
blotches or spots, or both, are probably specific. The color com-
bination described is constant even in beach-worn specimens in
all 1 1 shells examined, and I believe it is significant. There is no
suggestion of two-tone coloration of any shade in Cypraea granu-
lata.
The most significant conchological difference manifested by
this species is the dorsal groove. The groove is very deep and
smooth because the edges are built up by an uninterrupted wall
on each side, traversing the entire length of the shell. The groove
is not a simple, shallow one between elevated tubercles such as
occurs in Cypraea granulata. The extremities of Cypraea cassiaui
are noticeably more attenuated than those of Cypraea granulata ,
and the shell is more pointed.
Cypraea circercula Linn., 1758, may be differentiated by its
more inflated cylindrical shape and its homogeneous yellow-
brown color.
Four additional specimens of this species were sent to me for
examination by Dr. Tucker Abbott of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. One specimen comparing in every
significant conchological character to the holotype bears the
number ANSP. 80063, (paratype E) , and is from Starbuck Island
in the Line Islands. Three more, also comparing in significant
conchological characters to the holotype are in ANSP. no. 80860,
(paratypes B,C,D), and are from Flint Island in eastern Polynesia
(1901) . Both lots were from the C. D. Voy collection.
All specimens so far have been beach-collected. Several, how-
ever, are fresh and hardly worn, as can be seen from the photo-
40
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
cohenae
Length Width Height
(in millimeters)
Dentition
Labial Columellar
Collection
Holotype
29.4
17.5
13.7
17
0
Bishop Museum
Paratype A
25.5
15.4
12.0
16
0
Iris Cohen
cassiaui
Holotype
30.5
22.0
13.9
21
18
Bishop Museum
Paratype A
23.4
16.1
11.6
20
17
Pierre Cassiau
Paratype B
23.3
16.3
10.6
23
14
Academy Nat. Sciences
(Flint Island)
Paratype C
24.8
16.8
11.0
21
17
Academy Nat. Sciences
(Flint Island)
Paratype D
24.8
14.6
11.0
20
15
Academy .Nat . Sciences
(Flint Island)
Paratype E
21.8
14.0
9.8
20
16
Academy Nat. Sciences
(Starbuck Island)
Paratype F
25.9
16.8
11.5
19
17
Jean Marie Frebault
Paratype G
25.9
17.2
11.5
21
17
Jean Marie Frebault
Paratype H
26.4
19.7
11.9
20
16?
Jean Marie Frebault
Paratype I
28.6
20.5
13.3
20
19
F.ereao Krauser
Paratype J
28.1
21.1
13.7
22
?
Rereao Krauser
graph of the holotype. The freshest specimen has no gloss be-
tween the ridges and tubercles, in which characteristic it is similar
to Cypraea granulata.
The species seems specifically different for the reasons listed.
I propose to name this cowrie Cypraea cassiaui in honor of Dr.
Pierre Cassiau of Papeete, Tahiti. The holotype (B.B.M. 8910)
has been deposited in the Bernice P. Bishop Museum in Hono-
lulu, Hawaii.
Type locality. This species so far is known only from the
Marquesas, Starbuck, and Flint Islands in eastern Polynesia. The
Marquesas are designated as the type locality. Paratypes from the
Marquesas are also in the Jean Marie Frebault and Rereao
Krauser collections in Tahiti.
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
41
A NEW CYPRAEA FROM EASTER ISLAND
By RAY SUMMERS, Petaluma, California, and
C. M. BURGESS, Honolulu, Hawaii
Cypraea englerti, new species. Plate 4, figs. I-L
Two specimens of a distinctive cowrie were collected by Father
Sebastian Englert on Easter Island and kindly forwarded to the
senior author. These two apparently live-collected, perfect adult
specimens seem adequate to establish a new species without
question. It is a privilege to honor that devoted and self-sacrificing
padre by giving his name to an endemic mollusk from his be-
loved island; Cypraea englerti , new species. The holotype, (Plate
figs. I-L) , has been deposited in the Bernice P. Bishop Museum in
Honolulu, Hawaii (number B..B.M. 8909) . The holotype
measures (in millimeters) 22.8 in length, 17.0 in width, and 12.8
in height.
The shell of the holotype is solid, ovate and slightly pointed
anteriorly where there are 5 right and 2 left lateral pits. The spire
is slightly elevated and is covered with rust-colored nacre. There
is a discrete white deposit of callus to the right of the spire. The
dorsum is inflated and smooth with a prominent dorsal line.
The dorsal color is a homogeneous dark chocolate-brown,
marked with discrete, circular, variable-sized, pure-white spots,
(1.0 to 0.2 mm.), which are evenly distributed. The spots are
rendered golden brown on the margins by an overlay above and
obscured completely by a brownish-tan callus at the margins,
both of which are prominent and sharp. This “cafe-au-lait” color
extends across the base, becoming markedly darker in the mid-
portion of the columellar base and then fading again to tan at
the aperture. The aperture is cream, changing to pure-white in
the fossula and columellar sulcus.
The fossula is deeply curved, well developed, and extends well
into the interior of the shell. There are 5 strong white inner
denticles, confined to the fossula. The heavy tan terminal ridge
continues as the prominent anterior edge of the fossula. The
columellar sulcus is smooth. The teeth are strong and deep, but
only slightly produced. There are 17 labial teeth and 2 posterior
crenulations within the posterior canal. There are 16 columellar
teeth of similar size and appearance. The base is strongly convex
and the aperture is curved slightly to the animal’s left posteriorly.
42
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
The anterior and posterior canals are stained cafe-au-lait.
The paratype is the same in general appearance as the holo-
type, except that it is slightly less mature and the calloused mar-
gins are not quite so prominent. Labial teeth number 16 with 2
posterior crenulations within the canal. There are 15 columellar
teeth. The first 4 have definite ribs extending a short distance
into the fossula. There are 5 well developed inner denticles con-
fined to the fossula, as in the holotype. The paratype measures
(in millimeters) 24.3 in length, 16.9 in width, and 13.3 in height.
The paratype is in the collection of the senior author.
This species is superficially similar to, but can be differentiated
from, Cypraea caputserpentis Linn., 1758 and Cypraea caput-
draconis Melvill, 1888. Cypraea englerti resembles these latter
two species from a dorsal view, but can be separated at once by
the presence of a strongly developed fossula. The aperture in
Cypraea englerti is narrow and does not flare widely anteriorly
as in Cypraea caputdraconis. Another distinguishing feature is
the markedly convex base, which is in contrast to the concave or
flat base of Cypraea caputdraconis. The teeth of Cypraea englerti
are about the same width as the white to cream interstices. In
Cypraea caputdraconis the interstices are much wider and further-
more are stained dark-brown to black. The soft parts are un-
known. This is probably a shallow-water species collected on the
reef.
Type locality: This species is known only from Easter Island,
eastern Polynesia.
CORRECTIONS OF SPHAERIID NOMENCLATURE
By H. B. HERRINGTON
Westbrook, Ontario
In these notes I wish to alter somewhat the nomenclature used
in my monograph (Herrington, 1962) .
A number of leading students of the Sphaeriidae continue to
use the subgenus Musculium for the group containing Sphaerium
lacustre (Muller), S. partumeium (Say ) , S. securis Prime, and S.
transvefsum (Say) . I consider this reasonable, and am now in
the process of gathering the information necessary to provide
equal status for other groups within the genus Sphaerium. See
my monograph, pp. 7-9.
October, 1965
NAUTILUS 79 (2)
NAUTILUS
43
PLATE 4
Figs. A-D holotype of Cypraea cohenae Burgess (length 29.4 mm.) . Figs.
E-H, holotype of Cypraea cassiaui Burgess (length 30.5 mm.) . Figs. I-L,
holotype of Cypraea englerti Summers and Burgess (length 22.8 mm.) .
Photography by Gilbert Flalpern, Honolulu.
44
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
Last October H. B. Baker pointed out (Baker, 1964) that in
rejecting the name Sphaerium simile (Say) for that of S. sulcatum
(Lamarck) , I erred in my interpretation of old terms (Herring-
ton, 1950) Baker writes, “Herrington . . . seems to have been a
bit confused. In bivalves, Say, like many of his contemporaries,
for example Isaac Lea, used “breadth” to mean what we now call
length, and employed ‘length’ for what we term height. They
used diameter much as we do. This means that the missing type
of similis, as Say measured it, was about 10.2 mm. long and 8.9
mm. in height (87% of length) . . .”
I put into all these terms a present-day content (as most
people do when they read the King James version of the Bible) .
I acknowledge my error. Henceforth I shall label this species
Sphaerium simile (Say) 1816, and not S. sulcatum (Lamarck)
1818.
Recently both Nils Llj. Odhner and J. G. J. Kuiper, partly in
personal correspondence with me, have indicated that Pisidium
ventricosum Prime and P. rotundatum Prime are not synonyms
of P. obtusale Pfeiffer. In addition, on the basis of the ligament
pit and other characters, Kuiper has pointed out that P. puncti-
ferum (Guppy) , P. punctatum Sterki and P. tenuilineatum Stel-
fox are each separate species (see Kuiper, 1962a and 1962b) .
These decisions are partly based on anatomical characteristics. I
am, therefore, reverting to names previously in use in North
America, vis. P. ventricosum Prime, and P. ventricosum , form
rotundarum Prime, and P. punctatum Sterki.
Then there is the matter of P. henslowanum (Sheppard) and
P. supinum Schmidt. Both are introduced species.
Among the shore debris at Athol Bay, Lake Ontario, Prince
Edward County, Ontario, I have collected many thousands of
Pisidium shells. Thousands of these belong to this henslowanum-
supinum complex. Among these I found some typical henslow-
anum and some typical supinum and a multitude that were not
typical of either. For this reason, and because I knew of two or
three European students who suggested that the relationship
between these might be that of species and form, I treated them,
in my monograph, as P. henslowanum (Sheppard) and P. hen-
slowanum, f. supinum Schmidt.
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
45
Early in 1963 I sent a quantity of these shells to Kuiper. I
quote from his reply (May 27, 1963). “I agree with your identi-
fication of the species from the Athol Bay, Ontario Lake.
Although not typical, it is, in my opinion, Pisidium supinum A.
Schmidt. You prefer to consider it only as a form of P. henslow-
anum (Sheppard) . I admit that it is often very difficult to
separate museum series of both species. On the other hand, on
the European continent, there are several localities in which
henslowanum and supinum live together, without intermediate
forms. This is the point of view of Ellis, too”. As these are
European species I am accepting his findings and henceforth
will treat them as separate species.
Papers cited
Herrington, H. B. 1950. Some wrong identificationa of Sphaei-
idae. Nautilus 65:115-19.
1962. A Revision of the Sphaeriidae of North America.
(Mollusca: Pelecypoda) . Misc. Pub. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich-
igan. No. 118.
Baker, Horace Burrington. 1964. Notes on sphaeriid Names.
Nautilus 75:46.
Kuiper, J. G. J. 1962a. Systematische Stellung und geographische
Verbreitung von Pisidium tenuilineatum. Arch. Moll. 91. (4/6:
173-181. Frankfurt am Main. 30, 12.. 1962.
1962b. Note sur la systematique des pisidies. Extrait du Jour,
de Conchyliologie 102: 53-57.
PALEOECOLOGIC INTERPRETATION AND THE
IMPORT OF RECENT FAUNAS
By ERIC PANITZ
Department of Zoology, University of Kentucky, Lexington
Recently in the Nautilus (1964, 75:17-18), Nicol attempted to
show that comparison of living species of major groups with their
Paleozoic congeners would not reveal proper palaeoecologic con-
clusions. It is inferred that species must be compared only on a
strictly morphological basis. Nicol infers that insects, known to
be extremely large during the Pennsylvanian as compared to the
recent, were large only as a stage in their evolutionary develop-
ment.
It should be pointed out that any species develops as a result
of the response of its epigenetic and genetic components to the
environment in which it is found (Mayr, 1963), not the reverse
46
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
as Nicol implies. Since the insects of the Palaeozoic must have
evolved in response to their environment, their morphologic
evolutionary development will be a reflection of the effect of
ecologic conditions (prior to and including that stage of develop-
ment) on that species epigenesis.
It is an established generalization that the ratio of body surface
area to volume is of great importance in the control of metabol-
ism (Bergmann’s Rule) by regulation of body heat. The insects,
being of large surface area to low volume radiate comparatively
more body heat (energy) in warmer climates than animals with
lower surface area/volume ratios. The latter animals are generally
found in colder climates, where of necessity they must conserve
body heat. Thus the interpretation of the Pennsylvanian as
having a rather warm tropical climate is quite proper.
The reason that pelecypods began to show their great diversity
and adaptive radiation after the Palaeozoic is that ecologic con-
ditions prior to this time were not such to permit the genetic
component of these animals to expand into the niches that later
became available. Since morphological and physiological char-
acters are under control of the genetic component of the species,
one cannot compare Palaeozoic and recent faunas on a strictly
morphological basis. These characters must be compared on a
basis that considers currently accepted physiological principles
whose application may be inferred from the nature of the mor-
phological structures. Thus an increase in the size of a species
came about because the environment not only permitted it, but
also require the species to undergo these epigenetic changes in
order for it to survive in that environment. If the genetic com-
position of a species could not allow for the gross fluctuations
that were gradually taking place in the environment, that species
became extinct.
Many, if not all, of the ecogeographical rules can only be
applied to terrestrial vertebrates. No parallels are known for
aquatic or marine organisms, probably due to the temperature
modifying influence of the vast masses of water. Proper inferences
on invertebrates can be made if the physiological requirements of
their environment are considered. In making interpretations of
palaecological conditions, the morphology of any group or species
must be considered in light of currently existing physiological
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
47
principles. Principles which must have been in operation in the
past as well as the present. A mere comparison of morphological
characters, without consideration of their physiological and
genetic implications will, of necessity, lead to a mis-interpretation
of the paleo-environment in which the species possessing such
characters dwelled.
Nicol may be correct in assuming that shell attached marine
pelecypods were not present in Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian
and Mississippian strata because they did not exist. Such pelecy-
pods may not be found in colder marine seas today for reasons
other than the morphological ones noted by Nicol (1964b) .
Oxygen or other dissolved gas content, lack of suitable food or
the presence of some parasite may all be responsible for the
observed lack of shell-attached pelecypods in Arctic and Antarctic
seas. Finally, one should remember that far more than one group
of marine animals must be considered in all their ecological,
physiological and genetic implications and ramifications before
such a broad generalization such as the temperatures of vast
oceanic areas should be considered.
Literature cited
Nicol, David, 1964a, The present not always key to the past:
Nautilus 78( 1): 17-18.
Nicol, D., 1964b, Lack of shell-attached pelecypods in Arctic and
Antarctic waters: Nautilus 77 (3) : 92-93
Mayr, Ernst, 1963, Animal Species and Evolution, Harvard Press,
Cambridge, Mass. 797 pp.
GROWTH IN ONE SPECIES OF SPHAERIID CLAM*
By GRACE J. THOMAS
University of Georgia
The growth of organisms in temporary ponds is of great in-
terest because of the restrictions imposed on the animals by the
environment. The following study on growth of Sphaerium (Mus-
culium) partumeium was undertaken in an effort to find out
under what conditions the clams are able to complete their life
cycles in such a habitat.
* This study was a portion of research done in partial fulfillment of the re-
quirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at the University of
Michigan. The author wishes to acknowledge the interest and encourage-
ment of Dr. Frank E. Eggleton.
48
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
The field study was done during the spring on a pond described
in a previous paper (Thomas 1963) . The laboratory stock con-
sisted of laboratory-born offspring of clams collected from the
same pond.
Methods. Specimens of Sphaerium partumeium in the labora-
tory were grown in isolation, in dishes which contained water sat-
urated with calcium salts, but with no aquatic plants or bottom
material (Thomas 1954). The cultures were exposed to a four-
teen-hour day and temperatures near 21° Centigrade. Twenty
percent of them were aerated.
Young produced in these cultures were measured and isolated
immediately. The only measurements which can be made readily
on living specimens are of shell growth, so weekly records were
made of two dimensions, the length (distance from extreme
anterior to posterior ends) and height (distance from umbone
to ventral edge).
Growth data on field specimens were obtained from a series
of weekly collections begun in March when the pond filled with
water and continued until it dried up at the end of July.. Quanti-
tative sampling was impossible because of the plant growth in
the pond, but an effort was made to take approximately the same
amount of bottom material in each collection. The samples were
taken into the laboratory, sorted, and the clams found were
measured and grouped into size classes.
Growth in Laboratory Cultures. The first sign of growth in
latoratory-reared animals is a deposition along the ventral margin
of the embryonal shell. Within a week after growth begins, shell
material is also being added at the anterior and posterior ends,
and for a short time the outline is roughly oval. This new portion
is easily distinguishable for it has a delicate, translucent appear-
ance and is deflected toward the midline from the edge of the
embryonal shell. The two valves thus form a wide angle at the
ventral edge. This angle decreases with the addition of increments
at the edge, but at the same time the sulcus which sets off the
embryonal shell becomes more distinct and produces the
“capped” effect evident at all later stages. When the animal
attains a length of about 2.5 mm an additional deposit along
the posterior margin produces the somewhat truncated appear-
ance characteristic of the species. In very old specimens, how-
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
49
Figure 1. Deposition of shell material in a developing clam,
(la.) at 1.8 mm (lb. and lc.) at 3.2 mm (Id.) at 5.1 mm
(le.) at 9.0 mm
ever, a rounding of the outline is brought about once again by
repeated increments on all free margins. (Figure la-e)
Growth of 6 laboratory specimens is plotted in Figure 2. The
animals showed varying amounts of initial lag, but the slope of
the line representing the 10 to 12 weeks of active growth is very
similar in every case. The animals which showed no initial lag
produced more generations in a given length of time than the
others; their offspring likewise began to grow immediately. This
characteristic is not correlated with birth size, age or size of
parent.
The ratio of shell length to shell height was constant from the
third or fourth week until the end. Although measurement
through the umbones was not made, obviously the ratio of this
dimension to the others changed markedly during the period of
rapid growth. From about the third through the fifth week the
animals are so obese that when laid on one side the dorso-ventral
axis is inclined at a 35° angle, but as increments are added at the
edge the obesity is correspondingly reduced. (Figure lc)
Maximum size attained by the laboratory-reared clams was 7.17
by 6.92 mm. By arbitrarily taking a length of 4.0 mm as the lower
limit of adult size the mean final size of 52 individuals raised was
50
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
Figure 2. Growth curves based on measurement of shell length for six
individuals reared in laboratory cultures.
5.54 by 4.86 mm. Only two of those individuals were in aerated
culture dishes. Growth of clams was inhibited by the presence of
ciliated protozoans.
Field Collections. At the time of the first collection in March,
the pond had been filled with water for only a few days and had
a thin ice cover. The water temperature near the bottom beneath
the ice was 3° C. At the end of several weeks when the water
temperature was elevated to about 8° C large masses of fila-
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
51
TABLE I
MEAN GROWTH MEASUREMENTS OF FIELD POPULATION
Collection
Date
No. of
Specimens
Mean
Leng th
(in mm)
Mean
Height
(in mm)
L/H
3/12
61
1.6
1.2
1.3
3/19
97
1.8
l.U
1.27
3/26
80
2.1
1.6
1.31
h/2
kh
2.2
1.8
1.22
h/9
bZ
2.U
1.9
1.26
h/16
187
3.0
2. a
1.25
U/23
3.U
2.8
1.21
ly 30
227
IwO
3.3
1.21
3/7
170
lu7
3.9
1.20
5/lU
59
5.5
a. 6
1.19
5/21
69
5.U
a.5
1.20
5/28
222
5.7
a.8
1.19
6A
11U
6.U
5.5
1.16
6/11
271
6.2
5.1
1.21
6/18
250
7.0
6.0
1.16
6/25
152
7.U
6.5
1.13
7/2
130
7.2
6.1
1.18
7/9
27
7.U
6.3
1.17
7/16
1U
7.h
6.3
1.17
7/23
ai
7.1
6.0
1.18
mentous algae (principally Tribonema bombycinium) appeared.
Within these masses the clams moved in large numbers. By the
end of the 8th week, after the water temperature had ranged be-
tween 12-14° C for 3 weeks, the algal masses began to disinte-
grate. The clams, however, continued to grow rapidly until the
14th week, when the water temperature was suddenly elevated to
24°C, and at the same time the production of young sphaeriids
began. The growth of adults then continued at a much slower
rate.
The mean length, mean height, and length-height ratio for
each collection is given in Table 1. From the mean lengths of ani-
mals in this series of samples a growth curve for the natural pop-
ulation was constructed (Figure 3) . The mean length at death
was 7.4 mm and the maximum length 9.2 mm.
The ratios of mean length to mean height show the same gen-
52
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
Figure 3. Growth curves for field population using mean of shell lengths
for clams of weekly collections. Also included are water temperatures for the
same period, and an arrow indicating the point at which young began to
appear.
growth curve based on actual means
- - - -growth curve constructed by inspection
— . — water temperatures
eral trend as in the laboratory specimens. However, up until the
15th week the animals in the field stock are markedly more elon-
gated than laboratory specimens of the same age and length. (Fig-
ure 4) . This difference, which is statistically significant was ob-
served in the course of the study long before enough data had
Water Temperature
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
53
Figure 4. L/H ratios for field and laboratory animals showing a significant
difference until the 15th week.
been collected for calculations of the ratios.
Discussion. It appears that under optimal conditions the clams
can attain almost full size in seven to ten weeks, and can produce
young before the fourteenth week after growth begins. This is of
the utmost importance to an organism living in an environment
when the water level is as uncertain as in vernal pond. Presum-
ably the individuals that show no lag at the beginning have a
selective advantage over others in such a habitat.
The relationship of water temperature to growth in the natural
situation is probably related to the growth of food organisms.
The fact that shedding of young coincided with a sudden drastic
increase in water temperature may or may not be significant.
Probably, however, availability of food is responsible for the
greater size of clams in the field population. Possibly the food
supply in the laboratory cultures was adequate for life and repro-
duction, but not sufficient to support maximum growth. The cili-
ated protozoans which inhibited growth in laboratory cultures
are obviously competitors for that food.
The difference in L/H ratios in field and laboratory popula-
tions is interesting. There is a possibility it is an ecological effect,
but there is also a possibility it is genetic since the laboratory ani-
mals were produced by self-fertilization from a small number of
clams originally brought in from the field (Thomas 1959) . This
observed difference is a somewhat exaggerated example of the
variability exhibited by clams of the same species but from differ-
ent habitats.
54
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
It is significant that of the 50 “adults” reared in laboratory
cultures only two were from aerated dishes. All the other speci-
mens in such dishes died or grew only slightly. Whether the dele-
terious effect of aeration was due to mechanical disturbance by
the jet, or poor bacterial (food) growth is not known. Obviously
the oxygen requirements of the clams are not great since sufficient
oxygen can diffuse from the surface of the culture dish. This also
is not surprising in view of foul conditions found late in the
growing season in the bottom of the pond, or under ice during
years when the pond has standing water all winter. (Kenk, 1947).
Summary
1. Most of the growth of Sphaerium (Musculium) partumeium
(Say) can be accomplished in 7-10 weeks.
2. Young can be produced before the 14th week of growth.
3. Size of clams grown in the field is greater than that of labora-
tory specimens in this case (possibly because of a richer food
supply) .
4. L/H ratios of field animals were different from those of lab-
oratory animals.
5. Oxygen is not a limiting factor in the growth of these animals.
Literature
Kenk, Roman. 1939. The animal life of temporary and perma-
nent ponds in southern Michigan. Misc. Pub. Mus. Zool. U. of
Michigan. 7.
Thomas, Grace J. 1954. Turtox News. 32 (10) .
Thomas, Grace J. 1959. Nautilus 72: 131-140.
Thomas, Grace J. 1963. Nautilus 77: 37-43.
NOTE ON LIMA (ACESTA) ANGOLENSIS
By KENNETH J. BOSS
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Ichthyological Laboratory, Fish and
Wildlife Service, U. S. Dept, of the Interior, Washington D. C. 20560
Fifteen specimens of Lima ( Acesta ) angolensis Adam and Knud-
sen were trawled by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
vessel Geronimo on 9 September, 1963, while participating in the
Equalant II program. All specimens were taken alive in a depth
of 951 meters at Geronimo Station 249, 04°40'S and 11°00'E,
about 55 miles west of Pointe Noire, Congo Republic (Brazza-
ville) . Neither the bottom type nor any hydrographic data were
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
recorded. The original description of angolensis (Adam and
Knudsen, 1955) was based on the holotype, which was collected
by the Belgian Oceanographic Expedition (1948-1949) at Station
88, 10°45'S, 13°07'E, about 40 miles west of Ponta do Morro,
Angola, in 400-500 meters. The Geronimo specimens constitute
the second known occurrence of the species, increase the bathy-
metric range 450 meters, extend the geographic range about 360
miles northward, and add significant information on its biology.
Adam and Knudsen (1955) pointed out that angolensis is
closely related to Lima (Acesta) excavata (Fabricius) , an eastern
north Atlantic species which ranges from Norway to the Azores
in depths of 150-1450 fathoms (Thiele, 1918; Vokes, 1963a). In
comparing excavata with angolensis, Adam and Knudsen noted
the differences of the shape of the auricles, the size of the lunule,
the strength of the ridges which define the lunule, and the devel-
opment of the rudimentary lateral teeth. This latter trait was
described:
“Le plateau cardinal de la valve droite presente a chaque ex-
tremite un nodule; dans la valve gauche il y a aux endroits cor-
respondants de chaque cote deux nodules allonges et paralleles.
Ces nodules sont tous tres peu apparents.”
Dali (1902) documented the occurrence of lateral teeth in
Lima ( Acesta ) goliath Sowerby and Lima (Acesta) patagonica
Dali, and he mentioned that excavata lacked lateral teeth. A
comparison of excavata from Hardanger Fjord, Norway, with
angolensis shows that distal marginal irregularities, which could
be considered obsolete lateral dental elements, occur in both
species, rendering this character diagnostically unsuitable.
Other morphological characters, including conchological
measurements, afford further specific parameters which may de-
fine the species. Table 1 gives some measurements of angolensis
and excavata. The mean height/length ratio of angolensis is less
than that of excavata but the overlap is considerable. More im-
portant are the ratios, breadth/height and breadth/length; both
of them indicate that excavata has a greater lateral expansion.
In these ratios, the amount of overlap is small. As pointed out by
Vokes (1963b), the posterior auricle of angolensis is shorter than
that of excavata, giving the outline of the shell a more broadly
rounded posterior dorsal margin. Further, in angolensis the
56
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
Height
Length
Breadth
Height/length
Breadth/height
Breadth/length
angolensis
holotype
153
122
49
1.30
0.32
0.40
1
164
127
59
1.30
0.40
0.50
2
162
123
62
1.31
0.40
0.50
3
159
120
66
1.32
0.41
0.60
4
159
119
50
1.33
0.31
0.42
5
156
137
58
1.13
0.40
0.42
6
154
117
59
1.31
0.40
0.50
7
152
116
59
1.31
0.40
0.50
8
148
113
57
1.30
0.40
0.50
9
142
111
57
1.30
0.40
0.51
10
139
114
51
1.21
0.40
0.48
11
133
103
49
1.30
0.40
0.50
12
130
104
44
1.30
0.33
0.42
13
123
103
48
1.20
0.40
0.50
14
105
81
31
1.30
0.30
0.40
mean
1.28
0.38
0.47
excavata
1
135
101
62
1.33
0.50
0.61
2
122
92
60
1.32
0.50
0.70
3
121
89
48
1.40
0.40
0.53
4
115
86
46
1.33
0.40
0.53
5
106
81
42
1.30
0.40
0.51
6
105
82
52
1.30
0.50
0.63
7
104
80
46
1.30
0.44
0.60
8
103
76
39
1.40
0.40
0.51
9
91
65
35
1.40
0.40
0.53
10
80
71
39
1.30
0.43
0.54
11
88
64
35
1.40
0.40
0.54
mean
1.34
0.43
0.56
Table I. Measurements in millimeters of Lima (Acesta) angolensis and
L. (A.) excavata. Holotype data from original description; specimens of
angolensis from Geronimo Station 249; those of excavata from Hardanger
Fjord, Norway, in the collection of the U. S. National Museum.
anteroventral ridges which define the periphery of the lunule
are stronger and more angular than the less definitive ridges in
excavata. An internal view of the shell shows that the margin
of the lunule of angolensis is more concave and lacks the strong
proximal lunular notch of excavata. The radial sculpture is
stronger and more widely spaced in excavata, perhaps a reflection
of its heavier and thicker shell. The sculpture of angolensis is
less well developed and finer, and the shell itself is thin and
rather fragile.
Some epizoic commensal organisms were observed in asso-
ciation with angolensis. Two living specimens of a species of the
prosobranch gastropod Capulus , here tentatively referred to as
C. ungaricus (Linnaeus) , were found attached to angolensis in
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
57
the region of the margin of the lunule. The site of attachment on
one specimen is about 30 millimeters in diameter and is im-
pressed in the shell, forming a scar. Four of the limas exhibited
these deformations of the shell, three on the right valves and one
on the left. The left valve of the holotype of angolensis also
possesses a similar disfiguration near the lunular margin. In one
of the Geronimo specimens, an elongate hole was bored through
the shell by Capulus. The snail lives with its apex directed away
from the edge of the shell of its host, a condition similar to that
exhibited by Capulus ungaricus on Chlamys opercularis (Lin-
naeus) in Europe (Sharman, 1956) .
At least 6 of the specimens of angolensis have small, circular
depressions which measure from one to three millimeters in
diameter, distributed on the surface of the valves. These de-
pressions are occupied by a species of the foraminiferan genus
Rosalina. A complete penetration of the limid’s shell may be
effected in these depressions, and the mantle of the mollusk may
secrete a conical deposit on the internal surface of the valve in
a reaction against the irritation caused by the Rosalina. Other
foraminiferan species of the genera Cibicides and Placopsilina
may be attached to the shell externally.
The soft parts of all the specimens were preserved. None of
them possessed a byssus; however, these limas may possibly
attach byssally in the immature stage. The posterior pedal-byssal
retractor muscle is small and inserts in the muscular portion of
a special axial branchial apparatus which irregularly attaches to
the shell posteroventral to the strong adductor muscle.
Acknowledgments. The specimens of angolensis were trans-
mitted to the U. S. National Museum by Dr. J. Lockwood Cham-
berlin of the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Labora-
tory, Washington, D. C. Dr. Ruth Todd of the U. S. Geological
Survey, Washington, D. C., identified the genera of Foraminifera.
Literature cited
Adam, W., and J. Knudsen. 1955. Note sur quelques esp£ces de
mollusques marins nouveaux ou peu connus de l’Afrique
occidentale. Inst. roy. sci. nat. Belgique, Bull., 31 (61) : 1-25,
2 pis.
Dali, W. H. 1955. Notes on the giant Limas. Nautilus, 16: 15-17.
Sharman, M. 1956. Note on Capulus ungaricus (L.) . J. Mar.
Biol. Assoc. U. K., 33: 445-450.
NAUTILUS
58
Vol. 79 (2)
Thiele, J. 1918 [-1920]. Familia Limidae. Conchylien-Cabinet
(N.F.), 7(2), 66 pp., 10 pis.
Vokes, H. E. 1963a. Studies on Tertiary and Recent giant Limi-
dae. Tulane Stud. Geol., 1 (2): 73-92, 2 pis.
Vokes, H. E. 1963b. Additions to a catalogue of the described
Recent and Tertiary species of Acesta and Plicacesta. Tulane
Stud. Geol., 2(1) : 18-20.
MOLLUSKS NEW TO SOUTH CAROLINA
By ARTHUR S. MERRILL1 and RICHARD E. PETIT2
Certain species collected in beach drift along the shores of
South Carolina, and other material brought to us by cooperating
shrimp fishermen in the past, led us to suspect that many of the
mollusks from the Caribbean province inhabit these waters but
have never been reported in the literature due to the lack of
concentrated collecting. Therefore, we decided to do extensive
shore collecting and offshore dredging when possible, in an effort
to define properly the fauna. This work has resulted in many
range extensions to South Carolina, some of which are here
reported.
Many of our range extensions are major ones, commonly
extending known ranges northward from southeast Florida, over
four hundred miles. These records from South Carolina are
particularly important because this state lies between Cape
Hatteras and southern Florida, areas where the molluscan fauna
has been much more extensively defined. One has only to check
the “specimens examined’' sections of Johnsonia to realize the
lack of specific locations for species between these areas. Most
of the North Carolina records are from the old Albatross dredg-
ings, and those from southern Florida are largely from the Mc-
Ginty dredgings. Until our recent work, little dredging has been
done off the South Carolina coast since the Albatross made a few
deep water stations in 1885.
We are fortunate to have dredgings from 18 stations offshore
to supplement our shore collecting. Our first series of dredgings
consisted of a transect of 12 stations off McClellanville, S. C.
made in July 1963 aboard the shrimp boat, Miss Kim , at depths
1 Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory, Oxford, Maryland
2 Ocean Drive Beach, South Carolina
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
59
of 1 to 64 meters. Another transect of six stations off Cape
Romain, S. C. followed in November 1963 using the Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution R/V Gosnold at depths of 36 to 268
meters. A 30-inch Digby scallop dredge, lined with i/2 inch mesh,
was towed at all stations.
This paper is the first of several in which we will report range
extensions to South Carolina. We will also reaffirm or clarify
older records when this seems necessary.
In determining the distribution of the mollusks we have con-
sulted the usual references which contain such information.
These include, in all cases, Dali (1889), Mazyck (1913), John-
son (1934), Abbott (1954 and 1958), Warmke and Abbott
(1961), as well as all Johnsonia monographs and all volumes of
the Nautilus.
At least one collection of each species mentioned in this re-
port has been placed in the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
except when only one specimen of a species has been taken. Such
specimens are being retained for the purpose of comparison until
we have completed our studies, at which time they will also be
deposited at the MCZ.
We acknowledge the cooperation of the Woods Hole Oceano-
graphic Institution and Dr. K. O. Emery, geologist and chief
scientist of Gosnold Cruise no. 33, for allowing us several hours
of ship time for the purpose of dredging off Cape Romain, S. C.,
when the vessel was passing through these waters taking echo
soundings and seismic profiles.
We are indebted to the following people for assistance in
identifying or confirming identification of species within their
special interests: Drs. William J. Clench, Ruth D. Turner,
Kenneth J. Boss, Harold A. Rehder, Joseph P. E. Morrison,
Joseph Rosewater and Alex A. Olsson.
We particularly wish to thank Drs. R. Tucker Abbott and
Robert Robertson for examining some of our material and also
for reviewing our manuscript.
Gastropoda
Calliostoma ( Kombologion ) marionae Dali.
Calliostoma marionae Dali 1906, Nautilus, 19: 131.
One large fresh fragment, about two-thirds of body whorl, 21
mm. in diameter, dredged off Cape Romain, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°-
NAUTILUS
60
Vol. 79 (2)
49.0'; W. Long. 78°16.3'), in 65-80 meters, on Nov. 27, 1963.
Another fresh fragment dredged nearby.
Previous northernmost record, “off St. Augustine, Fla.” (Clench
and Turner, 1960, p. 51).
Turritella exoleta (Linnaeus)
Turbo exoletus Linnaeus 1758, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 766.
Live adult specimens, reaching 35 mm. in length, dredged off
Cape Romain, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°49.4'; W. Long. 78°16.7'), in
55 meters, on Nov. 27, 1963; also found to be common in other
nearby dredgings.
Previously recorded as far north as, “south half of Florida”
by Abbott (1954, p. 141) .
Siliquaria squamata Blainville
Siliquaria squamata Blainville 1827, Diet. Sci. Nat., 49: 213.
One fresh dead specimen, about 90 mm. in length, dredged off
Cape Romain, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°49.4'; W. Long. 78°16.7'), in
55 meters, on Nov. 27, 1963. Also, a smaller dead specimen from
a nearby station.
Northernmost range previously reported, off Palm Beach, F'la.
(McGinty and McGinty, 1957, p. 39) . Bathymetric range also
extended, being previously reported from 80-163 fathoms [ca. 150-
300 meters] (Johnson, 1934, p. 105) .
Epitonium (Asperiscala) apiculatum (Dali)
Scala apiculata Dali 1889, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 18: 310.
Four adult specimens, largest measuring 10 mm. in height,
collected in beach drift at low tide at Ocean Drive Beach, S. C.,
in Feb. 1960. Also, one small broken shell dredged off Cape
Romain, S. C., Nov. 27, 1963, in 46 meters.
Clench and Turner (1952, p. 292) remark that this species is,
“known only from North Carolina.” However, their Albatross
station 2619 record is in fact due east of a point about 5 miles
south of Myrtle Beach, S. C. Our record from Cape Romain is a
minor range extension; our primary purpose here is to point out
that this species reaches a much larger size (over twice as large)
than has been reported, and to correct the impression that North
Carolina is as far south as it ranges.
It might be well to point out at this time that we have collected
Epitonium (Asperiscala) championi Clench and Turner at Myrtle
Beach, S. C. which Clench and Turner also report as ranging
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
61
south to North Carolina, although their Frying Pan Shoals record
is probably well into the latitude of South Carolina.
Epitonium (Epitonium) krebsii (Morch)
Scala krebsii Morch 1874, Vidensk, Medd. Naturhist. Forening
i Kjobenhavn No. 17, p. 252.
One fresh dead specimen, 10.6 mm. in length, dredged off Cape
Romain, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°43.2'; W. Long. 78°09.7') , in 176
meters, on Nov. 27, 1963.
Previous northernmost record, “off Palm Beach, Fla.” (Clench
and Turner, 1951, p. 258) .
Crucibulum auricula (Gmelin)
Patella auricula Gmelin 1791, Syst. Nat., ed. 13, p. 3694.
One fresh dead specimen, 18 mm. in greatest diameter, dredged
off McClellanville, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°42.4'; W. Long. 79°06.2') ,
in 27 meters, on July 2, 1963.
The most northern record listed by most authors is “West
Florida,” probably as a result of Dali’s (1889, p. 152) specific
designation of Cedar Keys, Fla. as northern extreme range.
Tugurium ( Tugurium ) caribaeum (Petit de la Saussaye)
Xenophora caribaea Petit de la Saussaye 1856, Journ. de
Conchyl., 5: 248, pi. 10, fig. 1-2.
One fresh dead adult specimen, 64 mm. in greatest diameter,
dredged off Cape Romain, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°43.2'; W. Long.
78°09.7'), in 176 meters, on Nov. 27, 1963.
Previously recorded from the Florida Keys by Johnson (1934,
p. 96) and others, but not recorded from the mainland of the
United States by Clench and Aguayo (1943, p. 5). However, they
did remark that Dali (1889) considered North Carolina as the
northern range of this species, but noted that Dali’s material
apparently included specimens of T. longleyi Bartsch, and for
that reason they limited the northern range to Cuba. Also re-
ported from off Palm Beach, Fla. (McGinty and McGinty, 1957,
p. 40) .
Sigatica semisulcata (Gray)
Natica semisulcata Gray, 1839 [in] Beechey, The Zool. of Capt.
Beechey’s Voyage, p. 136.
Two fresh dead adult shells collected on beach at Ocean Drive
Beach, S. C., and one additional specimen inhabited by hermit
crab found in old net brought up from 7 meters off Ocean Drive
62
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
Beach, S. C.; all collected in the fall of 1959.
Previous northernmost record, Jupiter Inlet, Fla. (Dali, 1889,
p. 154).
Cypraea spurca acicularis Gmelin
Cypraea acicularis Gmelin 1791, Syst. Nat., ed. 13, p. 3421.
Several fresh dead to moderately worn adult specimens dredged
off Cape Romain, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°49.4'; W. Long. 78° 16.7') , in
55 meters, on Nov. 27, 1963; also taken commonly in other nearby
dredgings, some badly worn.
Previously recorded as far north as “south half of Florida”
by Abbott (1954, p. 180).
Cymatium (Septa) pileare Linnaeus
Murex pileare Linnaeus 1758, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 749.
One fragment of body whorl and outer lip dredged off Cape
Romain, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°49.1'; W. Long. 78°16.3'), in 65-80
meters, on Nov. 27, 1963.
Johnson (1934, p. 114) lists the range of this species in the
western Atlantic as, “Florida Keys and the West Indies.” Abbott
(1954, p. 195) extends the range to North Carolina, but Clench
and Turner (1957, p. 218) in the latest monograph to include
this species shows northernmost record only to Jupiter Inlet, Fla.
Cymatium (Septa) krebsii (Morch)
Triton krebsii Morch 1877, Malakozoologische Blatter, 24: 30.
One fresh dead specimen, 27 mm. in length, dredged off Cape
Romain, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°49.4'; W. Long. 78°16.7'), in 55
meters, on Nov. 27, 1963.
Previous northernmost range, “off Delray Beach, Fla.” (Clench
and Turner, 1957, p. 221) .
Cymatium (Monoplex) parthenopeum (von Salis)
Murex parthenopeus von Salis 1793, Reisen in versch. Prov.
Konigreich Neapel, 1: 370, pi. 7, fig. 4.
One live specimen, 93 mm. in length, taken by trawler Miss
Key, 40 miles off McClellanville, S. C., in 75 meters, in June 1962.
Previous northernmost range in western Atlantic: U. S. coast,
“south end of Lake Worth, Fla.”; Bermuda (Clench and Turner,
1957, p. 230) .
Cymatium (Linatella) poulsenii (Morch)
Triton (Linatella) poulsenii Morch 1877, Malakozoologische
Blatter, 24: 33.
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
63
One fresh dead specimen, plus several fragments, dredged off
McClellanville, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°31.2'; W. Long. 78°51.0'), in
46 meters, on July 3, 1963.
Previous northernmost range, “off Palm Beach, Fla.” (Clench
and Turner, 1957, p. 200).
To complete the list of species of the genus Cymatium now
known from South Carolina we include the following: A juvenile,
Cymatium (Ranularia) caribbaeum Clench 8c Turner 1957, was
collected alive from a navigation buoy located off Port Royal,
S. C. (Merrill, 1962) . A juvenile, Cymatium (Cabestana) labiosum
(Wood) 1828 was also taken from a navigation buoy from off
Cape Romain, S. C., by the senior author in 1948. This record
appears in the monograph by Clench 8c Turner (1957) on page
222. We have taken labiosum from off Cape Romain in our
recent dredgings.
Bursa thomae (Orbigny)
Ranella thomae Orbigny 1842 [in Sagra], Hist. Pile Cuba,
2: 164, Atlas, pi. 23, figs. 23, 24.
One live 20 mm. adult dredged off Cape Romain, S. C. (N. Lat.
32°43.2'; W. Long. 78°09.7') , in 176 meters, on Nov. 27, 1963.
Previous northernmost record from Western Atlantic, off Palm
Beach, Fla. (Abbott, 1958, p. 57) .
Murex cabritii Bernardi
Murex cabritii Bernardi 1859 (“1858”), Journ. de Conchyl.,
7: 301, pi. 10, fig. 3.
A fresh fragment of a large shell, dredged off McClellanville,
S. C. (N. Lat. 32°31.2'; W. Long. 78°51.0/), in 46 meters, on
July 3, 1963.
Dali (1889) lists this species as occurring north to Cape Hat-
teras, N. C. However, Johnson (1934) gives northernmost range
as Cedar Keys, Fla., and Clench and Farfante (1945, p. 5) show
Pompano, Fla., for their northernmost record. Abbott (1954)
also restricts the range to Florida.
Murex rubidus F. C. Baker
Murex messorius var. rubidum ‘DalP F. C. Baker 1897, Trans.
Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 7 (16) : 377.
One medium-sized live specimen, 30 mm. in length, dredged off
Cape Romain, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°49.4'; W. Lat. 78°16.7'), in 55
meters, on Nov. 27, 1963.
64 nautilus Vol. 79 (2)
Previous northernmost record. Lake Worth, Fla. (Clench and
Farfante, 1945, p. 9).
Pterynotus pygmaeus Bush
Mur ex (Pteronotus) pygmaeus Bush 1893, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., 23: 213, pi. 1, figs. 3-4.
One specimen, 14.4 mm. in length, dredged off Cape Romain,
S. C. (N. Lat. 32°43.2'; W. Long. 78°09.7'), in 176 meters, on
Nov. 27, 1963.
Previously known only from the holotype which was dredged
from Blake Station 319, off Charleston, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°25';
W. Long. 77°42'30"), in 262 fathoms [480 meters].
Drupa (Morula) nodulosa (C. B. Adams)
Purpura nodulosa C. B. Adams, 1845, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., 2: 2-3.
Two live specimens, dredged off McClellanville, S. C. (N. Lat.
32°31.2'; W. Long. 78°51.0'), in 46 meters, on July 3, 1963.
Previous northernmost record, “Biscayne Bay, Fla.” (Abbott,
1958, p. 63).
Coralliophila aberrans (C. B. Adams)
Purpura aberrans C. B. Adams, 1850, Contrib. to Conch., No.
4, pp. 58-59.
One very fresh, 9.4 mm. specimen, dredged off Cape Romain,
5. C. (N. Lat. 32°43.2'; W. Long. 78°09.7') , in 176 meters, on
Nov. 27, 1963.
Previous northernmost range, “West Indies” (Warmke and
Abbott, 1961, p. 109) .
Coralliophila caribaea Abbott
Coralliophila caribaea Abbott 1958, Acad. Nat.. Sci. Philadel-
phia, Monograph 11, pp. 66, 68.
Three live specimens, largest measuring 15 mm. dredged off
McClellanville, S. C. (N. Lat. 32°31.2'; W. Long. 78°51.0'), in
46 meters, on July 3, 1963.
Previous northernmost record, off Palm Beach, Fla. (Abbott,
1958, p. 67).
Hyalina (Volvarina) veliei (Pilsbry)
Marginella veliei Pilsbry 1896, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-
phia, 71: 206.
One medium-sized live specimen dredged off McClellanville,
S. C. (N. Lat. 32°31.2'; W. Long. 78°51.0/) in 46 meters, on
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
65
July 3, 1963. Two fresh fragments also found in dredgings nearby.
Abbott (1954, p. 258) gave range as west coast of Florida,
common in shallow water; Johnson (1934, p. 132) restricted it
to Boca Ciega Bay, Fla.
In the specimens we collected the color of the shell is reddish
brown on the dorsal surface. In specimens we have seen from
shallow water off west Florida, the shell is uniformly yellow. On
the other hand, dredged specimens from the deeper waters of
west Florida are a uniform white color and are smaller than ones
from shallow water.
Pyrgocythara coxi Fargo
Pyrgocythara coxi Fargo, 1953 [in] Pliocene Mollusca of south-
ern Florida, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monograph No. 8,
pt. 2, p. 384, pi. 20, figs. 3, 3a.
Two adult specimens about 8 mm. in length, inhabited by
hermit crabs, found in seaweed washed ashore at Ocean Drive
Beach, S. C., on Feb. 12, 1960. A third specimen was obtained
from a tide pool at Myrtle Beach, S. C., about a year later.
This species was described from the Pliocene of St. Petersburg,
Fla., but was also noted at the same time as having been found
Recent nearby. Range extensions have appeared twice in the
literature in the few years since this small species was described.
Abbott (1958, p. 97) reported it from Gun Bay, Grand Cayman
Island, B. W. I. and Warmke and Abbott (1961, p. 138) noted its
occurrence in Puerto Rico. The occurrence of this species as a
Neogene fossil in South Carolina will be reported later.
Sayella crosseana Dali
Sayella crosseana Dali 1885, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 8(18):
286, pi. 18, fig. 10.
One specimen, 4.3 mm. in length, inhabited by hermit crab,
found in seaweed washed on shore at Ocean Drive Beach, S. C.,
on Feb. 12, 1960.
Previous northernmost record, Matecumbe Key, Fla. (Hender-
son, 1913, p. 59).
Literature cited
Abbott, R. Tucker, 1954. American Seashells. D. van Nostrand
and Co., New York. 541 p.
Abbott, R. Tucker, 1958. The marine mollusks of Grand Cayman
Island, British West Indies. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon-
ograph No. II, 138 p.
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
66
Clench, W. J. and C. G. Aguayo, 1943. The genera Xenophora
and Tugurium in the western Atlantic. Johnsonia 1 (8): 1-8.
Clench, W. J. and I. Perez Farfante, 1945. The genus Murex in
the western Atlantic. Johnsonia 1 (17) : 1-58.
Clench, William J. and Ruth D. Turner, 1951. The genus Epi-
tonium in the western Atlantic, Part 1. Johnsonia 2 (30) : 249-
288.
, 1952. The genera Epitonium (Part 2) , Depressiscala, Cylin-
driscala, Nystiella and Solutiscala in the western Atlantic. Pt. 2.
johnsonia 2 (3.1) : 289-356.
, 1957. The family Cymatiidae in the western Atlantic.
Johnsonia 3 (36) : 189-244.
, 1960. The genus Ccilliostoma in the western Atlantic. John-
sonia 4 (40) : 1-80.
Dali, William H., 1889. Marine mollusks of the southeastern
coast. Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., No. 37, 229 p.
Henderson, Julius, 1913. Marine shells from drift on upper
Matecumbe Key, Florida. Nautilus 27 (5) : 59-60.
Johnson, Charles W., 1934. List of marine Mollusca of the At-
lantic coast from Labrador to Texas. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. 40(1): 1-203.
Mazyck, William G., 1913. Catalog of Mollusca of South Caro-
lina. Contrib. Charleston Mus. No. 2, 39 p.
McGinty, Paul L. and Thomas L. McGinty, 1957. Dredging for
deep water shells in southern Florida. Nautilus 71 (2): 37-47.
Merrill, Arthur S., 1962. Range extension of Cymatium carib-
baeum with a note on adventitious dispersal. Nautilus 75 (3) :
94-95.
Warmke, Germaine L. and R. Tucker Abbott, 1961. Caribbean
Seashells. Livingston Publishing Co., Narberth, Pennsylvania
348 p.
NOTE ON ELLIPTIO SPINOSA IN GEORGIA
By GRACE J. THOMAS and DONALD C. SCOTT
University of Georgia
Numerous specimens of Elliptic* spinosa (Lea) have been col-
lected in recent years from the Altamaha River at Fort Barring-
ton, Long County, Georgia (Tomkins, 1955) . We are reporting
the extension of the known range to Jessup on the Altamaha
River, and into the Ocmulgee River at Jacksonville, Telfair
County, and Red Bluff on the Ben Hill-Coffee County line.
All our collections were made from the protected sides of sand
bars in the river, and include both living animals and shells.
Living specimens ranged from 4.2 mm. to 9.4 mm. in length. Six
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
67
other species of unionids were associated with Elliptic) spinosus
at one or more stations (Table I) .
Table I.
(An X indicates the presence of the species in collections
at the given locality. )
Species
Jessup
Stations
Red Bluff
Jackson-
ville
Alasmidonta arcula (Lea)
X
X
Anodonta gibbosa Say
X
Elliptio honetonensis (Lea)
X
X
X
Elliptio shepardianus (Lea)
X
Elliptio spinosa (Lea)
X
X
X
Lampsilis dolabraeformis (Lea)
X
X
X
Lampsilis splendida (Lea)
X
X
The species represented by the largest number at every station
is Lampsilis dolabraeformis. At Jacksonville Elliptio hopeton-
ensis and Lampsilis splendida also occur in large numbers.
Alasmidonta arcula, on the other hand, is represented in the
collections by a single specimen.
It is interesting to note that these 3 species of Elliptio , the 2 of
Lampsilis, and Alasmidonta arcula were described by Lea from
shells collected on the lower Altamaha River near Darien. (Lea,
1834, 1838). In view of the fact that these species occur in the
Ocmulgee River we must next discover whether they are also to
be found in the lower portion of the Oconee River, the other
major Altamaha tributary.
The authors wish to express thanks to Ivan R. Tomkins for
specimens from Fort Barrington, and to Milton Hopkins II,
Milton Hopkins III and Heyward Mathews for collections on
the Ocmulgee.
Literature cited
Lee, Isaac, 1834. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 5.
Lee, Isaac, 1838. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 6.
Tomkins, Ivan R., 1955. Nautilus 68: 132-133.
68
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION
THIRTY-FIRST ANNUAL MEETING
The isolation of Wagner College upon a Staten Island, New
York, hilltop was no surprise to those who attended the 1955
meeting. Little had changed save for the mighty Verrazano Nar-
rows bridge visible in the distance and the new dormitories and
students’ union building added to the campus. As before, the
New York Shell Club acted as host; its busy members seemed to
be everywhere at once, while they ministered to the comfort and
convenience of the visitors.
Over the four day period, July 20 to 23, 1965, President Juan
J. Parodiz introduced the following papers:
Some inland mollusk records from Nicaragua, M. K. Jacobson.
Small beginnings, A. B. Wheel. The surf clam fishery, Arthur E.
Merrill. The families of Turridae, J. P. E. Morrison. Sculptural
traits in the Tellinacea, Kenneth J. Boss. Coelenterate-associated
prosobranchs in the Indian Ocean, Robert Robertson. Starch-gel
electrophoresis in oyster sera, A. Rosenfield and C. Sindermann.
Results of deep-water testing, Ruth D. Turner. Bacterial epizo-
otics of larval and juvenile pelecypods, H. Tubiash. The naiad
fauna of the Green River of Mundfordville, Kentucky, David H.
Stansbury. Cytological studies in Stylommatophora, Rajagopala
Natarajan. Sexual dimorphism in the radula of Nassa, Virginia
O. Maes. Deep water oysters from the lower Patuxent River,
Maryland, Kenneth Boss and Arthur Merrill. Re-examination of
E. S. Morse’s study in changes in the shells of Mya arenaria,
Ralph W. Dexter. Studying living Tridacnidae in the Marshall
Islands, Joseph Rosewater. The story of the MSX, outbreaks and
oyster mortality in Delaware Bay, H. Haskin. Studies on captive
Prunum apicinum Menke, Dorothy Raeihle. The naiad fauna in
the Little Darby Creek in central Ohio, Carol B. Stein. Patho-
logic responses of the oyster Crassostrea virginica to infection by
the protistan parasite MSX., A. Farley. Biological significance of
aerial sea surface temperature surveys, R. B. Stone. Ecology of
Tarebia granifera and Melanoides tuberculata in south Texas,
Harold D. Murray. Pink sands of Eleuthera, Dorothy and Nor-
man Jensen. Camera close-ups of live mollusks, George Raeihle.
Malacological musings, James E. Wadsworth. Maintenance of
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
69
oyster tissue in vitro, A. Rosenfield. The genus Cucullaea (Pele-
cypoda) , past and present, Katherine V. W. Palmer. Electro-
phoretic studies of some diploid and polyploid Bulinidae, G. L.
Place. On the genera of Hipponycidae, J. P. E. Morrison. Marsh-
land is not wasteland; film presentation of the Staten Island
Institute of Arts and Sciences. The Marquis de Folin and his
work on the Caecidae, Donald R. Moore. Late Cenozoic evolu-
tion of the Aequipecten gibbus stock, Theodore R. Waller. South
American malacology, Dee Dundee. Enzyme histochemistry of
the American oyster, Crassostrea virginica, A. F. Eble. Fresh-
water and land snails of St. Lucia, West Indies, Emile A. Malek.
The invitation of the North Carolina Shell Club to hold the
1966 A.M.U. meeting in that state was accepted, exact place and
date to be announced.
The following slate of officers was elected to serve during the
next year:
President, Ralph W. Dexter. Vice-President, Leo G. Hertlein.
Second Vice-President, Alan J. Kohn. Secretary, Margaret C.
Teskey. Treasurer, Mae Dean Richard. Publications Editor, M.
Karl Jacobson. Councilors-at-Large: Mary Kline, Joseph Rose-
water. Robert R. Talmadge, Gordon Usticke. — Margaret C.
Teskey, Secretary, American Malacological Union, Inc.
NOTES AND NEWS
Otala lactea from Tierra Verde Florida — On October 24,
1964, 7 living specimens of Otala lactea (Muller) were collected
on the island of Tierra Verde, Florida (on the former Cabbage
Key in a region on the gulf side of the Pinellas Bayway about 1.3
mi. from the bridge at the north end of the island). They were
found under boards in an area where construction materials were
piled; however, numerous empty shells were also observed and
collected in the surrounding brushy areas. (The authors are
grateful to R. Tucker Abbott for verifying the identification on
these shells and to G. E. Woolfenden for a previously collected
living specimen indicating their presence in this area.) Since the
region was extremely dry at the time, and the majority of the
living snails presumably were secreted in protected places, no
impression of the size of the population was obtained.
70
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
Although the presence of Otala on Cabbage Key has been
known for some time (Henderson, 1937, Nautilus 50: 72; Van
Der Schalie, 1938, Nautilus 51: 132-34), it was considered im-
portant by the authors to update the record since the area in-
volved has been undergoing intensive development. Of additional
interest was the existence in the sample of what appears to be a
number of phases of shell pigmentation. These phases ranged
from a complete absence of line and aperture coloration through
at least one intermediate group, to individuals exhibiting dark,
chocolate-brown lines and apertures. The animals of the first
group, although lighter, did not appear to be completely devoid
of body color; however, their shells were grossly unpigmented
even though textural evidence of line markings could be ob-
served. — Frank E. Friedl and Ronald A. Bayne, Department of
Zoology, The University of South Florida, Tampa 33620.
Two NEW LAND MOLLUSK RECORDS FROM FLORIDA. During the
course of an investigation of the land mollusks of northwestern
Florida, two species were found that do not appear to have been
previously recorded from this state.
Mesomphix pilsbiyi (Clapp) was found to be quite numerous
0.2 miles due south of the lodge at Florida Caverns State Park,
Jackson County, Florida. It was found among moist limestone
rubble along with many other land snails. This species was
identified by Mr. Leslie Hubricht of Meridian, Mississippi.
Mesomphix pilsbiyi has been reported from several counties in
southern Alabama by Walker (1928) and Pilsbry (1946) .
Limax ftavus Linnaeus was discovered at a single urban locality
in Tallahassee, Leon County, Florida. It was quite common
under stones and leaf litter around a residence at 208 Fifth
Avenue. Numerous similar habitats have been examined in and
around Tallahassee without any trace of this slug being discov-
ered, which suggests that it is a recent immigrant to this area.
This slug has previously been found as far south as southern
Alabama and Georgia (Pilsbry, 1948) and its presence in northern
Florida is not surprising. Tallahassee specimens are very dark
for the species, almost black, with only scattered yellow spots.
Specimens of both species have been deposited at the Florida
State Museum in Gainesville. — Landon T. Ross, Dept, of Geol-
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
71
ogy, Fla. State University, Tallahassee.
Literature cited
Pilsbry, H. A. 1946. Land Mollusca of North America (north of
Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monogr. 3, 2 (1): 1-520.
, 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (north of Mexico) .
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monogr. 3, 2(2) : 521-1113.
Walker, Bryant. 1928. The terrestrial shell-bearing Mollusca of
Alabama. Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich., Misc. Pub. 18: 1-180.
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
Emerson, William K. 8c William E. Old, Jr. 1962. Results of the
Puritan-American Museum of Natural History Expedition to
western Mexico.. 16. The recent mollusks: Gastropoda, Conidae.
Amer. Mus. Novitates no. 2112: 44 pp., 20 figs. — N. subg. of
Conus. 1963. A new subgenus and species of Cymatium (Mol-
lusca, Gastropoda) . Ditto no. 2137; 13 pp., 6 figs. Results ditto.
17. The recent mollusks: Gastropoda Cypraeacea. Ditto no.
2136: 32 pp., 18 figs. Results ditto. 19. The recent mollusks:
Gastropoda, Strombacea, Tonnacea, and Cymatiecea. Ditto no.
2153: 38 pp., 28 figs.
8c Anthony D’Attilio. 1962. Remarks on Triton ranzanii
Bianconi (Mollusca, Gastropoda) . Ditto no. 2108: 8 pp., 4 figs.
1963. A new species of Latiaxis from the western Atlantic
(Mollusca, Gastropoda) . Ditto no. 2149: 9 pp., 6 figs.
8c Morris K. Jacobson. 1964. Terrestrial mollusks of the
Belvedere Expedition to the Gulf of California. Trans. San
Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 13: 315-332, 5 figs. N. subg. of Rabdotus
8c n. subsp. of Micrarionta rowelli.
Engel, H. 8c P. J. van den Feen. 1964. The life of Woutera S. S.
van Benthem Jutting, with “Bibliography and list of new
names,” by C. O. van Regteren Altena. Beaufortia no. 130: 21
pp. 8c portrait.
Gustavson, Thomas C. 8c Samuel J. Tuthill. 1964. A biometric
evaluation of five characters of Lampsilis luteolus (Lamarck) ,
1819. Compass 41: 141-148, 2 figs.
Farmer, Wesley M. 1964. One hundred common marine animals
of San Diego. Occ. Papers San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. no. 14: 47
pp. many figs.
Llarry, Harold W. 8c Bengt Hubendick. 1964. The freshwater
pulmonate Mollusca of Puerto Rico. Meddeland. Goteborgs
Mus. Zoo. Avdelning no. 136: 77 pp. 8c 160 figs. New gen.
Antillorbis of Drepanotrematinae.
Hubricht, Leslie. 1964. Land snails from the caves of Kentucky,
Tennessee and Alabama. Bui. Nat. Speleolog. Soc. 26: 33-36,
2 figs.
72
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (2)
Johnson, Richard L. 1964. The recent Mollusca of Augustus
Addison Gould. Bui. U. S. Nat. Mus. no. 239: 182 pp., 45 pis.
Kawaguti, Siro 8c Noriaki Ikemoto. 1962. Electron microscopy of
the mantle of the bivalved gastropod. Biol. J. Okayama Univ.
8: 1-20, 24 figs. Electron microscopy on the mantle of a bivalve,
Fabulina nitidula. J. Cit.: 21-30, 11 figs.
8c Akio Oda. 1963. Electron microscopy on the cuttlebone
producing cells. J. cit. 9: 41-53, 12 figs.
Kilias, Rudolf. 1963. Die Typen und Typoide der Mollusken-
Sammlung des zoologischen Museums in Berlin (2) . Mitt. Zoo.
Mus. Berlin 39: 371-377 8c 1 pi. — Planorbidae: 1.
Kuiper, J. G. J. 1960. Zoological results of a collecting journey
to Yugoslavia, 1954: 6. Die Pisidien des Ochridsees, Maze-
donien, nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Verbreitung der Pisidien
in der Balkanhalbinsel und den Donaulander. Beuafortia
7(88): 219-231, 19 figs. 8c 1 map. — N. sp. 8c subsp. of Pisidium.
. 1962. Etude critique de Pisidium vicentianum. Inst. roy.
Sci. nat. Belgique 38 ( 46): 19 pp. 12 figs. 8c 1 map. — P. dancei
new.
. 1964. Contribution to the knowledge of the South African
species of the genus Pisidium (Lamellibranchiata). Ann. S. Afr.
Mus. 48: 77-95, 32 figs. — N. sp.
. 1964. Apergu sur la distribution du genre Pisidium en
Italie. Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. 103: 229-234, 1 map.
Knudsen, Jorgen. 1964. Scaphopoda and Gastropoda from depths
exceeding 6000 meters. Galathea Rept. 7: 125-136, 10 figs. — N.
sp. in Siphonodentalium, Guttula, Trenchia (n. gen. Trochi-
dae) , Aclis, Melanella 8c Admete.
Marcus, Eveline 8c Ernst. 1962. On Leucozonia nassa. Bol. Fac.
Fil. Cien. Letr. Univ. S. Paulo no. 261 (Zoo. no. 24): 11-30,
2 pis. On Unancylus ticagus. Bol. cit.: 217-254, 4 pis. Studies
on Columbellidae. Bol. cit.: 335-402, 8 pis. Anatomy.
Michelson, Edward H. 1961. An acid-fast pathogen of fresh-water
snails. Amer. J. Trop. Med. 8c Hygiene 10: 423-433, incl. 3 pis.
. 1963. Development and specificity of miracidial immobiliz-
ing substances in extracts of the snail Australorbis glabratus
exposed to various agents. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 113 ( 1) : 486-
491.
. 1963. Plistophora husseyi sp. n., a microspordian parasite
on aquatic pulmonate snails. J. Insect Pathology 5: 28-38,
12 figs.
. 1964. Miracidia immobilizing substances in extracts pre-
pared from snails infected with Schistosoma mansoni. Amer. J.
Trop. Med. 8c Hygiene 13: 36-42, 1 fig.
. 1964. The protective action of Chaetogaster limnaei on
snails exposed to Schistosoma mansoni. J. Parasitology 30: 441-
October, 1965
NAUTILUS
m
444, 1 fig. Shell fluorescence in Australorbis glabratus and other
aquatic snails exposed to tetracyclines. J. cit.: 743-747, 1 fig.
Proceedings of the first European Malacological Congress
(London, Sept. 17-21, 1962) . Edited by L. R. Cox and J. F.
Peake. Published by the Conchological Soc. of Great Britain
and Ireland and by the Malacological Soc. of London. London,
1965. $6.00 — Contents: Preface, L. R. Cox. Introduction, H. E.
J. Biggs. The distribution of benthic marine Mollusca along the
N. E. Atlantic shelf from Gibraltar to Murmansk, G. Thorson.
Developmental types in marine bivalves and their distribution
along the Atlantic coast of Europe, K. W. Ockelmann. Bivalve
molluscs of the northern seas of Eurasia and the zoogeographical
division of the Arctic, Z. A. Filatova. Changes in the mollusc
fauna of Zuiderzee after the closure in 1932, W. S. S. van
Benthem Jutting. Interrelations of monotocardian gastropods,
V. Fretter. Patelliform shape and classification, B. Hubendick.
Some trends in the evolution of European molluscan faunas,
T. Sorgenfrei. New researches on Trichia hispida (Linnaeus)
and related forms, L. Forcart. Terrestrial faunistic studies in
Sweden, H. W. Walden. The pearly nautilus, A. Bidder. Die
Muskulatur von Helix pomatia und ihre Innervation, F. W.
Schlote. Some features of gastropod musculature and the control
mechanism of its activity, N. Postma. The fine structure of the
nervous system and heart of Archachatina and their relationship
to neural and cardiac activity, M. I. Baxter and R. H. Nisbet.
Recent population studies on Cepaea at Oxford, A. J. Cain.
Chromosome numbers and systematics in eurythyneuran snails,
J. B. Burch. Ecological and historical bases for a study of the
Iberian terrestrial Mollusca, C. F. Sacchi. List of members, Index.
FOR SALE
FOSSILS: 3500 species. Catalog, with plates $1.00 (stamps O.K.) .
Fossil sets: $2.00 up. Buying, exchanging fossils, too! Write for
details. Need plants, trilobites, ammonites, brachiopods, mol-
lusks, echinoids, etc.
MALICK’S FOSSILS, 5514 Plymouth Rd., Baltimore, Mary-
land 21214.
WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists
of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa-
ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also
included. To obtain free copies write:
George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.
Vol. 79
JANUARY, 1966
No. 3
THE
NAUTILUS
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)
Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department.
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
CONTENTS
Sexual dimorphism in the radula of the muricid genus
Nassa. By Virginia Orr Maes 73
Positive rheotaxis in Goniobasis proxima. By Philip J.
Crutchfield 80
Subgeneric classification of Pisidium in North America. By
William H. Heard 86
Southern limit of Nassarius trivittatus. By Dirk Frankenberg 89
New records of Cadulus (Scaphopoda) from the New Eng-
land area. By Ronald L. Wigley 90
Changes in pelecypod populations in Salt Fork of Big Ver-
milion River, Illinois. By Max R. Matteson and Ralph W.
Dexter 96
A new Streptostyla from Nicaragua. By Morris K. Jacobson ... 101
Notes and news 103 Publications received iii
$4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.
Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager
11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.
NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published
by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott.
Matter for publication should be sent to the senior editor. Manuscripts
should be typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout, including titles,
footnotes and bibliographies. Galley proof (without manuscript) will be
submitted to authors only if requested, on or attached to first page of MS.
Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost.
Minimum charge for each block is $3.00
Reprints are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first pace of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re-
quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra
clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders
will be charged for accordingly:
2 pp.
4 pp.
8 pp.
100 copies
3.25
6.00
9.50
Additional 100s
Plates: Add $1.25 per plate.
1.30
2.00
3.00
[Postage Extra]
Reprints are shipped, with invoices, by Pony Printing, 4 Cloverdale Avenue,
Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082.
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin.
Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,
Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York 17, N. Y. Vols. 71 to date are available
from the Nautilus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, and vary
in price.
Wanted: To purchase living land snails, especially polygyrids, Trilobopsis,
Prophysaon and Ariolimax.
Dr. Glenn R. Webb. Kutztown State College, Kutztown, Pa.
THE NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 January, 1966 No. 3
SEXUAL DIMORPHISM IN THE RADULA OF THE
MURICID GENUS NASSA
By VIRGINIA ORR MAES
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
In the course of working out differences between two species,
Nassa francolina (Bruguiere, 1789) and Nassa serta (Bruguiere,
1789), I came upon an interesting case of sexual dimorphism in
the radula. As far I know, this has been reported only once
before: by Arakawa (1958) , who found this phenomenon in
another muricid genus, Drupella. Both Cooke (1919) and Peile
(1937) remarked upon the variation in Nassa radulae but did
not recognize its meaning. Hollister (1954) described a similar
variation in the rachidian of the fasciolariid Pleuroploca gigantea
but correlated this variation with the size (age) of the shell and
not the sex. The similarity of this dimorphism, the increase in
size of the central cusp at the expense of the lateral cusps of the
rachidian in all 3 cases, leads one to the disturbing conclusion
that this type of radular dimorphism may be a rather common
phenomenon. Certainly it indicates the importance of keeping
all pertinent data with both the radula and the shell and of
basing observations on numbers of specimens of both sexes.
Before describing this dimorphism it might be well to clarify
a few of the confusing taxonomic problems surrounding my
material. For the two species discussed, I use the genus Nassa
Roding, 1798, type N. picta — Buccinum sertum Bruguiere (both
names are referred to the same Chemnitz figures) . lopas H. 8c A.
Adams, 1853, type B. sertum, is a synonym. This is not Nassa of
Lamarck, 1799, which is Nassarius Dumeril, 1806. Both Dali
(1909) and Winckworth (1945) have discussed this use of the
name Nassa.
Confusion between Bruguiere’s two species Buccinum fran-
colinum and sertum is SO' widespread that literature records on
the distribution of the two species are usually worthless. Peile
(1937) incorrectly called francolina, the Indian Ocean species,
“sertum” and others have incorrectly called sertum “francolina.”
73
74
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
Many authors, including Cooke (1919) have believed the species
synonyms. As mentioned above, Nassa francolina (PL 5, f. 1 8c 2) ,
is an Indian Ocean species with a range extending from South
and East Africa to Western Australia, Sumatra and the western
end of Java, with the exception of Cocos - Keeling Islands. In his
original description, Bruguiere described the fine, continuous,
spiral whitish lines by which the smoother shelled N. francolina
can be separated from N. serta. N. serta (PI. 5, f. 3-6), the
Pacific Ocean and Cocos - Keeling species, usually has a rougher
shell and although the spiral cords may be worn to a pale shade
of brown, they are not continuous or as fine. From the Cook
Islands and Hawaii to Eastern Polynesia N. serta becomes
smoother but all specimens lack the fine, continuous lines.
Probably Reeve’s figure of one of these smooth Polynesian N.
serta misidentified as francolina has been responsible for much
of the confusion surrounding the identity of these two species.
As there are greater differences between the radulae of male
and female Nassa francolina and serta than there are between
the two species, I will discuss the sexual dimorphism of both
species first and then point to the minor specific differences.
The radulae of Nassa francolina and N. serta usually have
about one hundred rows of teeth. Thiele (1869) reported 124
rows in a specimen (probably serta ) from the Philippines. Peile
(1937) reported 83 and 92 “developed” rows of teeth in Nastsa
from Mahe, Seychelles (probably N. francolina) . As Nassa usu-
ally has a large number of nascent rows, the two reports do not
indicate any marked differences between the two species. Each
row consists of one right and one left single-cusped lateral tooth
and a rachidian tooth with three major cusps. Peile reported that
the radula of the Red Sea species Nassa situla (Reeve, 1846) is
similar in shape and variability to “serta” (francolina).
In studying 36 radulae of N. serta and N. francolina , I found
that sexual dimorphism is limited to the rachidian tooth. The
male rachidian tooth is broader than the female (Text fig. 1)
and, with a few exceptions, the breadth of the male rachidian
increases relative to shell size more rapidly than that of the
female. Thus in males with shells about 30 mm. in length, an
average rachidian is about 0.25 mm. while the 40 mm. males
average about 0.35 mm. Females of these two size groups average
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
75
a Nassa francolina # a Nassa serla 31
• ” % o %
46_
.44 _
.42 _
A
40_
A
,38_
A
,36-
= .34_
A
A
~ .32_
A
•G
Z.30_
H.28_
A
o
0
.26_
A
o
o f
ro
r
A
A»
o
J2_
A O O
• •
S J0_
• •
o
CO
2 ,18_
.? #
o
.16_
••
0
.14_
•
J2_
A
.10_
A
iWL
•
.06_
mm.
16 18 20 22 24 26
28 30 32 34
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SO 52 54 5f6
58 60 62 64 61
length of shell
Fig. 1. Scatter diagram of the length of shells and breadth of rachidian
teeth of 16 male and 20 female Nassa expressed in mm.
from 0.17 to 0.21 mm. respectively. The broadest male rachidian,
0.42 mm., came from a N. francolina 33.2 mm. in shell length
and the broadest female rachidian, 0.30 mm., came from a
N. serta 62.4 mm. long. The breadth of the male rachidian is
more variable than that of the female.
Besides a difference in size, the male rachidian becomes almost
monocuspid in larger (older) specimens. The central cusp be-
comes longer, more erect, and massive. This is clearly seen in
anterior or posterior views of single, detached teeth (Text fig. 2,
figs. 1, 2, 8-10) . The female rachidian, on the other hand, remains
strongly tricuspid, hooked, and unthickened even in very large
(old) examples. There is frequently a small denticle on either
side of the central cusp of a female rachidian but this may dis-
appear and reappear among the rows of the same radula. The
76
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
long central cusp and thickened base of the rachidian from a
large male makes the preparation of a microscopic slide more
difficult than that of a female. The former tends to fall on its
side and flattened sections hold the cover slip high above the
slide. Individual, separated rachidians fall at characteristic angles
shown in Text fig. 2, figs. 3, 4, 12, and 13. Although most of the
radulae are colorless, a few females as well as males are light
yellow or amber. The radulae of five male N. francolina and two
male N. serta are dark brown. The color appears to be a stain
rather than a coating of pigment such as found on the cusps of
Patella. The males with brown radulae had proportionately
broader rachidian teeth than those with colorless radulae.
The tendency for the male rachidian to be broader than the
female is found in all size (age) groups. The pronounced en-
largement of the central cusp, however, was not apparent in
younger shells. The male whose radula is figured Text fig. 2,
fig. 5 had a well developed penis although his shell was only
18.1 mm. long. His radula is like a female’s. Some others have
small inner denticles.
As for differences between the radulae of the two species, it is
now apparent that comparisons can be made only between male
and male and female and female. The radulae of the two species
are difficult to distinguish. The lateral cusps of the female rachi-
dian of N. serta tend to be a little larger and bent. In the male,
N. serta tends to keep the lateral cusps longer then in N. fran-
colina and the rachidian does not broaden as rapidly. This is
probably because N. serta is a larger species than N. francolina
and of two shells the same size, the N. serta is probably younger
than N. francolina. Attempting to compare similar material, I
tried to use radulae from shells of approximately the same size.
The difficulties encountered are shown in Text fig. 1 and by the
fact that in the A.N.S.P. collection the largest N. francolina is
54.6 mm. and the largest N. serta is 69.1 mm.
I was unable to find any sexual dimorphism in the shells of
Nassa. Possibly the females are slightly larger but the limited
amount of material available makes any conclusion on a trivial
difference unwise.
None of these differences is as great as those Arakawa (1958)
found in Drupella. However, the Nassa radula is a simple, con-
January, 1966 nautilus
NAUTILUS 79 (3)
77
PLATE 5
Figs. 1, 2. Nassa francolina (Brug.) ANSP. 257668, Madagascar. Figs. 3, 4.
N. serta (Brug.) ANSP. 205730, New Guinea. Figs. 5, 6. N. serta, Polynesian
form, ANSP. 278464, Cook Ids. Figs. 1, 3, 5 app. 2X. Figs. 2. 4, 6 app. 10X.
78
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
8-14. Nassa serta (Brug.) .
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
79
1. Male, 35.5 mm. ANSP. 257134, Madagascar. Rachidian, anterior view.
2. Female, 40.4 mm. ANSP. 213123, Zanzibar. Rachidian, anterior view.
3. Female, 33.7 mm. ANSP. 2831 1 7, East Africa. Rachidian, left side view.
4. Male, 36.8 mm. ANSP. 257668, Madagascar. Rachidian, right side view.
5. Male, yg. 18.1 mm. ANSP. 257134, Madagascar. Rachidian, dorsal view.
6. Male, 35.5 mm. ANSP. 257134, Madagascar. Row, dorsal view.
7. Female, 40.4 mm. ANSP. 213123, Zanzibar. Row, dorsal view.
8. Female, 56.3 mm. ANSP. 278007, Cook Ids. Rachidian, anterior view.
9. Male, 38.7 mm. ANSP. 205730, New Guinea. Rachidian, anterior view.
10. Male, 35.6 mm. ANSP. 202623, Palau Ids. Rachidian, anterior view.
11. Male, 41.0 mm. ANSP. 205730, New Guinea. Row, dorsal view.
12. Male, 33.9 mm. ANSP. 278007, Cook Ids. Rachidian, right side view.
13. Female, 56.3 mm. ANSP. 278007, Cook Ids. Rachidian, left side view.
14. Female, 56.3 mm. ANSP. 278007, Cook Ids. Row, dorsal view.
servative, muricid form while Drupella is an aberrant form with
denticulate cusps on the rachidian and slender denticulate
laterals. But the variations between male and female rachidians
are, in essence, the same. The male Drupella rachidian is more
massive, with a strong central cusp and smaller lateral cusps and
lacks an inner denticle always found in the female. The slender
lateral teeth of Drupella also vary, and this is not found in Nassa .
They vary in the numbers of lateral rows to rachidian rows, i.e.
there are 3 to 5 times more lateral teeth in two species of male
Drupella than there are rachidians, while the females have an
11 to 10 ratio, i.e. almost the conservative one for one found in
Nassa. Arakawa also found that the length of the laterals and the
color of the radulae varies. The male radula is yellow and the
female colorless. My brown male radulae are somewhat analogous
to the latter but not as constant in character. Some decidedly
male - type Nassa radulae are colorless.
It was not clear from Hollister’s paper (1954) how much ma-
terial was studied and whether his large, single - cusped rachidian
came from a male or female radula. The form, though in another
family, is suspiciously like the sexual dimorphism found in the
two groups of muricids.
It is not possible at present to determine whether this radular
dimorphism is functional. Too little is known of the habits and
genetics of all species examined, but present evidence indicates
it is not. Both species of Nassa are presumed predators living
under rocks in shallow water on reefs. Drupella is a shallow water
coralliophile but its feeding habits are not known. The late de-
velopment of an aberrant radula, in male Nassa at least, indicates
it may not be functional in mating. Several young males, with
80
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
well developed penes, found near egg-laying females, had radulae
indistinguishable from female radulae except for a slightly
broader rachidian.
References cited
Arakawa, K. 1958. Venus 19 (3-4) : 206-216.
Bruguiere, J. G. 1789. Ency. Meth., pp. 261, 262.
Cooke, A. H. 1919. Proc. Mai. Soc. London 75:108, fig. 20:34.
Dali, W. H. 1909. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 59:47.
Hollister, S. C. 1954. Nautilus 68(2) : 44-46.
Peile, A. J. 1937. Proc. Mai. Soc. London 22 (6) :365, fig 25, 26.
Thiele, J. 1869, in Troschel. Gebiss der Schnecken 2: 126 pi. 12:2.
Winckworth, R. 1945. Proc. Mai. Soc. London 26 (4) : 141.
POSITIVE RHEOTAXIS IN GONIOBASIS PROXIMA
By PHILIP J. CRUTCHFIELD
Botany Department, University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, North Carolina
Introduction. Of the papers encountered on this pleurocerid
snail, only Goodrich (1950), Walter (1954), and Hall (1957)
make mention of upstream migration or establishment in Gonio-
basis proxima (Say). Data are presented suggesting that this up-
stream establishment is a rheotactic response and the degree of
expression may be influenced by water temperature and water
velocity.
Observations were made in a tributary of Bolin Creek north
and east of Mt. Bolus, approximately one mile north of Chapel
Hill, North Carolina. The sources of this creek are springs and
seepages which ensure a continuous flow of water becoming much
increased by surface runoff during periods of rain. The creek is
characterized, in the area where the snails were encountered, by
relatively steep wooded banks, shelving rock, and a rock strewn
bed with gravel and coarse sand. The many pools and riffle areas
indicate a relatively steep gradient.
I wish to thank Dr. J. E. Adams and Dr. C. J. Umphlett of the
Botany Department and Mr. D. G. Alexander of the Zoology
Department of the University of North Carolina for their critical
reviews of the manuscript.
Materials and Methods. Fifty-three individuals of G. proxima
were marked by the application of a vinyl-based paint. All
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
81
marked snails were then placed in a small eddy pool adjacent to
the main creek flow. Observations were made each week for 15
weeks from 24 December 1957 to 13 April 1958. Water temper-
atures were recorded weekly and reported in degrees Fahrenheit.
The position of the marked snails was observed, and distance
traveled by each snail was measured in feet.
Observations and Results. Frequent observations of this G.
proxima population revealed that the majority of the individuals
were oriented against the current of the creek. This was most
conspicuous in certain riffle areas. Furthermore it was noticed
that the snails crawling upstream in these riffle areas were not
uniformly distributed over the bottom, but were clustered along
the outer portion of the stream flow. Many snails were dislodged
by strong currents as evidenced by the appearance of large num-
bers of individuals in the pools located below riffle areas after
rain storms. Only those snails crawling along the outer portions
of the creek flow apparently were not dislodged. Individuals not
oriented against the current were found to be in areas where little
or no current existed.
A much higher number of marked snails was found during
each sampling period above or adjacent to the eddy pool, than
below it (Table 1) . Over the 15 week period approximately three
times as many marked snails were encountered above the eddy
pool as below it, 75 and 28 respectively.
The number of marked snails encountered over the 15 week
period declined rather steadily from 37 snails the first week to
5 snails the last week. The rapid decline in the total number of
marked snails between the first and third weeks is attributed to
rains occurring between those sample dates. The continual de-
cline in the total number of snails during the course of the sam-
ple period is thought also to have resulted from subsequent
periods of rain.
Other contributing factors accounting for the non response
portion of the sample, in addition to the total removal of marked
individuals, are high water levels, high turbidities, and snails
crawling beneath rocks and debris. This is apparent from a per-
usal of table 1 where it is seen that on the third and fourth weeks
15 and 12 snails respectively were encountered. This high a re-
covery was not again duplicated until the eighth week when 13
indicates no sample taken
82
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
sC
CD
a>
sr
o
CD
O
W
CO
ro
U>
vn
CO
vn
Table 1 Comparison of total number of marked snails encountered each
week with total number of snails above, at or below the eddy
pool.
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
83
pH
e ©
o p
P ©
P
P <0
© 3
© to
C -H
© p
X><
- © r-
H ft'
X5-
© ■X)
o ft '
C H
Fh
I HH I H I I I I I I I «
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
i i l rviHtM i i i i i i i
I I HHH I I • I I I I I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
| I I I I I I I I I I I I
rvlHlllliHIlHI H
I OJ • I I I I I I I I I I
I cn I I I I I I I I I I I
I I • I I I I I I I I I I
© I § P
PC®®
n 3 P ©
•h o P rH
P -O
, p
p ©
© ft
snails were encountered. The low recoveries observed on the sixth
and ninth weeks resulted from high water and high turbidities
from rains which occurred during those particular sampling
periods. While possibly insufficient sampling time might also
account for these low responses, the lengthy and careful searches
that were made each time seem adequate.
Discussion and Conclusion. In spite of the washing away of
many marked snails and in spite of the marked snails present
but missed, from the remaining sample, description of the prob-
84
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
able relationship that exists between the relative positions of
those marked snails and certain environmental factors is possible.
From table 2, those snails found below the eddy pool, show no
particular pattern as to the number of individuals or their distri-
bution. However, the rain storms which occurred during the sam-
ple period, may be of significance with regard to the down stream
distribution of the marked snails. During the sample period rains
occurred during the weeks of 4, 11, and 18 January; 9 and 21
February; and 1 and 16 March. An examination of table 2 shows
that the number of snails observed below the eddy pool can be
correlated to the frequency of rain storms. Thus, supposedly the
snails appearing below the eddy pool were washed down from
above.
Whereas a poor pattern was observed for those snails encoun-
tered below the eddy pool, a very clear pattern is seen for those
snails observed above it. (Table 2) . The number of snails in-
volved is remarkably constant, the exceptions to this having al-
ready been explained. In the distribution of these snails, a rather
pronounced tendency for upstream establishment is noted. This
tendency is seen as early as the 18 January sample and becomes
much more striking after the 7 March sample (Table 2) . It is
even to be seen from those snails observed below the eddy pool.
During periods when no rains fell, fewer marked snails were
encountered below the eddy pool, and those that were, generally
were found closer to that pool. This non-random distribution
very likely demonstrates an oriented behavioral (response. Al-
though the causes of this response were not determined, appar-
ently the more pronounced upward establishment might be cor-
related to the rise in water temperature recorded during this
period (Table 2) . Also possibly, some snails simply were not
washed down during the rain storms and merely continued
crawling upstream. Also, for those periods when no rains oc-
curred, there were generally more marked snails encountered
above the eddy pool than seen the immediately previous weeks
in which rain did fall. This perhaps reflects the increased proba-
bility of snails becoming dislodged during periods of high water
with higher velocities.
This behavioral response, the orientation to currents espe-
cially in streams, is known as rheotaxis (Fraenkel and Gunn,
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
85
1961) . Whenever such a response occurs toward the source of
the stimulus, as is the case here, it is said to be a positive one
(Dethier and Stellar, 1961) . Many bottom dwelling invertebrates
such as isopods, amphipods, turbellarians, pulmonate gastropods,
and insects found in lentic habitats are well known for their
rlieotactic behavior (Fraenkel and Gunn, 1961). However, this
appears to be the first report of such a behavioral pattern in this
species, and may represent a first report of rheotaxis in a fresh
water prosobranch gastropod. In Planaria alpina, rheotactic be-
havior has been shown to have pronounced survival value (Beau-
champ, 1933, 1937). This oriented response possibly has survival
value for Goniobasis proxima, but this is yet to be substantiated.
Summary
From a study of the movements of the snail, Goniobasis
proxima , in a tributary stream of Bolin Creek, located approxi-
mately one mile north of Clhapel Hill, North Carolina, data were
gathered suggesting that upstream establishment in this snail is
an oriented response. Fifty-three snails were marked and returned
to an eddy pool adjacent the main stream flow. Checks on the
number and position of the marked snails were made weekly for
15 weeks. Those snails in areas of the stream with an appreciable
current were oriented against the current whereas those in other
areas showed no particular upstream orientation. The presence of
nearly 3 times as many snails above the eddy pool as below it
indicated a strong tendency toward upstream establishment, a
positive rheotactic response. This was even more pronounced
during those periods free of rain which means that snails were
not so readily dislodged during the rain free periods. This rheo-
tactic response appeared to increase with the rise in water tem-
perature although very possibly some snails escaped, being washed
down during rain storms and therefore would attain the distances
recorded in spite of the rise in water temperature.
Literature cited
Beauchamp, R. S. A., 1933. Rheotaxis in Planaria alpina. Jour.
Exper. Biol. 10: 113-129.
, 1937. Rate of movement and rheotaxis in Planaria alpina.
Jour. Exper. Biol. 77:104-116.
Dethier, V. G. and Stellar, E., 1961. Animal Behavior. Prentice
Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J.
Fraenkel, G. S. and Gunn, D. L., 1961. The Orientation of Ani-
mals. Dover Publ. Inc., N. Y. C., N. Y.
NAUTILUS
86
Vol. 79 (3)
Goodrich, C., 1959. Goniobasis proximo, (Say) . Naut. 63 (3) :
78-80.
Hall, D. J., 1957. An ecological study of the freshwater snail
Goniobasis proximo (Say) . Unpublished Honors Paper Zool.
Dept. U. N. C., Chapel Hill, N. C.
Walter, W. M., 1954. Mollusks of the Upper Neuse River, North
Carolina. Unpublished Dissertation. Duke U., Durham, N. C.
SUBGENERIC CLASSIFICATION OF PISIDIUM
IN NORTH AMERICA
By WILLIAM H. HEARD
Florida State Univerity, Tallahassee
In view of Boettger’s (1961, 1962) and Kuiper’s (1962a) ef-
forts to classify the Palearctic and Ethiopian members of the
sphaeriid clam genus Pisidium C. Pfeiffer, it is of interest to
examine and compare the Nearctic and Holarctic species in
North America. The soft-part anatomy (except for P. cruciatum
and P. insigne ) , as well as the shell morphology, of all species
listed here has been examined, and life history studies have been
carried out on representatives of the 3 North American subgenera
(Heard, 1965) . All species are confined to the Nearctic Region
unless otherwise designated.
Genus Pisidium C. Pfeiffer, 1821
Type: Tellina amnica Muller, 1774. Animals monoecious and
ovoviviparous; only the anal siphon well-developed, the branchial
siphon either rudimentary or represented by a cleft in the mantle.
Shell inequipartite: anterior end longer than posterior end, beaks
occasionally terminal; size comparatively small: 1.5-10 mm in
length.
Subgenus 1, Pisidium s. str.
Type: Tellina amnica Muller, 1774. Branchial siphon rudi-
mentary (P. dubium) or represented only by a slit in the partially-
fused mantle; large posterior gills present in addition to large
anterior gills; posterior gills with inner and outer lamellae;
dorsal loop or lobe of each nephridium cleft; size large: 6-10 mm
in length. Life history in the central Nearctic Region: one
medium- (10 young) to large-sized (20) litter produced each year
for several years.
Pisidium amnicum (Muller) . Eurasia; introduced into North
America.
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
87
Pisidium dubium (Say)
Pisidium idahoense Roper
Subgenus 2, Rivulina Clessin, 1873
Type: Pisidium supinum Schmidt, 1851 (subsequent designa-
tion by Clessin, 1879) . Partially-fused mantle containing a short
slit representing the branchial siphon; small posterior gills
present in addition to larger anterior gills; posterior gills with
inner lamellae only; dorsal loop or lobe of each nephridium
cleft; medium-sized: 2.5-5 mm in length. Life history in the
central Nearctic Region: annual species producing one small to
large litter (average: 4-20) .
Pisidium adamsi Prime
P. aequilaterale Prime
P. casertanum (Poli) . Worldwide (see Herrington, 1962) .
P. compressum Prime
P. fallax Sterki
P. ferrugineum Prime. Circumpolar (= P. hibernicum of
Europe?) ?
P. henslowanum (Sheppard) . Eurasia; introduced into North
America.
P. lilljeborgi Clessin. Holarctic.
P. milium Held. Holarctic.
P. nitidum Jenyns. Holarctic.
P. obtusale C. Pfeiffer. Holarctic.
P. subtruncatum Malm. Holarctic.
P. supinum Schmidt. Holarctic (see Herrington, 1962, p. 41) .
P. ultramontanum Prime
P. variabile Prime
P. walkeri Sterki
Subgenus 3, Neopisidium Odhner, 1921
Type: Pisidium torquatum Stelfox, 1918. Complete absence of
branchial siphon and of posterior gills; dorsal loop or lobe of
each nephridium united; small-sized: 1.5-3 mm in length; con-
stant retention of juvenile characters. Life history in the central
Nearctic Region: life span unknown; two small litters produced
each year.
Pisidium conventus Clessin. Eurasia; Nearctic Region (see
Heard, 1963a) .
?P. cruciatum Sterki. Provisional placement in this subgenus.
?P. insigne Gabb. Provisional placement in this subgenus.
P. punctatum Sterki
P. punctiferum Guppy. Southern North America, Central
America, and Caribbean islands.
88
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
For specific morphological differences between P. punctatum
and P. punctiferum see Kuiper, 1962b; for their geographic differ-
ences see Heard, 1963b.
The subgenera Afropisidium Kuiper, 1962a (type: Pisidium
lepas Kuiper, 1957), and Odhneripisidium Kuiper, 1962a (type:
Pisidium stewarti Preston), have no known representatives in
North America. These two taxa are reported to be anatomically
closely related to Neopisidium , but each differs from the other
subgenera in the position of the ligament. In Pisidium s.s.,
Rivulina , and Neopisidium the ligament is enclosed, contained
in the hollow of the hinges of the two valves. However, in Od-
hneripisidium the ligament lies below the hinges of the valves
at a right angle to the symmetrical plane of the shell, while the
ligament in Afropisidium is external.
Literature cited
Boettger, C. R., 1961. Zur Systematik der in die Gattung Pisidium
C. Pfeiffer gerechneten Muscheln. Arch. Moll. 90 (4/6) : 227-
248.
, 1962. Zusatze zu C. R. Boettger, Zur Systematik der in die
Gattung Pisidium C. Pfeiffer gerechneten Muscheln. Arch.
Moll. 91 (1/3) : 63-66.
Clessin, S., 1873. in Westerland, C. A., 1873. Fauna Molluscorum
terrestrium et fluviatilium Sveciae, Norvegiae et Daniae.
Sveriges, Norges och Danmarks Land- och Sotvatten-Mollusker.
II. Sdtvattenmollusker. Stockholm.
, 1879. Die Familie der Cycladeen. Syst. Coneh.-Cab. Martini
und Chemnitz, neu herausgegeb. H. C. Kiister, Nurnberg,
9( 3): 1-282.
Heard, W. H., 1963a. The biology of Pisidium ( Neopisidium )
conventus Clessin (Pelecypoda: Sphaeriidae) . Pap. Mich.
Acad. Sci., Arts, Lett. 48 (1962 meeting) : 77-86.
, 1963b. Survey of the Spihaeriidae (Mollusca: Pelecypoda)
of the Southern United States. Proc. La. Acad. Sci. 26: 102-120.
, 1965. Comparative life histories of North American pill
clams (Sphaeriidae: Pisidium). Malacologia 2 (3) : 381-410.
Herrington, H. B., 1962. A revision of the Sphaeriidae of North
America (Mollusca: Pelecypoda) .. Misc. Publ. 118, Univ. Mich.
Mus. Zool., 74 pp., 7 pi.
Kuiper, J. G. J., 1957. Pisidium lepas , eine neue Art aus Afrika.
Arch. Moll., 55:85-90.
, 1962a. Notesur la systematique des Pisidies. T. de Conchy 1.
752:53-57.
, 1962b. Systematische Stellung und geographische Verbrei-
tung von Pisidium tenuilineatum. Arch. Moll. 91 (4/6) : 1 73-
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
89
181.
Muller, O. F., 1774. Vermium terrestrium et fluviatilium, seu
animalium infusorium, helminthicorum, succincta historia.
Heinbeck and Faber, Havniae and Lipsiae, 2:1-214.
Odhner, N. H., 1921. On some species of Pisidium in the Swedish
State Museum. J. of Conch. 16: 218-233.
Pfeiffer, C., 1821-1828. Naturgeschichte Deutscher Land- und
Susswasser-Mollusken, Weimar, 3. Abth, 4 to.
Schmidt, A. W. F., 1851. Malakologische Mittheilungen. Zeit.
f. Malakozool. 7:118-119.
Stelfox, A. W., 1918. On the recent misapplication of tfhe names
Pisidium nitidum and P. pusillum of Tenyns. T. of Conch.
15: 235-239.
SOUTHERN LIMIT OF NASSARIUS TRIVITTATUS1
By DIRK FRANKENBERG
University of Georgia Marine Institute, Sapelo Island
The southern limit of the range of Nassarius trivittatus (Say)
has been a matter of some controversy in the literature. Several
popular shell books list this species from as far south as South
Carolina (Abbott, 1954: 239) or northern Florida (Morris,
1947: 194; Smith, 1951: 121). Other authors, however, have re-
ported that Nassarius trivittatus does not occur alive south of
Cape Hatteras (Wells, Wells and Gray, 1961: 269; Wells and
Richards, 1962: 590).
The purpose of this note is to report the verified collection of
Nassarius trivittatus from the coastal waters off Georgia. One
specimen was collected alive on November 11, 1964 at longitude
31°25'12"N. and latitude 81°12'30"W. (about 1.5 miles east of
Sapelo Island) . This specimen has been preserved with its soft
parts extended and deposited in the United States National Mu-
seum (U.S.N.M. No. 636920) . It was identified tentatively by the
author, and this identification has been checked by Dr. J. P. E.
Morrison, Dr. H. A. Rehder, and Dr. J. Rosewater of the U. S.
National Museum. Additional specimens of this species had been
collected from the same location during August 1964.
The collection of these live specimens of Nassarius trivittatus
makes it clear that the species range includes Georgia. Numerous
i Contribudon number 91 of the University of Georgia Marine Institute. This
research was supported by the National Science Foundation through Grant
GB-873, and by the Sapelo Island Research Foundation.
90
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
collections of the shells of this species from Florida waters indi-
cate that the range probably extends south to St. Augustine. This
hypothesis is supported by the collections in the U. S. National
Museum, which Dr. J. P. E. Morrison has been kind enough to
check. One of these collections (U.S.N.M. No. 54645) contains
a shell and dried soft parts of a specimen collected off Cumber-
land Islands, Georgia, (near the Georgia-Florida border) ; and
other collections (US.N.M. No. 46830, and U.S.N.M. No. 415502)
contain what appear to be relatively fresh dead shells from areas
near the mouth of the St. John’s River and the beach at St.
Augustine (Dr. J. P. E. Morrison pers. comm.) .
It appears therefore that the extreme southern limit of the
range of Nassarius trivittatus is in Georgia or Florida rather
than at Cape Hatteras. The occurrence of this species near the
southern limit of its range may be intermittent, but the density
of the population off Georgia occasionally reaches 4 individuals
per square meter. This population certainly is large enough to
provide most of the shells which are found on southern beaches,
although some of these shells may come from fossil or sub-fossil
deposits.
Literature cited
Abbott, R. Tucker, 1954. American Seashells. D. Van Nostrand
Co., Inc., Princeton, xiv -j- 541 pp.
Morris, P. A., 1947. A Field Guide to the Shells of our Atlantic
and Gulf Coasts. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, xix -f- 236 pp.
Smith, M.., 1951. East Coast Marine Shells. Edwards Brothers,
Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan, vi -f- 314 pp.
Wells, H. W., and H. G. Richards, 1962 Invertebrate Fauna of
Coquina from the Cape Hatteras Region. J. Paleont. 36 (3) :
586-591.
Wells, H. W., M. J. Wells, and I. E. Gray, 1961. Food of the sea-
star Astropecten articulatus. Biol. Bull. 120 (2) : 265-271.
NEW RECORDS OF CADULUS (SCAPHOPODA)
FROM THE NEW ENGLAND AREA
By ROLAND L. WIGLEY
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological Laboratory,
Woods Hole, Massachusetts
Two species of small scaphopod mollusks were obtained from
benthic fauna collections taken by the U. S. Bureau of Com-
mercial Fisheries in offshore New England waters during the past
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
91
few years. One species, Cadulus (Platyschides) rushi rushi Pilsbry
and Sharp, 1898, occurred in samples from the Gulf of Maine.
The other species, tentatively identified as Cadulus ( Platyschides )
agassizi Dali, 1881, occurred in samples from moderately shallow
water along the southern side of Georges Bank. Some doubt con-
cerning the identity of those specimens tentatively identified as
C. agassizi results from their slightly longer length and propor-
tionately greater width than is typical for the species (Dr. W. K.
Emerson, personal communication) .
These records are noteworthy because (1) the genus Cadulus
has not heretofore been reported from the Gulf of Maine;
(2) C. r. rushi has not previously been found in such shallow
water or as far north; and (3) C. agassizi is a southern form that
has not been reported from the New England region.
I wish to thank Dr. Joseph Rosewater, U. S. National Museum,
and Dr. William K. Emerson, American Museum of Natural
History, for identifying these specimens.
Cadulus r. rushi
Twenty-four specimens of C. r. rushi were obtained at 11
localities in the north-central section of the Gulf of Maine (Fig.
1) by the research vessel Delaware on cruise number 61-10,
June 23-29, 1961. Collecting devices were a Smith-Mclntyre grab
sampler and a naturalist’s dredge. Shell length of undamaged
specimens ranged between 1 1 and 1 3 mm. Eleven specimens were
alive at the time of capture.. Occurrence records and associated
data are listed in Table 1. At the localities where these specimens
were taken, the water depths ranged from 210 to 256 m. and the
bottom sediment at every station was predominantly a mixture
of silt and clay of olive-brown color.
A good indication that C. r. rushi is restricted to the deeper
portions of the Gulf of Maine was its absence in collections from
shallow water. No specimens of this species (or genus) occurred
in 86 other samples (76 localities) taken on the same cruise at
sampling stations spaced 16 km. apart over the northern half of
the Gulf. These collections included 23 samples from depths less
than 210 m. A deep-water habitat is not unexpected, since the
previously established minimum depth for this species was 361 m.
(Johnson, 1934) . The bathymetric range for C. r. rushi , as pres-
ently known, is from 210 to 2,811 m. These figures are from Gulf
92
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
Table 1. — Collection and specimen data for Cadulus r. rushi from research vessel Delaware Cruise
61-10, in the Gulf of Maine, June 23-29, 196 1— ^
Station
number
Location
Water
Bottom
r. rushi 2 /
Length (mm) —
.Latitude
(North) "
Longitude
(West)
depth
(m)
water
temperature
Number
26
43*01'
68*45'
220
5.3
2
13, (9-1/2)
55
43*20'
68*01'
247
6.6
1
11
56
43°20'
68015'
229
6. 1
3
13, (5), (2-1/2)
73
43*30'
67*21 '
238
6.5
1
(4)
83
43*41
67“46J
238
6.6
1
(5)
91
43*50'
68°00'
210
6.1
1
(9)
92
43°50'
67°45'
256
6.4
5
(9), (6), (6), (2-1/2),
(1-172)
101
44*00'
67*30*
242
6.1
3
13, 12, (4)
108
43°20*
68*17'
216
6.7
2
12, (4)
109
43*10'
68*17'
234
5.6
3
12, (7-1/2), (4)
110
43*00'
68*15'
210
5.0
2
13, (10)
XJ — Bottom sediments at all stations are olive-brown mixture of silt and clay,
2/ — Lengths of incomplete shells are enclosed in parentheses.
of Maine data listed in Table 1, and the maximum depth re-
ported by Henderson (1920) and Clarke (1962) .
The geographic range of C. r. rushi , as reported by Johnson
(1934) , extends from Cape Hatteras northward to the vicinity
of Georges Bank. Thus its occurrence in the Gulf of Maine —
Where so far as known it is the only Cadulus present — is farther
northward than would generally be expected, due to the promi-
nent zoogeographic boundary formed by Cape Cod and Georges
Bank. A feature of Gulf of Maine hydrography provides, how-
ever, a reasonable explanation why a mollusk from the contin-
ental shelf and slope along the eastern coast of the United States
could also inhabit certain sections of the Gulf.. Bottom water in
the deep portions of the Gulf where C. r. rushi occurs has a
higher salinity than shallower parts. This high-salinity bottom
water enters the Gulf through the Funidan (Eastern) Channel
(Bigelow, 1927) . It spreads northward and westward into the
deepest portions of the Gulf (Fig. 1) , producing an environment
somewhat similar to that on the shelf and slope outside the Gulf.
Although salinity measurements were not made at the time these
samples were collected, the seasonal and year-to-year changes in
bottom-water salinity in the central Gulf are small. The salinity
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
93
72° 70° 68° 66°
1. Geographic distribution of Cadulus r. rushi in the Gulf of Maine, and
the salinity of bottom water. The salinity data were collected August-
September 1964.
72° 70° 68° 66°
2. Geographic distribution of Cadulus r. rushi in the Gulf of Maine, and
the bottom-water isotherms (C) , June 1961.
gradient of bottom water illustrated in Figure 1 is based on data
collected September 1964 aboard the R/V Albatross IV (data
provided by J. B. Colton, personal communication) . On the
basis of the information now available, the minimum salinity of
Gulf of Maine waters inhabited by C. r. rushi appears to be near
33.5o/00.
94
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
The high-salinity bottom water that enters the Gulf of Maine
through Fundian Channel also has a higher temperature than
other Gulf bottom water. At the stations where C. r. rushi oc-
curred the bottom temperature at the time the scaphopods were
collected ranged from 5.0 to 6.7 C (41-44 F) . The distribution of
this species in relation to bottom-water temperature in June 1961
is illustrated in Fig. 2. Low water temperature does not appear
to be a major deterrent factor in the geographic distribution of
this species in the Gulf of Maine, inasmuch as Henderson (1920)
has reported its occurrence in slope waters south of the Gulf of
Maine at a temperature as low as 2.7 C (36.9 F) . The tempera-
ture of bottom water in the central Gulf of Maine is rarely less
than 4 C (39.2 F) . High temperature, however, may be limiting
because the Gulf bottom water in some sectors occasionally rises
to 8 C (46.4 F) . This value is slightly higher than the maximum
water temperature (6.6 C or 44 F) associated with C. r. rushi as
reported by Henderson (1920) .
Shell fragility is indicated by the high percentage of broken
shells — 16 of 24. The habitat, which consisted of fine-textured
sediments in deep-water areas where water currents are generally
weak, would not be expected to> handicap seriously a thin-
shelled species.
Cadulus agassizi
A total of 10 specimens of C. agassizi were collected at six
stations along the southern periphery of Georges Bank and at
one station south of Martha’s Vineyard near the edge of the con-
tinental shelf. Four of these specimens were collected with a
Smith-Mclntyre grab sampler, 4 with a trawl, and 2 with a scallop
dredge. Shell lengths of the smallest and largest specimens were
ly2 and 11 mm. Six of the specimens were alive at capture. The
collection data together with the number and size of specimens
are listed in Table 2; localities of collection are shown in Fig. 3.
The geographic range for this species has previously been re-
ported as extending from the Florida Keys northward to the
Chesapeake Bay region (Johnson, 1934) . Thus its occurrence on
Georges Bank extends its known range a considerable distance
northward and eastward.
Sediments at localities in the Georges Bank region where
C. agassizi was found were of moderately coarse texture, ranging
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
95
Table 2. --Collection and specimen data for Cadulus agassizi from the Georges Bank region,
1955-61
Location
Water
depth
(m)
Date
collected
Bottom
sediment
C.
agassizi
Latitude
(North)
Longitude
(West)
Length
Number (mm)
40*35'
67*59'
84
November 17, 1955
Gravelly sand
1
10
40*37'
67*28'
86
August 24, 1957
Coarse sand
1
9-1/2
40*50'
66*58'
91
November 19, 1955
Fine sand and shell
3
11,9,8-1/2
40*54'
66*46'
102
August 28, 1957
Fine sand and shell
1
9-1/2
40*33'
67*28'
117
August 24, 1957
Medium sand
1
8
41*30'
66*00'
145
August 26, 1957
Gravelly sand
1
a
40*02'
70*47'
146
January 26, 1961
...
2
9. 7-1/2
72° 70° 68° 66°
3. Geographic distribution of Cadulus agassizi in the Georges Bank region.
from mixtures of fine sand with shell fragments to sandy gravels.
This finding agrees well with sediment types at points of collec-
tions of C. agassizi reported by Henderson (1920) off the south-
east coast of the United States. A large proportion of the collec-
tions he cited were from sand substrates or mixtures of sand with
shell or rock.
This species has been reported from depths of 31 to 538 m.
(Johnson, 1934), and most of the records are from depths be-
tween 91 and 274 m. (Henderson, 1920) .. It was collected from
the Georges Bank region at depths between 84 and 146 m., well
within the known depth range for the species.
96
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
The absence of broken shells of this species suggests that their
shells are more durable than those of C. r. ru'shi. This condition
would be advantageous for a species such as C. agassizi which
lives in coarse-textured sediments and at moderate water depths,
where water currents are likely to be stronger than in areas of
sediment deposition.
Literature cited
Bigelow, H. B., 1927. Physical oceanography of the Gulf of
Maine. Bull. Bur. Fish. 40:511-1027.
Clarke, A. H., Jr., 1962. Annotated list and bibliography of the
abyssal marine molluscs of the world. Nat. Mus. Canada Bull.
181: 1114.
Henderson, J. B., 1920. A monograph of the east American
scaphopod mollusks. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 777:1-177.
Johnson, C. W., 1934. List of marine mollusca of the Atlantic
coast from Labrador to Texas. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.
40:1-203.
CHANGES IN PELECYPOD POPULATIONS IN SALT FORK
OF BIG VERMILION RIVER, ILLINOIS, 1918-19621
By MAX R. MATTESON
University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois
and RALPH W. DEXTER
Kent State University, Kent, Ohio
In the years of 1918 through 1920, Frank Collins Baker made
a survey of the mollusks in the upper reaches of the Big Ver-
milion River in east-central Illinois (Baker and Smith, 1919;
Baker, 1922) . His study was carried out primarily in the Salt
Fork of that river system, and he gave special attention to the
pelecypods. He established 30 collecting stations from the head-
waters north of Urbana to the junction of this branch with the
Middle Fork and the North Fork Rivers just west of Danville
where together they form the Big Vermilion River. Baker col-
lected over a stream distance of 45 miles by hand-collecting in
shallow water to a depth of two feet. H. J. Van Cleave (1940)
studied the bivalve population at one of Baker’s stations (Sta-
tion 25) between 1930-39, and published the results of his annual
census. (The junior writer was a member of the survey party for
1 This study was supported in part by the University of Illinois Research
Board and the Environmental Sciences Branch of the United States Atomic
Energy Commission, Contract No. AT (11-1) — 411.
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
97
TABLE 1. — Comparison of Pelecypod Populations In The Salt Fork Of
The Big Vermilion River, Illinois, 1918-62
First symbol is number collected by F. C. Baker, 1918-20; second symbol is number collected by
R. W. Dexter and/or M. R. Matteson, 1958-62. A = abundant; C ■* common; S = scarce.
Species
Station Numbers
I
2
3 4
5
6 7
8 9
12
13
14 15
Sphaerlldae
Sphaerium spp.
A-X
C-0
Sphaerium (Musculium) spp.
A-S C-0
S-0
Plsidium spp.
S-0
Unlonidae
Carunculina parva
C-0
C-0
Uniomerus tetralasmus
C-0
C-0
Anodontoides ferussacianus
C-0
C-0
C-l
1-0
Anodonta grandis
A-3
Anodonta corpulenta
A-0
TABLE 1 aon't Comparison Of Pelecypod Populations In The Salt Fork Of
The Big Vermilion River, Illinois, 1918-62
Species
Station numbers
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 P
Sphaerlldae
Sphaerium spp.
Sphaerium (Husculium) spp.
Plsidium spp.
Unlonldae
Carunculina parva
Anodontoides ferussacianus
Anodonta grandis
Lampsilis sillquoldea
Micromya llenosa
Lasmigona complanata
Fusconaia flava
Ambleraa costata
Quadrula pustulosa
Carunculina glans
Strophitus rugosus
Lasmigona costata
Alasmidonta marginata
Pleurobema coccineum
Lampsilis ventricosa
Anodonta imbecills
Lampsilis anodontoides
Lampsilis fasciola
Actinonaias ellipsiformis
Actinonaias carlnata
Quadrula quad nil a
Quadrula metanevra
Cyclonaias tuberculata
Tritogonia verrucosa
Obovaria subrotunda
Pleurobema clava
Quadrula cyllndrlca
Megalonais gigantea
Micromya iris
Lasmigona compressa
A-0
A-0
A-0
A-0
A-0
C-0
C-l
c-s
1-0
1-0
1-0
S-0
C-0
C-0
S-0
S-0
C-0
0-3
S-0
S-0
A-3
0-2
0-1
S-0
C-0
S-0
S-0
C-2
C-0
A-0
A-5
A-l
A-6
A-2
1-0
S-0
C-0
C-0
A-S
S-0
A-0
S-0
S-0
A-0
C-0
A-0
A-0
A-2
A-8
A-15
A- 33
0-1
A-5
A-3
2-0
1-0
C-0
1-0
S-0
S-2
S-5
A-38
C-l
A-15
C-l
C-0
A-0
A-0
1-0
A-0
C-l
A-0
A-5
A-13
A-0
A-2
A-2
S-0
S-0
S-2
0-4
C-35
S-0
C-l
. 1-2
C-2
S-l
S-0
c-5
0-1
S-0
1-0
C-0
C-0
C-S
C-0
C-l
C-0
1-0
S-0
S-0
C-2
C-0
1-1
C-0
C-2
S-l
C-13
0-1
0-1
A-0
C-0
C-0
A-52
A-2
A- 19
A-3
C-0
C-S
S-0
2-10
C-0
o-4
C-0-
S-S
S-0
1-0
3-39
C-0
0-6
A-l
S-10
0-2
0-2
S-l
S-0
2-1
C-0
S-32
0-1
C-0
0-1
0-2
C-48
C-0
0-7
C-2
S-0
S-0
C-0
C-0
1-S A-l
1-0
0-S
o-s
S-0 S-0
1934.) The present writers subsequently made a resurvey of all
Baker’s stations in the Salt Fork proper, but excluded four lo-
cated in tributaries to the Salt Fork, between 1958-1962. A
report has been published on changes in the gastropod popula-
tions of the Salt Fork by comparing the recent survey with
Baker’s results obtained some 40 years earlier (Dexter, 1961) .
We have combined our recent observations on pelecypods and
compared our results with the earlier surveys of Baker and Van
Cleave to determine changes which have occurred in the pele-
cypod populations since their work was completed. An account
of the habitats, pollution, and general information concerning
the Salt Fork will be found in the earlier reports (Baker, 1922;
Dexter, 1961) . Pollution enters primarily at Station 5, but the
98
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
Table 2. Comparison of Unionidae Collected at Station
Salt Fork Paver, Illinois.
A=abundant; C=commonj S=scarse5 R=rare
Baker Van Cleave
1918-20 1930-39
Lampsilis ventricosa
Tritogonia verrucosa
lasmigona complanata
Fusconaia flava
Quadrula pustulosa
Amblema costata
Lampsilis siliquoidea
Cyclonaias tuberculata
Actinonaias carinata.
Lampsilis fasciola
Pleurobema coccineura
Lasmigona costata
Anodonta grandis
Strophitus rugosus
Alasmidonta marginata
liLcromya lienosa
Quadrula metanevra
Carunculina parva
Quadrula quadrula
RLeurobcma clava
Idgumia ellipsiformis
Anodonta imbecilis
Carunculina glans
Obovaria subrotunda
Lasmigona compressa
Anodontoides ferrussacianns
Lampsilis anodontoides
Uniomerus tetralasmus
Quadrula cylindrica
Micromya iris
Megalonais gigantea
R
R
R
25,
Matteson-
Dexter
1956-62
A
A
0
c
c
s
R
c
c
s
s
s
R
R
R
S
R
S
s
s
s
s
s
s
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
99
increasing effluent over the years has been treated with increasing
effectiveness so that the total amount of pollution has remained
at a fairly uniform level.
Comparison of pelecypod populations (1918-1962)
Tables 1 and 2 summarize the collecting samples of Baker
(1918-20) and those of Matteson and Dexter (1958-62). Baker
found 3 groups of Sphaeriidae (Sphaerium, Sphaerium (Mus-
culium), and Pisidium) to be abundant and widely distributed.
We found no Pisidium and only a few specimens of Sphaerium
which were confined to the headwaters.
Baker found 30 species of Unionidae. We found 25 species,
including two not recorded by Baker (Megalonais gigantea and
Micromya iris). The 7 species found by Baker but not taken in
the latter survey are Uniomerus tetralasmus, Anodonta corpu-
lenta , Carunculina glans, Lasmigona compressa, Lampsilis ano-
dontoides, Obovaria subrotunda , and Quadrula cylindrica. Since
the Baker survey, there has been a decrease in abundance for
these 20 species.
Carnuculina parva
Anodontoides ferussacianus
Anodonta grandis
Lampsilis siliquoidea
Micromya lienosa
Lasmigona complanata
Fusconaia flava
Amblema costata
Quadrula pustulosa
Strophitis rugosus
Lasmigona costata
Alasmidonta marginata
Pleurobema coccineum
Lampsilis ventricosa
Anodonta imbecilis
Lampsilis fasciola
Actinonaias ellipsiformis
Quadrula metanevra
Tritogonia verrucosa
Pleurobema clava
Two species have remained about the same in abundance (Ac-
tinonaias carinata and Cyclonais tuberculata). A single species
increased in abundance (Quadrula quadrula). Since the Baker
survey, 13 species have become more restricted in range, six
species have about the same range, and four species have in-
creased their range in the Salt Fork system.
In the recent survey, we found 16 collecting stations with fewer
species; and only one station (No. 28) had more species (17
against 12 formerly) . We found 17 stations with less abundance
of Unionids, and no station showed an increase in abundance of
total populations.
100
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
More restricted in range:
Carunculina parva
Anodontoides ferussacianus
Lampsilis siliquoidea
Micromya lienosa
Lasmigona complanata
Fusconaia flava
Amblema costata
Quadrula pustulosa
Alasmidonta marginata
Lasmigona costata
Lampsilis ventricosa
Anodonta imbecilis
Actinonaias ellipsiformis
About same range:
Strophitis rugosus
Lampsilis fasciola
Actinonaias carinata
Pleurobema clava
Quadrula metanevra
Cyclonaias tuberculata
Increased in range:
Anodonta grandis
Quadrula quadrula
Tritogonia verrucosa
Pleurobema coccineum
Comparison of Van Cleave’s study of station 23 (1930-39) and
the survey of Matteson and Dexter (1938-62). Lampsilis ventricosa
remained the most common species, and Tritogonia verrucosa
remained the second most common species. Lasmigona campla-
nata, however, has fallen from third place as most numerous and
in recent years has been less numerous than Quadrula pustulosa,
Fusconaia flava , and Actinonais carinata. Cyclonaias tuberculata
has increased somewhat in abundance. Six species dropped out
from the samples. However, these were only rarely collected by
Van Cleave, (Uniomerus tetralasmus , Actinonaias, ellipsiformis ,
Carunculina glans, Quadrula cyclindrica, Obovaria subrotunda ,
and Lasmigona compressa).
Comparison of unionids at station 23 sampled by Baker — Van
Cleave — Matteson and Dexter. Station No. 25, until recently,
was a shoal below an artificial dam. In recent years, the dam has
been washed away. This station has been the best collecting site
in the Salt Fork system. Baker found 27 species, two of which
were not collected in subsequent surveys; but both were scarce in
Baker’s original collection (Anodontoides ferussacianus and
Lampsilis anodontoides). Baker did not find Micromya iris, which
was found in botih of the later surveys. Baker did not get Unio-
merus tetralasmus and Quadrula cylindrica, which were found
only by Van Cleave in small numbers at Station 25, but Baker
was able to collect U. tetralasmus at Stations 1 and 4, and he
collected 1 specimen of Q. cylindrica at Station 28. Van Cleave
found a Total of 28 species, and we found 24 species. In the later
years, Carunculina glans, Obovaria subrotunda, and Lasmigona
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
101
compressa, found rarely by Baker and Van Cleave, were not
collected at all. Matteson collected the only record of Megalo-
naias gigantea.
General comparisons. Only Baker collected Anodonta corpu-
lenta, which he obtained from Station 4. Matteson collected one
specimen of Anodontoides ferussacianus at Station 4, but not at
Station 25 where Baker found it scarce, and it was unreported
by Van Cleave.
No bivalve was collected by anyone from Stations 5-9 and
12-13. These 7 stations follow in sequence along the main
channel from the sewage inlet at Urbana. Bivalves were not col-
lected along that stretch up to Station 14, a few miles below
St. Joseph. Since 1918-20, 10 species have shown a marked de-
crease in abundance, and only 2 species have shown an increase
in abundance.
Conclusions
In general, the pelecypod populations declined drastically
since 1918. There are fewer species at present, and they have a
more restricted distribution. Many species are found in small
numbers and in only a few localities. With the exception of
Station No. 25, abundance in general has declined; and even at
Station 25, 14 of the species have declined in abundance since
the original survey.
Literature cited
Baker, Frank C., 1922. The molluscan fauna of the Big Ver-
milion River, Illinois. Illinois Biol. Monog. 7 (2): 1-1 27.
Baker, Frank C. and Frank Smith, 1919. A mussel survey of tihe
upper waters of the Vermilion River with special reference
to the Salt Fork. Trans. Illinois State Acad, of Sci. 12: 129-131.
Dexter, Ralph W., 1961. Changes in the gastropod populations
in the Salt Fork of the Big Vermilion River in Illinois, 1918-
1959. Sterkiania, No. 3, 15-18.
Van Cleave, H. J., 1940. Ten Years of observation on a fresh-
water mussel population. Ecology 21 (3) : 363-370.
A NEW STREPTOSTYLA FROM NICARAGUA
By MORRIS K. JACOBSON
Associate, American Museum of Natural History
Among molluscan material recently received from the north
central part of Nicaragua are specimens representing an appar-
102
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
ently undescribed species of Streptostyla.
Streptostyla (Chersomitra) vancegreenei, new species. Fig. 1
Diagnosis : A Streptostyla from north central Nicaragua, charac-
terized by having a short, moderately twisted columellar cord
with a thinly superposed white callous edge, and a sharply ele-
vated protoconch.
Description: Shell thin, elongate-ovate, orange-brown, glossy,
except for moderately coarse, uneven growth lines. Whorls 7,
weakly rounded, very gradually descending but somewhat more
sharply near the aperture. Protoconch smooth, glossy, same color
as the rest of the shell, sharply elevated over the first post nuclear
whorl. Body whorl moderately inflated, peristome barely convex,
in fully mature specimens almost parallel with the axis. Suture
shallow, edged by a regularly outlined, slightly darker, impressed
line. Aperture narrow, more than one-half the length of the shell,
columella with a moderately twisted, entering columellar fold,
thinly edged with a white callous cord.
Holotype: Length 25.6, diameter 12.3, length of aperture 16.5 mm
Paratype: Length 20.2, diameter 9.6, length of aperture 12.5 mm
Paratype: Length 28.3, diameter 13.5, length of aperture 17.5 mm
Discussion: The new species is easily separated from the shell
of S. gabbi Pilsbry by the more inflated outline, the sharply
raised protoconch, the uniformly orange-brown color not becom-
ing paler at the spire, the dark rather than white sutural band,
and in having 7 rather than 5 whorls. In addition, the body
whorl of S. vancegreenei does not descend as sharply at the aper-
ture, and the growth lines are distinctly stronger. It differs from
S. delibuta Morelet in color, in having a smooth rather than a
regularly wrinkled sutural line, and in the nature of the colu-
mellar cord. It has the conic spire of S. obesa von Martens, but it
has a much smaller and smoother shell.
Type Locality: Quemiguas (Quimiqiias) or Tigre Negro, ap-
proximately 20 miles northwest of Bonanza, Zelaya Department,
Nicaragua, approximately 14° 12' N., 84° 37' W., elevation
(estimated) 1300'. Collector: Vance Greene, geologist with the
Neptune Mining Co., Bonanza, Nicaragua, June 1965, for whom
the shell is gratefully named. Mr. Greene added the following
ecological notes: Rock type: volcanic flows (andesitic), probably
of late Tertiary age: No known limestone in area. Specimens
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
103
Fig. 1. Streptostyla (Chersomitra) vancegreenei Jacobson. Holotype and
para type.
were collected on the flank of a hill having approximately 300'
relief. Almost all the snails collected were found at the base of an
outcrop of andesite. Trees in the area were those common to the
north central part of Nicaragua: coma negra, guarumo, etc.
Associated molluscan species were: Helicina rostrata Morelet,
H. oioeniana Pfeiffer, Neocyclotus bisinuatus (von Martens)
(= dysoni Pfeiffer?) , Leptinaria sp.?
Type Depository: Holotype (121676), 3 paratypes (121677)
consisting of one mature, worn specimen, one fresh, immature
specimen, and one fragment, all in American Museum of
Natural History.
Acknowledgements : I gratefully acknowledge the generous
assistance of Dr. Joseph P. E. Morrison of the United States
National Museum and of Dr. H. Burrington Baker of the Acad-
emy of Natural Science of Philadelphia for making available
material for comparison. Dr. William K. Emerson of the Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History kindly read the manuscript.
NOTES AND NEWS
Courtship between Monadenia fidelis and M. infumata: —
The pair were noted in courtship at 12:20 P.M., February 16,
1953. I am indebted to Allyn G. Smith for collecting and sending
104
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
the M. infumata (Gould) . He collected the two adults June 8,
1952 at Mt. La Salle, above Christian Bros. Winery, Nopa Go.,
California. The specimen of M. fidelis was laboratory reared, and
was much smaller than the field-collected infumata which meas-
ured about 41 mm. in greater diameter.
As first noted in courtship in my fruit-cellar laboratory, the
pair were in the head-arching stage of courtship. The fidelis and
infumata were exchanging bite for bite on the foreparts in the
typical fashion of courtship pairs of M. fidelis (Gray) , (Webb,
Gastropodia (1952) 1:1:1-3).
The body color of the two specimens is much alike. The edge
of the sole of the infumata is just a bit more brilliant — being
yellowish-gray where that of the fidelis is a whiter, clearer gray.
The infumata was crawling rapidly in a clockwise pivot as it
hung from the cage cover-glass. The atrial pore of the infumata
at 12:45 P.M. was widely dilated and slightly out-bulging. The
pair rejoined head-on. The atrial pore of the fidelis was dilated
and projected outward about 8 mm. At 12:48 P.M. head-arching
was resumed; each biting at the other snail’s foreparts. This
continued until about 1:05 A.M. (Feb. 17) when both pivoted;
the bulging of the atrium continued in the fidelis but the in-
fumata showed only a great dilation of the genital pore without
outward convexity.
By 1:12 the infumata had gone sufficiently far forward to
reach the fidelis again, but then, for causes not apparent to me,
the pair again pivoted counterclockwise. At the completion of
the pivot, the fidelis returned to the slim-spot marking the site
where the courtship was initiated, and began to gnaw at the slime.
The infumata completed its pivot and was bitten by the
fidelis. I observed that the fidelis genitalia were not protruded
yet to the bell-shape noted in fidelis x fidelis matings. At 1:19
head-arching and biting continued; at 1:22 the fidelis protruded
the genitalia as a bell-shaped organ; at 1:35, the infumata crawled
around the fidelis , but the pair soon rejoined in a rather poor
position. At 2:12 A.M. the fidelis dilated the exserted vaginal
disk widely and pressed it mostly against the foot of the other
snail. Then, on the vaginal disk, the dart-organ appeared as a
recurved, tubular, loop, immediately followed by an obscuring,
copious, whitish, secretion, presumably the ejects of the mucous
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
105
gland. Then the penis of the fidelis began to engage the atrial
pore of the infumata (which had never everted or protruded its
own sex-organ beyond the dilation stage described above) . As
the fidelis tried to insert its penis into the genital pore of the
infumata , the latter kept moving away so that the penis-contact
was disrupted. Under the conditions no spermatophore-transfer
was begun. At 2:20 the penis of the fidelis was slowly retracted;
at 2:21 the infumata returned head-on to the fidelis , which was
lapping up the whitish secretion it had released. Again the fidelis
inserted its penis, but again the infumata broke the contact
before spermatophore-egress could be initiated.
At 2:40 the infumata still had a dilated genital pore but sex-
union between the two snails had not been effected and seemed
unlikely. The failure of the organs of the infumata to respond is
noteworthy and puzzling. Perhaps the necessary courtship process
is quite different in infumata (I have yet to witness it) , and the
proceedings did not stimulate the infumata to a degree sufficient
to enable it to respond. About this time, 2:45 A.M., the observa-
tions were discontinued. Although quite unsatisfactory in many
respects, the observations do indicate that a decided barrier to
matings between these two species probably exists. — Glenn R.
Webb, Kutztown State College, Pa.
Pomacea bridgesi (Reeve) in Florida. — This Brasilian species
was received recently from Dr. G. W. Dekle, Entomologist for
the State of Florida, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville. The
original live specimen was found in a fish pond by Mr. C. F.
Dowling on the eastern shore of Finger Lake, Miami, Florida.
This lake is bounded by SW 53rd Avenue and 55th Avenue and
101st Street and 105th Street. The fish pond drains into Fin-
ger Lake.
This snail is being sold by aquarium supply dealers and it
may be expected to appear elsewhere in time.. The M.C.Z. has
specimens from Furo Maguary, Belem, Para; Amazon River at
Villa Bella; Obidos; and Santarem, Brasil. — W. J. Clench.
Pomacea bridgesi in Puerto Rico. — This Brasilian species has
been introduced into Puerto Rico at Mayagiiez. Dr. Rebecca
Brown of the School of Medicine, Boston University, brought in
a specimen of this species for determination. Several additional
106
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
specimens were obtained through the kindness of Dr. M. H.
Gaskins, officer in charge of the U.S. Department of Agriculture
Experiment Station, who (had collected them in a small pond
back of the main building of the station at Mayagiiez in March,
1965. Dr. R. D. Turner collected in this same pond in August,
1956, but found only Australorbis. In June, 1958, Dr. Allan
Archer of Tift College, Forsythe, Georgia, collected a single
specimen of this species in the same pond. This is a possible
indication of the approximate date the species was first intro-
duced into Puerto Rico. — W. J. Clench.
Stranded Campeloma. — During March, 1964, the Ohio River
had one of the severest floods in recorded history. At Louisville,
Kentucky, floodplain areas were inundated for several days and
many spots along the bank remained under water long after the
higher discharges subsided. Quantitative samples showed that
most Campeloma crassula were aggregated in shallow water from
late February through these floods. Many of the snails had fol-
lowed rising water up the bank and numerous specimens were
collected up to 12 meters from the usual waterline.
On the morning of April 28, 1964, the river began to recede
from low areas of the bank. Most Campeloma that were left in
these areas by the rapidly falling water level, responded by ac-
tively migrating toward the waterline. Upon reaching water,
most snails burrowed into the sandy bottom where they remained
as the water receded further, usually leaving them stranded.
Animals on patches of firm clay continued on to deeper water,
apparently seeking material to burrow in. The kind of sub-
stratum and its moisture content affected the success of these
migrations. The average speeds of 19 snails on various surfaces
were: 19.2 cm./min. underwater, 13.2 cm../min. out of water on
mud, and 7.8 cm./min. on moist sand. Those traveling on sand
were often immobilized since the substratum dried quickly,
whereas muddy areas dried more slowly and the movement of
snails was less impaired. None of the animals attempted to bur-
row while out of water. All snails were moving toward the river'
channel. However, tracks indicated that those trapped in isolated
pools would first move around the edge of a puddle, then on to
its deepest area where they burrowed into the bottom. These
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
107
directed movements of Campeloma were conceivably in response
to a moisture gradient in the substratum; however, no experi-
ment was carried out to explore this possibility.
Twenty-seven specimens that were ashore on dry portions of
the bank for 52 hrs. were placed in aquaria with river water.
Within 20 min., 1 1 were moving about actively and after 40 min.
all had recovered. No live individuals were found among 17
specimens that were similarily treated after about 5 days of
exposure. The ability of C. crassula to survive out of water
for relatively short periods is seemingly due to the moisture
retaining capabilities of its shell and tight fitting operculum.
Individuals that were partially buried in either sand or mud
apparently gained no advantage in survival.
The aggregation of Campeloma in shallow areas was pre-
sumably a negative response to increased current. During the
period that the population was in shallow water, there was a
strong current in the main channel from discharges that aver-
aged from 150,000 to 690,000 cfs. Current had decreased and dis-
charges averaged less than 50,000 cfs. at Louisville in mid May
wiien these organisms were again more evenly distributed over
the bottom. The numbers of Campeloma were not reduced
during the flood as were the densities of other mollusks in the
area. Relationships, if any, between these responses and the
positive rheotactic movements of C. decisum demonstrated by
Bovbjerg (Ecology 43:169-176, 1952) remain uncertain. — David
Bickel, The Potamological Institute, University of Louisville,
Louisville, Kentucky.
Campeloma crassula with reversed whorls. — During a re-
cent study of the fresh-water mollusks of the Ohio River at
Louisville, Kentucky, seven out of tlhe 282 specimens of Cam-
peloma crassula Raf. examined had reversed whorls. The 7 sinis-
tral shells had heights of 18.5, 12.0, 6.2, 5.6, 5.4, 3.5, and 3.4 mm.
The 4 smaller specimens were among young juveniles born in
May and June, 1964. Shell height at birth of C. crassula in the
Ohio River fell in a 3 mm. size class, with tihe smallest free-living
young measuring 2.6 mm. This was about 1 mm. shorter than the
shell heights at birth of C. rufum in the Salt Fork River, Illinois,
reported by Van Cleave and Altringer (Am. Nat. 77:167-184,
108
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (3)
1937).
The sinistral shells were more loosely coiled than those of
normal specimens. However, the number of whorls corresponded
with those on dextral animals of similar size, and the juveniles
fit into age classes along with normal individuals. The abnormal
juveniles accounted for 8% of all the snails with shell heights
of 10 mm. and under, while the two larger shells represented less
than 1% of the medium and larger sized specimen^. Apparently
the reversed spiral anomaly occurs more frequently than one
might assume from the literature. Possibly related morphological
or physiological abnormalities bring about a high degree of
mortality among these individuals before they reach adult size.
— David Bickel, The Potamological Institute, University of
Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky.
Autumn migration of Helisoma trivolvis in Montana. —
Frequent observations were made of a population of Helisoma
trivolvis (Say) in a roadside pond one mile south of Frenchtown
near Missoula, Montana, during the summer and autumn of
1964. The pond is approximately 100 feet long, 10 to 25 feet
wide, and slopes sharply from, the edges to a depth of nearly six
feet in the center.. The bottom material along the edges consists
of rocks and gravel mostly covered by leaves and fallen branches.
Mud and debris covers the deeper sections. At the inlet, which
has an autumn flow of approximately 1.5 cubic feet per second,
the pond is only a few inches deep and the substrata consists of
coarse sand.
During the summer the snail population was concentrated
mainly about the periphery of the pond from the surface to a
depth of 3 or 4 feet with most specimens one-half to one foot
under the surface. Approximately 25 specimens could be col-
lected in an hour of search about the periphery. Few specimens
were found near the inlet either on the surface or under the sand.
During October the population seemed to disappear. Very few
snails could be collected from the periphery or could be seen on
the bottom at deeper levels. Dredging of the bottom at several
deeper points in the pond failed to provide living snails although
numerous empty shells were recovered. However, dredging to a
depth of one or two inches in the coarse sand in a longitudinally
January, 1966
NAUTILUS
111
oriented oval area of approximately four square yards in the
center of flow at the inlet provided nearly 250 specimens in less
than 10 minutes.
Apparently the snails had aggregated at the pond inlet, possi-
bly to receive protection from freezing or to take advantage of
maximum oxygen tensions during the winter or both. In 1934,
Chaetum (Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc. 55 (4) , 348-407) reported an
annual migration of Helisoma trivolvis to the surface in spring
and summer and to deep water in autumn and winter. But a
marked autumn migration and burial in sand at a specific point
near the inlet of a pond seems not to have been previously re-
ported. — W. B. Rowan, University of Montana Dept, of Zool-
ogy, Missoula, 59801.
Ted Nielson of Hamilton, Bermuda, a well-known collector,
died on June 29, 1965. He was born September 16, 1928. He is
survived by 'his wife, Elizabeth. — R. T. A.
Naples shell show. — This will be held Feb. 18 to 20, in the
Woman’s Club auditorium. Before Feb. 1, application for entry
may be made to its chairman, Jack G. Messmer, 672 - 16th Ave-
nue, South, Naples, Florida 33940.
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
Nicol, David. 1964. An essay on size of marine pelecypods. J.
Paleont. 55:968-974.
Sc Alan P. Gavenda. Inferences derived from general analysis
of recent and fossil marine pelecypod faunas. }. cit.: 975-983.
Oberling, J. J. 1964. Observations on some structural features of
the pelecypod shell. Mitt. Naturforsch. Ges. Bern 2d: 1-60,
6 pis. Sc 3 figs.
Oekland, Jan. 1964. The eutrophic lake Borrevann (Norway)
— an ecological study on shore and bottom fauna with special
reference to gastropods, including a hydrographic survey. Folia
Limn. Scandinavica no. 75: 337 pp., 118 figs., 1 color pi.
. 1963. Notes on population density, age distribution, growth,
and habitat of Anodonta piscinalis Nilss. (Moll. Lamellibr.)
in a eutrophic Norwegian lake. Nytt Mag. Zoo. (Oslo) 11: 19-
43, 12 figs.
Pan, Ghia-Tung. 1963. Generalized and focal tissue responses in
the snail, Australorbis glabratus, infected with Schistosoma
mansoni. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 275:475-485, 8 figs.
FOR SALE
FOSSILS: 3500 species. Catalog, with plates $1.00 (stamps O.K.) .
Fossil sets: $2.00 up. Buying, exchanging fossils, too! Write for
details. Need plants, trilobites, ammonites, brachiopods, mol-
lusks, echinoids, etc.
MALICK’S FOSSILS, 5514 Plymouth Rd., Baltimore, Mary-
land 21214.
WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists
of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa-
ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also
included. To obtain free copies write:
George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.
Vol. 79
APRIL, 1966
No. 4
THE
NAUTILUS
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Horace Burrincton Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)
Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department.
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
CONTENTS
Size of pelecypods in recent marine faunas. By David Nicol 109
Occurrence and distribution of Asiatic clam, Corbicula leana,
in Pearl River, Louisiana. By Gerald E. Gunning and
Royal D. Suttkus 113
Some land snail records from Arkansas and Louisiana. By
Leslie Hubricht 117
An 1870 collection of mussels from the Calumet River, Illinois.
By Lowell L. Getz 1 18
Kelaart’s Ceylon opisthobranch species. By Henry D. Russell 120
Larval development of the pelecypod Lyonsia hyalina. By
P. Chanley and M. Castagna 123
Pitar morrhuana, new host for Malacob della grossa. By John
W. Ropes 129
Behaviour of calciphilic Cepaea hortensis on acidic island off
Nova Scotia. By J. Sherman Bleakney 131
Mortality and apertural orientation in Allogona ptychophora
during winter hibernation in Montana. By W. Patrick Carney 1 34
Notes and news 136 Publications received 144
.$4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.
Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager
11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.
NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published
by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott.
Matter for publication should be sent to the senior editor. Manuscripts
should be typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout, including titles,
footnotes and bibliographies. Galley proof (without manuscript) will be
submitted to authors only if requested, on or attached to first page of MS.
Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost.
Minimum charge for each block is $3.00
Reprints are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re-
quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra
clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders
will be charged for accordingly:
2 pp.
4 pp.
8 pp.
100 copies
3.25
6.00
9.50
Additional 100s
Plates: Add $1.25 per plate.
1.30
2.00
3.00
[Postage Extra]
Reprints are shipped, with invoices, by Pony Printing, 4 Cloverdale Avenue,
Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082.
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin.
Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,
Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York 17, N. Y. Vols. 71 to date are available
from the Nautilus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, and vary
in price.
In satisfaction of postal regulation 132-622.
Owners (but non-profit) : Dr. & Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Dr. Charles B.
Wurtz, Dr. R. Tucker Abbott. Paid subscriptions: 550, shipped by mail.
THE NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 April, 1966 No. 4
SIZE OF PELECYPODS IN RECENT MARINE FAUNAS
By DAVID NICOL
Department of Geology, University of Florida, Gainesville
In a previous paper (1964, p. 968) the writer made the follow-
ing statement:
Small species (less than 10.0 mm. in either height or length)
are unusually numerous in tlhe antarctic pelecypod fauna.
The purpose of this paper is to show in some detail the size of
pelecypods in 14 living Antarctic faunas and to compare these
with the arctic shallow- water pelecypod fauna and cool- and
warm- water bivalve faunas as well.
Paleoecologists have become interested in fossil assemblages
containing an unusual abundance of small specimens (stunted
faunas) or such an uncommon assemblage as the Eurydesma
fauna of Early Permian age which is almost completely restricted
to the southern hemisphere. Eurydesma is a large pelecypod
with a thick shell, but other animals preserved along with
Eurydesma tend to be stunted (see Ager, 1963, pp. 290-291) .
In the case of stunted faunas, paleoecologists have attempted to
explain these occurrences by mechanical sorting, lack of oxygen
on the sea floor, reduction of salinity, and other causes. (For an
excellent recent review of this topic, see Hallam, 1965). On the
other hand, zoologists seem not to have shown such great interest
in this matter. Furthermore, basic data on recent marine pele-
cypod faunas is surprisingly sparse. Few faunal monographs have
a thorough enough coverage of both large and small- sized species
to be useful for analysis. Two additional difficulties are encoun-
tered when one looks for adequate data to analyze. If shell
measurements are given at all, they frequently are not given in
the metric system in books written in English. More commonly
still, there is no indication whether the measurements are those
of an average-sized specimen or of the largest-sized specimen
present. For this paper the writer has taken maximum size (either
height or length) in every case where it is given. Of the 14 faunas
analyzed, I have included 2 which may not have adequate cov-
109
no
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
erage of die small-sized species, namely the tropical west African
and the Japanese. The Teredinidae were not included in the
faunal analyses because of the difficulty of measuring specimens
belonging to that family. Fresh-water pelecypods were, of course,
also excluded.
The data were taken from the following sources. The Antarctic
sample was taken from the collections at the U. S. National
Museum, which number about 2,550 specimens allocated to 36
species. This number of species must be at least one-half of all
of the pelecypods found in shallow water (less than 1,829 m) in
the entire antarctic region and should be an adequate sample for
analysis. The data for the 13 other faunas were taken from the
following works: Point Barrow, Alaska, (MacGinitie, 1959) ; east
Greenland (Ockelmann, 1958); Iceland (Madsen, 1949) ; New
Zealand (Suter, 1913-15); South Australia (Cotton and Godfrey,
1938) ; California Province, i.e., west coast of North America
exclusive of Alaska (Oldroyd, 1924) ; western Florida (Perry and
Schwengel, 1955); Puerto Rico (McLean, 1951) ; northern Pan-
amic (Keen, 1958) ; southern Panamic (Olsson, 1961) ; tropical
west Africa (Nickles, 1950) ; Morocco (Pasteur-Humbert, 1962) ;
Japan (Taki, 1951).
Table 1 is a summary of the basic data analyzed by the writer,
and certain inferences can be made from it.. Pelecypods living
in the cold (no more than 5° C maximum temperature) shallow
waters of the arctic and antarctic regions almost never attain a
maximum height or length of more than 100.0 mm. The number
of species attaining a greater size than 100.0 mm in temperate
and warm sea water commonly amounts to about 5 per cent of
tihe total fauna, and it may be even greater than this in truly
tropical faunas. The mean shell size of all of the antarctic species
is considerably smaller than that of even the east Greenland
fauna, and mean shell sizes are commonly smaller in the colder
water faunas than in the warmer water faunas. The antarctic
fauna clearly has the largest percentage of small species. In com-
piling the data on this fauna, tlhe writer took the maximum
length or height of each species studied so that the data certainly
cannot be considered biased toward small shell size. If only
average size of each of the 36 species of antarctic pelecypods had
been used, the small size of the antarctic species would have been
April, 1966 nautilus 111
Table 1. — Number
of pelecypod
species
in each fauna; mean and
maximum sizes in mm
; and
percentage of
species of
not more than
10.0 mm, 10.1 to 20
.0 mm.
and more than
100.0 mm.
Reqion
N
Mean
Max
%1-1 0mm
%1 0. 1-2 0mm
%>1 OOrnm
Antarct ic
36
16.9
90.0
61.0
19.0
0
Point Barrow
36
34.2
80.0
14.0
14.0
0
East Greenland
56
26.3
100.0
28.5
17.8
0
Iceland
87
31.8
160.0
29.9
20.7
5.9
New Zealand
180
33.5
230.0
32.2
15.6
4.5
South Australia
312
27.4
280.0
37.5
19.2
4.8
Cal i fornian
317
35.6
240.0
24.4
18.5
5.3
Western Florida
152
38.6
260.0
14.5
26.3
5.9
Puerto Rico
206
36.6
220.0
18.9
19.9
3.5
Northern Panamic
558
39.5
290.0
12.7
17.9
5.4
Southern Panamic
483
43.3
550.0
12.6
14.1
5.1
Morocco
164
43.4
300.0
12.8
18.9
6.1
West Africa
157
54.4
450.0
8.9
10.2
7.6
Japan
330
70.1
420-.0
2.4
7.6
13.2
even more striking. Sixty-seven per cent of the antarctic species
do not average more than 10.0 mm in height or length and 83
per cent of the species do not attain an average size of more than
20.0 mm. in height or length. Furthermore, even the South Aus-
tralian and New Zealand pelecypod faunas have an uncommonly
large number of species of small size considering the relatively
warm temperature of the waters in these regions. Can this be
explained merely by the greater attention that Australian and
New Zealand malacologists have paid to the small-sized pelecy-
pods in those faunas? The writer doubts that this is a completely
satisfactory explanation for the relatively high percentage of
small species in South Australian and New Zealand waters. In
the case of these three faunas in the southern hemisphere, there
is an unusually large number of species belonging to some genera
and families that never attain a large size anywhere in their geo-
graphic range. The philobryids and cyamiids are common and
112
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
diverse in a large part of the southern hemisphere but are rare
or absent in the northern hemisphere. This appears to be the
major factor in the large numbetr of small-sized species in these
faunas, although it is true, for example, that the one species of
Astarte found in the antarctic is less than 10.0 mm in size, but
the several species of Astarte in the arctic all attain a maximum
size of more than 10.0 mm.
Noted also from a study of Table 1 is that in the cold or
temperate waters of both northern and southern hemispheres
there are at least as many species in these faunas that are in the
size range from 1.0 to 10.0 mm. as in the size range from 10.1 to
20.0 mm. The reverse is true for the warm-water pelecypod
faunas. In this (regard, the South Australian pelecypod fauna
would be classed with the temperate ones.
The antarctic pelecypod fauna cannot be considered a stunted
one in the strict sense because paleoecologists have consistently
attributed direct physical causes to die stunted fossil faunas.
If there is a physical cause to explain the large number of small-
sized pelecypods in this fauna, it is not readily apparent. Even
if one or more physical causes are found, they must be linked
with genetic factors in this instance because so many of the small-
sized species belong to genera and families whose species nowhere
attain a large size.
Bcause of the inadequacy of the basic data which are summar-
ized in Table 1, the writer does not feel justified in attempting
any additional inferences.
This research was supported by a grant (G-13335) from the
National Science Foundation.
Literature cited
Ager, Derek V., 1963, Principles of paleoecology, McGraw-Hill,
New York, 371 pp.
Cotton, B. C., and F. K. Godfrey, 1938, The molluscs of South
Australia, Part I. The Pelecypoda, Government Printer, Adel-
aide, 314 pp.
Hallam, A., 1965, Environmental causes of stunting in living and
fossil marine benthonic invertebrates: Palaeontology 8, (1) :
132-155.
Keen, A. Myra, 1958, Sea shells of tropical west America, Stan-
ford Univ. Press, California, 626 pp.
MacGinitie, Nettie, 1959, Marine Mollusca of Point Barrow,
Alaska: U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc. 109 , (3412): 59-208.
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
113
McLean, Richard A., 1951, The Pelecypoda or bivalve mollusks
of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands: New York Acad. Sci.
17 (1), 183 pp.
Madsen, F. J., 1949, The zoology of Iceland. Marine Bivalvia:
Ejnar Munksgaard, Copenhagen and Reykjavik, vol. 4, pt. 63,
116 pp.
Nickles, Maurice, 1950, Mollusques testaces marine de la cote
occidental d’Afrique: Manuels Ouest-Africains, vol. II, Paris,
269 pp.
Nicol, David, 1964, An essay on size of marine pelecypods: Jour.
Paleo. 38 (5) : 968-974.
Ockelmann, W. K., 1958, The zoology of east Greenland. Marine
Lamellibranchiata: Meddelelser om Gronland, Bd. 122, Nr. 4,
Copenhagen, 256 pp.
Oldroyd, Ida S., 1924, The marine shells of the west coast of
North America: Stanford Univ. Pubs., Geol. Sci. 1 (1) , 247 pp.
Olsson, Axel A., 1961, Mollusks of the tropical eastern Pacific
particularly from the southern half of the Panamic-Pacific
faunal province (Panama to Peru) . Panamic-Pacific Pelecy-
poda: Paleo. Res. Inst., Ithaca, New York, 574 pp.
Pasteuir-Humbert, Chantal, 1962, Les mollusques marins testaces
du Maroc. II. — Les lamellibranches et les scaphopodes: Tra-
vaux de LTnstitut Scientifique Cherifien, Ser. Zool. No. 28,
Rabat, 184 pp.
Perry, L. M., and J. S. Schwengel, 1955, Marine shells of the
western coast of Florida: Bull. Am. Paleo. 26: 318 pp.
Suter, Henry, 1913-1915, Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca,
Wellington, N. Z., Text (1913) 1,120 pp., Plates (1915) 72.
Taki, Isao, 1951, A handbook of illustrated shells in natural
colors from Japanese Islands and their adjacent territories, re-
vised and enlarged ed., Bunkyokaku, Tokyo, 134 pis., 46 pp.
OCCURRENCE AND DISTRIBUTION OF ASIATIC CLAM,
CORBICULA LEANA, IN PEARL RIVER, LOUISIANA
By GERALD E. GUNNING and ROYAL D. SUTTKUS
Department of Biology, Tulane University, New Orleans, La.
The Asiatic clam, Corbicula, was originally introduced into
the United States several years ago. Pennak (1953) reported that
Corbicula fluminea (Muller) was occasionally found in sloughs
and rivers of Washington, Oregon, and California. Ingram
(1959) summarized the known distribution of the Asiatic clam.
Sinclair and Ingram (1961) reported the presence of Corbicula
in the Tennessee River and Sinclair and Isom published a life
114
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
history (1961) and an additional study two years later (1963).
Keup, Horning, and Ingram (1963) extended the range of the
Asiatic clam to the Cincinnati reach of the Ohio River.
Early in 1964, one of us (G.E.G.) examined an invertebrate
collection taken by the writers from the Pearl River just above
the entrance of Coburn Creek, near Bogalusa, Louisiana. Using
Pennak’s (1953) key to families and genera of Pelecypoda (p.
707) , 32 specimens were tentatively identified as Corbicula flu-
minea (Muller). Five of the 32 specimens were sent to Dr. J. P. E.
Morrison of the United States National Museum who informed
us that the determination was correct according to the literature,
but that the literature available at the moment was incomplete.
Dr. Morrison stated that our specimens should be referred to
Corbicula leana Prime (personal communication; March 26,
1964).
Extensive collections of benthic invertebrates have been made
on the Pearl River. The purpose of this paper is to show the
rapid rate of dispersal and increase in numbers that Corbicula
has undergone during a one-year period.
Methods. Small pelecypods were collected incidental to the
collection of fishes using a ten-foot, i/8 inch mesh seine. Addi-
tional samples were taken by hand-picking or sorting through
bottom materials. Although the samples are not strictly quanti-
tative, we attempted to apply equal collecting effort at each
station so that they would at least be reasonably comparable.
All valve measurements were made to the nearest 0.5 milli-
meter.
Results. Table 1 shows the number of specimens of Corbicula
leana taken at each station during two consecutive years. Evi-
dently Corbicula is spreading into new areas within the river
system and concomitantly increasing in numbers. Large collec-
tions were taken at stations 1, 2, 4 and 7 during 1964; no speci-
mens were taken at these stations during 1963.
Table 2 contains the size distribution of a number of collec-
tions made during 1963 at other stations along the Pearl River.
The smallest specimen collected measured 4.0 mm total length;
the largest specimen in this series of collections measured 28.0 mm
total length, although larger specimens were taken elsewhere.
We believe that Corbicula invaded the Pearl River during
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
115
Table 1. Stations and number of specimens of Corbicula lcana taken during
two consecutive years of collecting on the Pearl River, Louisiana.
Station
Location
Number of Spe
1963
(Sept. )
cimens
196U
(Aug. -Sept.)
1
Mile 59
0
95
2
Mile 5UA
0
32b
3
Mile 52.0
u
51
h
Mile U7.0
0
lUi
5
Mile 1*6.0
U7
103
6
2.0 miles below Wilson's
Slough, West Pearl River
9
35
7
U.O miles below Wilson's
Slough, West Pearl River
0
15U
8
Near Mile 27. 0j West Pearl
River 1
2
9
1.5 miles north of town of
River; West Pearl River
Pearl 1
2
10
Lower End of Nancy's Reach; 2
East Pearl River
Totals 6b
U32
I6b9
Table 2.
Maximum valve length in millimeters,
of Corbicula leana taken from the
anterior to posterior,
Pearl River, Louisiana,
for selected
, during 1963.
collections
Station
Location
Number of
Specimens
Mean
Length
Aange
Standard
Deviation
A
Pearl River below Highway 10
crossing; Bogalusa, Louisiana
13U
11*. 0
6.0-23.5
2.0
B
1/2 mile below Station A
27
9.0
1*. 0-22.0
li.O
C
Mile 52.0
7
11*. 0
9.5-18.0
3.0
D
Mile 1*6.0
1*0
16.0
6.5-28.0
6.0
E
2.0 miles below junction of Wilson's 9
Slough; West Pearl River
11.0
7.0-18.5
l*.o
1959. One group of specimens taken in 1963 centered around
8.0 mm total length; a second group centered around 14.0 mm
total length; a third group centered around 22.0 mm total length;
the fourth group centered around 34.0 mm total length. This
size-class distribution would indicate four year-classes during
1963; 1959, 1960, 1961, and 1962. Keup, Horning, and Ingram
116
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
(1963) reported three year-classes for Corbicula fluminea in the
Ohio River; it was their opinion that Corbicula invaded the
Ohio River about 1960.
The largest Corbicula leana taken in the Pearl River measured
37.0 mm total length; this specimen was assigned to the 1959
year class.
Discussion. The Asiatic clam is rapidly extending its range in
the United States. The presence of this species in large numbers
in the Pearl River of Louisiana was an unexpected find. Appar-
ently Corbicula leana is rapidly spreading throughout the Pearl
River system as indicated by its abundance in collections made
during two successive years. Specimens were found to be abun-
dant in sand, gravel, silt, and mixtures of these.
Collections are being made on a continuing basis and hope-
fully additional work will add to our knowledge of the ecology
of this form.
Acknowledgment. Messrs. James Reed, Clyde Barbour, Jerome
Shireman, and John Ramsey aided during this study.
The work was supported by grants from the National Science
Foundation (GB-2420) and National Institutes of Health (WP-
00082-05) .
Literature cited
Ingram, William M., 1959. Asiatic clams as potential pests in
California water supplies. Jour. Am. Water Works Assoc.
51: 363-370.
Keup, Lowell, W. B. Horning, and William M. Ingram, 1963.
Extension of range of Asiatic clam to Cincinnati reach of the
Ohio River. Nautilus 77 (1): 18-21.
Pennak, Robert W., 1953. Fresh-water invertebrates of the United
States. New York: Ronald Press Co.; 769 pp.
Sinclair, Ralph M. and William M. Ingram, 1961. A new record
for the Asiatic clam in the United States, the Tennessee River.
Nautilus 74: 114-118.
Sinclair, Ralph M. and Billy G. Isom, 1961. A preliminary report
on the introduced Asiatic clam Corbicula in Tennessee. Tenn.
Stream Pollution Control Board and Tenn. Dept. Public
Health; multilitlh report, 33 pp.
Sinclair, Ralph M. and Billy G. Isom, 1963. Further studies on
the introduced Asiatic clam Corbicula in Tennessee. Tenn.
Stream Pollution Control Board and Tenn. Dept. Public
Health; multilith report, 75 pp.
April, 1 966
NAUTILUS
117
SOME LAND SNAIL RECORDS FROM ARKANSAS
AND OKLAHOMA
By LESLIE HUBRICHT
During the spring of 1965 the author spent two weeks collect-
ing land snails in western Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma. Some
of the more interesting species found are reported here.
Mesodon clenchi (Rehder) .
Arkansas: Izard Co.: White River bluff, 1 mile below Calico
Rock. Yell Co.: rock slide, near tlhe falls, Mt. Nebo.
At the type locality they were found living under ledges. On
Mt. Nebo several dead shells were found around the edge of a
rock slide. One would probably have to go out at night after
a rain to find living ones.
Mesodon edentatu's (Sampson) .
Oklahoma: Sequoyah Co.: upland mixed woods, 2 miles north-
east of Short.
Guppy a sterkii (Dali) .
Oklahoma: Sequoyah Co.: Polecat Creek bluff, I mile south-
west of Nicut.
Glyphyalinia lewisiana (Clapp).
Arkansas: Izard Co.: under rock, cedar glade, 4 miles northeast
of Calico Rock.
This is another southern Appalachian species which was able
to reach the Ozark Region through the Pleistocene corridor
across southern Mississippi and northern Louisiana.
Glyphyalinia solida (H. B. Baker) .
Arkansas: Saline, Scott, Sharp. Oklahoma: Latimer, Push-
mataha.
Mesomphix capnodes (W. G. Binney) .
Arkansas: Baxter, Benton, Conway, Independence, Logan,
Montgomery, Newton, Polk, Pulaski, Scott, Van Buren, Yell.
Oklahoma: Cherokee, Le Flore.
Paravitrea significans (Bland) .
Arkansas: Baxter, Benton, Lawrence, Polk, Searcy, Yell. Okla-
homa: Atoka, Cherokee, Delaware, Latimer, Mayes, Sequoyah.
Paravitrea simpsoni (Pilsbry) .
Arkansas: Boone, Carroll, Newton, Van Buren. Oklahoma:
Cherokee, Latimer, Le Flore, Mayes, Pittsburg, Pushmataha.
118
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
Discus patulus edentulus Hubricht.
Oklahoma: Sequoyah Co.: Polecat Creek bluff, 1 mile south-
west of Nicut.
Helico discus notius notius Hubricht.
Arkansas: Benton, Carroll, Conway, Logan, Montgomery, Polk,
Scott, Sharp, Yell. Oklahoma: Adair, Cherokee, Mayes, Rogers,
Sequoyah.
Helicodiscus jacksoni Hubricht.
Oklahoma: Mayes Co.: rocky wooded hillside, 5.5 miles west
of Locust Grove.
This is the first time i have found this species alive. The
animal is pure white.
Pallifera marmorea Pilsbry.
Arkansas: Benton, Carroll, Columbia, Logan, Polk, Scott,
Sharp, Stone. Oklahoma: Atoka, Cherokee, Latimer, Le Flore,
Mayes, Sequoyah.
Catinella oklahomarum (Webb).
Arkansas: Logan Co.: southside of Short Mtn., 2 miles north-
west of Paris; Cameron Bluff, Magazine Mtn. Oklahoma: Sequo-
yah Co.: upland mixed woods, 2 miles northeast of Short.
Str obi lops aenea Pilsbry.
Arkansas: Baxter, Benton, Logan, Montgomery, Polk, Sharp.
Oklahoma: Cherokee, Le Flore, Mayes, Sequoyah.
My specimens from Magazine Mtn. are typical S. aenea. I have
seen no S. aenea which fit Pilsbry’s description and figures of
S. aenea spiralis. The form of S. texasiana Pilsbry 8c Ferriss found
in Oklahoma fits it better than anything I have seen.
Pomatiopsis lapidaria (Say) .
Oklahoma: Delaware Co.: near Dripping Springs, 3 miles
southeast of Flint.
AN 1870 COLLECTION OF MUSSELS FROM THE
CALUMET RIVER, ILLINOIS
By LOWELL L. GETZ
University of Connecticut, Storrs
A collection of fresh water mussels taken from the Calumet
River, Illinois, 21 September, 1870, has recently been discovered
among the mollusk collections of the University of Connecticut.
These specimens were obtained by the late Dr. Benjamin F.
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
119
Koons, but apparently had not been curated or reported. The
specimens have the locality (“Calumet River, Illinois”) written
on the valves. All the shells were wrapped and tied in 1870
Chicago, Illinois newspapers. From all appearances the specimens
had not been worked with from the time they were packed. Since
no catalog was associated with the specimens, the original col-
lector is not known. The exact locality of the collecting site was
not given. Only 8 miles of the river occur in Illinois, however.
The only published account of mussels from the Calumet
River is that of Baker (1902) . He listed 7 species from the river.
The present collection includes 7 additional species not recorded
by Baker. The Calumet River is in an area of special importance
in interpretations of post-Pleistocene changes in faunal patterns
(Walker, 1913). This river is now so highly polluted that the
original fauna is greatly disturbed and most species probably
eliminated (W. J. Harth, personal communication) . Therefore,
it seems desirable to place on record the additional species to
describe more completely the original mussel fauna of the Calu-
met River.
The following species and number of specimens are present in
the 1870 collection (those marked with an asterisk have not been
previously reported from the Calumet River) :
Unioninae:
*Amblema costata Raf., 6.
Elliptio dilatatus (Raf.) , 27.
*Fusconaia flava (Raf.) , 4i/<>.
*Pleurobema cordatum coccineum (Conrad), 1.
Quadrula pustulosa (Lea) , 7.
* Quadrula quadrula Raf., 5.
Anodontinae:
*Lasmigona costata (Raf.), 1.
*Strophitus rugosus (Swainson) , 4.
Lampsilinae:
*Lampsilis siliquoidea (Barnes), i/2.
Obliquaria reflexa Raf., 1.
Truncilla truncata Raf., 5.
Baker (1902) records the following additional species from
the Calumet River:
Quadrula trigona [—Fusconaia undata (Barnes)].
Quadrula verrucosa [ — Tritogonia verrucosa (Say) ].
Anodonta grandis Say.
Lampsilis alatus [—Froptera alata (Say)].
120
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
Plagiola donaciformis [ — Truncilla donaciformis (Lea)].
I wish to thank Dr. L. R. Penner for making available the
collection. Dr. H. van der Schalie assisted in identification of
the material.
References
Baker, F. C., 1902. The Mollusca of the Chicago area. Part II.
Nat. Hist. Surv. of the Chicago Acad. Sci. Bull. 3 (2) : 137-410.
Walker, B., 1913. The unione fauna of the Great Lakes. Nautilus
27: 18-23, 29-34, 40-47, 56-59.
KELAART’S CEYLON OPISTHOBRANCH SPECIES
By HENRY D. RUSSELL
Since the time (1858) that Dr. E. F. Kelaart, staff surgeon,
first published his Ceylonese species of nudibranchiate mollusca,
a certain amount of confusion as to the original publication
dates has existed. The reason for this is that his work was re-
published several times with only slight title or species name
spelling changes, and some of these reprintings are very difficult
to obtain. Much of the confusion in regard to these species has
been dispelled by the excellent discussions of Kelaart’s work by
Sir Charles Eliot in 1906 and C. H. O’Donoghue in 1933 (see
bibliography). The latter, however, states p. 226 that “in spite
of this (studies by Eliot of Kelaart’s colored drawings and a num-
ber of his actual specimens) however, a good deal remains to be
done, and it is to be hoped that, in view of their importance
from the systematic and taxonomic points of view someone who
has access to the type localities and the same collecting grounds
will make an effort to rediscover and describe in satisfactory
detail the forms originally described by Kelaart.’’ This work of
Kelaart in Ceylon is important not only because it is of a pioneer
nature and includes 63 species, but also because it appears in
those critical and difficult years for obtaining species references
between the termination of the “Index Animalium” by C. D.
Sherborn (1850) and the start of the “Zoological Record’’ (1864) .
It is also important as being the earliest account of Opistlho-
branchs from Ceylon and among the earliest on Indo-Pacific
forms. The author wishes to acknowledge the assistance of
Mr. S. Peter Dance, Section of Mollusca of the British Museum
in supplying him with a reproduction of Kelaart’s paper in
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
121
Journ. Roy. Asiatic Soc. 3 , 1858.
The purpose of the present paper is to list, with original ref-
erences, dates, pages and localities, Kelaart’s “new” Ceylonese
species of Opisthobranchiata since, to the author’s knowledge,
no such concise compilation exists. The species are all from the
environs of Trincomalie, Ceylon. Only more detailed localities
are so stated. The numbers after the species names refer to pages.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History (3) 1 (4): 257,
258 April, 1858. Trevely ana-257 (N. gen.). T. Ceylonica-257 ,
Sober Id.
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ire-
land, Ceylon Branch, Colombo 3 (1) : 84-139 with 2 unnumbered
plates, May, 1858.
Doris gloriosa, 91, Fort Frederick. D. maccarthyi, 93. D. caeles-
tis, 94, Back Bay. D. funebris, 94. D. gleniei, 95, Cottair. D. leo-
parda, 96, Dutch Bay. D. amabilis, 96. D. fidelis, 97. D. preciosa,
98. D. nivea, 98. D. marmorata, 99, Fort Frederick.
Doris cerisa, 99. D. rufopunctata, 100. D. grisea, 100, Fort
Frederick. D. papillosa, 101. D. rubra, 101. D. osseosa, 102. D.
constantia, 102. D. luteola, 103. D. viperina, 103, French Battery.
D. atrata, 103. D. atroviridis, 104. D. variabilis, 105, Dutch Bay.
D. exanthemata, 105. D. carbunculosa , 106. D. intecta, 107. D.
lanuginosa - 107, Nicholson’s Cove. D. spongiosa, 108. D. striata,
108, Dutch Bay. D. corrugata, 109. D. picta, 109. D. bellicosa, 109.
D. castanea, 110, Sober Id.
Meliboea viridis, 113. Scyllaea (?) dracaena, 113. Polycera (?)
ceylonica, 114. Eolis husseyi, 115. E. bicolor, 115, Back Bay.
E. effulgens , 116, Dutch Bay. E. paulinae, 116. E. tristis, 117.
E. nodulosa, 117. E. smedleyi, 117.
Proctonotus orientalis, 118. Pterochilus viridis, 118. Elysia
grandifolia, 119. E. punctata, 119. E. caerulea, 120. Phyllidia
zeylanicus, 120. Diphyllidia formosa, 121. Pleurobranchus zey-
lanicus, 123. P. purpureus - 123.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3 )4: 267-270 Oct., 1859.
Doris elizabethina, 267, Aripo. D. diardi - 267, AripO'. D. lock-
yerana, 268, Aripo. D. tennentana, 268, Cheval Paar Pearl Banks.
D. ariponensis, 268, Aripo. D. humberti, 268, Aripo. Diphyllidia
marmorata, 269, Aripo. Bornella hancockana, 269, Ceylon. Eolis
skinneri - 270, Fort of Colombo.
122
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
A list of Kelaart’s publications and republications appears
below. Only the three references ^hown above, however, contain
the original species descriptions though the others, because of
duplication, appear to also. The reader is referred to C. H.
O’Donoghue Proc. Malacol. Soc. London 20(4): 221-226, 1933
for a more detailed discussion of each.
1. Description of a new Ceylonese Nudibranch. Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) 1 (4):257, 258, pi. 10B, figs. 1, 2, April, 1858.
2. Description of new and little known species of Ceylon
Nudibranchiate Mollusca and Zoophytes. Journ. Roy. Asiatic
Soc. Ceylon Branch, Colombo 3 (1) : 84-139 with 2 unnumbered
plates, May 8, 1858.
3. Descriptions of new and little known species of Ceylonese
nudibranchiate mollusks. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) 3: 29 1 -
304, April, 1859.
4. Description of new and little known species of Ceylonese
nudibranchiate mollusks. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) 3: 488-
496, June, 1859.
5. On some additional species of nudibranchiate mollusks
from Ceylon. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) 4: 267-270, Oct. 1857,
1859?
6. Pamphlet p. 1-64 “Trincomalie” 1st. November 1857, 1959?
(This pamphlet was not available to the public and does not
constitute a publication according to O’Donoghue Proc. Malacol.
Soc. London 20: 226, 1933.) It carries the title “Description of
new and little known species of Ceylon nudibranchiate molluscs
and zoophytes.’’
7. New and little known species of Ceylon nudibranchiate
molluscs and zoophytes. Journ. Roy. Asiatic Soc. Ceylon Branch,
1856-61 i (9): 76-125, 1883.
8. Description of new and little-known species of Ceylon nudi-
branchiate molluscs, and zoophytes. Journ. Roy. Asiatic Soc.
Ceylon Branch. Colombo 3 (title only in table of contents in
the volume — see O’Donoghue 1. c. p. 224, 1933).
Bibliography
Eliot, C. On the Nudibranchs of southern India and Ceylon with
special reference to the drawings by Kelaart and the collections
belonging to Alder and Hancock preserved in the Hancock
Museum at New-Castle-on-Tyne. Proc. Zoo. Soc. London,
p. 636-691; 999-1008, pis. 42-47, 1906.
O’Donoghue, C. H. Kelaart’s work on the Nudibranchiata of
Ceylon. Proc. Malacol. Soc. London 20: (4): 221-226, 1933.
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
123
Figure 1. Adult Lyonsia hyalina. Top row: Living clams. The one at: left
and the one at right have siphons extended. Bottom row: Exterior view of
empty valves at left. Interior view of empty valves at right.
LARVAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE PELECYPOD
LYONSIA HYALINA1
By P. CHANLEY and M. CASTAGNA
Virginia Institute of Marine Science, Wachapreague, Va.
Lyonsia hyalina (Conrad) is a small (i/2 to inch) odd-
shaped clam (Fig. 1) common along the Atlantic Coast from
Nova Scotia to South Carolina (Abbott, 1954) . It is usually
found in sand in shallow water with a coating of small sand
grains attached to the periostracum.
The only published description of larval Lyonsiidae is a ten-
tative identification of Lyonsia norwegica (Gmelin) found in
plankton samples (Rees, 1950) . Rees also tentatively identified
larvae of Thracia sp., and Cochlodesma praetenue. These species
belong to closely related families and are grouped with the
1 Contribution No. 203 from Virginia Institute of Marine Science.
124
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
Figure 2. Larval Lyonsia hyalina. Scale equals 100 microns.
Lyonsiidae in the super-family Pandoracea. They are described
by Rees as being slightly inequivalve and having, in each valve,
a single long narrow hinge tooth. The hinge teeth are alternate,
rather than opposite, and are poorly defined. A small ligament is
located at the posterior end of the hinge. Sullivan (1948) de-
scribes juvenile Pandora gouldiana Dali, another member of the
Pandoracea, and from the shape of the prodissoconch shell con-
cludes that metamorphosis occurs when larvae are 235 microns
long and 160 microns high. She notes that a “flattened dorsal
edge with no projecting umbones” and “almost black viscera” are
characteristic. Her photomicrograph of the hinge structure shows
the hinge teeth opposite each other. The larva that Stafford
(1912) has tentatively identified as the same species, Chidiophora
(Pandora) gouldiana, bears no resemblance to Sullivan’s account.
But, larval P. inaequivalvis is similar.
The purpose of this report is to describe the pelagic larvae of
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
125
m
a
of
v
Ya A LYONS I A HYALINA
Vr';-v\
Figure 3. Diagram of major visible anatomical features of larval Lyonsia
hyalina: a-anus, af-apical flagella, f-foot, g-gills, 1-liver or digestive diver-
ticulae, m -mantle edge, v-velum.
L. hyalina so that they can readily be identified in plankton
samples. The terms used to describe the larvae are the same as
those used for Barnea truncata (Chanley, 1965) .
Materials and Methods. L. hyalina were collected from Mason’s
Beach on the Chesapeake Bay side of the Eastern Shore Peninsula
of Virginia on 1, 8 and 15 April, 1965. Clams were collected by
skimming off a layer of sand, near Zostera beds, and screening it.
On tJhe day following collection, clams were washed in salt water,
to remove adhering grains of sand, and placed in finger bowls
with filtered or centrifuged salt water. Spawning was induced by
increasing water temperature to 24-25° C. Eggs were cultured in
10-liter polyethylene containers and larvae were fed and exa-
mined daily. The food consisted of a mixture of Isochrysis gal-
bana and Phaeodactylum tricornutum. In some cases, clams were
isolated in individual polyethylene containers from the time of
collection and the gametes from isolated clams were then cultured
separately. On one occasion, clams were reared to metamorphosis
without the addition of food. All water (at about 20 o/oo) was
126
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
Figure 4. Interior opened valves of L. hyalina larvae showing ligament.
either filtered through a one-micron orlon filter or centrifuged
by a cream separator. Water temperature of the cultures ranged
from 18 to 22° C.
Results. L. hyalina released gametes within a few minutes
after an increase in water temperature. Eggs were released in a
thin stream through the excurrent siphon. They are sand colored
and settle quickly to the bottom even after being stirred vigor-
ously. The yolk is large, dark and opaque, measuring 100 to 115
microns in diameter, and surrounded by a lamellate membrane
or membranes. The total egg diameter, including membrane, is
160-175 microns. Individual adults released from 8,000 to 16,500
eggs in a single spawning.
The actual release of sperm was not observed. The sperma-
tozoan head is triangular, with blunted angles. It is 3.5 microns
long, 2.5 microns wide at the base and has a tail 45-50 mi-
crons long.
L. hyalina is functionally hermaphroditic and autofertilization
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
127
occurred when individuals were isolated. Larvae obtained from
autofertilized eggs developed normally and were reared to meta-
morphosis. In all spawnings, many eggs did not fertilize or de-
velop normally; however, there was no apparent relation between
autofertilization and abnormal development.
Larvae developed to an ovoid “straight hinge” stage 24 hours
after fertilization. The hinge line differs from that of most pele-
cypod larvae in that it is normally slightly indented in the center.
The transition from the hinge line to the anterior and posterior
slope of the shell is gradual. This results in an oval shape rather
than the typical D-shape of most pelecypod straight hinge larvae
(Fig. 2) . Larvae are dark gray to black and opaque. The internal
structure (Fig. 3) is consequently obscured. Usually one to four
apical flagella can be seen on the velum.
Larvae range from 155 to 175 microns in length and from 120
to 130 microns in height. Depth is approximately 85 microns.
No identifiable hinge teeth are present in the larval shell al-
though a U-sIhaped ligament 15 microns long and about 11
microns wide extends from one valve to the other (Fig. 4) . No
appreciable change in shape occurs during the brief larval period
and metamorphosis begins in three days. At metamorphosis
larvae develop a long ciliated foot, the velum disappears and on
the fourth or fifth day, gills begin to develop. Recently metamor-
phosed individuals attach readily by a byssus thread.
Discussion. Possibly sufficient food occurred naturally in the
water to support the development of L. hyalina larvae in cultures
that were not fed cultured algae. However, the large size of the
egg yolk, the small size at metamorphosis and the short pelagic
period all suggest that larval requirements for an outside food
supply may be negligible.
Larval L. hyalina are distinctive and resemble no other known
pelecypod larvae except Pandora gouldiana (Sullivan, 1948) .
They can readily be distinguished from the latter by the differ-
ence in larval length. L. hyalina ranges from 155-175 microns in
length while P. gouldiana is over 200 microns.
Apparently the tentative identifications of Pandoracea larvae
by Stafford (1912) and Rees (1950) are in error since they bear
no resemblance to L. hyalina or Sullivan’s. (1948) P. gouldiana
in either shape or hinge structure.
128
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
Literature cited
Abbott, R. T., 1954. American Seashells. Van Nostrand, Prince-
ton, 541 pp.
Chanley, P., 1965. Larval development of a boring clam, Barnea
truncata. Ches. Sci. 6 (3): 162-166.
Rees, C. B., 1950. The identification and classification of Lamelli-
branch larvae. Hull Bull. Mar. Ecol. 3: 73-104.
Stafford, J., 1912. On the recognition of bivalve larvae in plank-
ton collections. Contr. Canad. Biol. (1906-1910), 221-224.
Sullivan, C. M.. 1948. Bivalve larvae of Malpeque Bay, P.E.I. Bull.
Fish Res. Bd. Can. 77: 1-36.
Figure 1. Localities of collection of Pitar, and numbers that contained
Malacobdella grossa, New Jersey coast, 1964.
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
129
PITAR MORRHUANA, NEW HOST FOR
MALACOBDELLA GROSSA
By JOHN W. ROPES
Fishery Biologist, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries, Biological Laboratory, Oxford, Maryland
The morrhua venus, Pi tar morrhuana Linsley, has heretofore
not been reported as a host bivalve for Malacobdella grossa
(O. F. Muller) , a widely distributed commensal nemertean. Coe
(1943) reported 9 pelecypod species on the European coast and
two on the Pacific coast as hosts for tlhe nemertean, but none are
of the genus Pitar. His monograph lists the nemertean as an
inhabitant of the mantle cavity of northern quahogs, Mercenaria
mercenaria , soft-shell clams, Mya arenaria, and occasionally
American oysters, Crassostrea virginica, from the Atlantic coast.
A fourth bivalve host along the Atlantic coast was recorded by
Porter (1962) , who found a very high incidence of Malacobdella
in southern quahogs, Mercenaria campechiensis, off North Caro-
lina. McCaul (1963) listed no additional hosts in recent collec-
tions from the marine and estuarine waters of Virginia. The fol-
Figure 2. The nemertean Malacobdella attached to the mantle of Pitar.
The scale in the lower left corner of the photograph is in millimeters.
NAUTILUS
130
Vol. 79 (4)
lowing is a record of the fifth bivalve host for M. grossa along
the northwestern Atlantic coast.
Pitar were obtained in the summer of 1964 from catches by
commercial and research vessels fishing for Atlantic surf clams,
Spisula solidissima, off the New Jersey coast. The commercial
hydraulic dredges used take large quantities of live bottom fauna,
some bottom sand and mud, and debris in a single tow; a similar
dredge was used to collect materials for the study of Malacobdella
in Nantucket Sound, Mass. (Ropes, 1963). Pitar and several other
bivalve species were sorted out of the dredge catch from New
Jersey. After they were measured and opened, a thorough search
was made on the surface of the mantle and body mass. Only
Pitar contanied the nemertean. M. grossa occurred in 6 of 42
Pitar caught at 15 stations (Fig. 1) . The incidence of infection
was 14%. Shell-length measurements of the 42 Pitar ranged from
32 to 52 mm. and averaged 42 mm.; Malacobdella occurred in
specimens 33 to 45 mm. long. Several photographs taken within
a few minutes after opening the clams showed that the sucking
discs of all 6 nemerteans were attached to the mantle (Fig. 2).
Figure 1. Mollusca from Brier Island, Digby County, Nova Scotia: (a & b)
intact shells of Cepaea hortensis ; (c & d) shells of Buccinum undatum fed
upon by C. hortensis; (e) two C. hortensis shells showing where predators
have nipped off the spire to extract the snail; (f) dead, bleached C. hortensis
which grew after feeding inside the B. undatum shell and became fatally
trapped by the projecting parietal lip of the larger snail.
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
131
Eadi host contained only a single nemertean.
The Pitar were dredged from water depths of 40 to 120 ft.
( ca . 12.2 to 36.6 m.) . Clams containing the nemertean were in
depths ranging from 84 to 120 ft. (ca. 25.9 to 36.6 m.) .
Literature cited
Coe, W. R., 1943. Biology of the nemerteans of the Atlantic coast
of North America. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sciences 35: 129-
328.
McCaul, W. E., 1963. Rhynchocoela: Nemerteans from marine
and estuarine waters of Virginia. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci.
Soc. 59: 111-124.,
Porter, H. J., 1962. Incidence of Malaco b della in Mercenaria
campechiensis off Beaufort Inlet, North Carolina. Proc. Natl.
Shellfish. Assoc. 53: 133-145.
Ropes, J.. W., 1963. The incidence of Malacob della grossa in hard
clams from Nantucket Sound, Massachusetts. Limnol. 8c
Oceanogr. 8: 353-355.
BEHAVIOR OF CALCIPHILIC CEPAEA HORTENSIS
ON ACIDIC ISLAND OFF NOVA SCOTIA
By J. SHERMAN BLEAKNEY
The occurrence of the common European garden snail, Cepaea
hortensis, along a thousand miles of coastal islands from New-
foundland to Massachusetts has always puzzled zoogeographers
(Walden, 1963, in North Atlantic biota and their history, Perga-
mon Press) . Various theories attempting to explain its distribu-
tion have been advanced and are summarized by Walden, but he
concludes that the only way to solve the problem of C. hortensis
is through more field investigations.
One basic ecological problem seems to be the question of the
source of lime for these snails on the many acidic islands where
the species does occur. Pertinent statements in two standard
references were not at all specific and at times even contradictory.
For example, in Pilsbry’s (1939, Academy Natural Science, Phil-
adelphia, Monograph No. 3, vol. I, part 1:8) account of this
species, he says of this lime-loving European snail, “In America
tjhe species does not appear adapted to conditions inland. As
Johnson has pointed out it is a calciphile and our northeastern
coast is almost exclusively granitic. The barren coastal islands
make up in lime and moisture what they lack in vegetation.”
132
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
This last puzzling sentence is also found in Johnson (1906, The
Nautilus 20(1) :80) who credits islands and headlands as being
“continually bathed by the ocean spray” and seems to imply that
tlhis salt spray is a source of lime. However, land snails have a
marked sensitivity to salt exposure (Walden, 1963) . In no case
do these authors specifically identify the exact nature of the lime
consumed by these land snails.
On October 6, 1963, this author observed many C. hortensis
(fig. 1, a 8c b) on Brier Island, Digby County, Nova Scotia, feed-
ing upon limy marine shells that gulls had dropped inland
beyond the spray zone. In a search of the literature for similar
observations, a passage was finally found in Brooks and Brooks
(1940, Annals Carnegie Museum 25:61) referring to Vertigo
alpestris (another European snail found by Brooks & Brooks on
small islands off Newfoundland) “feeding upon tlhe bleached
tests of sea urchins and other limy shells dropped by gulls.” Ap-
parently the gull-dropped shells were not identified to species
nor were any related observations reported. C. hortensis was col-
lected at the same time but no mention was made of it feeding
on the marine shells.
Brier Island consists of basalt rock with a basic forest cover
of spruce and fir with a few acid bogs. The area reported here
is on the northeast side of the island bordering the channel
between Brier and Long Islands, and consists of a mixture of
grassy fields, boggy ground, blackberries and scattered spruce
trees, with a ridge of rock running at an acute angle to the
shore. Careful examination was made of this rock outcrop as it
was obviously a favorite drop area used by the gulls on which to
break open marine shellfish prey. Three species of crabs, Cancer
borealis , Cancer irroratus and Carcinides meanes were found,
but by far the dominant and only other shell located was that of
the marine snail Buccinum undatum. The thick limy shells of
this snail had accumulated against the sod at the base of the out-
crops, and it was here that C. hortensis was so abundant and
where its labors were evident by the degree to which the thick
B. undatum shells had been rasped to a paper thin state and
even reduced to the central columella (fig. 1, c & d) . Evidently
the gulls in their efforts to prey upon one species of marine snail
were providing a continuing supply of lime for a terrestrial
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
133
species in what was otherwise a relatively inhospitable acidic
habitat.
As specimens of both C. hortensis and B. undatum were col-
lected, it was soon noted that other ecological relationships were
in effect, and they are presented here in the hope that others
may be stimulated to observe more closely the phenomena as-
sociated with gull shell-drop sites. The numerous C. hortensis
snails were rasping the B. undatum shells from without and with-
in. Those snails active on the outer surface of the sea shells
were exposing themselves to some unknown predator which
operated by neatly nipping off the low spire of the C. hortensis
shells and extracting the snail. Numerous brightly banded but
spireless shells were scattered about the area (fig. 1, e). There
were small mammal runways in the grass, and possibly some
species of shrew or rodent was responsible.
A closer examination of the B. undatum shells revealed that
many of the C. hortensis feeding from the inside were not faring
much better. They were well protected from the unknown pred-
ator, but many of them had died intact within the marine shells.
They (had added lime to their own shells to such a degree that
they were either wedged in place or could not get past the pro-
jecting overhang of the parietal lip of the aperture of the B. un-
datum shells. The rich source of essential lime had soon become
the snail’s sarcophagus. C. hortensis individuals were found in
various stages of entrapment: actively moving about witlhin the
aperture; wedged immobile within the spirals of the shell (and
only exposed when several B. undatum shells were ground down
on an emery wheel) ; inactive and their aperture sealed over by
an epiphragm; and dead, bleached individuals (fig. 1, f) . fn one
case a small live C. hortensis was observed within a larger hor-
tensis shell, and even though it could turn around completely
within the aperture chamber, it was definitely imprisoned. Pos-
sibly some of these trapped snails were eventually released by
the combined feeding efforts of other individuals for in several
B. undatum shells, imprisoned C. hortensis could be seen through
openings rasped from the outside by other snails.
The writer lhad hoped to locate other similar areas of C. hor-
tensis populations in Nova Scotia, but the opportunity for such
field work has not arisen. Therefore, these notes are offered here
134
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
in hope of stimulating others to look for this interesting rela-
tionship of a terrestrial snail dependent for its lime upon the
shells of a marine snail dropped by gulls on rocks beyond the salt
spray zone, and of the mortality experienced by the terrestrial
snail in its quest for lime through exposure to predators and
inadvertent entrapment within the marine shells.
The author is indebted to Dr. R. G. Moore, Acadia University,
and Dr. A. H. Clarke, Jr., National Museum of Canada, for
assistance in locating valuable references. The field work was
greatly facilitated by the collecting efforts of Jill and Peter
Bleakney.
MORTALITY AND APERTURAL ORIENTATION IN
ALLOGONA PT Y CHOPHOR A DURING WINTER
HIBERNATION IN MONTANA
By W. PATRICK CARNEY
Department of Zoology, University of Montana, Missoula. Montana
Land mollusks of the family Polygyridae normally overwinter
by hibernation on the surface or in slight depressions in the ground.
Commonly, they form a thick and calcareous epiphragm at the
opening of the aperture. Binney (1851) noted that orientation
with aperture up was common for many land mollusks during
winter hibernation. Blinn (1963) found a low mortality in both
Allogona profunda and Mesodon thyroidus during overwintering
and commented on the upward apertural orientation in these two
species. Foster (1936) working with M. thyroidus and Fischer
(1950) concerning land snails in general also noted low winter
mortality. Field observations with a marked population of A. pty-
chophora in Greenough Park near Missoula showed both upward
and downward orientation during winter hibernation. Upward
orientation was the most common. To test the significance of this
orientation 25 snails were placed aperture down and 1 39 with their
aperture up in a circle 3 feet in diameter during October 1964.
The plot was visited throughout the winter and in the following
spring when mollusk activity again resumed.
The A. ptychophora under study were not disturbed throughout
the winter, since the heavy cover of snow remained undisturbed.
In the spring the leaves that covered the circular plot were re-
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
135
moved. Many of the dead snails had their calcareous epiphragms
still intact, while in others it was partially broken. There was no
evidence of rodents or shrews having disturbed the plot. The living
snails were found radiating out from the circular plot in all
directions.
Overall mortality during winter hibernation was approximately
18 per cent. This is in contrast to the comments of Blinn (1963) ,
Foster (1936) and Fischer (1950) who found no significant over-
wintering mortality for land snails. Furthermore the upward orien-
tation during this period as noted by Blinn (1963) and Binney
(1851) appears to be important to survival. A Chi-Square analysis
comparing dead snails in apertural up and down positions was
significant at the two per cent level indicating that the downward
orientation definitely contributes or is at least related to the inci-
dence of winter mortality (Tables 1 and 2) .
In addition to the above experiment, a random count of 145
empty shells in an adjacent plot revealed 18 per cent, more to be
aperture down.
Why orientation seems to have significance is unknown. Perhaps
microbes, nematodes or mites gain access to the host when the epi-
phragm is in contact with the soil. Further examination might
reveal a common etiological agent responsible for the overwintering
mortality associated with apertural position.
Since no juveniles were placed aperture down in orientation, the
significance of age in relation to orientational was not examined.
When apertures faced upward there was no significant difference
between adult and juvenile mortality, the former being 20 per cent,
and the latter 17 per cent.
References
Binney, A. 1851. The terrestrial air-breathing mollusks of the
United States and adjacent territories in North America. Boston,
Little 8c Brown.
Blinn, W. C. 1963. Ecology of the land snails, Mesodon thyroidus
and Allogona profunda. Ecology 44 (3) : 498-505.
Fischer, P. H. 1950. Vie et moeurs des mollusques. Paris: Payot.
Foster, T., D. 1936. Biology of a land snail, Polygyra thyroides
(Say) . Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Illinois, Urbana.
Wilbur, K. M. and Yonge, C. M. 1964. Physiology of Mollusca
Vol. 1, Academic Press, New York, 473 pp.
136
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
TABLE 1
Position in Fall 1964
Aperture up
Aperture down
Total snails
Adults Juveniles
128 11
25 0
153 11
TABLE 2
Condition in Spring 1965
Dead snails aperture up
Dead snails aperture down
Total dead snails
Alive snails aperture up
Alive snails aperture down
Total alive snails
Adults Juveniles
20 2
9 0
29 2
108 9
16 0
124 9
NOTES AND NEWS
Correction. — On page 39, vol. 79, no. 2, in the first line of
the 4th paragraph, “Cypraea cicercula Linn., 1758,” should read
Cypraea nucleus Linn., 1758. — C, M. Burgess, M.D.
Dr. Leslie Reginald Cox, O.B.E., F.R.S., Sc.D., died on 5tih
August, 1965, at the age of 67. Between 1922 and 1963 he was
Curator of fossil molluscs at the British Museum (Natural His-
tory) , London, and was appointed Deputy Keeper of the Palaeon-
tology Department in 1961. Since his retirement he still worked
almost full-time and was in the Museum the day before his death.
He served in the Royal Navy during the first World War and
was badly wounded in the raid on Zeebrugge harbour in 1918.
He won a scholarship to Queens’ College, Cambridge, where he
gained a double first. Most of his 160 publications were con-
cerned with Mesozoic faunas from many parts of the world.
Latterly, he was a major contributor to the Treatise on Inverte-
brate Paleontology. He had been a corresponding member of
the American Museum of Natural History and the Paleontol-
ogical Society.
In 1925 he married Miss Hilda Lewis and they have a son and
daughter.
A more extensive obituary, probably including a bibliography,
will appear in the Proceedings of the Malacological Society of
London.
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
137
Celetaia, new genus of viviparidae from the island of
Celebes, Indonesia. — In tihe course of research on the family
Viviparidae for the Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, the
need for a new genus to include a very distinct species of vivi-
parid from Lake Posso, Island of Celebes became apparent.
In 1898, Paul and Fritz Sarasin published a report upon the
fresh-water mollusks of the island of Celebes in Indonesia. Four
new species of Viviparus were described, three of which were
typical viviparids; the fourth, V. persculptus, appears to be gen-
erically distinct. Upon shell characters alone this new genus is
distinctly related to certain elements in southeast Asia, sudh
as the Taia complex.
Description: Shell medium in size, extended, minutely umbili-
cate, with convex and shouldered whorls. Colored a dark brown
both inside and outside of the shell. Aperture subcircular. Sculp-
tured with 5 to 6 heavy spiral lirae on the whorl below the shoul-
der, and with numerous and finer lirae on the base of the shell.
Axial sculpture of rather coarse growth lines near the aperture.
Operculum subcircular, thin, corneous, with numerous concen-
tric growth lines and an excentrie nucleus.
Type species, Vivipara persculpta P. and F. Sarasin, 1898, Die
Susswasser-Mollusken von Celebes (Wiesbaden), 1: 62, pi. 10,
fig. 129-130; pi. 9, fig. 121. — William J. Clench.
Interglacial Hendersonia occulta in Canada. — Recently,
while making identifications of Pleistocene mollusks, the writer
discovered a single specimen of Hendersonia occulta (Say) in
fossiliferous sands from the Don Valley Brickyard in Toronto,
Ont. This deposit overlies and channels the Scarborough Beds
and underlies the Sunnybrook Till. It is, therefore, probably
older than 50,000 years and may be of Sangamon age.
The specimen of H. occulta (N.M.C. 15660) is well preserved,
measures 4.7 mm. in height and 6.5 mm. in diameter, and is
typical of the species in all observable characteristics. It repre-
sents a considerable extension in range beyond the closest known
neighboring Pleistocene or recent locality (Alleghany Co., Penn-
sylvania) reported by Pilsbry (1948, Land Mollusca of North
America 2(2) : 1 088) and constitutes the first Quaternary record
of a terrestrial archaeogastropod from Canada. The find also
138
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
corroborates Pilsbry’s speculation. He suggested that since fossil
H. occulta had apparently been only preserved in loess areas, it
probably had a more extensive geographical range than its fossils
would indicate.
The writer is grateful to Dr. V. K. Prest, Canada Geological
Survey, who collected the sample containing H. occulta and to
Dr. P. F. Karrow, University of Waterloo, for the opportunity
to study this interesting material. — A. H. Clarke, Jr.
Cecilioides acicula (Muller) in Kutztown, Berks County,
Pennsylvania. — One dead specimen (A.N.S.P. 302132) of Ceci-
lioides acicula was collected March 28, 1965, at the old Sacony
Creek bed, between Normal Avenue and Constitutional Boule-
vard. It was found under a stone 80 feet from the Blvd., and
15 feet from the creek bed. The species has been found to be
very uncommon at this locality. — Terry L. Sine.
Corbicula from the Mississippi River. — A recent report by
Parmalee, 1965, Trans. Illinois State Acad. Sci. 55(1): 39-45,
2 figs., confirms the establishment of Corbicula throughout the
Illinois section of the Ohio River and up the Wabash River at
least to White Go., Illinois, although it was not found near
Maunie, White Co., New Harmony, Posey Co., Indiana or Gray-
ville, White Co., Illinois by Parmalee in 1964. On August 9,
1963, I collected near Vincennes, Knox Co., Indiana and found
no trace of Corbicula. No Corbicula have been reported from the
Mississippi River above Cairo, Illinois. Parmalee collected at
4 stations in 1964 with negative results. From August 4-7, 1963,
I collected at 4 miles south of Chester, Randolph Co.; one-half
mile south of Grand Tower, Jackson Co.; one-half mile west of
Fayville, Alexander Co.; and at Fort Defiance with negative
results.
The only previous Mississippi River record is Parmalee’s find
of 3 dead pairs and a live juvenile almost directly below the
Illinois-Missouri bridge on the Missouri shore. On August 7,
1963, I collected 10 pairs and one valve at Wickliffe, Ballard
Co., Kentucky, but failed to find specimens in the vicinity of
ferry landings at Columbus, Hickman Co., Kentucky; Belmont
and Dorena, Mississippi Co., Missouri; Hickman, Fulton Co.,
Kentucky; and Tiptonville, Lake Co., Tennessee. In view of the
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
139
great interest concerning the rapid spread of Corbicula in the
Ohio Valley, it seems worthwhile to record my 1963 negative
records together with the single positive Kentucky collection.
The latter material is on deposit in Chicago Natural History
Museum, catalogue number 123601.
Most authors, including myself, 1962, Nautilus, 75 (3): 126,
have called these clams Corbicula fluminea (Muller) . Sinclair 8c
Isom (1963, Further studies on the introduced Asiatic clam
Corbicula in Tennessee, Tennessee Stream Pollution Control
Board, Tennessee Department of Public Health, Nashville, 75
pp., figs., summarize Japanese anatomical and life history studies
indicating that tlhe name fluminea should be restricted to brack-
ish-water populations and that the introduced freshwater popu-
lations should be called Corbicula manilensis (Philippi, 1844)
(loc. cit., pp. 28-35, 50) . The two types are conchologically
identical.
Sincere appreciation is extended to Dr. Fritz Haas and Dr.
Alan Solem for their assistance. — Frederick R. Fechtner, 2105
Edgebrook Drive, Rockford, Illinois, 61107.
Two SPECIES OF THE BIVALVE GASTROPOD BERTHELINIA FOUND IN
Puerto Rico. — This is the first record of Berthelinia, the bivalve
gastropod, from Puerto Rico; and to our knowledge, the second
record of tihe genus from the Atlantic. Edmunds (1962, 1963)
reported and described Berthelinia caribbea from Jamaica. Our
search for the bivalve gastropod in Puerto Rico started in 1960,
soon after the discovery of the living animal in Japan (Kawaguti
8c Baba, 1959) .
Our first Berthelinia specimen (a single valve) was collected
on April 18, 1961, while dredging in approximately 15 fathoms,
on the west coast of Puerto Rico. Two years of intermittent but
diligent collecting of algae and dredging yielded no other speci-
mens of this species.
On November 24, 1964, some 30 specimens of Berthelinia
caribbea Edmunds were found living on algae, collected by Luis
Almodovar, from mangrove roots at Guayacan Bay, on the south
coast of Puerto Rico. The algae from tUiese roots were predomi-
nantly Caulerpa verticilla, C. racemosa, Acanthophora spicifera,
and Amphiroa fragilissima.
140
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
The shells of the live specimens ranged in length from 1.5 mm.
to 4.0 mm. The largest Puerto Rican shell was slightly larger
than the largest shell found in Jamaica but the specimens agreed
in every other respect. The habitat was also similar to that in
Jamaica. The animals were kept alive in the laboratory for sev-
eral days so that they could be photographed and their activities
observed. The living snail is green with brown speckling on the
head, neck, and rhiniphores. The mantle as seen through the
transparent shell has many dark brown striations and blotches.
The specimens will be divided and sent to the following insti-
tutions: Institute of Marine Biology, Mayagiiez, P. R.; Academy
of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia; U. S. National Museum; Mu-
seum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard; Dept. Geology, Stan-
ford University.
The single valve, collected from deep water opposite the
Rincon Lighthouse in 1961, was compared with shells of the live
specimens, and proves to be distinct. It also has been compared
with the descriptions of previously reported Berthelinia and ap-
pears to be different from all of them.
The dredged specimen is a left valve, with the helicoid tip
plainly visible. The shell is 3.4 mm. in length, 2.3 mm. in height
(ventral margin slightly chipped) ; it is yellowish, translucent,
without evident rays; irregular growth lines are prominent on
the surface of the shell. As compared to B. caribbea the most
striking difference is in the spiral nucleus; in B. caribbea the
nucleus has 1 ]/4 whorls and is erect, and in ours it has 2 whorls
and is flattened over the hinge margin. Designation of a specific
name for the new species, will await the collection of additional
material. The present specimen will be deposited at the Academy
of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia.
Several persons have cooperated in this search for live Berthe-
linia in Puerto Rico. I wish to express special gratitude to Dr.
John E, Randall, Director of the Institute of Marine Biology,
who personally SCUBA dove to depths of 60-90 feet to collect
algae; to Dr. Luis Almodovar, who collected large quantities of
Caulerpa to be examined for the presence of Berthelinia; and to
my husband, who spared no effort to help with this project. —
Germaine L. Warmke, Institute of Marine Biology, University
of Puerto Rico, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico.
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
141
Literature cited
Edmunds, M., 1962. Nature, 195: 402.
Edmunds, M., 1963. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, 44: 731-739.
Kawaguti, S. & Baba, K., 1959. Biol. Jour. Okayama Univ.,
.5: 177-184.
Eduardus and Linisa, 1930. — Pilsbry, 1930, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia 82: 315, proposed the genus-group Eduardus,
type Polygyra martensiana (Pilsbry) . In 1956, Proc. cit. 108: 20,
he added Eyymodon, “new subgenus,” type P. ventrosula (Pfeif-
fer), also from Mexico. Since in the same paper (pp. 30 & 27) ,
he included P. martensiana in this group, Erymodon seems to be
at least a subjective synonym of Eduardus, which apparently in-
cludes Pilsbry ’s P. texasiana group, 1940, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia. Monogr. 3, vol. 1: 613. In 1930 (loc. cit.) he also pro-
posed Linisa, type P. anilis (Gabb) , but in 1956 (loc. cit.: 27)
added Solidens with the same type to its synonymy. Incidentally,
Clench & Turner, 1962, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Spec. Publ.
no. 4, included only the 1956 names. — H. B. B.
Unione peeling. — American shell collectors may be over-
looking beautiful native treasures in their own neighborhood.
The ones that they most frequently neglect are our plentiful
freshwater mussels. Many varieties should merit far more atten-
tion from our nation’s conchologists.
The first thing the interested collector must do is procure the
correct specimens. These may be readily obtained from most
of our larger fresh-water streams. Thick shells showing some color
are generally better to work on than thin or pure white ones.
Properly seasoning your shells will require a few years. A
shaded location on the north or west side of your house is likely
the best place. They have been aged enough when you may
rather easily flake off some of their bottom of their two other
layers with the stout blade of a penknife.
The beauty of these mussels is always a hidden one. Revealing
it is often a challenge. Directions for removing the two ugly
outer layers that hide it are simple. Take your stout-bladed
knife in one hand and firmly grip the shell with the other. Pry
off the outer coatings, exposing the inner ones. You may also
wish to carve the shell to suit your fancy.
142
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
Your best creations could be used for unique plaques. Less
lovely ones are always useful as ornaments around your flowers,
mixed with seashells, in a special collection of their own, etc.
The proper usage could best be shown by the shell itself. No
two shells are ever quite the same.. — John R. Woemmel.
Euglandina rosea in North Carolina. — In March, 1965,
a former student of mine, Mrs. David Sdhneider, reported find-
ing a large snail in her back yard in Beaufort, N. C. It turned
out to be Euglandina rosea (Ferussac) . Later she found several
more. I do not think it has been reported from North Carolina
before. Pilsbry (1946) reported the distribution as : La., Miss.,
Ala., Fla., Ga., and S. Car. — Yemassee. Rehder in 1949 reported
finding one young living specimen in Myrtle Beach, S. Car. and
noted that this was 1 30 miles north of the previous record in
Yemassee, S. Car. (Some land and freshwater mollusks from the
coastal region of Virginia and North and South Carolina. Naut.
62: 121) . — Charlotte Dawley.
Further records of Corbicula fluminea (Muller) in the
southern United States. — Recent collecting in the southern
watersheds has revealed the colonization of five more Gulf drain-
ages by the introduced Asiatic clam, Corbicula fluminea. Amite
drainage: Amite River at Port Vincent, Livingston Parish, La.
(July 6, 1965). Pearl drainage: Pearl River 1 mi. E of Bogalousa,
Washington Parish, La. (July 5, 1965). Pascagoula drainage: Leaf
River at McLain, Greene Co., Miss. (July 2, 1965) . Conecuh-
Escambia drainage: Escambia River 3 mi. E of Century, Escambia
Co., Fla. (May 14, 1965) . Ochlockonee drainage: Ochlockonee
River 11 mi. NW of Tallahassee, Leon Co., Fla. (May 28, 1965) .
In addition several upstream extensions in previously reported
drainages have been discovered. Yazoo drainage (also see Hu-
bricht, 1964 Naut., 77: 143) : Coldwater River 1 mi. E of Marks,
Quitman Co., Miss. (July 16, 1965) . Alabama River system (also
see Hubricht, 1963, Naut., 77: 31; 1965, Naut., 78: 106) : Tom-
bigbee River 13 mi. E of Silas, Choctaw Co., Ala. (Nov. 25,
1964) . Apalachicola drainage (also see Heard, 1964, Naut.,
77: 104): Chipola River 2 mi. E of Clarksville, Calhoun Co.,
Fla. (May 14, 1965).
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
143
Inasmuch as the Cross-Florida Barge Canal is now under con-
struction, before long C. fiuminea can traverse this man-made
confluence from its present occurrence in the Withlacoochee
River (see Heard, 1964, Naut., 77: 104) a Gulf drainage, into
the St. Johns River drainage which exits into the Atlantic Ocean.
— -William H. Heard, Florida State University, Tallahassee.
Haplotrema concavum vs. Deroceras gracile. — On Septem-
ber 12, 1945, a specimen of Deroceras gracile (Rafinesque) was
placed in a cage with a specimen of Haplotrema concavum (Say) .
Shortly thereafter the Deroceras was noted biting the H. con-
cavum, causing it to withdraw into its shell. Subsequently the
slow-moving Haplotrema was noted trailing the aggressive slug!
On an earlier occasion, Sept. 8, 1945, when living D. gracile were
placed in a cage with 7 H. concavum , within 15 minutes, 3 of the
Haplotrema were feeding on the slugs. During the initial contact
by the H. concavum the slug was bitten, but was only killed and
eaten on the second contact. The attacked slug seemed slowed-up
in its actions after being bitten by the Haplotrema. It would be
desirable for the saliva or freshly extracted radula of Haplotrema
to be tested for toxicity. Any toxic substance present must not
be very potent as I have observed some land-snails to survive
being bitten. There is also the possibility of immunities being
developed either by individuals or species to any toxic substance
released by tihe attacking Haplotrema.
One attack was not in successive stages. The snail’s initial
attack at the caudal extremity of the slug was continued by its
biting and crawling rapidly over the slug’s dorsum. In this case
the initial attack was lethal, for with its foot, the Haplotrema
partly enveloped the Deroceras and soon completely ingested
it. — Glenn R. Webb, Kutztown State College, Kutztown, Pa.
New northern record for Papyridea mantaensis, Olsson
1961. — One valve of this recently described species (Olsson,
Axel A. Panamic-Pacific Pelecypoda, page 250) was collected for
me by Dr. Wilbur L. Bullock in May, 1963 at Acapulco, Mexico.
Olsson mentions only 5 localities for this species: Bucaro, Pan-
ama; Manta and Santa Elena, Ecuador; Zorritos and Mancora,
Peru. This additional locality extends the known range about
1300 miles northwest. — Robert C. Bullock.
144
NAUTILUS
Vol. 79 (4)
Corbicula manilensis. — Since this often has been misspelled,
a trivial correction may be timely. Philippi, 1844, Zeitschr. f.
Malak. 1: 162-163, proposed Cyrena manilensis from Manila, which
is the approved spelling of the Philippine city, even in English.
Incidentally, Sherborn, 1940, Index Animalium, 1801-1850: 3851,
quoted the name correctly. — H. B. B.
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
Paraense, W. Lobato, Nicanor Ibanez H. 8c Hernan Miranda C.
1964., Australorbis tenagophilus in Peru, and its susceptibility
to Schistosoma mansoni. Amer. J. Trop. Med. 8c Hygiene
13 :534-540, 4 figs.
Reigle, Norman J. 1963. Notes on the mollusks of Lan Yu,
Taiwan. Quart. J. Taiwan Mus. 1(5:81-87.
. 1964. Nonmarine mollusks of Rongelap Atoll, Marshall
Islands. Pacific Science 18: 126-129, 1 fig.
Riedel, Adolf. 1964. Kaukasisdhe Schnecke Oxychilus (Ortizius)
komarowi (O. Bttg.) in Polen und in Bulgarien (Gastropoda,
Zonitidae). Fragm. Faunist. Polska Akad. Nauk 11: 75-82,
5 figs.
— — 8c Jaroslav Urbanski. 1964. Systematische Stellung und
Angaben fiber das Vorkommen von Paraegopis (Balcano discus
subgen. n.) frivaldskyanus (Rossmaessler, 1842) (Gastropoda,
Zonitidae) . Ann. Zoo. Polska Akad., Nauk 22: 69-79, 7 figs.
8c map.
. 1964. Zonitidae (Gastropoda) der Azoren. Bol. Mus. Mun.
Funchal 18: 5-60, 43 figs. 8c 1 pi. — N. spp., subsp. 8c subg. of
Oxychilus and n. sp. of Zonitoides.
Robertson, Robert. 1964. Dispersal and wastage of larval Philip-
pia krehsii (Gastropoda: Architectonicidae) in the north At-
lantic. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 116: 1-27, 17 figs.
Schalie, Henry and Annette van der. 1963. The distribution,
ecology and life history of the mussel, Actinonaias cllipsiformis
(Conrad) , in Michigan. Occ. Papers Mus. Zoo. Univ. Mich,
no. 633: 17 pp., incl. 1 fig. 8c 3 pis.
Sinclair, Ralplh M. 1964. Clam pests in Tennessee water sup-
plies. J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 56: 592-599, 5 figs.
8c Billy G. Isom. 1963. Further studies on the introduced
Asiatic clam Corbicula in Tennessee. 75 pp., 33 figs. 8c 2 maps.
Tenn. Dept. Public Health, Stream Pollution Control Board.
Solem, Alan. 1963. New Hebridean land mollusks collected by
Felix Speiser from 1910-1912. Verhandl. Naturf. Ges. Basel
74: 161-168, 2 figs. — No n. sp. named.
Thompson, Fred G. 1964. A new aquatic snail of the family
Amnicolidae from Costa Rica. Rev. Biol. Trop. 12: 97-105,
April, 1966
NAUTILUS
111
2 figs. — N. gen. 8c sp. Rachipteron philopelum.
Tuthill, Samuel J. 1961. A molluscan fauna and Late Pleistocene
climate in southeastern North Dakota. Proc. N. D. Acad. Sci.
15: 19-26, 3 figs.
. 1963. Molluscan fossils from Upper Glacial Lake Agassiz
sediments in Red Lake County, Minnesota. Proc. N. D. Acad.
Sci. 17: 96-101, 6 figs.
, Lee Clayton 8c F. D. Holland, Jr. 1963. Mollusks from Wis-
consinan (Pleistocene) ice-contact sediments of the Missouri
Coteau in central North Dakota. Proc. 16th Int. Congr. Zoo.:
174.
, Lee Clayton 8c Wilson M. Laird. 1964. A comparison of a
fossil Pleistocene molluscan fauna from North Dakota with a
recent molluscan fauna from Minnesota. Amer. Midland Nat.
71: 344-362, incl. 3 figs. 8c 2 pis.
„ 1964. Unusually well preserved Lampsilis luteolus and
molluscan fauna in post-hypsithermal sediments. Compass 41:
149-155, 2 figs.
Zilch, A. 1964. Zur Geschichte der senckenbergischen Sammlung
von Susswasser-Musdheln der palaarktischen Region und ihrer
Auswertung. Natur und Museum 94: 165-170.
Marshall, N. B. 1966 (Mar. 29). The life of fishes. 402 pp., 86 text
figs. The World Publishing Co., 2231 West 110th Street, Cleve-
land, Ohio 44102. $12.50.
{Unsigned.} 1965. Collecting B. C. Shells. Western Homes and
Living 16 (8) : 10-13, 28, 13 text-figs. (3 colored. — Experiences
and collection of Charles A. Bedford, Roberts Creek, British
Columbia, Canada.
THE
NAUTILUS
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS
OF CONCHOLOGISTS
VOL. 80
JULY, 1966 to APRIL, 1967
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
HORACE BURRINGTON BAKER
Professor Emeritus of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania
CHARLES B. WURTZ
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. TUCKER ABBOTT
H. A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology, Academy of Natural Sciences
MRS. HORACE B. BAKER
Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
PONY PRINTING, UPPER DARBY, PA.
April, 1967 nautilus iii
CONTENTS
Names of new genera, species, etc. in italics
Achatina fulica life history 3, 39
Alabama 32, 53
Alasmidonta marginata 21
Allen, Joyce, death notice 141
Allegheny a Clench 8c Boss, subgenus of Anculosa 101
American Malacological Union 28, 105
Ampullina 71
Ancilla matthewsi Burch 8c Burch 81
Anculosa, subgenus Alleghenya 101, [108]
Arizona 46
Atlantic, eastern 10, 142
western 1, 10, 31, 34, 36, 70, 73, 79,
81, 83, 84, 112, 131, 142, 144
Baker, Edwin Perrin, obituary 69
Barbatia caelata 10
birds transporting snails 80k*
Brachystyloma carribeana 142
Burch collection 36
California 87
Callocardia texasiana 79
Canada 102, 109
Carunculina pulla 129
Choanopoma terecostaturn F. G. Thompson 24
Coats, Ruth E., obituary 140
collection of shells, portable 33
copulation between Triodopsis and Xolotrema 30
Corbicula manilensis 16, 32
correction of 79 (4) : 130 29
Cyclostremiscus schrammi 131
Cymatiidae, distribution 31
Cypraea surinamensis 70
dates of Nautilus ... 28
Doridella obscura 73
Dosinia discus 70
Eupera singleyi 33
Florida ... 29
iv nautilus Vol. 80 (Index)
Georgia 127
Glyphyalinia luticola Hubricht 54
G. pecki Hubricht 55
grants. National Science Foundation 141
Hannibal, Harold, obituary 29
Hawaii 3, 39
Helicodiscus diadema Grimm 119
H. hexodon Hubricht 55
Hydrobia salsa ... 1 12
Illinois 31, 59
Kalendyma vanderrieti Clench 53
Kansas 21
land snails, birth frequency and resistance 29
preference for calcium carbonate 77
Lehmannia poirieri 7 1
Leptoxis (Nitocris) 101, 108
Louisiana 59, 89, 108
Lymnaea stagnalis brunsoni Russell 125
Lyria vegai Clench 8c Turner 83
Maine 112
Massachusetts 71, 106
Melarhaphe 37
Mesa, Pedro de, death notice 108
Mesodesma arctatum 1
Mesodon clausus trossulus Hubricht 53
Mexico 24, 113
Mississippi 108
Missouri ... 59
Montacuta lloridana 144
Montana 125
Muricanthus melanamathos 96
Mya 13, 91
Nassarius limacinus 35
National Science Foundation grants 141
New Brunswick, Canada 102, 109
New Mexico 16
Nitocris 101, 108
North Carolina 106, 127
Notes and news ... 28, 69, 106, 140
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
V
Olivella inconspicua 35
Oregon - 87
Oxyloma salleana, anatomy 59
Pacific, eastern 13, 35, 91
western 96
Pa nopea bitruncata 36
Parabornia squillina 34
Physa anatina, scalariform 144
Polygyra, genitalia and mating 133
Potamolithus felipponei concordianus Parodiz 57
P. penstomatus misionum Parodiz 57
Praticolella, genitalia and mating 133
Psychobranchus fasciolaris 21
Publications received (1) : iii, 72, (4) iv
slugs introduced 108
scalar i form Physa anatina 144
Solomon Islands 52
Sonorella baboq uivari crisis cossi Miller 46
S. greggi Miller 114
S. meadi Miller 50
S. nixoni Miller 1 16
S. simmonsi Miller 48
South Carolina 127
Sphaeriidae 109
Succinea salleana, anatomy 59
Tennessee 31, 56
Texas 16
Thracia conradi 84
Triodopsis tridentata 30
Turbonilla obscura 142
unione catalog, Ohio River 20
unione introduction 106
Virginia 90, 120
Wheatley, Charles M 20
Xolotrema fosteri 30
VI
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (Index)
INDEX TO AUTHORS
Adegoke, Oluwafeyisola S. 91
Baker, H. Burrington 28, 108
Beasley, Clark W. (Branson 8c) 144
Bleakney, J. Sherman 29
Boss, Kenneth J. (Clench 8c) 99
, N. K. Ebbs 8c W. C. Stewart 144
(Moore 8c) 34
Boyer, Paul S. 79
Branson, Branley A 21
8c Clark W. Beasley ... 144
Burch, John Q. 8c Rose L. 36, 81
Burch, Rose L. 69, 140
Clarke, A. H., Jr 106
Clench, William J 36, 52, 70
8c Kenneth J. Boss 99
8c M. K. Jacobson 71
8c R. D. Turner 83
Corgan, James X. 13, 142
D’Attilio, Anthony 96
Davis, John D. 1
Dexter, Ralph W (4) iii
Dundee, Dee S. 108
, Paul H. Phillips 8c John D. Newsom 89
Ebbs, N. K. (Boss 8c) 144
Emerson, William K. 8c William E. Old, Jr 70
Fogan, Marjorie (McMillan 8c) ... 20
Franz, David R. 73
Franzen, Dorothea S ... 59
Gore, James F. 1 12
Grimm, F. Wayne 119
Herrington, II. B. 8c N. J. Reigle, Jr 109
(Reigle 8c) 102
Houbrick, Joseph 130
Hubricht, Leslie 32, 33, 33, 53
Jacobson, Morris K. 8c Gordon Usticke 10
(Clench 8c) 71
Johnson, Richard 1 127
April, 1967 nautilus vii
Kekauoha, Willard 3, 39
McMillan, Nora F. 8c Marjorie Fogan 20
Merrill, Arthur S. 8c Hugh S. Porter 31
Metcalf, Artie L 16
Miller, Walter B 46, 114
Moore, D. R. 8c K. J. Boss 34
Newsom (Dundee 8c) 89
Old, William E., Jr. (Emerson 8c) 70
Parodiz, J. J 56
Phillips (Dundee 8c) 89
Porter, Hugh S. (Merrill 8c) 31
Reigle, N. J., Jr. 8c H. B. Herrington 102
(Herrington 8c) 109
Rosewater, Joseph ... ... 37
Ross, Landon T 71
Russell, Richard H. 125
Shasky, Donald R 35
Smith, Allyn G. 29
Stewart, W. C. (Boss 8c) 144
Talmadge, Robert R 87
Teskey, Margaret C. 105
Thomas, M. L. H 84
Thompson, Fred G 24
Turner, Ruth D. (Clench 8c) 83
Usticke, Gordon (Jacobson 8c) 10
Webb, Glen R 29, 29, 30, 132
Weisbord, Norman E. 142
Vol. 80
JULY, 1966
No. 1
THE
NAUTILUS
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Horace Burrington Baker, 1 1 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)
Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department.
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
CONTENTS
Mesodesma ar datum: Fossil and living specimens on Nan-
tucket. By John D. Davis 1
Life history and population studies of Achatina fulica. By Wil-
liard Kekauoha [To be continued] 3
What is Area caelata Reeve? By Morris K. Jacobson and Gor-
don Usticke 10
Mya on the Alaskan Peninsula. By James X. Corgan 13
Corbicula manilensis in the Mesillo Valley of Texas and New
Mexico. By Artie L. Metcalf 16
Anonymous catalog of Ohio River uniones. By Nora F. Mc-
Millan and Marjorie Fogan 20
Alasmidonta marginata and Ptychobranchus fasciolaris in
Kansas. By Branley A. Branson 21
A new pomatiasid from Chiapas, Mexico. By Fred G.
T hompson 24
Notes and news 28 Publications received iii
$4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.
Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager
11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.
NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published
by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott.
Matter for publication should be sent to the senior editor. Manuscripts
should he typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout, including titles,
footnotes and bibliographies. Galley proof (without manuscript) will be
submitted to authors only if requested, on or attached to first page of MS.
Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost.
Minimum charge for each block is $3.00
Reprints are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re-
quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra
clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders
will be charged for accordingly:
2pp.
4 pp.
8 pp.
100 copies
3.25
6.00
9.50
Additional 100s
Plates: Add $1.25 per plate.
1.30
2.00
3.00
[Postage Extra]
Reprints are shipped, with invoices, by Pony Printing, 4 Cloverdale Avenue,
Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082.
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin 54143.
Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,
Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York 17, N. Y. Vols. 71 to date are available
from the Nautilus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, and vary
in price.
THE NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 July, 1966 No. 1
MESODESMA ARCTATUM: FOSSIL AND LIVING
SPECIMENS ON NANTUCKET
By JOHN D. DAVIS
Department of Zoology, Smith College
Nantucket Island is one of the few places on the Atlantic Coast
where fossil specimens of Mesodesma arctatum (Conrad) 1831 can
be found near living populations of the clam.. In fact, the proximity
of these two sources of valves has probably led to mixing of fossil
and present day specimens in museum and personal collections.
Some references in the literature list Sankaty Head as a collecting
site for either living or fossil specimens of M. arctatum. In August
1964, I spent a week collecting on Nantucket hoping to determine
the present distribution of M. arctatum on the Island and to find
out, if possible, whether the Sankaty Head area did yield both
fossil and living specimens of this bivalve mollusk.
Sankaty Head fossil deposits were first described by Desor
(1849). Later discussions included Shaler (1889), Curtis and Wood-
worth (1899), Wilson (1905, 1906), and Cushman (1906). The
deposits were determined to be Post-Tertiary and more specifically
described as Pleistocene and Post-glacial. Some disagreement de-
veloped on the manner in which the deposits were formed. Curtis
and Woodworth (1899) , particularly, argued that the material had
been moved to the present location from another by ice action.
This hypothesis is supported to some extent by the fragmented
nature of much of the material.
In August 1964 the following intertidal areas were examined:
(1) South Beach at Madaket, from Long Pond west to the new
cut on Smith’s Point, then one-fourth mile north toward Jackson’s
Point; (2) One and one-half miles of South Beach eastward from
the end of Hummock Pond; (3) South Beach, one-quarter miles
each side of bathhouse at Surfside; (4) South Beach, one-half mile
east from Tom Nevers Head; (5) Siasconset Beach, from public
parking area north nearly two miles; (6) Eastern Beach, five miles
from Great Point to Wauwinet; (7) Wauwinet, one-quarter mile
of harbor beach; (8) Beach at Pocomo Head; (9) Public beach
1
2
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
area at The Jetties; (10) One-half mile of beach at Dionis. A few
shells of M. arctatum, obviously recently vacated, were found on
Great Point north of the narrow neck known as The Gauls. Similar
shells were found more abundantly on South Beach east of Tom
Nevers Head, at Surfside, near Cisco and Mioxes Pond and near
the end of Hummock Pond Road. In addition, one live specimen,
31 mm. long, was found in the surf at Surfside. Careful collecting
did not yield any beach shells of M. arctatum at Sankaty Head.
The Sankaty Head fossil desposits were examined on two oc-
casions. Apparently recent beach erosion had sufficiently under-
mined the banks to cause the surface layers to slide down to the
beach, thus exposing again portions of the fossil deposits. The bank
in front of the present Sankaty Head Lighthouse was examined up
to 30 ft. above the beach. Many shell fragments were found, but
few whole valves were unearthed. Only one valve of M. arctatum
was identified, and I could not detect any stratification of the bank
described in earlier accounts.
M. arctatum does not appear to live in the area adjacent to
Sankaty Head today. Instead, it is probably most abundant in shoal
areas immediately offshore at Great Point, Tom Nevers Head, and
between Surfside and Hummock Pond. Each of these areas is the
site of a “rip” or shoal extending outward nearly at right angle
to the beach line. The rips at Great Point and Surfside [Hummock
Pond] are prominent enough to have earned names; the former is
known on charts as Point Rip, the latter as Miacomet Rip. These
areas can be located at low water by a line of white water and surf
curving away from shore.
The possibility of confusing beach shells and fossil material is
well illustrated by this situation on Nantucket and points up the
desirability of basing distributional records on living material
whenever possible.
References
Curtis, G. C. and J. B. Woodworth, 1899. Nantucket: A Morainal
Island. Jour, of Geology 7 (3) : 226-236.
Cushman, J. A. 1906. The Pleistocene deposits of Sankaty Head,
Nantucket and their fossils. Nantucket Maria Mitchell Assoc.
1(1): 1-21.
Desor, E. 1849. On the Tertiary and more recent deposits in the
Island of Nantucket.. Quart. Jour, of Geol. Soc. London 5: 340-
344.
Shaler, N. S. 1889. The Geology of Nantucket. U. S. Geological
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
3
Survey, Bulletin No. 53, U. S. Gov’t.. Printing Office, Wash., D. C.
Wilson, J. H. 1905. The Pleistocene formation of Sankaty Head,
Nantucket. Jour, of Geology 13: 713-734.
. 1906. The Glacial History of Nantucket and Cape Cod.
Columbia University Press, Macmillan Co., London and New
York.
LIFE HISTORY AND POPULATION STUDIES
OF ACHATINA FULICA
By WILLARD KEKAUOHA1
The purpose of this paper is to present certain findings regarding
the Hawaiian form of Achatina fulica Bowdich: (1) period of egg
production; (2) reproductive potential; (3) frequency of ovula-
tion, period, capacity and viability; (4) viability of aborted eggs;
(5) growth, aestivation and self-fertilization; and (6) census of
two local populations.
Determining the Period of Egg Production.
Egg production was determined by fracturing the snails with a
hammer following the “smash” technique suggested by Dr. Yoshio
Kondo, Malacologist, Bernice P. Bishop Museum. A total of 5945
specimens between 50 and 125 mm. in length were examined to
determine the number of egg-bearing snails from the three neigh-
boring locations: Kahuku, Laie and Hauula on Oahu for the 1964
and 1965 seasons (Table I) . No attempt was made to count the
number of eggs in each individual snail during the June 1964 to
July 1965 test.. However, the number of eggs ranged from 50 to
over 100 per specimen. In the 1965 season the eggs in snails killed
ranged from 79 to 269 per specimen.
Data collected over a period of 18 months (Table I) show that
the 1964 egg-laying season for Achatina was from June to December
while the egg-laying season for 1965 was from May to November.
The data on egg production (Graph A and Table I) disclose
the following significant points: (a) egg-laying commenced on
June 30, 1964 (2% of snails killed had eggs) ; there was a small
increase on August 24 (6%) followed by a drop on October 5
(5%) ; (b) there was a steep rise to November 14 (14.1%) and
1 Science Teacher, Kahuku High School. This research was supported by a
grant (G.E.-7606) from the National Science Foundation as part of the
Research Participation for High School Teachers Program conducted by
the University of Hawaii.
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
4
TABLE I
SUMMARY OF SMASH TECHNIQUE
Date
No. of snails
No. of snails Per Cent snails
killed
with eggs
with eggs
1964
Jun 23
229
0
0
Jun 25
337
0
0
Jun 30
241
5
2
Jul 1
200*
7
3.5
Jul 2
250*
3
1.2
Aug 24
133
8
6.0
Sep ID
155
8
5.1
Oct 5
140
7
5.0
I\lov 14
106
15
14.1
Nov 28
112
17
15.2
Dec 12
105
7
6.6
Dec 23
121
3
2.4
Dec 30
112
1
0.8
1965
Jan 6
209**
0
D
Jan 14
238**
0
0
Jan 30
242**
0
0
Feb 20
230**
□
0
Mar 26
214**
0
0
Apr 21
270**
0
0
May 3
329**
2
0.6
May 11
119
9
7.6
May 29
108
7
6.7
Jun 30
153
11
7.1
Jul 13
137
7
5.1
Jul 29
141
5
3.5
Aug 4
128
12
9.3
Aug 28
131
4
3.0
Sep 18
102
2
2.0
Oct 2
102
2
2.0
Oct 23
102
1
1.0
Nov 13
102
1
1.0
Nov 27
102
1
1.0
Dec 11
230**
0
0
Dec 18
215**
0
0
* Data
taken to verify start of egg-laying season June 30, 1964;
not included on Graph
A.
♦♦Samples increased January 6 to May 3
, 1965 to make sure of the
ending of one egg-laying
season and
the beginning of the next.
November 28 (15.2%) ;
(c)
and a sudden drop thereafter on De-
cember
28 (6.6%) , arriving at point
zero on January 6, 1965.
(General picture is a gradual increase
from June to October, a
peak in
November, and
a
quick drop
in egg production in De-
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
5
cember. There was no egg production from January 1965 to
April 1965.
The 1965 egg-laying season began on May 3 (0.6%) ; it in-
creased on May 11 (to 7.6%), dropped on July 29 (3.5%) and
suddenly increased on August 4 (9.3%) , followed by a drop on
August 28 (3%) and September (2%) ; it slowly decreased during
October (1%) and November (1%) to a point of no egg produc-
tion on December 11. (General picture is a sudden increase from
April to May with peak production in August, followed by a
sudden drop in September and a gradual decrease in December.)
The 1965 season seems to follow the same pattern as 1964.
Reproductive potential. The reproductive potential of Achatina
fulica based on the hundreds of eggs per clutch has been thought
to be enormous. This may be so, but the actual producers per pop-
ulation per season appear to be between 15 and 35% only: (a) a
coarse fecundity test conducted by the “smash” technique tends to
show that at peak of season, only 14 to 15% of the population is
pregnant with eggs; (b) in an undirected experiment in which the
goal was merely to obtain eggs for study from 54 wild snails de-
tected in copulation, these 54 were kept separated from each other
in captivity for 38 days between June 16 and July 23, 1964. Of the
54 only 5 laid eggs; 5 were pregnant, detected by the “smash”
technique; 3 died within those 38 days; 41 had no eggs at any
stage of development. Percentage of pregnancy in this instance is
between 19 and 20%, which is close enough to the above quoted
14-15% to be significant; (c) in a second undirected experiment,
20 infant snails were kept in 2 batches of 10 each for scattergram
plotting of growth rates between July 12, 1964 and January 28,
1965, a period of 6 months 16 days. One laid 271 eggs; 6 were
pregnant when killed and 1 3 had no eggs. The percentage of preg-
nancy is 35% for this batch.
Frequency of ovulation, period, capacity and viability. Material
6
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
Spm.
Size
Date
No.
(mm)
66.7
5 Jul 64
7D.4
5 Sep 64
72.3
9 Oct 64
mf
75.7
2 Nov 64
78.4
27 Nov 64
78.5
11 Jan 64
68.5
7 Jul 64
76.7
6 Oct 64
4
81.3
15 Nov 64
81.3
11 Dec 64
83.5
9 Jan 65
103.9
10 Jul 64
105.1
27 Aug 64
AQ
106.8
10 Nov 64
106.8
5 Dec 64
106.8
26 Dec 64
106.8
22 Jan 65
108.2
24 Jul 64
108.4
9 Sep 64
BB
109.2
8 Oct 64
111.4
3 Nov 64
111.5
30 Nov 64
111.5
12 Jan 65
TOTAL
AVERAGE
TABLE II
TABLE OF MULTIPLE OVULATION
Days Hatching Number
between time of- eggs
clutches (days) laid
Number
Per Cent
Per Cent
of eggs
viable
viable
hatched
per
per
clutch
snail
63
96.9
128
97.7
124
90.5
136
96.4
171
91.9
0
0.0
622
91.2
85
100.0
108
87.8
188
91.4
183
92.8
152
92.1
716
92.2
377
94.2
284
88.4
364
93.8
181
92.3
302
92.3
177
95.6
1685
92.7
183
88.4
301
95.2
320
99.0
431
97.5
172
86.8
128
92.7
1535
94.5
4558
93.1
Refers to days between isolation
Grayish eggs, infertile;
a normal clutch but included necessarily in the data.
0(20)*
62
34
24
25
45
190
0(22)*
91
40
26
29
IBS
0(25)*
48
75
25
21
27
196
0(39)*
47
29
26
27
43
172
34
6
7
7
8
9
□
5
8
7
9
8
5
8
9
7
8
7
10
6
8
7
7
8
65
131
137
141
186
17
677
85
123
206
197
165
776
400
321
388
196
327
185
1817
207
316
323
442
198
138
1624
4894
7 213
and the ovulation of the first clutch,
apparently aborted before maturity: not considered
for this study was obtained by selecting copulating pairs of Achatina
and keeping each snail in isolation (Table II) .
On July 5, 1964, the 20th day after isolation, snail #3 (smallest
snail, 66.7 mm.) laid 63 eggs; two days later, it laid two more eggs,
making a total of 65 eggs. Snail $:3 laid six separate clutches of
eggs, with egg clutches ranging from 17 to 186 eggs, making a total
of 677 eggs laid over a period of 190 days. A total of 622 eggs
hatched for a viability of 91.2%. (Last clutch of 17 eggs not con-
sidered normal because of low count and infertility. However, such
clutches may be a normal occurrence in this species, according to
Mead and Kondo through personal communication) .
On July 7, 1964, 22 days after isolation, snail #4 laid its first
clutch of 85 eggs. Snail 4 laid five separate clutches ranging from
85 eggs to 205 eggs over a period of 186 days. A total of 776 eggs
were laid with 716 eggs hatching for a viability of 92.2%.
On July 10, 1964, the 25th day after isolation, snail AQ laid its
first clutch of 400 eggs over a period of 2 days. Snail AQ laid six
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
7
separate clutches ranging from 185 to 400 eggs per clutch. A
total of 1817 eggs were laid over a period of 196 days, with 1685
eggs hatching for a viability of 92.8%.
On July 24, 1964, the 39th day after isolation, snail BB (the
largest snail of this study, 108.2 mm.) began laying a clutch of 207
eggs and continued to lay 6 separate clutches of eggs for a total
of 1624 eggs during a period of 172 days. Egg clutches ranged
from 138 to 442 eggs, with a total of 1535 eggs hatching for a
viability of 94.5%.
To summarize, data collected and tabulated (Table II) show
that the snails laid five (snail ^£4) to 6 clutches of eggs (#3,
AQ, BB) during their 1964 egg-laying season (July 5, 1964 to
January 22, 1965) . The average interval between ovulation is 34
days, with intervals ranging from 20 days (snail # 3 ) to 91 days
(snail #4) . Egg clutches varied from 17 (snail #3) to 442 (snail
BB) with an average of 213 eggs per clutch. The interval between
the first and last clutch varied from 172 days (snail BB) to 196
days (snail AQ) with an average of 186 days. Hatching time varied
from 5 to 10 days with an average hatching time of 7 days. The
viability of egg clutches varied from 0% (snail # 3, clutch #6
only) to 100% (snail #4) . A total of 4894 eggs were laid with
4558 eggs hatching for an average viability of 93.1%.
While this paper was in preparation, snail # 4 laid a clutch of
two dark yellow eggs on July 29, 1965, 201 days after the last
clutch was laid on January 9, 1965, or 410 days after isolation.
This clutch represents the beginning of the second (1965) egg-
laying season and is not included in the present study (Table II) .
Snail #4 also laid 32 eggs on September 10, 1965, 43 days after
the two infertile eggs were laid with a viability of 27 eggs. On
October 5, 1965 (487 days after isolation) 31 more eggs were laid
with 24 eggs hatching. Snails #3, AO, and BB have not produced
any eggs in the 1965 season.
Summary of ovulation studies
Comparative findings. Number per brood, average per brood,
and size of eggs are close to those quoted by Ghose, Lange, Mead
and Mohr (Kondo, 1964) .
Frequency per season is 5 to 6 clutches per season, differing
from Ghose’s one brood per year.
8
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
No. of eggs per clutch
Average number of eggs per clutch
Size of eggs
Frequency of ovulation per season
Interval between first and last clutch
Average interval between clutches
Total eggs laid per season
Average fertility of eggs
Incubation period
1964 egg-laying season
Growth rate
Longevity
Self-fertility
Aestivation
93.1%
1-17 days
July to January
Same as Kondo’s (1964)
Observations continuing
Observations continuing
None to date (18 months)
17-442
213
5x4 mm.
5-6
186 days
34 days
677-1817
The interval between the first and last clutch varied slightly
from 172 to 196 days, with an average of 186 days.
Total eggs per season was between 677 and 1817 for the isolated
individuals.
Fertility averaged 93.1%; greater than Mohr’s 80%.
Incubation period of 1-17 days compares well with those of the
other observers.
The 1964 and 1965 egg-laying seasons seem to vary slightly. The
1964 season for the isolated individuals (#3, 4, AQ, BB) began in
July and ended in January, 1965. The 1965 season began with #4
laying 2 eggs on July 29, 32 eggs on September 18 and 31 eggs
on October 5. This appears to be the extent of the 1965 season.
It should have paralleled the 1965 season as determined by the
“smash” technique (began in May) but so far it has not com-
menced except for the 3 separate clutches of #4. Dr. Kondo tells
me that the supply of sperm in #3, AQ and BB of the July 15,
1964 copulation seems depleted and these 3 may not lay any more
eggs while isolated. Snail #4 seems to have retained a very small
supply of the 1964 sperm which apparently has been carried over
to 1965. Observations are being continued on all 4 specimens.
Self-fertilization appears negative. Certain evidences seem to
indicate that copulation is necessary to produce fertile eggs: (1) 10
specimens raised together for scattergram, 35% of which became
pregnant; (2) 6 isolated individuals raised from eggs to maturity,
still virgins; and (3) two non-virgins (mixed-up accidentally) now
producing fertile eggs.
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
9
TABLE III
ABORTED EGGS
Specimen No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
No. of eggs
in vial
20
20
15
6
10
12
10
Color of eggs
MY
LY
G
G
G
LY
MY
Air (Open)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Moisture
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Moist Cotton
0
70%
0
0
0
0
0
Moist Soil
55%
65%
0
0
0
58%
60$
TABLE IV/
ABORTED EGGS
Specimen No.
A
A'
B
C
No. of eggs
in vial
10
10
10
10
Color of eggs
DY
MY
MY
LV
Air (Open)
0
0
0
0
Airtight
0
0
0
0
Moisture
0
0
0
0
Moist Cotton
0
0
0
0
Moist Soil
70%
50%
50%
60%
Legend: LY Light Yellow
MY Medium Yellow
DY Dark Yellow
G Grayish
Contrary to Kondo’s findings, none of the 4 specimens (#3, 4,
AQ, BB) or the 8 snails raised in isolation from infancy (snails A
to H) have aestivated during the 18 months of captivity.
Viability of aborted eggs. During the test for fecundity by the
10
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
“smash” technique, seven egg samples from seven fractured speci-
mens (Table III) were set up to test for viability under four sep-
arate conditions: (a) open vial, no soil, no moisture; (b) capped
vial, no soil, 2 drops of water; (c) capped vial, no soil, with moist
cotton underlying the eggs; and (d) capped vial, moist soil under-
lying the eggs but not covering them. Unbroken eggs were dis-
sected from the uterus and placed in a petri dish, then transferred
to the four separate vials without regard as to where the eggs
were found in the uterus of the snail.
This test showed that yellow eggs hatched but the grayish eggs
did not, indicating that the yellow eggs were mature while the
grayish eggs were immature. (The 70% viability for eggs in moist
cotton was possibly due to the fertile eggs being placed in the vials
close to hatching time.)
A second test (Table IV) was designed to include only yellow
eggs (from three individuals, A, B, C) because the yellow eggs
showed 55 to 70% viability (Table III) . One sample (A) was
subdivided into two groups, A and A'. Group A included the dark
yellow eggs from the lower uterus while Group A' were a lighter
yellow from the middle or upper uterus of the same individual.
The same conditions were used for this test with the addition of
an airtight vial, no soil or moisture.
Results show that eggs with any shade of yellow were 50 to 70%
viable on moist soil only. In comparing the viability of eggs aborted
from a single snail, the eggs with the dark yellow color had a
higher viability than the eggs that were light or medium yellow
(Table IV) .
[To be continued.]
WHAT IS ARCA CAELATA REEVE?
By MORRIS K. JACOBSON and GORDON USTICKE
Reeve described and figured Area caelata (1844, pi. 16, fig. 110)
from an unknown habitat. Subsequently von Martens (1890, p. 320)
doubtfully listed this taxon from Mauritius on the basis of material
collected there by Mobius. In the same work on the same page he
also cited Area revelata Deshayes 1863 from Bourbon and Mauri-
tius. In 1907 Lamy (p. 92) placed revelata in the synonymy of
caelata and accordingly gave Mauritius, Bourbon, and Reunion
(the last being the type locality of Deshayes’s species) as the “true”
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
11
Top figure: Barbatia caelata (Reeve) , St. Croix, Virgin Islands, [— B. Can-
dida (Helbling) ]. Lower figure: B. revelata (Deshayes) , Mauritius, [= B.
decussata (Sowerby) ]. Both about 2x.
locality of caelata. In this he was followed later by Dautzenberg
(1929, p. 368; 1932, p. 96) and Fischer-Piette (1958, p. 120) who
reported caelata Reeve from Madagascar.
We became interested in this species when the junior author
collected 5 valves of an unusual arcid among material pumped up
by a commercial dredge from about 6 fathoms of water. This
material forms an artificial island lying about 1 mile offshore from
Krause’s Lagoon on the south shore of St. Croix, Virgin Islands.
12
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
Later we found 2 valves of a very similar arcid in the collection of
the American Museum of Natural History (no. 89531) from Grand
Cayman Island, collector W. A. Swanker. A specimen was collected
in Aruba, Netherlands Antilles, by Mrs. Elizabeth Johnson in 1965.
The junior author was able to visit the British Museum (Natural
History) where he found, upon comparison, that the shells from
St. Croix matched very closely the type specimen of Area caelata
Reeve. Hence we concluded that Reeve’s shell lives in the West
Indies and that the name should not be used for the shell from the
Indian Ocean.
Subsequent comparisons of the presumed A. caelata with the
large collections in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, the Museum of Comparative Zoology, as well as the American
Museum, compelled us to accept the point of view that Reeve’s
species is in all likelihood a striking variation of the common
Barbatia Candida (Helbling) . The Reeve name was given to a
clean, uncluttered specimen, which, because of differing ecological
conditions, was able to develop strongly frilled, radiating ribs.
The collection in the American Museum also contains a com-
plete, well-matured specimen of Barbatia revelata (Deshayes) from
Mauritius (no. 28647) that was originally in the Steward Collec-
tion. This specimen could easily be considered a clean, well-sculp-
tured example cf the widely distributed B. decussata (Sowerby) .
It bears a superficial resemblance to A. caelata Reeve but it can
easily be separated as follows: caelata (Reeve) (= Candida Hel-
bling) has a heavier, more inflated shell with fewer and much
stronger radial ribs, strongly decussated by rows of concentric cords,
that, toward the ventral area, are raised into scale-like structures
where they cross the radial ribs. The six heavy ribs on the posterior
slope are higher and far more strongly decussated than the cor-
responding ribs in revelata Deshayes (— decussata Sowerby) . The
differences noted here are also apparent in the figures of Reeve
and Deshayes, copied by Kobelt (1891, pi. 14, fig. 3-5, pi. 47,
fig. 14) . The specimen of B. caelata figured herein is probably
worn and hence does not show the raised decussations quite as
clearly as in Reeve’s figure.
The authors wish to express their gratitude to the Trustees of
the British Museum who generously permitted Mr. Peter Dance to
compare the present specimens with the type of Area caelata Reeve,
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
13
and to Mr. William Old, Jr., who provided pertinent material from
the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. Dr. R.
Tucker Abbott and Dr. William J. Clench gave valuable advice
and readily made accessible the collections in their respective insti-
tutions for comparative purposes. Dr. William K. Emerson kindly
read the manuscript and provided many helpful suggestions.
Literature cited
Dautzenberg, P. 1929. Faune des colonies francaise, Paris, pp. 321-
636, pis.. 4-7.
. 1932. Jour. Conchyl. 76(1) : 5-119, pi. 1.
Deshayes, M. G. P. 1863. La Revue des deux Mondes, Paris, pp. 1-
144, pis. 28-41.
Fischer-Piette, E. 1958. Jour. Conchyl. 98 (3) : 117-123.
Kobelt, W. 1891. In Martini-Chemnitz, Systematisches Conchy lien-
Cabinet, 8 (2) : 1-238, pis. 1-49.
Lamy, Edouard. 1907. Jour. Conchyl., 55(1): 1-111.
Martens, E. v. 1880. Beitrage zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauritius
und der Seychellen (Mollusken) . Berlin, pp. 181-352, pis. 19-22.
Reeve, Lovell. 1843-1844. Conchologica Iconica, London, vol. 2,
Area , pis. 1-17.
MYA ON THE ALASKA PENINSULA
By JAMES X. CORGAN
Sinclair Oil 8c Gas Company, Tulsa, Oklahoma
This is an adjunct to a monograph of My a by MacNeil (1965) .
Geographic ranges of My a elegans (Eichwald) and M. japonica
Jay are extended. A possible gap in the distribution of M. truncata
Linne is suggested.
Six species of Mya are currently recognized in the living fauna
and all occur in Alaska. One, M. arenaria Linne, seems to owe its
presence in southeastern Alaska to human introduction. The five
remaining species have, or appear to have, naturally restricted dis-
tributions within Alaska.
In other parts of the world, contrasts between ancient and mod-
ern distributions of species of Mya have proven useful in establish-
ing local glacial and human chronologies. This is not true is Alaska
and the genus is a yet unexploited Alaskan economic resource.
Thus, a recording of new Alaskan Mya localities seemed worth-
while.
Distribution. Most species of Mya range widely outside of Alaska.
Only Alaskan distribution is here considered. For each species.
14
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
MacNeil (1965) provides a specific characterization, a detailed
synonymy, and a list of occurrences. In much abbreviated form,
MacNeil’s data are here given as the established range and the
synonymy.
Data. New occurrences, here reported, are based on a suite of 44
beach shell samples obtained from the Alaskan Peninsula and ad-
jacent regions by Allan P. Bennison, of the Sinclair Oil 8c Gas Com-
pany, and me during the summer of 1965. Collections cover both
coasts from Pavlof Bay to Wide Bay. All areas mentioned in dis-
cussions of the distribution of species are located in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Index map. Named areas are cited in distribution records.
Literature on Mya in Alaska has been adequately summarized
by MacNeil (1965) . Since specific synonymies are intricate and
modern concepts of species differ significantly from those long held,
MacNeil excluded, or questioned, many published, but unillus-
trated, occurrences. In part, this mass of dubious literature forms
a secondary control and permits a tenuous filling in of patterns
of occurrence.
Mya ( }Arenomya ) elegans (Eichwald)
Synonymy: M. crassa Grewingk; M. intermedia Dali; M. pro-
fundior Grand and Gale; and, in part, M. arenaria and M. japonica
of authors.
Distribution: Pribilof Islands; Kuskokwim Bay; Bristol Bay;
Chignik Bay; Kukak Bay.
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
15
New Occurrences: Living: Port Moller Bay; Pavlof Bay; sub-
fossil: in a Port Moller Bay midden.
Remarks: The name M. elegans was first applied in Alaska by
MacNeil (1965) . Interpretation of earlier reports is difficult though
MacNeil noted questioned records on the southern Alaska Penin-
sula and in the Aleutians.
New occurrences, here recorded, significantly extend the defi-
nitely known range in Alaska. They also lend support to Mac-
Neil’s interpretation of the unillustrated record.
It should be noted that new records, here established, are also
unillustrated; however, MacNeil’s well illustrated monograph
greatly increases the possible reliability of identifications.
My a ( Arenomya ) japonica Jay
Synonymy: M. oonogai Makiyama and, in part, M. arenaria of
authors.
Distribution: Recent: Nome and Kotzebue Sound; Pleistocene:
Nome to Willapa Bay, Washington.
New Occurrences: Port Moller Bay and 8 miles north of Port
Moller along the Bering Coast. All collections contain shells with
fragments of the ligament attached but the species was not ob-
served alive. Subfossil M. japonica occur in a midden on Port
Moller Bay.
Remarks: Lack of M. japonica in collections from other areas, its
prominence in modern and subfossil faunas of the Port Moller
area, and the marked difference between known Pleistocene and
Recent distributions suggest that the Port Moller population may
be an isolated relict of the more widely distributed Pleistocene
population rather than part of the northern Alaska population.
My a (My a) priapus Tilesius
Synonymy: In part, M. arenaria; M. truncata; and M. japonica ,
of authors.
Distribution: Northern Bering Sea to the Aleutians to Homer
Spit.
New Occurrences: The most common Mya of the region, present
in all major bays on each coast.
Remarks: The name M. priapus was not in common use prior to
MacNeil (1965) .
Other Mya
Mya (Mya) pseudoarenaria Schlesch is recorded by MacNeil
16
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
(1965) from Point Barrow and the Arctic Coast. It does not occur
in peninsular collections. My a (Arenomya) arenaria Linne does
not range as far north as the Alaska Peninsula.
The only other Recent species of My a is My a (My a) truncata
Linne which MacNeil (1965) illustrates from Kodiak Island and
from St. Lawrence Island.. The species thus occurs both north and
south of the Alaska Peninsula; however, it is absent from the 44
collections at hand.
Soot-Ryan (MacNeil, 1965, p. 40) states that M. truncata , which
is essentially circumboreal, is absent from the East Siberian Sea.
Possibly it is also absent from the Alaska Peninsula.
In the Anchorage region, at the beginning of the Alaska Penin-
sula, M. truncata is locally the dominant mollusk on modern
beaches. Occurrences seem limited to areas where the Bootlegger
Cove Clay, of Pleistocene age, forms the shoreline. In these areas,
M. truncata is also the most common species in the fossiliferous
Pleistocene clay. All Anchorage specimens which I have seen ap-
pear to be reworked fossils and the species may not occur in the
modern fauna of the Anchorage area. It should be noted that
MacNeil (In Schmidt, 1963; In Miller and Dobrovolny, 1959) had
previously listed M. truncata from the Bootlegger Cove Clay.
References
MacNeil, F. S. 1965. Evolution and distribution of the genus My a,
and Tertiary migrations of Mollusca. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof.
Paper 483-G. 51 pp. 11 pi.
Miller, R. D. and Dobrovolny, E. 1959. Surficial geology of An-
chorage and vicinity, Alaska. U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 1093.
128 pp.
Schmidt, R A. M. 1963. Pleistocene marine microfauna in the Boot-
legger Cove Clay, Anchorage, Alaska. Science, n.s., 141: 350-351.
CORBICULA MANILENSIS IN THE MESILLA VALLEY
OF TEXAS AND NEW MEXICO
By ARTIE L. METCALF
Texas Western College
This report concerns the clam known colloquially as the “Asiatic
clam” and referred by Sinclair and Isom (1963: 33) to Corbicula
(Corbiculina) manilensis (Philippi) . The clam has become estab-
lished in “West Drain” of Mesilla Valley, which is a broadened part
of the Rio Grande Valley extending from El Paso, El Paso County,
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
17
Texas to Radium Springs, Dona Ana County, New Mexico. The
generally north-south trending West Drain crosses the New Mexico-
Texas border in several places; clams were observed in both states.
The term “West Drain” is a locally-used name referring to a drain-
age ditch — one of a system of such ditches that form the chief
permanent-water habitat of the Mesilla Valley. Drains are distinct
from irrigation ditches, which carry water to fields of the valley
and which are dry during the winter months. The drains were
constructed mainly between 1917 and 1930 to alleviate the adverse
effects to agriculture of a rising water table (Clark and Mauger,
1932: 14-16; Conover, 1954: 53-58) . The channels of the drains
are generally 6-10 feet deep and 8-20 feet wide at the bottom. The
amount of discharge seems variable. Thus, during the years 1962-
65 there was permanently flowing water in the lower parts of the
major drains (including West Drain) , but the upper reaches were
periodically dry. Water in the drains is usually clear. A narrow
fringe of phreatophytic shrubs and small trees borders the drains
in most places; cottonwoods occur rarely. Along the bottoms of the
drains grasses, rushes, cattails and other plants are common. Water-
cress, duckweeds and algae are the chief aquatic plants. The bot-
tom sediments are mixed silt and sand, with gravels up to six inches
in diameter occurring in some places.
Regarding characters of the shell, specimens from West Drain
are sub trigonal to ovate, possess low umbones, a fine sculpture and
an intensely purple nacreous layer. Of the American specimens
illustrated by Sinclair and Isom (1963) , the clams from West
Drain seem most nearly to resemble figures 31-36, of clams from
Phoenix, Arizona.
C. manilensis seems to have become recently established in West
Drain, although the species has inhabited the drain long enough
for individuals taken in November, 1964 (when the clam was first
observed) to have reached 25 mm. in length and for specimens
taken in November, 1965, to have reached 34 mm. in length. Sin-
clair and Isom (1963: 4) estimated that a specimen of 28 mm.
from Tennessee was four years old. The population of Asiatic
clams in West Drain is probably not of long standing, as bank sedi-
ments contain many shells of other species of aquatic mollusks but
none of C. manilensis. The drains are periodically cleaned by
power-shovel, and the sediments, containing shells taken from the
18
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
bottoms of the drains, are heaped alongside the drains; eventually
much of this shell-bearing sediment falls back down along the
walls of the drains. None of several persons contacted in federal
and state agencies connected with irrigation and agriculture was
aware of the presence of the clams in the Rio Grande Valley, which
also suggests recent establishment.. To my knowledge, C. manilensis
has not previously been reported from Texas or New Mexico, the
nearest record being that of Dundee and Dundee (1958) from
Phoenix, Arizona.
Sinclair and Isom (1963: 12) found that C. manilensis occupied
a wide variety of habitats in the Ohio River System of Tennessee
and that its dispersal within a stream system was rapid. It is, then,
of interest that C. manilensis has been found in only one drain,
of many inspected, in the Rio Grande Valley between El Paso,
Texas, and Hatch, New Mexico. Possibly the Rio Grande acts as a
barrier to dispersal between the drains tributary to it, either be-
cause it is an inhospitable habitat for larvae or because it may be
completely dry in some sections when crops are not being irrigated.
These recurrent periods of desiccation of parts of the river (the
longest usually lasting from October to March) preclude establish-
ment of permanent populations in the main channel of the Rio
Grande in this area, except, possibly, immediately below the
mouths of major drains. Alternately, the absence of C. manilensis
in other drains may be attributable to some difference in environ-
mental conditions. This seems especially plausible, because C. ma-
nilensis does not seem to have established populations in the tribu-
taries of West Drain, — Nemexas Drain and Montoya Drain. Be-
tween October, 1964, and January, 1965, chemical analyses were
made of water taken from West Drain and from Nemexas Drain at
places a short distance above their confluence. The chief differences
observed were in degree of hardness, with West Drain yielding
higher values. Samples from West Drain gave readings for total
hardness ranging from 365 to 410 ppm and for calcium hardness
of 280-320 ppm. Water from Nemexas Drain yielded values for
total hardness of 250-290 ppm and for calcium hardness of 180-215
ppm. Leggat, Lowry, and Hood (1962: Fig. 20) obtained values
similar to those noted above for water analyzed from West Drain
(they did not report on Nemexas Drain) . These writers noted
(p. 48) “In general, the drain water increases in dissolved-solids
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
19
content from the upper to the lower end of the West Drain . . . The
increase is due principally to the accretion of ground water in which
mineralization increases toward the lower end of the valley, and
also to the concentration of the dissolved salts in the drain water by
evapotranspiration.” The snail Physa anatina Lea was more abun-
dant in Nemexas Drain than in West Drain and there seemed to
be some differences between the aquatic floras of the two drains.
Possibly these floral and faunal differences are related to volume
or velocity of flow, or to chemical composition of the waters.
The negative economic implications of C. manilensis have been
discussed at length by Sinclair and Isom (1963) . In the Ohio River
System it has obstructed pipes carrying water from rivers (the larvae
entering the pipes, attaching to the inner surfaces of the pipes and
then growing to adulthood) , and has become a problem in the
gravel industry (burrowing upward in newly-poured concrete made
with Corbicula-c ontaining gravels) . Ingram, Keup and Henderson
(1964: 121-122) reported that the high degree of infestation of
Asiatic clams in concrete-lined irrigation canals near Parker, Ari-
zona, necessitated their removal. These authors further noted (p.
124) “ . . . this clam creates nuisance conditions in canals, ditches,
pumps, and cooling systems.” Sediments from the drains in Mesilla
Valley are not used in concrete making and, to my knowledge,
water is not piped from the drains for industrial or other purposes.
However, a concrete flume carries the combined waters of West and
Nemexas drains under and across the Rio Grande ca. one-half mile
below the confluence of the drains.
Positive economic aspects of the genus Corbicula have been dis-
cussed by Villadolid and Del Rosario (1930: 355, 370) and Sinclair
and Isom (1963: 27-28) , and include use as human food, as food
for domestic animals, and as fish bait. A party of young fishermen
was once observed industriously collecting C. manilensis for fish
bait from West Drain.
I am grateful to Dr. Ralph Sinclair, Tennessee Department of
Public Health, for information and advice, and to the following
persons, who kindly offered suggestions concerning the manuscript:
Mrs. Eleanor Duke and Dr. Robert G. Webb, Texas Western Col-
lege, and Dr. L. O. Sorensen, Pan American College, Edinburg,
Texas.
20
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
Literature cited
Clark, J. D. and H. Mauger. 1932. The chemical characteristics of
the waters of the Middle Rio Grande Conservancy District. Univ.
New Mexico Bull., Chem. Ser.. 2 (2) : 1-35.
Conover, C. S. 1954. Ground-water conditions in the Rincon and
Mesilla valleys and adjacent areas in New Mexico. U. S. Geol.
Surv. Water-supply Pap. 1230: 1-200.
Dundee, D. S. and H. A. Dundee. 1958. Extensions of known
ranges of four mollusks. Nautilus 72: 51-53.
Ingram, W. M., L. Keup, and C. Henderson. 1964. Asiatic clams
at Parker, Arizona. Nautilus 77 (4) : 121-125.
Leggat, E. R., M. E. Lowry, and J. W. Hood. 1962. Ground-water
resources of the lower Mesilla Valley, Texas and New Mexico.
Texas Water Comm. Bull. 6203: 1-191.
Sinclair, R. M. and B. G. Isom. 1963. Further studies on the intro-
duced Asiatic clam (Corbicula) in Tennessee. Tennessee Dept.
Public Health Publ. pp. 1-77.
Villadolid, D. V. and F. G. Del Rosario. 1930. Some studies on the
biology of Tulla ( Corbicula manilensis Philippi) , a common
food clam of Laguna de Bay and its tributaries. Philippine Agri-
culturist 19 (6) : 355-382.
ANONYMOUS CATALOG OF OHIO RIVER UNIONES
By NORA F. McMILLAN and MARJORIE FOGAN
An apparently unknown conchological publication listing the
Unionacea of the Ohio River was recently acquired by one of us
(M. F.) and has prompted the present note.
The work is a 20 page pamphlet in small 8vo. and the title-
page runs: “Catalogue / of the / unios, / alasmodontas, and ano-
dontas / of the / Ohio River and its northern tributaries, /
Adopted by the Western Academy of Natural Sciences, / of Cin-
cinnati, January, 1849, / Cincinnati; / printed by J.A. 8c U.P.
James.” Alternate pages are blank and unnumbered; on the num-
bered pages 67 species are listed and in most cases some synonyms
are given. None of the species appears to be new.
There is no indication of the author’s identity but an unsigned
slip pasted on the back of the title-page states “Mr. Wheatley seems
to have given up the shells I could not procure a copy of his cata-
logue here but beg you will accept of my only copy.” The hand-
writing is old and unfamiliar; it is not that of Lea. The title-page
bears the autograph “Dr. Sorrain” in a quite different ink and
hand- writing.
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
21
Charles Moore Wheatley was born in 1822 and died in 1882.
An engineer by profession, he was not a prolific writer and John-
son (1959) only mentions two conchological papers by Wheatley,
a privately-printed “Catalogue of the shells of the United States,
with their localities” (1842; a second edition was issued in 1845)
and “Revision of M. Petit’s catalogue of the genus Monocondylaea
D’Orb.” (Am. Journ. Conch. I: 65-67. 1865) . He also published a
few papers on geological subjects. Lea named a number of species
after “my friend C. M. Wheatley who has done so much for this
branch of natural history,” and in the case of Diplodon wheatley-
anus (Lea) stated “was sent to me some time since by Mr. C. M.
Wheatley who procured it from the Rio Negro, at the distance of
1200 miles from the mouth of the Amazon. . . . ”. Wheatley is
described by Dali (1888, p. 118) as “of Phoenixville, Pennsyl-
vania”; an account of the present location of his collections is given
by Johnson (1959) .
Perhaps it is not quite correct to refer to the subject of this note
as being an unknown work for in Lea’s 1870 Synopsis it is referred
to on p. 171, without, however, ascription to any author.
Photostats of the Catalogue are now in the possession of Mr. A.
Blok (Rottingdean, England) , Dr. Haas (Chicago) , and Mr. F. R.
Woodward (Paisley, Scotland) .
Neither Dr. Clench nor Dr. Haas knew of the existence of this
Wheatley catalogue and we are grateful to them for their interest
in the matter and to Dr. Clench for a copy of Johnson’s paper on
the Wheatley collections.
References
Dali, W. H. 1888. Some American conchologists. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washington 4: 95-134.
Johnson, R. I. 1959. The Charles M. Wheatley collections. Nautilus
73: 72-3.
Lea, I. 1870. A synopsis of the family Naiades. 4th ed. Philadelphia.
ALASMIDONTA MARGINATA AND PT Y CHOBRANCHUS
FASCIOLARIS IN KANSAS
By BRANLEY A. BRANSON
Dept. Biol., Eastern Kentucky State College, Richmond, Kentucky
In their survey of the unionid mussels of Kansas, Murray and
Leonard (1962) indicated that dear-water streams were absent in
Kansas, the combined results of unwise farming practices and strip-
22
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
mining by-products. In general, this is unfortunately true. How-
ever, in the extreme southeastern corner of Cherokee County (Map
1) the Carolinian Biotic Province barely dips into the state, and
in that area Shoal Creek flows for 5 miles to its confluence with
Spring River. Shoal Creek is quite clear, being fed by numerous
springs, and as such is one of the most important ecological ele-
ments in the state. For example, 62 per cent of the fish species
known from Kansas also occur in Shoal Creek and/or adjacent
Spring River, and 14 species, or 11 per cent of the total fauna, are
known only from that stream (unpublished data) . There are also
several mollusks known only from that area.
Map 1. Position of the Spring River Drainage in Kansas, the only Ozarkian
system in the state.
During the preceding 4 years, the author has been conducting
an extensive biological survey of the Spring River Drainage in
Missouri, Oklahoma and Kansas. As a matter of course, a collecting
station was selected on Spring River proper at the point where the
river crosses Kansas State Highway 96, R 25 N, T 33 S, Cherokee
County. This site is characterized by a series of braided channels,
gravel-bottomed riffles of 2]/2 feet to 3 feet in depth, and great
quantities of Dianthera americana. It lies near the mouth of Cow
Creek, a small muddy and badly polluted stream of approximately
30 miles in length, and about two miles above the mouth of Shoal
Creek. The water is relatively clear. On 14 March 1964 a collecting
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
23
party visited this station and secured extensive samples of fishes
and moderate ones of pelecypod mollusks. In the mussel samples
were discovered 3 specimens of Alasmidonta marginata Say and one
of Ptychobranchus fasciolaris (Rafinesque) .
Alasmidonta marginata has not heretofore been known from
Kansas, although we have numerous records for the species in Okla-
homa and Missouri. The largest specimen measured 97.0 mm. in
length, and 47.0 mm. in greatest depth.
Since no specimens of P. fasciolaris have been collected in Kansas
since 1890 (Murray and Leonard, 1962) , and since there seems to
have been considerable confusion as regards which species of
Ptychobranchus was actually present in the original collections
(Simpson, 1914; Scammon, 1906) , our specimen is of considerable
interest. The shell is 98.2 mm., in length and 55.8 mm. in greatest
depth. It is strongly compressed and quite heavy, the nacre being
pearly white. The umbones are very low and compressed, slightly
eroded. The epidermis is greenish-horn posteriorly, grading to
darker horn anteriorly. There are approximately 16 green, wavy,
thin lines radiating from the umbonal region on the posterior slope.
Internally, the pseudocardinals are rather small and moderately
serrate. The laterals are characteristically short, decurved and
heavy. The long, broad interdentum is smooth, and the beaks are
nearly flush with its sides. The muscle scars are characteristic for
the species: retracter small, deeply placed beneath the lateral
tooth; adductor deep, directed posteriad. Anterior scars also deep,
in front of pseudocardinals. The pallial line is distinct and im-
pressed for its entire length.
The two species discussed briefly above were found associated
with the following mussels. The number in parentheses indicates
the number of specimens secured in this random sample. Lasmigona
costata Rafinesque (2), Plethobasis cypha (Rafinesque) (1) ,
Strophitus rugosus (Swainson) (17 ), Tritogonia verrucosa (Rafin-
esque) (12) , Actinonais carinata (Barnes) (15) , Anodonta grandis
Say (1) , Quadrula quadrula Rafinesque (11) , Quadrula pustulosa
(Lea) (17 pustulate, 10 non-pustulate) , Quadrula nodulata Rafin-
esque (1), Lampsilis anodontoides (Lea) (1), Lampsilis luteolus
Simpson (= L. siliquoidea Barnes) (9) , Lampsilis ovata (Say)
(28) , Amblema costata Rafinesque (6) , Elliptio dilatatus (Rafin-
esque) (27) , Ligumia recta (Lamarck) (3) , Ligumia subrostata
24 NAUTILUS Vol. 80 (1)
(Say) (7), Fusconais flava (Rafinesque) (12), Pleurobema cor-
datum Rafinesque (5) .
This is a fairly respectable fauna, and it doubtless reflects the
ameliorating influence of the unpolluted waters of nearby Shoal
Creek.
Literature cited
Murray, H. D. and A. B. Leonard. 1962. Handbook of unionid
mussels in Kansas. Misc. Pub. Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist.
28: 1-184.
Scammon, R. E. 1906. The Unionidae of Kansas, Part 1. Kansas
Univ. Sci. Bull. 3: 279-376.
Simpson, C. T. 1914. A descriptive catalogue of the naiades or
pearly freshwater mussels. Pub. Bryant Walker, Detroit, Mich.,
1914: i-xii; 1-1540.
A NEW POMATIASID FROM CHIAPAS, MEXICO
By FRED G. THOMPSON
Florida State Museum, University of Florida
Recent collections from Mexico have produced an interesting
new land snail of the family Pomatiasidae. Characteristics of its
operculum and radula place it in the genus Choanopoma , subgenus
Choanopomops as defined by Baker (1928: 47-49) . Because of its
smooth, costulate sculpture it is named:
Choanopoma terecostatum, new species. Figs. 1, 5, 7
Shell (figs. 7) conical, 0.53-0.60 times as wide as long. Shiny;
light orange in color with vague alternating light and dark zones;
slightly darker on upper whorls. Peristome and aperture same color
as rest of shell. Shell with 4 faint, narrow, broken rose-colored
bands which may be indistinct in old specimens; upper 2 bands
located near periphery of whorls and visible through length of
shell; lower 2 bands evident only on base of last whorl. Decollate,
4.2-4.7 whorls remaining. About 2.0-2. 5 juvenile whorls lost in
adult shells. Apical plug purplish, sloping, about 14 whorl long.
Suture deeply impressed. Whorls strongly inflated; supraperipheral
area moderately curved, sloping, not shouldered; peripheral and
subperipheral area more strongly rounded. Umbilicus about 1/5-
1/6 diameter of shell. Aperture adnate to preceding whorl; broadly
ovate, 1.07-1.16 times as high as wide; 0.34-0.36 times length of
decollate shell. Inner peristome not extended; demarcated only as
a strong annulation on lip. Outer peristome strongly expanded;
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
25
Opercula of Mexican Choanopoma. Fig. 1, C. terecostatum Thompson,
frontal view. 2, C. martensianum (Pilsbry) , frontal view. 3, C. sumichrasti
chiapense Crosse and Fischer, frontal view. 4, C. sumichrasti chiapense Crosse
and Fischer, tranverse section. 5, C. terecostatum Thompson, transverse sec-
tion. 6, C. martensianum (Pilsbry) , transverse section. Scale equals 1 mm.
about 0.5-0. 8 mm. wide or about 1/5-1 /7 width of aperture; widest
at upper corner, which is vertical and not deflected. Outer peris-
tome constricted in parietal region and only slightly flexed forward.
Sculpture of adult shell consisting of smooth, uniformly spaced
axial ribs that are slightly oblique and weakly recurved. Five-six
ribs per mm. on body whorl; slightly more crowded on early whorls.
26
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
Fig. 7. Choanopoma terecostatum Thompson, Type (UMMZ. 216554) .
Ribs of uniform intensity from suture to umbilicus, where they
become reduced to sharp threads. Spiral sculpture absent. Two em-
bryonic whorls (lost from adult shells) smooth.
Operculum flat, consisting of about 3.5 rapidly expanding whorls.
Nucleus acentric. Calcareous lamella broadly reflected over basal
chondroid plate and nearly covering latter (fig. 1 ) . Reflected
lamella parallel to chondroid plate and supported by numerous
narrow calcareous buttresses and ribs that parallel growth stria-
tions (fig. 5) . Lamellae of adjacent whorls separated.
Measurements of type: length, 12.4 mm.; minor diameter, 7.1
mm.; aperture length, 4.4 mm.; aperture width, 4.1 mm.; lip, 0.8
mm. wide; 4.4 whorls remaining.
Measurements of paratypes: length, 12.0-13.1 mm.; minor diam-
eter, 6. 5-7. 3 mm.; aperture length, 4. 2-4. 4 mm.; aperture width,
3.8-4. 1 mm.
Type locality: Limestone hillside 15.8 miles northwest of Ocozo-
coautla, Chiapas; 2700 ft. alt. TYPE: UMMZ. 216554; collected
July 21, 1965 by Fred G. Thompson. Paratypes: UMMZ. 216555
(6), USNM, 669201 (1) , ANSP. 305061 (1) , MCZ. 260881 (1),
Museo Nacional de Mexico (1) ; same data as the type. UMMZ.
216556 (1) ; 13.4 mi. n.w. of Ocozocoautla.
C. terecostatum is distinguished from all other mainland species
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
27
of the genus Choanopoma (as defined by Solem, 1961: 194-195) by
its smooth, costulate sculpture, its lack of spiral sculpture, and its
operculum, which bears a broadly reflected calcareous lamella re-
inforced by numerous thin calcareous buttresses and ribs.
Relationships with other mainland forms are indicated by the
structure of the operculum. On the basis of opercular similarities
C. terecostatum is closely related to the group of species that con-
tains C. martensianum < (Pilsbry) (figs. 2, 6) , C. gaigei Bequaert
and Clench, C. largillierti (Pfeiffer) and C. radiosum (Morelet) ,
although no particular relationship is indicated with any of these
species. It is distinguished from all by its lack of spiral sculpture
and by its smooth axial ribs. C. martensianum is geographically the
closest related form to C. terecostatum , being found in adjacent
regions of Tabasco. C. martensianum differs from C. terecostatum
in being more slender (0.40-0.50 times as wide as long) , in having
rugose sculpture due to the occurrence of nodes on the axial ribs
where they cross spiral threads, in having the upper corner of the
outer peristome recurved posteriorly, and in being light brown in
color with four or more broken peripheral bands.
Superficially, C. terecostatum resembles C. sumichrasti Crosse
and Fischer because of similarities of their axial sculpture and their
lack of spiral sculpture, but these similarities are secondary, for
C. sumichrasti has a simple reflected opercular lamella that lacks
reinforcing calcareous buttresses or deposits (figs. 3, 4) .
The shell of Choanopoma terecostatum is nearly identical to
that of Chondropoma rubicundum (Morelet) , but the latter species
is immediately recognized by its simple, chitinous operculum.
Specimens Examined. Material examined during this study sig-
nificantly adds to the distributions of several species reported by
Solem (1961: 191-213).
Choanopoma martensianum (Pilsbry)
Tabasco: 2.6 mi. e. Teapa; 1.5 mi. e.n.e. Teapa; 4.0 mi.
w. of Teapa; hill 9.2 mi. s. Tacotalpa.
Choanopoma radiosum (Morelet)
Guatemala (Dept. Izabel) : Puerto Matias de Galvez; 4 km. n.
of Morales.
Choanopoma sumichrasti var. chiapense Crosse and Fischer
Chiapas: 8.6 mi. e. Chiapa de Corzo, 3100'; 14.9 mi. e. of
Chiapa de Corzo, 4400'; 8.0 mi. n. Tuxtla Gutierrez, 3800'.
28
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
Choanopoma sumichrasti var.
Chiapas: 4.5 mi. n. Bochil, 4600'.
Choanopoma sumichrasti var.
Chiapas: 1.4 mi. s. La Trinitaria.
Choanopoma sumichrasti (?) var.
Chiapas: 8.2 mi. s. Solusuchiapa, 1600'.
Choanopoma gaigei Bequaert and Clench
Campeche: Eight localities (to be reported later) . Quintana
Roo: 4.0 mi. e. Xpujil (Campeche) ; 7.1 mi. n.n.w. Polyuc; 2.3 mi.
s.s.e. Polyuc.
Yucatan: 0.8 mi. n.e. Becanchen.
Choanopoma largillierti (Pfeiffer)
Campeche: Seventeen localities (to be reported later) . Quintana
Roo: 4.0 mi. e. Xpujil (Campeche) ; 7.1 mi. n.n.w. Polyuc; 2.3 mi.
s.s.e. Polyuc. Yucatan: 7.0 mi. s.s.e. Uman; 19.1 mi. s.s.e. Uman;
0.8 mi. n.e. Bechanchen; 10.0 mi. n.e. Bechanchen; 3.2 mi. s.
Progreso; 1.0 mi. s.s.e. Puerto Telchac; Uxmal.
Choanopoma sp.
Ten localities in Campeche, Yucatan and Quintana Roo. (To
be reported later.)
Material upon which this study is based was collected with the
support of the National Institutes of Health research grant number
5 R01. GM. 12300-02. All material, unless otherwise stated, has
been deposited in the Florida State Museum.
Literature cited
Baker, H. B. 1928. Mexican mollusks collected for Dr. Bryant
Walker in 1926, I. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., (193) :
1-63.
Solem, A. 1961. A preliminary review of the pomatiasid land snails
of Central America (Mollusca, Prosobranchia) . Arch. Moll., 90:
191-213.
NOTES AND NEWS
Dates of the nautilus. — Vol. 79, no. 1, pp. 1-36, iii, pis. 1-3,
was mailed July 9, 1965. No. 2, pp. 37-72, iii, pi. 4, Oct. 15, 1965.
No. 3, pp. 77-108, iii, Jan. 25, 1966. No. 4, pp. 109-144, iii, and
Index, pp. iii-vii, April 25, 1966. — H. B. B.
American Malacological Union. — The 32nd annual meeting
will be held Aug. 22-27, 1966, at the University of North Carolina,
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
29
Chapel Hill, N. C. Reservations will be made by James E. Wads-
worth, Wilson Court, Chapel Hill, N. C. 27514.
Correction. — The submission of a reversed photograph, fig. 1
on p. 1 30 of the April issue, was an oversight by the author and he
wishes to apologize for this misrepresentation. — J. Sherman
Bleakney.
Harold Hannibal 1889-1965. — Word has just been received
at the California Academy of Sciences of the death of Harold
Hannibal on December 17, 1965, after a prolonged illness. Con-
chologists will remember Mr. Hannibal for his work on fresh-water
mollusks of the West Coast, especially for his chapter on them in
the 1910 edition of Keep’s ‘West Coast Shells” and his ‘‘Synopsis
of the Recent and Tertiary Mollusca of the Californian Province”
published in 1912 in the Proceedings of the Malacological Society
of London. He was a graduate of Stanford University with a major
in paleontology and was also the author of several important papers
in this field. — Allyn G. Smith.
Land snail resistance to cold. — A paper bag of aestivating
snails was placed in my car January 2, 1949, and accidentally left
there overnight at below freezing temperatures. It was then placed
in a warm room for two weeks. All the snails were alive when
placed in the bag. The dead specimens are in parentheses. Ashmu-
nella rhyssa edentata 7 (2) ; Allogona profunda 1 (1) ; Bradybaena
similaris 0 (3) ; Cepaea nemoralis 0 (5) ; Helminthoglypta traski
fieldi 0 (5) ; Mesodon kiowaensis 0 (7) ; Monadenia fidelis 3 (5) ;
Theba pisiana 1 (1) ; Oreohelix strigosa (from near Salt Lake,
Utah) 1 (2). — Glenn R. Webb.
Birth frequency in Lacteoluna selenina (Gould) — Three
surviving adults of material collected at Coral Gables, Florida, in
the spring of 1950 were isolated into tin-can cages A. B. and C.
Each can was nearly completely filled with earth and covered with
a square of glass. The specimens were caged March 18, 1951. When
young were found in the cages, the adults were placed in a new
can-cage. This prevented unseen young from accumulating in the
cage and confusing the results. Cage A yielded one young March
30; another young April 8. Cage B had 4 young of two sizes March
30
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
30; one young April 1; one young April 8. Cage C contained two
young March 23; two more young March 30; and one young April
8, 1951. Apparently the species gives birth to one or two young at
nearly weekly intervals. Probably the process is seasonal.
A combined courtship and birth occurred on April 15, 1951. On
this occasion the 3 adults had been placed in one cage for observa-
tions on possible matings. Soon a pair were seen head-on with fore-
parts detached from the cage cover-glass. They then pressed their
foreparts or ‘necks’ together laterally. One then turned away and
pivoted counterclockwise (as viewed through the glass) and re-
joined its mate head-on. The pair remained passively head-on for
about an hour, became active again, but then separated. Later a
pair were seen in courtship. Again the necks are pressed together
on the non-genital-pore side. Both pivot, rejoin head-on. Repeat
the “necking” act as before. During the act the lips or lower part
of pedal disk is projected forward as an angularity. One begins
to pivot; the other suddenly gives birth to a young snail. This
egresses easily from the atrial pore and is not enclosed in egg or
other membranes. The parent crawls forward and meets the partner
which fails to respond. The parent continues crawling and en-
counters the third adult and makes head-on advances. The latter
does not respond; the ex-mother commences to gnaw on its aperture
edge. It turns and the third snail and it engage in the “necking”
act. The sides in contact are the non-genital-pore sides. The third
snail climbs onto the ex-mother’s shell and the latter crawls off
twitching the shell. The snail descends from the shell; the ex-
mother crawls on and comes within tentacle sensing distance of the
new-born. The parent turns from it, and it turns from the parent.
No baby-eating here.
Under the dissecting scope the new-born is seen to have the dorsal
surface of the spire marked with fine spiral lines, but hairs or
papillae are lacking. The young shell is not subcarinated. The
new-born was observed to crawl a few minutes after being born.
None of the adults mated. — Glenn R. Webb.
Copulations between Xolotrema (Wilcoxorbis) fosteri
and Triodopsis tridentata frisoni. — On May 29, 1952 a
frisoni and a fosteri were found copulating. I tried gently pulling
them apart but found they were united by the sex-organs. Reci-
procality was not evident.
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
31
A second such mating was noted June 5, 1952. The long penis
of the fosteri extended across the front of the foot and into the
orifice of the female-organ of the frisoni. As I began to invert the
cage cover-glass to examine the details of the union, they disen-
gaged and I saw the penis-tip of the fosteri withdrawn across the
foot of the other, which had the orifice of the female-organ filled
with whitish material, possibly received semen. The frisoni had not
everted its penis. Two days later this snail was noted with its fore-
parts in the soil; I then dug up and removed 4 eggs from the spot.
The specimens of X. fosteri (F. C. Baker) derive from specimens
collected about April 5, 1947 from the Mississippi River floodplain
near Tiptonville, Tennessee by William Robertson. The T. t. fri-
soni F. C. Baker derive from specimens collected April 20, 1947 by
Tom Planning and Quintin Pickering near Shetlerville, Hardin
County, Illinois. — Glenn R. Webb, Kutztown State College,
Kutztown, Pa.
Further note on distribution of cymatiidae in western
Atlantic. — Range extensions for juveniles of two species of
Cymatiidae found on navigation buoys off South Carolina were
reported by Merrill (1961, Nautilus 75 (3) : 94-95) . He postulated
that the specimens were adventitious, that in their larval stage they
had been carried northward of their normal range by the Gulf
Stream, and therefore probably were unable to overwinter and re-
produce at the higher latitude. This supposition was strengthened
by the fact that no Cymatiidae had been reported from bottom
habitats north of southern Florida in the latest monograph (Clench
and Turner, 1957, Johnsonia 3 (30) : 189-244) .
The occurrence of larval cymatiids in the Gulf Stream north of
their reported range can now be documented. Dr. Rudolph Schel-
tema of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution has been col-
lecting plankton extensively in the open waters of the Atlantic
Ocean.. He informs us (personal communication) that larval Cyma-
tiidae are widely distributed in his collections over the North At-
lantic. One species, probably Cymatium parthenopeum, was taken
from a sample east of the Grand Banks at Latitude 47° 30', much
farther north than adults are recorded.
Mr. Richard Petit of Ocean Drive Beach, South Carolina
brought to the attention of the senior author the fact that a shrimp
trawler had dredged a live specimen of Cymatium parthenopeum ,
32
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
93 mm. long, 40 miles offshore of McClellanville, South Carolina,
in 40 fathoms, June 1962. This find stimulated extensive dredging
by Merrill and Petit in the offshore waters of South Carolina. The
work produced many new range extensions, most of which were
several hundred miles northward from southern Florida. The first
report of these extensions has been published (Merrill and Petit,
Nautilus 79 (2) : 58-66) . In all, 5 species of Cymatium now have
been reported from South Carolina.
Two species of Cymatium were later taken from the catch made
by a trawler in January 1963, southeast of Cape Lookout, North
Carolina, in 18-20 fathoms. Two specimens of Cymatium partheno-
peum (Von Salis) 1793 measured 95 and 195 mm. (I.F.R., U.N.C.
Moll. Coll. #1107.1 and 1107.2) and two specimens of Cymatium
poulsenii (Morch) measured 65 and 72 mm. (I.F.R., U.N.C. Moll.
Coll. #1106.2 and 1106.1) . The collections at Cape Lookout ex-
tended the known range of both species, which have been reported
previously from South Carolina by Merrill and Petit (op. cit .) .
In January 1965, during a surf clam cruise off Chincoteague
Inlet, Virginia (Lat. N. 37°40'; Long. W. 75° 15'), two shells of
adult Cymatium poulsenii, both measuring about 75 mm., were
dredged up from 12 fathoms. The shells were inhabited by hermit
crabs; although worn they still possess color and texture and do
not appear to be fossils. If adult specimens are found alive at this
latitude it will represent a significant advance northward from
Cape Hatteras. — Arthur S. Merrill, Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries, Biological Laboratory, Oxford, Maryland and Hugh S.
Porter, Institute of Fishery Research, University of North Caro-
lina, Morehead City.
Corbicula manilensis (Philippi) in the Alabama River Sys-
tem. — Corbicula was first found in the Alabama River System in
the Mobile River, 1 mile north of Bucks, Mobile Co., Alabama, in
the spring of 1962 (Nautilus 77: 31) . Adults were very abundant
at this locality. They were found in lesser numbers several miles
up the river at Chastang Bluff. During the fall of 1964 two young
specimens were collected in the Alabama River at Claibone (Nau-
tilus 78: 106) . In the fall of 1964, adults were found abundant in
the Tombigbee River, at Ezells Fish Camp, east of Lavaca, Choc-
taw Co., Alabama.
During the fall of 1965, numerous localities in the lower Ala-
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
33
bama River system were visited to determine the extent of the
distribution of Corbicula. In the Alabama River adults were found
abundant at Choctaw Bluff, Clarke Co. One mile below Claiborne,
Monroe Co., dead adults were abundant where they had been
caught by lowering of the water level, but living immature speci-
mens were common. In the Cahaba River a single dead shell was
found on a sand bar 1.5 miles southwest of Sprott, Perry Co.
In the Tombigbee River adults were found abundant at Mc-
Cartys Ferry, southeast of Ararat; young were very abundant at
Tuscahoma Landing, eastsoutheast of Butler, Choctaw Co. Numer-
ous immature specimens were found at Lock no.. 3, southeast of
Whitfield; adults were abundant below the Demopolis Dam, 2
miles east of McDowell, Sumter Co. Several young specimens were
found 1.5 miles northeast of Cochrane, Pickens Co. Twelve young
specimens were collected in Sucarnochee Creek, east of Bellamy,
Butler Co.
At Tuscahoma Landing only two adults were found but the bot-
tom was literally paved with young, which indicates an extremely
high rate of reproduction. Judging by the size modes it must re-
quire 4 or 5 years for them to reach maximum size. — Leslie
Hubricht.
Habitat of Eupera singleyi Pilsbry. — Eupera singleyi is
known from rather scattered records from streams in the Gulf
Coastal Plain. The paucity of records is due in part to the absence
of collecting within its range, and also to a lack of understanding
as to its habitat. Eupera singleyi rarely is found by sifting mud and
sand, a procedure usually used for collecting other Sphaeriidae. It
is usually found attached by byssi to the undersides of stones and
water-lodged wood, but sometimes to the roots of trees and to aqua-
tic plants.
In the aquarium they move about on top of the sand without
leaving a furrow. They can readily crawl up the glass and suspend
themselves from the surface to find a suitable place for attachment
among floating plants. — Leslie Hubricht.
A portable shell collection. — When I started collecting
shells, I followed the usual practice of placing them in trays in the
shallow drawers of a cabinet. This worked fine until I had to move.
Packing them required a full week. Since my work would require
34
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
moving occasionally, it became necessary to find a means of storing
the collection where the specimens would be readily available for
study, but where they could be moved without laborious packing.
My solution of this problem consisted of using army plywood
foot lockers for cabinets. The tops of these were fastened down and
the fronts were opened and hinged so that the lockers could be
stacked. All of the shells were put into vials or plastic boxes. To
hold these, cartons were made of corrugated pasteboard 7 by 14
inches in size; the height varied with the size of the vials or plastic
boxes they were to contain. This size carton would fit in four stacks
in the foot lockers. Separators of card were made for the cartons to
hold the vials in place and prevent breakage. These lockers when
full were light enough so that they could be lifted and carried by
one man without strain. The collection has been moved several
times without any damage to the specimens.
The one disadvantage of this system is that all lots of a species
cannot be kept together, because the different sizes of vials are in
different cartons. A single specimen of a species would fit into one
size vial and a large series would require another size, so that a
species of which there were many lots could be in several sizes of
vials or plastic boxes. In order to find a certain lot of a species, it
was necessary to have a catalog. This consisted, under each species,
of the collection number, county and state where collected, and the
size of vial in which it was contained. With this any lot could be
readily found. — Leslie Hubricht.
Records for Parabornia squillina. — Moore (1961. Gulf Re-
search Reports, 7(1), 58 pp.) noted a small bivalve which was tenta-
tively referred to the genus “Lepton” on the stomatopod crustacean,
Lysiosquilla scabricauda (Lamarck) , in Mississippi. Boss (1965.
Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 2215, 11 pp., 3 figs.) described Para-
bornia squillina as a commensal erycinid attached to the ventral
surface of the abdomen and thorax of L. scabricauda from the
Caribbean coast of Panama. Boss ([in press]. Malacologia. Symbi-
otic Erycinacean Bivalves) indicated that Moore’s “Lepton” is
P. squillina. The present note is to record additional specimens
and measurements of P. squillina and to document its range. Four
specimens of this bivalve were taken by W. Demoran from L. sca-
bricauda collected at Horn Island, Mississippi, and another six in-
dividuals were recovered in the same area from L. scabricauda col-
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
35
lected at Dog Keys Pass, Mississippi. Two of the specimens are
larger than any in the type series and are 7.48 mm. X 4.90 mm. X
2.28 mm. and 7.32 mm. X 4.88 mm. X 2.28 mm. respectively. —
D. R. Moore, Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami,
Miami, Florida, and K. J. Boss, Ichthyological Laboratory, Bureau
of Commercial Fisheries, Washington, D. C. Contribution No. 673
from the Marine Laboratory, Institute of Marine Science, Uni-
versity of Miami.
Range and Bathymetric extensions for Olivella incon-
spicua and Nassarius limacinus. — Olivella (Minioliva) incon-
spicua (C. B. Adams, 1852), apparently has never been collected
outside of Panama. Lowe reported what he considered to be this
species from La Paz, Baja California, but his specimens are Olivella
alba (Marrat, 1871). Adam’s specimens were taken from beach
drift, which Olsson states, came from near the city wall.
While aboard the Mexican shrimp trawler, “Jose Antonio,”
during July, 1963, I collected 11 specimens of Olivella inconspicua
trawled from a depth of 60-70 meters about 20 miles off Bara del
Suchiate, Chiapas, West Mexico. (Latitude 14° 24' North; Longi-
tude 92° 32' West.)
All the specimens were extricated from the stomach of a single
“sand” starfish. The soft parts of the shells were present in each
specimen.
Several days later, while trawling off the Oaxaca coast near
Bahia de Rosario, additional specimens of Olivella inconspicua
were obtained which came up with mud and decaying vegetation.
These were, however, quite worn.
Nassarius limacinus (Dali, 1917) , described from the “Gulf of
California in shallow water” has been reported by Coan as far
south as Mazatlan. Two specimens were taken from the stomach
contents of the same starfish mentioned above, thus extending the
range south to the Mexico-Guatemala border.
Those who dredge or trawl for shells frequently have to dispose
of starfish, and these are usually tossed overboard. I have found
them to be a very important source for fresh, well preserved speci-
mens of many rare species of mollusks.
The rays are mostly devoid of shells and can easily be broken off
or removed with a knife. The remainder is placed in alcohol for
later examination. If allowed to air dry, the contracting starfish
36
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (1)
tissue will sometimes crush fragile pelecypods they have engulfed.
— Donald R. Shasky, Research Associate, Los Angeles County
Museum.
Literature cited
Burch, John Q. and Rose L. Burch, 1963. Genus Olivella in eastern
Pacific. Nautilus 77 (1) : 1-8, pis. 1-3 (July) .
Coan, Eugene, 1962. Notes on some tropical West American mol-
lusks. Veliger 5 (2) : 92, (July 1) .
Dali, W. H., 1917. Summary of the mollusks of the family Alectri-
onidae of the West Coast of America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
51 (2166) : 575-79, (Jan. 15) .
Olsson, Axel A., 1956. Studies on the genus Olivella. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 108, pp. 155-225, pis. 8-16, (Oct. 3) .
Pilsbry, H. A. and H. N. Lowe. 1932. West Mexican and Central
American Mollusks collected by H. N. Lowe, 1929-31. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 84: 33-144, 6 figs., pis. 1-17, 2 pho-
tographs (May 21) .
Turner, Ruth D., 1956. The eastern Pacific marine mollusks
described by C. B. Adams. Occ. Papers on Mollusks, Mus. Comp.
Zool., Harvard 20: 21-135, pis. 5-11, (Sept. 22).
Panopea bitruncata (Conrad) . — A very large example of
this species (a single, right valve) was presented to the Museum
of Comparative Zoology by Mr. Riley Black of Fort Myers, Florida.
This valve was brought up in a shrimp net from 10 fathoms, east
of South Pass, Mississippi River, Louisiana, in June, 1965. This
valve was but recently dead and measured 225 mm. in length and
147 mm. in height. — W. J. Clench.
Burch Collection. — The shells and the library remain in our
possession with the thought that we may now have time to work on
it. We wish to take this opportunity to give our sincere thanks to
the host of customers and friends who have supported us over the
years.
We have sold our entire stock and specimen shell business, but
will continue dealing in books only. Our successor is: Mr. Richard
E. Petit, P. O. Box 133, Ocean Drive Beach, South Carolina 29582,
who will continue our mail order business in specimen shells.
Mr, Petit will at this time honor the prices in our list 551, only
until he publishes his own first list. We are referring all orders to
him. It may take a few weeks for him to get the stock arranged and
orders filled.
The new owner will also publish the 1966 Directory of Concholo-
July, 1966
NAUTILUS
iii
gists. Please send additional names and data to him. We hope that
our collectors around the world who have been sending fine shells
to us will continue to deal with Mr. Petit. We wish our successor
the very best. — John Q. and Rose L. Burch, 4206 Halldale Ave.,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90062.
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
Turner, Ruth D. 1966. A survey and illustrated catalogue of the
Teredinidae (Mollusca: Bivalvia) . Museum Comp. Zool., Cam-
bridge, Mass. 265 pp., 64 pis. An extensive, definitive, and beau-
tifully illustrated catalogue of all species and genera. Deals with
anatomy, biology, dispersal, and geographical distribution of
living and fossil Teredinidae. $8.00
Moore, Raymond C., editor. 1965. Brachiopoda. Part H of the
Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Geol. Soc. America, vol.
1 , 521 pp., vol. 2, pp. 522-927, 746 figs. A definitive treatment by
many authors on the morphology and taxonomy of the living and
fossil brachiopods of the world. Gives classification down to sub-
genera. Both volumes $19.50, G.S.A., 231 East 46 St., New York,
N. Y. 10017.
Abbott, R. Tucker. 1966. Sea Shells. A Junior Golden Guide, con-
taining a quiz for 7 to 1 3 year olds. Paperback, 25 cents.
Tebble, Norman. 1966. British Bivalve Seashells. 212 pp., 12 pis. (8
in color) , 110 text figs. British Museum (Natural History) , Lon-
don. Fourteen shillings. Excellent.
How to Collect Shells. Third revised edition. 1966. 101 pp. A sym-
posium published by the American Malacological Union, Route
2, Box 318, Marinette, Wis. 54143.
Vol. 80
OCTOBER, 1966
No. 2
THE
NAUTILUS
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)
Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department.
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
CONTENTS
Reinstatement of Melarhaphe Menke, 1828. By Joseph Rose-
water 37
Life history and population studies of Achatina fulica. [Con-
tinued from July number] By Willard Kehauoha 39
Three new Sonorella from southwest Arizona. By Walter B.
Miller 46
A new species of Kalendyma from Malaita, Solomon Islands.
By William /. Clench 52
Four new land snails. By Leslie Huhricht 53
Two new subspecies of Potamolithus. By /. /. Parodiz 56
Anatomy of the succineid gastropod Oxyloma salleana (Pfeif-
fer) . By Dorothea S. Franzen 59
Notes and news 69 Publications received 72
$4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.
Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager
11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.
NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published
by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott.
Matter for publication should be sent to the senior editor. Manuscripts
should be typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout, including titles,
footnotes and bibliographies. Galley proof (without manuscript) will be
submitted to authors only if requested, on or attached to first page of MS.
Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost.
Minimum charge for each block is $3.00
Reprints are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re-
quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra
clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders
will be charged for accordingly:
2 pp.
4 pp.
8 pp.
100 copies
3.25
6.00
9.50
Additional 100s
Plates: Add $1.25 per plate.
1.30
2.00
3.00
[Postage Extra]
Reprints are shipped, with invoices, by Pony Printing, 4 Cloverdale Avenue,
Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082.
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin 54143.
Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,
Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York 17, N. Y. Vols. 71 to date are available
from the Nautilus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, and vary
in price.
THE NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 October, 1966 No. 2
REINSTATEMENT OF MELARHAPHE MENKE, 1828
By JOSEPH ROSEWATER
U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.
The vicissitudes of the International Code of Zoological Nomen-
clature will require taxonomists for some time to come, to give
constant attention to keeping current the names even of our well
known mollusks. While preparing a catalogue of Littorinidae,
prior to reviewing the classification of Indo-Pacific species, I was
reminded of the effect on this group of the recent change in I.C.Z.N*
Article 11 (d) (2nd edition, 1964) .
Following the rules then in effect, McMichael (1959) pointed
out that Melarhaphe Menke, 1828, was introduced in synonymy,
was therefore invalid, and should be replaced by Melarapha Cristo-
fori and Jan, 1832. Rehder (1962) indicated that Melarapha Cris-
tofori and Jan, 1832, and its use by Jan. 1830, are essentially nom-
ina nuda, since no valid species names were included, nor were
descriptions given. As a result, Rehder suggested the use of Mela-
rapha A. and J. B. Villa, 1841, who cited several recognizable
species. However, the latest edition of the code circumvents the
need for this action. The new article 11 (d) (loc. cit.) stipulates
that a name originally published as a synonym is not available
unless before 1961 it was treated as an available name under its
original date and authorship, and either used as the name of a
taxon or as a senior homonym. Presumably this new interpretation
will serve the best interests of stability of nomenclature. Neverthe-
less, it will create initial confusion where workers have acted to
correct what previously appeared to be flaws in usage.
In conformance with this article, as revised, Melarhaphe Menke,
1828, is valid and was used by Dali (1909) , Iredale (1912) , Winck-
worth (1922) , Abbott (1954) , and by others before 1961. The type
species of Melarhaphe has been quoted as: Melarhaphe glabrata
Miihlfeld = Paludina glabrata Ziegler = Littorina neritoides
(Linnaeus, 1758) . The first two are manuscript species names as is
another name included by Menke (1828), T. rupestris Chabrier,
although the name attributed to Ziegler was described by Pfeiffer
37
38
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
(1828) . In fact, the only valid name included with the original
citation of Melarhaphe is Turbo coerulescens Lamarck [caeru-
lescens], which must be considered the type species by monotypy.
This does not alter the concept of Melarhaphe because T. caeru-
lescens is a synonym of L. neritoides, the well known European
species.
The question of the value of some generic groups in Littorinidae
remains to be settled. At present such taxons as Melarhaphe are
differentiated largely on morphology of egg capsules and of the
verge and on minute differences in shell anatomy. But one may
argue that these characters are as much a matter of species differ-
ences as they are of generic significance. Both Winckworth and Mc-
Michael (loc. cit.) suggested that subgeneric versus generic allo-
cations of these taxons still remains a matter of opinion. Further
study may provide more evidence by which these distinctions may
be interpreted. The purpose of the preceding note is to call atten-
tion to the correct name for one of these taxons commonly recog-
nized today.
Literature cited
Abbott, R. T. 1954. Review of the Atlantic periwinkles, Nodilit-
torina, Echininus, and Tectarius. Proceedings U.S. National Mu-
seum 103: 449, 450.
Cristofori, J. and G. Jan. 1832. Catalogus . . . Museo, Section 2,
part 1, no. 1, p. 7.
Dali, W. H. 1909. Contributions to the Tertiary paleontology of the
Pacific. I. The Miocene of Astoria and Coos Bay, Oregon. U.S.
Geological Survey Professional Paper no. 59, p. 79.
Iredale, T. 1912. New generic names and new species of marine
Mollusca. Proceedings Malacological Society of London 10: 223.
Jan, G. 1830. Scientiae Naturalis Cultoribus, p. 7.
McMichael, D. F. 1959. Notes on littorinid nomenclature. Journal
Malacological Society of Australia, no. 3, pp. 25-28.
Menke, C. T. 1828. Synopsis Methodica Molluscorum . . . Museo
Menkeano, p. 23, Pyrmont.
. 1830. Ibid., edition 2, p. 45.
Rehder, H. A. 1962. Contribucion al conocimiento de los moluscos
marinos del archipielago de los Roques y la Orchila. Memoria
de la Sociedad de Ciencias Naturales La Salle 22 (62) : 122,
Caracas.
Villa, A. and J. B. 1841. Dispositio Systematica Conchyliarum . . .
Collectione . . . Villa, p. 36, Mediolani.
Winckworth, R. 1922. Nomenclature of British Littorinidae.
Proceedings Malacological Society of London 75: 95-97.
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
39
LIFE HISTORY AND POPULATION STUDIES
OF ACHATINA FULICA
By WILLARD KEKAUOHA
[Continued from July number]
Growth , aestivation, self-fertilization. On July 12, 1964, 24 in-
fants of 377 hatched eggs laid by snail AQ were isolated individu-
ally for the following purposes: (a) growth rate studies and (b) ob-
servations on self-fertilzation. Three months later the 24 were re-
duced to 8 (snails A to H) to reduce the work load.
The results to date (December 29, 1965, Graph B) are as fol-
lows: 1. Growth. Periods in the rate of growth were found to paral-
lel Kondo's study (1964) in most respects. Snail E grew in length
from 5.5 mm. to 132.5 mm. in 1 year 170 days (535 days) , a total
of 127.0 mm. (a) Infant growth (to point 1) was confirmed.
Kondo, 9 mm., in 35 days; Kekauoha, 16.5 mm. in 41 days,
(b) Adolescence (to point 2) . Kondo, 74 mm. in 94 days; Ke-
kauoha, 73.8 mm. in 95 days, (c) Young adult (point 2 to point 4) .
Kondo did not define exactly the period called young adult. He
said in personal conversation that no arbitrary span can be obtained
by the growth curve but a period between the end of adolescence
(4 months) and the eighth month should suffice for our purposes.
40
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
According to the plotted graphs, specimen E grew from 81 mm. to
111 during that period (December 5 to February 10, 17 mm. in
120 days) . In specimen E (point 3) there was a sudden stoppage
in growth in 175 days which was expressed also in specimen F.
(d) Maturity (point 4 to point 5) . Growth levels off then, curi-
ously, takes a gradual upswing from point 5 to end of curve, (e)
Width, same as Kondo’s.
Aestivation. None of the 8 specimens (snails A to H) went into
aestivation in the 18 months period, in contrast to Ghose’s and
Kondo’s reports of aestivation in their laboratory snails. Similarly,
none of the original four (#3, 4, AQ, BB) obtained in the wild
condition (in order to procure studies in ovulation and infants for
growth and other studies) aestivated during their 18 months of
captivity.
Self-fertilization. Three hundred and fourteen days after isolation
(May 27, 1965) snails C (94.2 mm.) and D (102.7 mm.) were ac-
cidentally placed together by a neighbor’s child. They copulated
on May 28th; were separated and isolated on May 29th. Snail C
laid 3 clutches of eggs while snail D laid 4 clutches, with viability
ranging from 92.8 to 97.8%. Mortality rates will be studied from
the progenies of snails C and D and one clutch is being kept to-
gether until egg-laying begins. The other 6 isolated virgin snails
(snails A, B, E, F, G, H) are still under observation. None have
laid eggs after 17i% months.
Two significant points must be cited here, namely, (a) the
accidental mix-up of snails C and D provided a control for obser-
vations on virgins A, B, E, F, G, H and (b) isolation of individuals
from infancy seems to provide evidence that copulation is necessary
for production of fertile eggs. However, it is premature to conclude
from this evidence alone that self-fertilization does not occur in
A. falica. This experiment must be continued 2 or 3 years longer.
Population study. A population study was first suggested by Dr.
Yoshio Kondo in March 1963. Twenty separate meter-square plots
were selected at random in May and June, 1963 in an area between
Laie and Kahuku, Oahu. All individuals within these plots were
grouped into 5 categories of size and data tabulated (Table V) .
By random sampling, an Achatina population was approximated
at 537,600 snails for the whole 67,200 square meter area, or ap-
proximately 8 snails per square meter plot. A follow-up census
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
41
made in June 1964, using the same procedures, showed a total
population of approximately 403,200 snails for the same area, or
approximately 6 snails per square meter plot, a decrease of ap-
proximately one-fourth.
TABLE \J
POPULATION STUDY
1963 1964
Eggs (0-5 mm)
0
0
Infants (5-25 mm)
28
22
□ne-half Grown (25-40 mm)
1
23
Sub-adult (40-60 mm)
33
31
Adult (60+ mm)
93
53
TOTAL FOR 20 SQUARE
METER PLOTS
155
129
AVERAGE PER SQUARE
METER PLOT
7.75
6.45
ESTIMATED TOTAL FOR 67,200
537,600
403,200
SQUARE METER AREA
Material and method
L Ovulation studies. For the study of ovulation, copulating pairs
of Achatina were found in the evening of July 15, 1964 and marked.
The next morning, 10 pairs of the snails still in copula were gath-
ered, separated and isolated. Twenty additional snails in copula
were gathered the following night and put into isolated compart-
ments. On July 17, 1964, 14 more snails in copula were gathered
and isolated. All 54 snails were measured, numbered and fed con-
stantly with measurements of length taken every 10 days. Fifty of
the 54 were killed and only 4 were kept (#3, 4, AQ, BB) .
Preceding ovulation, a snail would burrow 1 to 3 inches into
the soil and then deposit its eggs. Egg-laying took 1 to 4 days. After
42 NAUTILUS Vol. 80 (2)
TABLE VI
TEMPERATURE RAINFALL
1964
LOaJ
HIGH
AVERAGE
January
68.52
78.68
5.32
F ebruary
67.62
78.52
1.24
March
66.55
78.52
3.83
April
68.20
79.13
2.81
May
68.93
78.86
1.01
June
69.93
82.70
0.70
July
71.23
82.87
2.98
August
70.97
83.16
1.33
September
71.20
84.10
3.16
October
69.13
81.26
4.29
November
66.73
80.90
3.58
December
67.29
90.23
11.44
1965
January
61.42
78.94
5.20
February
60.85
75.29
6.93
March
60.84
78.00
2.48
April
62.73
78.83
6.46
May
66.03
80.81
14.65
June
68.81
82.07
0.84
July
70.84
82.87
3.17
August
72.87
83.81
1.88
September
70.60
85.20
2.48
October
70.25
84-32
14.07
November
64.25
82.17
17.68
December
62.08
79.31
6.75
completion of egg-laying, a snail would rest from 3 hours to 3 days
before normal activity was resumed.. On a few occasions, snails
would lay their clutch of eggs y4 to ]/2 inch into the soil with the
main body of the eggs exposed and out of the soil. All eggs laid
were removed, counted and separated for viability studies. When
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
43
the infants emerged from their eggs, they were removed and housed
in a separate container.
Normal eggs are approximately 5x4 mm. in size. However, on
all occasions during the 1964 laying, one to six infertile pearl-like
eggs 2 x 2 to 4 x 4 mm. in size were found with each clutch
(with the exception of snail #4, first clutch) . In the 1965 egg-
laying of snail ^4, large eggs, 6.5 x 5.5 mm. were found.
2. Food. Food consisted mainly of lettuce with an occasional diet
of papaya, apple, cabbage and broccoli. Fresh food was placed
with the snail every 3 to 4 days and decayed vegetable matter
removed.
3. Temperature. The temperature varied from a low of 66.55°
to a high of 90.23° for 1964 while the temperature for 1965 varied
from 60.84° to 85.20° F.
4. Rainfall. Rainfall varied from an average monthly low of
0.70 inches in June 1964 to a high of 17.68 inches in November
1965. There seems to be no correlation between rainfall and egg
production.
5. Moisture. All compartments were sprinkled with water every
3 to 4 days to keep them wet and moist.
6. Measurements. During infancy, a cardboard caliper was used
to prevent injury to the shell. When the snails were approximately
30 mm. in length, a metal caliper was used. When specimens grew
too large for these calipers (approximately 115 mm.) a cranial
caliper was used for the measurement of length only.
Summary
1. Egg-laying season determined by the smash technique. The
egg-laying season for 1964 was from June to December while the
1965 season was from May to November.
2. Multiple ovulation. Snails kept in captivity laid five to six
clutches of eggs during their 1964 season fom July 5, 1964 to Jan-
uay 22, 1965.
3. Period between ovulation. The period between ovulation
varied from 20 days to 91 days with an average of 34 days.
4. Number of eggs per clutch. Egg clutches varied from 17 to 442
eggs per clutch with an average of 213 eggs per clutch.
5. Capacity of eggs per individual. The capacity of eggs were
677, 776, 1624 and 1817 eggs per individual per season.
6. Viability of eggs. Viability of egg clutches varied from 0% to
44
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
100% with an overall viability of 93.1%.
7. Aborted eggs. Results from the study of viability of aborted
eggs show that eggs with any shade of yellow were 50 to 70%
viable; and that eggs aborted from a single individual varied in
color with dark yellow eggs having a higher viability than light
yellow eggs.
8. Growth. Snail E grew in length from 5.5 mm. to 132.5 mm in
535 days, a total of 127.0 mm. and from 4.5 to 55.7 mm. in width,
which parallels Rondo's (1964) findings in most respects.
9. Aestivation. None of the 8 specimens raised from infancy, or
the 4 original snails obtained from the natural environment aesti-
vated during their 18 months of isolation and captivity.
10. Self-fertilization. An accidental mix-up of 2 specimens pro-
vided a control producing fertile eggs while 6 others still in isola-
tion since infancy have not produced any eggs (17 months) .
11. Population studies. Random sampling in 1963 showed a total
population of approximately 537,600 snails, or approximately 8
snails per square meter plot. A 1964 census showed approximately
403,200 snails, or approximately 6 snails per square meter plot, a
decrease of approximately one-fourth.
Acknowledgements. My sincere gratitude and appreciation to:
Dr. Yoshio Rondo, Malacologist, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, whose
valuable assistance and guidance made this paper possible; Dr.
Harry Zeitlin, University of Hawaii, for securing the NSF grant
for this research; Mr. Fred Trotter, Rahuku Plantation Co. and
Mr. Howard B. Stone, Zions Securities Corporation, for access to
the land and roads; Mr. Louis Perriera, Rahuku Plantation Co.,
for the data on rainfall and temperature; Mr. G. Howard Barrett,
Principal, Rahuku High School, for the use of the Biological Lab-
oratory; and to my wife, Nadine, for her assistance in the recording
of data and the final preparation of this paper.
Bibliography
Abbott, R. Tucker. 1951. The introduction of natural enemies of
the giant African snail to Agiguan Island, Marianas. Invert.
Consultants Comm, for Micronesia, Pac. Sci. Board, Nat. Res.
Council.
Chamberlain, J. L. 1951. Preliminary report on an ecology and
population study of the giant African snail on Tinian, Marianas
Island. Invert. Consultants Comm, for Micronesia, Pac. Sci.
Board, Nat. Res. Council.
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
45
Chock, Q. C. 8c Nakao, H. S. 1951. Experiments conducted with
the giant African snail Achatina fulica (Fer.) to determine the
lethal minimum exposure at low temperatures. Hawaii, Board of
Comm, of Agri. and Forestry, Div. of Entom. and Marketing.
Davis, Clifton J. 1954. Ecological studies, Island of Agiguan, Mari-
anas Island as related to the African snail, Achatina fulica Bow-
dich, and its introduced predator, Gonaxis kibweziensis. Invert.
Consultants Comm, for the Pacific, Pac. Sci. Board, Nat. Res.
Council.
Ghose, K. C. 1963. The early stages of development in Achatina
fulica Bowdich (Mollusca: Gastropoda) . Journal of Bombay
Natural History Society. 60 (1) .
Kondo, Yoshio. 1952. Report on carnivorous snail experiment on
Agiguan Island; Primary and secondary Achatina- free areas on
Rota; and gigantism among Achatina on Guam. Invert. Con-
sultants Comm, for the Pacific, Pac. Sci. Board.
. 1964. Growth rates of Achatina fulica Bowdich. Nautilus
78: 6-15.
Krauss, N.. L. H. 1951. Monthly report on investigations in east
Africa and Madagascar of natural enemies of giant snail and
rhinoceros beetle. Hawaii Board of Commissioners of Agric.
and Forestry.
. 1964. (State Dept, of Agric., Honolulu, Hawaii.) Investiga-
tions on biological control of giant African [Achatina fulica)
and other land snails. Nautilus 78 (1) : 21-27.
Lange, W. Harry, Jr. 1950. Life history and feeding habits of the
giant African snail on Saipan. Pacific Science 4 (4) : 323-335.
Mead, Albert R. 1950. Comparative genital anatomy of some Afri-
can Achatinidae (Pulmonata) . Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard,
105(2): 219-291.
. 1961. The giant African snail: A problem in economic mala-
cology. Univ. of Chicago Press., 257 pp.
, & Kondo, Yoshio. 1949. The problem of the giant African
snail [Achatina fulica) in Micronesia: Preliminary Report. In-
vert. Consultants Comm, for Micronesia, Pac. Sci. Board, Nat.
Res. Council.
Meer Mohr, J. C. van der. 1949. On the reproductive capacity of
the African or giant snail, Achatina fulica (Fer) . Treubia,
20 [ 1): 1-10.
Pemberton, C. E. 1938. The giant African snail Achatina fulica
(Fer) discovered in Hawaii. The Hawaiian Planters Record.,
42 [ 2): 135-140
Peterson, George D. Jr. 1954. Report on progress of carnivorous
snail experiment on Agiguan, Marianas Islands. Invert. Con-
sultants Comm, for Pac., Pac. Sci. Board, Nat. Res. Council.
. 1957. Studies on control of the giant African snail on Guam.
Hilgardia, 26 [ 16) : 643-658.
46 nautilus Vol. 80 (2)
Rees, W. J. 1951. The giant African snail. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
120(3): 577-598.
Thirwell, M. D., Strasdine, G. A. 8c Whitaker, D. R. 1963. A com-
parison of hydrolase and lytic activities of the digestive juices
of the giant African snail Achatina fulica and Helix pomotia.
Canadian Journ. Biochem. and Physics, 41: 1603-1610.
Williams, F. X. 1951. Life-history studies of east African Achatina
snails. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 105 (3) : 295-317.
THREE NEW SONORELLA FROM SOUTHWEST ARIZONA
By WALTER B. MILLER
Department of Zoology, University of Arizona
In early 1918, James H. Ferriss explored for mollusks in the area
west of Tucson, Arizona, as far as Ajo. He stated that the large
Growler Range west of Ajo city looked promising from a distance,
but the Mexican bandits were active at that time along the western
boundary. This was apparently sufficient deterrence, even for an
ardent collector like Ferriss. The most western locality for Sonorella
on that trip turned out to be “3 miles west of Comovo Church”
(now Kom Vo) in the Papago Indian Reservation.
In recent years, explorations for mollusks have been resumed
in this general area. Snails have been brought to the University of
Arizona from the Organ Pipe National Monument, the Cabeza
Prieta Game Range, and the Picacho Mts. They are described
below.
Sonorella baboquivariensis cossi new subspecies. Plate 1, figs. A-C.
Description: Shell depressed-globose, heliciform, thin, glossy,
light brown, with a chestnut-brown spiral band on the well
rounded shoulder; narrowly and half-covered umbilicate, the um-
bilicus contained about 13 times in the diameter. Embryonic shell
of about li/4 whorls, with apical sculpture like S. hachitana. First
half whorl irregularly radially wrinkled only, the remainder of
the embryonic shell with forwardly descending spiral threads
superimposed on the radial sculpture. First 2i/<> whorls, including
embryonic whorls, show scars of worn off, hair-like periostracal
projections. Remaining whorls with faint, raised growth striae, with
a silky luster. Body whorl descending only slightly to the narrowly
expanded peristome. The columellar margin of the peristome is
broadly expanded and reflexed to cover nearly half of the umbili-
cus. Aperture oblique, large, broadly ovate, its width more than
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
47
half the diameter of the shell; with a thin parietal callus.
Holotype measurements: Height 11.7 mm.; max. diam. 19.2 mm.;
umbilicus 1.5 mm.; whorls 4i/c>.
Genitalia of holotype (Plate 2, fig. A) : The penis contains a
relatively small cylindric verge with a blunt, rounded end. The
epiphallus is only slightly longer than the penis and bears a long
(for the genus) , well detached, epiphallic caecum. The penial re-
tractor inserts on the epiphallus a short distance above the penis.
Penial sheath relatively long, about half the length of the penis.
The vagina is about as long as the penis and about twice as long
as the free oviduct.
Measurements of
genitalia, in mm. Holotype Paratype A Paratype C
Type locality: Ajo Range, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monu-
ment, Pima Co., Arizona, in rockslide along left bank of Arch
canyon, at base of north facing cliffs about y2 mile upstream from
the Arch; elevation ca. 2900 ft. (J. Bequaert and W. B. Miller,
25 Jan. 1965) . Holotype ANSP. (308955) . Paratypes in collections
of ANSP. (308956) , Dept, of Zoology, University of Arizona (879) ,
and the author (4745) .
Other localities: Upper Arch canyon, Ajo Range, elev. ca.. 3500
ft. to 4000 ft. (Harold T. Coss, 12 April 1965) . Cave in saddle
about i/4 mile south of the Arch in Arch canyon (Harold T. Coss
and Jim Taylor, 6 Feb. 1966) .
In shell characteristics, this subspecies is not distinguishable from
small forms of S. baboquivariensis s.s. The smallest paratype meas-
ures: height 11.2 mm.; max., diam. 17.2 mm.; umbilicus 1.3 mm.;
whorls 4y2. The largest paratype measures: height 12.3 mm.; max.
diam. 19.5 mm.; umbilicus 1.6 mm.; whorls 4y2. Specimens of cossi
from upper Arch canyon ran even smaller, with max. diam. as low
as 15.0 mm. In embryonic sculpture, cossi displays the protractive
spiral threads consistently in all specimens examined, where the
apical sculpture was not completely worn off. Some fresh young
shells also show ascending spiral threads on the embryonic whorls.
Penis
Verge
Penial sheath
Epiphallus
Epiphallic caecum
Vagina
Free oviduct
8.0
2.5
3.5
9.0
1.0
8.0
4.0
7.0
2.5
4.5
8.0
1.0
9.0
4.0
6.0
2.5
4.5
8.5
1.5
7.5
4.0
48
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
In the genitalia, cossi differs significantly and consistently from
baboquivariensis s.s. The verge is smaller, ca. i/3 the length of the
penis, and does not have a swollen, glandiform tip. The vagina
is as long as or longer than the penis, and the epiphallic caecum
is particularly long and detached (for the genus) .
Since the shell characteristics are so similar to those of baboqui-
variensis s.s., only a subspecific distinction seems indicated. Hy-
bridization experiments between the nominate species and cossi
are planned; if they reveal evidence that potential interbreeding
between them no longer exists, this subspecies would have to be
raised to specific rank.
The subspecies is named after Mr. Harold T. Coss of the Na-
tional Park Service who was stationed at the Organ Pipe National
Monument in 1965 and brought in the first specimens of this snail
to the University of Arizona. For some time, this was the western-
most known population of Sonorella in southwestern Arizona, until
further explorations reevaled other populations farther west (vide
infra) .
Sonorella simmonsi new species. Plate 1, figs D-F.
Description: Shell depressed, heliciform, thin to solid, glossy,
light brown, with chestnut brown spiral band on the well rounded
shoulder; umbilicate, the umbilicus contained 8 to 9 times in the
diameter. Embryonic shell of about 1 and ]/3 whorls, with sculpture
like S. hachitana; its apex smooth; the remainder with weak, ir-
regular radial wrinkles and fine, spirally arranged, hyphen-like
papillae which anastomose over the last third of the embryonic
shell into thin, forwardly descending threads. Later whorls have
light growth lines with occasional papillae at first, the papillae
disappearing on the body whorl. Body whorl smooth, with a silky
luster. Aperture oblique, rounded, slightly wider than high. Peris-
tome expanded, the margins converging; parietal callus thin.
Holotype measurements: Height 12.0 mm.; max. diam. 20.6 mm.;
umbilicus 2.6 mm.; whorls 5.
Genitalia of holotype (Plate 2, fig. C) : Penis large and thick,
equally thick throughout. A short, thick penial sheath envelops
its base. The verge is nearly as long as the penis, moderately thick,
its largest diameter at about y3 of its length from the epiphallus,
then slowly tapering toward the abruptly truncate tip, indistinctly
annulate. The slender epiphallus is as long as the penis and bears
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
49
the retractor muscle near its distal end; near its proximal end, it
is invested by connective tissue from the upper end of the penial
sheath. Epiphallic caecum small, only slightly detached from the
epiphallus. Vagina % to % the length of the penis, about 3 times
as long as the free oviduct.
Measurements of
gentalia, in mm. Holotype Paratype A Paratype B
Type locality: Picacho Mts., Pima Co., Arizona, in north facing
rock piles on west side of canyon which runs southeasterly from
Newman Peak, R 9 E, T 8 S, Sec. 26, SE y4; elevation ca. 2500 ft.
(J. Bequaert, M. L. Walton, W. N. Miller, and W. B. Miller,
27 Dec. 1965) . Holotype ANSP. (308953) • Paratypes in collections
of ANSP. (308954) , Dept, of Zoology, University of Arizona
(1628) , M. L. Walton !(9245) , and the author (4842) .
The embryonic spiral threads vary in intensity, but are present
at least to some degree on all specimens examined. Shell color varies
from light brown to nearly white. One fresh specimen had no
band at all and was completely white. There is a large variation in
maximum diameter. The smallest paratype measured as follows:
height 11.2 mm.; max. diam.. 17.8 mm.; umbilicus 2.0 mm.; whorls
434.. The largest paratype measured: height 12.7 mm.; max. diam.
22.1 mm.; umbilicus 2.6 mm.; whorls 5.
The shell of S. simmonsi has the general appearance of certain
forms of S. ambigua from the Roskruge Mts., about 35 miles to the
south, as well as some specimens of S. sitiens from the Ko Vaya
hills (Cababi Mts.) about 55 miles to the southwest. It is readily
distinguishable from these by the presence of spiral threads on the
embryonic whorls. In the genitalia, it bears some resemblance to
S. ambigua in the large, thick penis and verge. The shape of the
verge differs, however, in that it slowly tapers for the last 2/3 of its
length to an abruptly truncate tip, while ambigua has a club-shaped
verge with maximum diameter at the short-conic tip. Other differ-
ences are in the penial sheath, which is ca. 1 /6 the length of the
penis in simmonsi and ca. 1/3 in ambigua, the epiphallus, which is
Penis
Verge
Penial sheath
Epiphallus
Epiphallic caecum
Vagina
Free oviduct
15.0
11.0
2.5
18.5
1.0
11.5
3.0
13.0
10.5
2.5
18.0
0.5
9.5
4.0
13.0
11.0
2.5
20.0
1.0
7.0
3.0
50
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
ca. li/2 times the length of the penis in simmonsi and ca. Vs to 3A
in ambigua, and the vagina, which is ca. % to % the length of
the penis in simmonsi, while it is about as long as the penis in
ambigua.
Dead shells were collected by Mr. Norman M. Simmons of the
Fish and Wildlife Service, while hunting in the Picacho Mts. and
brought to the University of Arizona for identification. Subse-
quently, on 27 Dec. 1965, the author, accompanied by Dr. Joseph
Bequaert. Mr. Munroe Walton, and the author’s son, W. Nixon
Miller, collected large numbers of live speciments and dead shells
at the type locality. The holotype was selected from among the
live adults, and all other specimens collected on this expedition
have been designated paratypes.
It is probable that this snail is widespread in the Picacho Mts.
Mr. Simmons stated that he had found shells in several other can-
yons in these mountains. This species is named for Mr. Simmons,
whose interest in all branches of natural history was responsible
for bringing this new species to the author’s attention.
Sonorella meadi new species. Plate 1, figs. G-I.
Description: Shell strongly depressed, heliciform, solid, glossy,
light tan, fading to nearly white around the umbilicus, with a chest-
nut brown spiral band on the well rounded shoulder; widely um-
bilicate, the umbilicus contained 6 to 7 times in the diameter. Em-
bryonic shell of about 1 and i/s whorls, with sculpture of the
hachitana type. Apex smooth, followed by an area of weak, irregu-
lar radial wrinkles; after the first half whorl, hyphen-like papillae
are superimposed over the radial wrinkles. Over the last third of
the embryonic shell, the hyphen-like papillae are elongated and
run together to form forwardly descending spiral threads. Post-
embryonic whorls with small papillae superimposed on weak radial
wrinkles, the papillae numerous on the early whorls, gradually dis-
appearing, and finally absent on the body whorl. Body whorl with
faint spiral lines impressed on the shoulder between the chestnut-
brown band and the suture. Body whorl descends shortly to the
moderately expanded peristome. Aperture oblique, rounded-oval,
slightly wider than high, with a moderately thick parietal callus.
Holotype measurements: Height 9.7 mm.; max. diam. 20.2 mm.;
umbilicus 3.0 mm.; whorls 4i/2.
Genitalia of holotype (Plate 2, fig. E) : The penis contains a
NAUTILUS 80 (2)
PLATE 1
METRIC 1
Holotypes. A-C. Sonorella baboquivariensis cossi W. B. Miller D-F. S. sim-
monsi W. B. Miller. G-I. S. meadi W. B. Miller.
NAUTILUS 80 (2)
PLATE 2
Lower genitalia. A. S. baboquivariensis cossi W. B. Miller. B. S. baboqui-
variensis Pilsbry & Ferriss, Saucito ridge, Baboquivari Mts. C. S. simmonsi
W. B. Miller, D. S. ambigua Pilsbry & Ferriss, Coyote Mts. E. S. meadi W. B.
Miller. F. S. eremita Pilsbry & Ferriss, “San Xavier Hill” (type loc.) . ve: verge.
All drawings to same scale, drawn from stained whole mounts.
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
51
long thin verge with a narrow, pointed tip. The epiphallus is
slightly shorter than the penis and bears a short, only slightly de-
tached caecum. The penial retractor is inserted on the epiphallus
a short distance above the penis. The penial sheath is about half
the length of the penis. The vagina is about half the length of the
penis and about equal to the length of the free oviduct.
Measurements of
genitalia, in mm.: Holotype Paratype B Paratype C
Type locality: Agua Dulce Mts., Pima Co., Arizona, in rock piles
in canyons both south and north of Agua Dulce Pass, east of Quito-
vaguita Peak; elevation ca. 1600 ft. (W. N. Miller and W. B.
Miller, 29 Jan. 1966) . Holotype ANSP. (308951) . Paratypes in
collections of ANSP. (308952) , Dept, of Zoology, University of
Arizona (2301) , and the author (4845) .
The spiral lines impressed on the body whorl vary in intensity
from prominent to absent; on the holotype, they are present but
faint. Two paratypes are completely bandless and white, although
fresh and lustrous. The smallest of the paratypes measures: height
9.4 mm.; max. diam. 18..1 mm.; umbilicus 2.3 mm.; whorls 41/4 .
The largest of the paratypes measures: height 10.4 mm.; max.
diam. 21.9 mm.; umbilicus 3.7 mm.; whorls 4i/2.
In shell characteristics as well as genitalia, this species appears
to be most closely related to S. eremita P. 8c F. from the Mineral
Hills about 120 miles to the east. In general meadi is more de-
pressed than eremita and the embryonic sculpture of spiral threads
is not so well developed. In the genitalia, meadi does not have the
basal swelling of the penis which is present in eremita; the long
verge is narrowly pointed instead of rounded; and the vagina is
much shorter than the penis, instead of longer as in eremita. S.
meadi is not closely related to the neighboring populations of
S. baboquivariensis cossi W. B. Miller of the Ajo Mts., nor to
S. ambigua P. 8c F. of the hills just west of Kom Vo.
A dead shell which appears referable to this species was collected
by Mr. Harold T. Coss, of the National Park Service, in the Bates
Penis
Verge
Penial sheath
Epiphallus
Epiphallic caecum
Vagina
Free oviduct
7.0
5.0
3.5
6.0
0.3
4.0
3.0
7.5
4.0
3.5
6.5
0.5
3.5
4.0
8.0
5.0
4.0
6.5
0.5
3.0
3.0
52
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
Mts. in the Organ Pipe National Monument on 23 Jan. 1966. Live
material will be necessary before a firm diagnosis of this population
can be made. Supposedly this species extends to the north and east
into the Bates Mts., the Growler Mts., the Little Ajo Mts., and
possibly the Sauceda Mts. The Sierra Pinta to the west and the
Sierra del Pozo to the southeast are the abodes of races of Micrari-
onta (Eremarionta) rowelli.
The Agua Dulce Mts. have been erroneously marked on certain
topographic maps as located within the Organ Pipe National Mon-
ument. The 1964, 15 minute series Agua Dulce quadrangle shows
them correctly located just west of the Monument.
This locality represents the westernmost locality for Sonorella in
southern Arizona. It also represents one of the lowest habitats for
the genus. The vegetation is indicative of the Lower Sonoran life
zone, consisting primarily of saguaro, organ pipe cactus, small-
leaved palo verde, chuparosa, and desert lavender.
This species is named after Dr. Albert R. Mead, an eminent
malacologist, who enabled the author to devote full time to the
study of zoology in general and Sonorella in particular.
A NEW SPECIES OF KALENDYMA FROM
MALAITA, SOLOMON ISLANDS
By WILLIAM J. CLENCH
The species described below is the second known species in the
genus Kalendyma. This genus was introduced by Gude for Helix
compluviatns Cox, a rather remarkable land mollusk now placed in
the Ariophantidae. The distinguishing character is a deep spiral
groove which is developed a little above the whorl periphery. It is
initiated just beyond the protoconch. Its function is unknown as
the soft anatomy has never been studied.
The specific locality for H. compluviatus was unknown to Cox
who had given only the “Solomon Islands” as its type locality. We
have specimens collected in 1949 by J. R. Hood from “head of the
Tenaru River, Guadalcanal Id., Solomon Islands at 1000 feet,”
so this island can be accpeted as the type locality.
ARIOPHANTIDAE
Kalendyma Gude
Kalendyma Gude, 1911, Proc. Malac. Soc. London 9: 273 (type
species, Helix compluviatus Cox) .
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
53
KALENDYMA COMPLUVIATA (Cox)
Helix compluviatus Cox, 1871 [1872], Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
p. 646, pi. 52, fig. 10 (Solomon Islands) .
Kalendyma vanderrieti, new species. Plate 3, figs. 1-2.
Holotype. Mus. Comp. Zool. 260885, from Ataa, Malaita Island,
Solomon Islands. Rev. J. Vander Riet collector, 1965.
Paratype. Mus Comp. Zool. 260886, from the same locality as
the holotype.
Description. Shell depressed, minutely umbilicate, nearly smooth,
shining and reaching about 12 mm. in greater diameter. Color a
uniform brown. Whorls 514, convex, a little less so above the spiral
groove. Spire depressed, dome-shaped and forming an angle of
about 140°. Aperture auricular in outline. Outer lip simple with a
slight reflection at the base near the columella. Umbilicus very
small and partially concealed by the reflection of the columella.
Suture deeply indented. Sculpture consisting of numerous, flat-
tened, axial ridges above the spiral groove, and exceedingly fine
growth lines below the groove. A little above the whorl periphery
there is developed a spiral groove, deeply indentd on the outside
and forming a ridge inside.
Measurements
Height Gt. Diameter Less. Diameter
mm. mm. mm.
7.5 12.5 12 Holotype
7.3 12.2 10.5 Paratype
Remarks. This new species differs mainly in size from that of
K. compluviata. This latter species has 5 whorls and is 30 mm. in
greater diameter, while vanderrieti has 514 whorls and is only
12.5 mm. in greater diameter. All other charatcers are similar.
FOUR NEW LAND SNAILS
By LESLIE HUBRICHT
Mesodon clausus trossulus, new subspecies. Plate 3, fig. A-C.
The shell differs from that of Mesodon clausus clausus (Say) in
having a broad reddish-brown revolving band just above the pe-
riphery. This band was present in all specimens collected and in
all dead and immature shells seen.
Ht. 10.0 mm., Diam. 14.1 mm., Ap. Ht. 6.9 mm., Ap. Diam.
8.2 mm. Holotype.
Type locality. Alabama: Clarke Co.: base of bluff of Baileys
54
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
Creek, 2.5 miles east of Gainestown, holotype, Field Museum of
Natural History 152202, paratype 152203; other para types 34561,
collection of the author.
Glyphyalinia luticola, new species. Plate 3, fig.D-F.
Shell small, strongly depressed, coppery (when fresh) , glossy,
thin and transparent, spire very low conoid. Whorls 4 to 4.5, well
rounded, gradually and uniformly increasing, sutures moderately
impressed. Sculpture of rather widely spaced radial furrows (20 on
the last whorl of the holotype) and fine spiral striae. Aperture lu-
nate; lip thin, sinuous. Umbilicus rimate.
Height 2.6 mm., diameter 5.7 mm., aperture height 2.3 mm.,
aperture width 3.1 mm., 4.5 whorls. Holotype.
Animal slate colored. Penis rather short, claviform; retractor short
and stout, attached to the side of the apical chamber so that there
is a broad, rounded lobe above it. Epiphallus about 1.5 times as
long as the penis, of uniform diameter except for a short taper at
the ends, a little greater in diameter than the penis, attached near
the center of the penis. Vagina very short.. Free oviduct about 1.5
times as long as the penis. Spermatheca large, ovoid; duct about as
long as the free oviduct, stout.
Egg with white calcareous shell, length 1.2 mm., diameter 0.9 mm.
Distribution. Alabama: Greene Co.: near Black Warrior River,
north of Demopolis. Dallas Co.: near Cahaba River, east of Harrell.
Sumter Co.: Black Bluff, 3 miles east of Whitfield. Choctow Co.:
near Tuckabun Creek, 2.7 miles south of Pennington. Baldwin Co.:
swamp, Lillian, holotype 147043 and paratypes 147044 F.M.N.H.,
other paratypes 33431, collection of the author. Mississippi: Clarke
Co.: Basic City; wet woods, 1.5 miles southwest of Langsdale.
Wayne Co.: near Turkey Creek, 8 miles east of Waynesboro. Lamar
Co.: edge of swamp, 2 miles southeast of Lumberton. Louisiana:
Tangipahoa Ph.: magnolia woods 1.3 miles west of Amite. Pointe
Coupee Ph.: low woods, 3 miles southeast of Batchelor; low woods,
1.6 miles west of Torbert; low woods, 3 miles northwest of Letts-
worth; low woods, 1.9 miles west of New Roads. East Baton Rouge
Ph.: roadside, 4800 Laurel St., Baton Rouge; low woods, Duncan
Point, south of Baton Rouge; low woods, 6 miles south of Baton
Rouge. West Baton Rouge Ph.: low woods, 1 mile west of Carey;
low woods, 1 mile west of Port Allen. Evangeline Ph.: low woods,
6.4 miles east of Basile. Allan Ph.: along RR., Reeves; low woods,
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
55
2 miles east of Le Blanc; waste ground, 0.4 mile west of Le Blanc.
Glyphyalinia luticola may be readily distinguished from G. in-
dentata by its coppery color. The umbilicus is smaller than is usu-
ally found in G. indentata within its range, and it is usually found
in wetter habitats. It is a species of swamps, where it is frequently
associated with Vertigo and Catinella.
Glyphyalinia pecki, new species. Plate 3, fig. G-I.
Shell small, strongly depressed, nearly transparent with a whitish
wash, glossy, spire very low conoid. Whorls 4.5 to 5, well rounded,
gradually and uniformly increasing, sutures moderately impressed.
Sculpture of radial furrows which are followed by radial ridges, the
furrows continue onto the base but not the ridges (about 60 fur-
rows on the last whorl of holotype) , and distinct spiral striae. Aper-
ture lunate; lip thin, sinuous. Umbilicus very small, about 3.5%
of the diameter of the shell.
Height 2.5 mm., diameter 5 .7 mm., aperture height 2.1 mm.,
aperture width 2.7 mm., umbilicus diameter 0.2 mm., 4.5 whorls.
Holotype.
Height 2.9 mm., diameter 5.9 mm., aperture height 2.3 mm.,
aperture width 2.9 mm., umbilicus diameter 0.2 mm., 5 whorls.
Paratype.
Animal white and apparently blind. Penis rather short, clavi-
form; retractor short and stout, attached teriminally. Epiphallus
about 1.5 times as long as the penis, of uniform diameter, distal end
rounded, about twice the diameter of the penis, attached about
three-fourths up on the penis. Vagina very short. Free oviduct
about twice as long as the penis. Spermatheca fusiform, about as
long as the penis; duct as long as the free oviduct, stout.
Distribution. Alabama: Jefferson Co.: in McClunney (Alabama
Crystal) Cave, 2 miles west of Clay (Stewart B. Peck, coll.) , holo-
type 147045 F.M.N.H., other paratypes 34487, collection of the
author; in cave, y4 mile northeast of McClunney Cave (Peck, coll.) .
Glyphyalinia pecki differs from Glyphyalinia indentata (Say) to
which it seems most closely related by the distinct ridge which
follows the radial grooves. In this character it seems unique in the
genus. It is known only from two caves in Jefferson County, Ala-
bama.
Helicodiscus hexodon, new species. Plate 3, fig. J-L.
Shell discoidal, spire flat or nearly so; whorls 5 to 5.5, yellowish,
56
NAUTILUS
Vol.. 80 (2)
translucent when young, becoming opaque with age. Umbilicus
wide and shallow, showing all the whorls, occupying from 50 to
57% of the diameter of the shell. Whorls well rounded below, dis-
tinctly flattened above the periphery, slowly increasing, the last
slowly descending; sutures well impressed; sculptured with numer-
ous, fine, fimbriated lirae. Aperture lunate, the peristome simple,
somewhat thickened within. Within the last quarter whorl there are
usually 3 pairs of teeth on the outer and basal walls. These teeth
are transversely elongate; the outer teeth are somewhat oblique, the
upper end forward; the basal teeth are a little in front of their re-
spective outer teeth, and have triangular bases, broadest near the
parietal wall.
Height 1.9 mm., diameter 4.9 mm., umbilicus diameter 2.8 mm.,
aperture height 1.4 mm., 5.5 whorls. Holotype.
Type locality Tennessee: Bledsoe Co.: base of Walden Ridge, 2.5
miles southeast of Pikeville, holotype 147046, paratypes 147047,
F.M.N.H., other paratypes 30918, collection of the author.
Helicodiscus hexodon is most closely related to H. fimbriatus
Wetherby, differing in the uniformity of its lirae and fringes. In
H. fimbriatus there are at least 3 lirae which are more prominent
than the rest and the fringes are longer. It differs from H. notius
notius Hubricht, with which it was found, in having higher whorls
and in the flattened upper part of the body whorl, as well as in
the form of the teeth.
TWO NEW SUBSPECIES OF POTAMOLITHUS
By J. J. PARODIZ
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.
In 1961 I collected typical Potamolithus peristomatus (Orb.)
at Paso de la Patria, Parana River near San Cosme, only 30 km.
W. of the type locality (Itaty) , province of Corrientes, Argentina.
Although the species was often mentioned in the bibliography of
the group, apparently it had not been collected since d’Orbigny;
Pilsbry has not seen this species but he referred it in his key of 1 896
(Nautilus, 10: 87) , which may give the impression of belonging to
the materials collected by Dr. Rush in Uruguay. Corsi in 1900
(Anales Museo Nacional Montevideo, 2:335) also mentioned peri-
stomatus from the Queguay River in Uruguay, but during our ex-
tensive collecting in that area not a single specimen was found.
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
57
However, a lot collected by myself on the Uruguay River, at San
Javier, Misiones, Argentina, represents an allopatric form, here
considered as a new subspecies:
P otamolithus peristomatus misionum new subspecies. Figs. 1-4.
Plate 4.
Larger and longer than typical peristomatus (the smaller speci-
men 6.5 x 5 mm., and the larger 9x7 mm.) . The spire is still
very conic and acute as in peristomatus peristomatus , but the last
whorl shows a greatly developed hump protruding on the left side
(in front view) , which corresponds to a broader and higher ex-
pansion in that area. The color is much darker, almost black.
Holotype (Carnegie Museum) 7 mm. long, 6.5 wide, from San
Javier on the Uruguay River, Misiones.
The hump on the side and back of the shell gives to it a more
distorted configuration than that often found in P. rushi (Pils.)
which also differs in shape, color and other characteristics.
The allopatric populations of peristomatus peristomatus and
peristomatus misionum , are from basins at present well isolated,
due to drainage changes during the late Pliocene and Pleistocene,
a case which is repeated in Neocorbicula and other fresh-water mol-
lusks of that area.
Another very rare species is Potamolithus felipponei Ihering, the
only specimen known is the type collected by Dr. Felippone at
Montevideo. On the Argentine shore of the Uruguay River, 260
miles NW. of the type locality, I collected several specimens show-
ing remarkable differences, here described as new subspecies:
Potamolithus felipponei concordianus new subspecies. Fig. 6
Trochiform, conic-pyramidal, the spire forming an angle of 45°
with the base, but shorter than in felipponei felipponei (fig. 5) and
with flatter walls. Surface smooth, dark-olive with brown spiral
band stronger marked than in felipponei felipponei (compared
with Ihering’ and Pilsbry's descriptions) , which starts at the middle
of the last whorl and becomes suprasutural in position in the
upper whorls; another, but less conspicuous band, runs subsutu-
rally; 4i/c> to 5 whorls, the last with a strong and oblique central
keel running up to the suture and vanishing before reaching the
penultimate whorl; on the periphery, at left, this keel marks the
vertex of a right angle which divides the upper from the lower
portion of the shell. Umbilical area depressed, with a second keel
58
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
surrounding it. Columellar area strongly bi-folded, with a large
tooth-like prominence on the inner side, which is thick and cham-
fered; inner area of columella forming a groove or pit separating
conspicuously the inner and outer sections. The aperture is very
oblique, semicircular, angulate at the top and, in minor degree,
at the base. Peristome thick, simple, without a notch below the
suture and very little expanded. Suture well marked, especially
at front by effect of the carina, but not deep.
Holotype: (Carnegie Museum) 3 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, apert.
1.7 x 1.3 mm. from Arroyo Yuqueri Grande at Concordia, province
of Entre Rios, Argentina, coll. Parodiz 1961.
The spire (counting from its sutural base at the penultimate
whorl) shortly less than i/5 of total length. Basal area extraor-
dinarily large in relation to the size of the shell.
The small size of the shells, the thinness of the lip and, judging
from similar characteristics offered by other species in their neanic
stages, the specimens observed suggest some immature condition.
However, they have such striking characteristics that unlikely would
disappear in full adults: the lack of a strong marginated notch at
the upper portion of the lip, as well as strong sinuses, and its wide,
folded columella with a tooth-like process and sunken middle area
(vaguely resembling intracallosus but stronger) . Its general shape
may be compared with that of buschi (according to what Pilsbry
figured in 1911, (pi. 61b, fig. 2), but it differs entirely in colors,
columella and convexity of the whorls.
Compared with P. conicus, P.f. concordianus is shorter, more
pyramidal and differ in color and columellar area. Pilsbry (1911,
Non Marine Mollusca of Patagonia, Princeton Exped., pi. 38,
fig. 4) figured some young P. rushi which resembles concordianus
in shape but lacking its most prominent features: folds in colum-
ella, spiral bands, carina stronger and cordiform.
P. felipponei concordianus bears with typical felipponei the
same relation of geographical variation found between P. petitianus
and P. petitianus sykesi. Although the differences between the
Montevideo type and the Concordia specimens are remarkable, they
do not justify a new species name, but properly subordinate allo-
patrically as subspecies.
The two new subspecies are from a revisional study of the genus,
published in 1965, Sterkiana no. 20: 26 8c 36 (Research supported
by grant NSF- 15032) .
NAUTILUS 80 (2)
PLATE 3
Holotypes. A-C. Mesodon clausus trossulus Hubricht. D-F. Glyphyalinia
luticola Hubricht. G-I. Glyphyalinia pecki Hubricht. J-L. Helicodiscus hex-
odon Hubricht. Photographs by Field Museum of Natural History.
Kalendyma vanderrieti Clench. Fig 1, Holotype; Fig. 2, Paratype, both from
Ataa, Malaita Id., Solomon Islands (both 3x) •
NAUTILUS 80 (2)
PLATE 4
Figs. 1-4. Potamolithus peristomatus misionum Parodiz (x 8) , San Javier,
Uruguay River, Misiones, Argentina. 5. P. felipponei Ihering (Montevideo;
Cf. Pilsbry, op. cit.). P. felipponei concordianus Parodiz (x 17.5) , Arroyo
Yuqueri Grande, Entre Rios, Argentine.
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
59
ANATOMY OF THE SUCCINEID GASTROPOD
OXYLOMA SALLEANA (PFEIFFER)
By DOROTHEA S. FRANZEN
Biology Department, Illinois Wesleyan University
Oxyloma salleana (Pfeiffer) , family Succineidae, is a snail of
the lower Mississippi River valley of the United States. Its known
geographic distribution extends from New Orleans, Louisiana, as
far north as Hardin, Jersey Co., Illinois, between 91° and 89°
longitude, along either the Mississippi or the Illinois rivers. The
localities from which this species has been taken include New Or-
leans, Louisiana; near Memphis, Shelby Co., and Samburg, Obion
Co., Tennessee; Creve Coeur Lake, St. Louis Co., Missouri; Pitts-
burg Lake near East St. Louis, St. Clair Co., and Hill Lake near
Columbia, Monroe Co., Illinois (Pilsbry, 1948, p. 792). I have
found large populations of this species living on the banks of the
Illinois river at Pere Marquette State Park, Jersey Co., and at Har-
din, Jersey Co., Illinois, and along the Mississippi River in South-
port, near New Orleans, Louisiana. Perhaps further collecting will
reveal a wider geographic distribution of this species.
In Southport, Louisiana, the habitat of Oxyloma salleana is on
the mudflats between the Mississippi River and the levees. I found
the snails creeping on the ground, especially on willow leaves, and
on moist decaying logs. At Pere Marquette State Park, Illinois, I
took the snails from the shaded muddy banks of the Illinois River
and from the leaves of Sagittaria sp. growing in the water. At
Hardin, Illinois, I found most of the snails creeping on the very
wet, muddy shore of the Illinois River where they were exposed to
the direct sunlight; whereas some were near the shore in an area
shaded chiefly by willow trees. The localities at Pere Marquette
State Park and Hardin are flooded whenever the Illinois River
reaches flood stage. I have found large populations of O. salleana
in the summertime following a flooding of the area in the spring.
This indicates that this species survives such flooding and becomes
reestablished within the same season.
The Shell. The thin, glossy, amber-colored, elongate-ovate shell
consists of 234-31/2 convex, sharply incised whorls. From the broadly
arcuate base the shell becomes gradually inflated towards the upper
third of the ultimate whorl from where it narrows to form a short,
bluntly tapered spire. The large, elongate-ovate aperture, broadly
60
NAUTILUS
Vol.. 80 (2)
TABLE I
Measurements of Shells of Oxyloma salleana (Pfeiffer)
STATION
No. of
Whorls
Height
'Width
Width/
Height
Height of
Aperture
Width of
Aperture
H. Ap./
H. Shell
W. Ap./
W. Shell
W. Ap./
H. Ap.
Hardin, Illinois
3-1/2
19.0 mm.
12.4 mm.
.653
14.5 mm.
8.4 mm.
.763
.677
.579
Illinois River
3-1/2
18.0
12.5
.695
14.6
8.2
.811
.656
.561
June 11, 1964
3-1/4
17.6
12.2
.693
14.2
8.3
.806-
.680
.585
3-1/4
17.4
11.6
.667
13.3
8.2
.765
.707
.616
3-1/2
17.3
11.4
.659
13.8
7.8
.798
.684
•565
3-1/4
17.2
11.5
.668
14.0
8.2
.814
• 713
.585
3-1/4
17.1
10.8
.632
13.0
7.7
.760
.715
• 592
3-1/2
17.1
10.4
.608
13.0
7.4
.760
.712
.569
June 18, 1965
3-1/8
16.4
8.2
• 500
12.5
7.1
.762
.865
.568
3-1/4
16.0
8.0
.500
11.7
6.8
.731
.850
.581
3-1/4
15.4
8.3
.532
12.6
6.8
.818
.819
• 539
July 6, 1965
2-3/4
18.4
9.8
-532
15.0
8.0
.815
.816
.533
3
18.2
9.3
.510
14.4
8.0
.791
.860
• 555
3-1/4
18.0
10.0
• 555
14.0
7.5
.777
.750
.535
3
18.0
10.0
.555
14.5
7.9
.805
.790
.544
3-1/4
17.8
9.2
.516
13-5
7.6
.758
.826
.562
3-1/4
17.5
10.0
• 571
13.7
7.7
.782
.770
.562
3-1/4
17.5
9.6
.548
13.4
7.6
• 765
.790
.567
3
17.3
9.0
.520
12.6
7.2
.728
.800
.571
3
16.8
9.7
■ 577
13.6
7.7
.809
.793
.566
Pere Marquette
3-1/4
18.2
10.3
• 565
14.5
8.5
.796
.825
.586
State Park, 111.
3-1/4
18.1
10.2
.563
15.6
8.7
.861
.852
.557
Illinois River
3-1/4
15.1
8.8
.582
13.2
7.3
.874
.829
• 553
June 15, 1954
2-3/4
15.0
9.2
.613
12.2
7-5
.813
.815
.614
Sept 15, 1958
3-1/4
16.4
9.5
• 579
12.6
7.4
.768
.779
.587
3-1/4
15.9
10.7
.673
12.1
7.3
.761
.682
.603
2-7/8
14.6
9.7
.664
11.8
7.0
.808
.722
.593
3-1/4
14.5
9-3
.641
11.5
6.7
.793
.720
.582
2-7/8
13.4
8.5
.634
10.6
6.7
.791
.788
.632
3
12.2
7.9
.648
9.0
5.7
.738
.722
=633
Sep't. 29, 1965
3-1/4
16.1
9.0
.559
11.7
6.7
.726
.744
• 572
3-1/4
15.5
8.2
.529
11.2
6.6
.722
.804
.589
3-1/4
14.7
8.5
.578
11.5
6.5
.782
.764
.565
3-1/8
14.7
8.2
.557
10.9
6.5
.741
.792
.596
June 11, 1964
3
15.1
8.0
.529
11.8
6.6
.781
.825
• 559
2-3/4
15.0
8.0
• 533
11.4
6.4
.760
.800
.561
2-7/8
14.2
8.7
.612
11.2
6.8
.788
.781
.607
Southport,
3
15.7
8.6
• 547
12.5
7.5
.796
.872
.600
New Orleans , La .
July 22, 1964
2-3/4
15.3
8.3
.542
12.1
7.2
.790
.867
• 595
3
15.0
7.5
.500
11.8
6.8
.786
.906
.576
2-3/4
14.5
7.5
• 517
11.4
6.4
.786
.853
.561
2-1/2
13.6
7.0
.514
11.1
6.7
.816
• 957
.603
2-3/4
13.0
7-3
.561
9.8
6.0
.753
.821
.612
Table I. The measurements of the largest shells of each of the 3 stations
obtained in the season and year as noted. In the 4th column of measurements
are listed the ratios of the width of the shell over its height. In the last
3 columns are listed the ratios of the height of the aperture over the height
of the shell; width of aperture over width of shell; width of aperture over
height of aperture.
arcuate at its base, becomes sharply attenuated toward the spire; its
height ranges from 73% to 81.8% of the total height of the shell
as is shown in Table I. The sharp peristome becomes roundly
infolded along the inner border of the ultimate whorl and is con-
tinuous with the columella. In some shells the columella emerges
below the apex of the aperture and continues along the ultimate
whorl in the form of a thin, white, spiral plait such as that occur-
ring also in Oxyloma retusa (Lea) (Franzen, 1963, p. 86) and in
Oxyloma hay deni (W. G.. Binney) (Franzen, 1964, p. 75) . Fre-
quently a thin callous forms on the portion of the ultimate whorl
bordering the aperture.
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
61
The nuclear whorl is finely punctate and marked with fine,
evenly-spaced striae on its lower half. The penultimate whorl is
marked with fine, closely-spaced ridges and furrows. The striae be-
come coarser, the irregularly spaced ridges heavier and the furrows
deeper and wider, producing a rough surface on the ultimate whorl.
The range in height and width of the shell, ratios of these two
dimensions, the size of the aperture, and ratios of the height to the
width of the aperture, as well as ratios of the dimensions of the
aperture to corresponding shell dimensions, are to be noted in
Table I. The measurements of the shells are those of the largest
taken from the 3 stations and during the time of seasons as noted.
Because O. salleana is essentially southern in its geographic range,
one might assume that the largest shells would be found in the
southern-most localities. Pilsbry (1948, p. 792) reports shells taken
from New Orleans measuring up to 19.3 mm. in height. However,
he does not indicate the date of collection. The shells which I ob-
tained from Southport, near New Orleans, were collected in the
latter part of the month of July. As is noted in Table I, these
shells are shorter than the measurements reported by Pilsbry as well
as those which I obtained from the two localities in Illinois. The
dates of collection of the largest shells from the Illinois stations
were in the months of June and July. This may mean that in the
southern localities the older snails surviving from the previous
summer die earlier in the following summer than is true of snails
in more northern localities, and that the shells I obtained from
Southport, Louisiana, did not represent maximum size attained.
The significant characteristics which distinguish the shell of Oxy-
loma salleana from that of O. retusa are those of certain dimensions.
This becomes obvious when the shells of the two species are ob-
served simultaneously and which, also, is illustrated in figure 1 . The
shell of O. salleana is not so streamlined as that of O. retusa. The
median of the ratios of the width to the height of the shell of
O. salleana , of those whose measurements are included in Table I,
is .563, whereas of O. retusa the median of the series of the shells
measured is .520 (Franzen, 1963, Table I) .. The difference in
ratios of the height of the aperture to the height of the shell is also
to be noted. Of O. salleana the median of such a ratio is .786 and
of O. retusa .744. The ultimate whorl of O. salleana is more inflated
and the spire shorter than in O. retusa.
62
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
A B
Figure 1. A. Shell of Oxyloma retusa (Lea) from White Cloud, Kansas.
Scale line represents 17.3 mm., actual height of shell. B. Shell of Oxyloma
salleana (Pfeiffer) from Hardin, Illinois. Scale line represents 17.5 mm., actual
height of shell.
Pfeiffer describes the shell as being composed of 2i/2 whorls
(Pfeiffer, 1849, p. 133). Pilsbry (1948, p. 792) considers that the
smaller number of whorls (2i/<>) distinguishes this species from
O. retusa (Lea) . However, I did not find that to be true as noted
when comparing the figures of O. salleana given in Table I with
those of O. retusa (Lea) (Franzen, 1963, Table I) .
Description of the Body Wall and Mantle. The body wall is
cream colored, finely and irregularly tuberculated. The pigmenta-
tion of the dorsal, anterior portion of the head consists of black
flecks arranged in four pairs of longitudinal bands, of which three
pairs terminate at the base of the posterior tentacles. The fourth
band of either side courses lateral to the tentacles uninterrupted to
the level of the mantle collar. The two median bands converge at
the level of the posterior tentacles to form a single band occupying
the area between the posterior tentacles and continuing caudad to
the level of the mantle collar; this band may bifurcate as it pro-
gresses caudad. Posterior to the tentacles this median band is
flanked on either side by a band extending from the tentacles to
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
63
Figure 2. Drawing of head of Oxyloma salleana (Pfeiffer) showing pattern
of pigmentation.
the mantle collar. The lateral body wall is covered with a broad
band of blotches of pigment, figure 2. The degree of the intensity
of this pigmentation as well as the distinctiveness of the bands is
an individual variant. Of the bands on the anterior head region,
the third band, which crosses over the anterior tentacles, may be
quite distinct or it may be fused with the fourth band. Likewise,
the fourth band may be fused with the broad band of the lateral
body wall.
64
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
The mantle collar may be lightly or heavily pigmented. The pig-
mentation of the mantle is, likewise, variable. The entire surface
may be darkly and uniformly, or it may be lightly, pigmented. The
anterior portion may be heavily pigmented or the pigmentation
may be in the form of irregular bands, while the posterior portion
of the mantle is covered with blotches of pigment. Or the pigmenta-
tion may take the form of blotches over the entire mantle surface,
through the mantle the kidney is to be seen, unless obscured by
heavy pigmentation of the mantle, as a yellow band following the
contour of the body. The distinct dark pigment band characteris-
tically outlining the posterior margin of the kidney in O. retusa
and O. haydeni is lacking in O. salleana. Or if such a band is
present, it is not so pronounced.
A pedal groove, continuous from the labial palp on one side of
the animal to the palp of the other side, separate the foot from the
lateral body wall. A less pronounced suprapedal groove parallels
the pedal groove dorsally. Shallow, vertical grooves incise the pedal
and suprapedal grooves and the broad band of pigment. These
vertical grooves produce a series of shallow scallops along the ven-
tral margin, especially when the animal is in a partially contracted
state. The sole of the foot may be unpigmented or it may be flecked.
The genital aperture, located on the right-hand side of the body
wall, surrounded by a white tumid lip, may appear as an irregularly
elongate or a crescent-shaped slit, 0.5 mm., to 0.8 mm. in length, de-
pending upon its state of contraction. The shape and size of the
genital aperture, as well as that of the lip, is comparable to that of
other species of Oxyloma studied by the author, namely O. retusa
(Lea) (Franzen, 1963) and O. haydeni (W. G. Binney) (Fran-
zen, 1964) .
The Radula. The structure of the radula of Oxyloma salleana
bears the general generic characteristics. In the radulae studied, the
total number of rows of teeth range from 80 to 100. The number
of teeth in a row, as well as the number of laterals and marginals,
varies. In the rows, excepting those of the most anterior portion of
the radula, the ratio of the marginals to laterals approaches 1 : 3 or
1:4 as can be noted in table II. This is similar to what has been
reported of O. retusa (Franzen, 1963, Table II) and of O. haydeni
(Franzen, 1964, table II) . The form of the teeth is also character-
istic of the genus. The basal plate is longer and more tapering than
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
65
TABLE II
No. of
Rows
No. of Teeth
Station
of Teeth
in a Row
Tooth
Formula
Southport ,
(a)
94
52
13 - 11
C
9-18
New Orleans, La.
91
37-8
-
C
-
9-36
(b)
126
93
34 - 12
-
C
-
12 - 34
94
34 - 12
-
C
-
12 - 35
Hardin, 111.
(a)
91
91
23 - 10
-
C
-
16 - 31
(b)
98
102
42 - 10
-
C
-
12 - 37
102
42 - 10
-
C
-
H
no
V*
90
43 - 9
-
c
-
11 - 26
(c)
100
108
42 - 11
_
c
_
12 - 42
Counts made of representative radulae to show variations in the number of
rows of teeth in a radula and variations of the number of teeth in a row.
that of Succinea and Catinella (Quick, 1933, p. 296, figs. 1-4;
Franzen, 1959, fig. 3) .
The central tooth has the structural characteristics of the suc-
cineids, namely, a large mesocone flanked on either side by a
smaller ectocone. The laterals have a large mesocone and a smaller
ectocone. Occasionally laterals located near the marginals have also
an endocone. The marginals have an endocone, a mesocone, and
an ectocone. The ectocone of the most medial marginals is divided
into two cusps of which the lateral one is characteristically longer
and heavier than the other. The remaining marginals have an ecto-
cone which is divided into three cusps. The lateral cusp is longer
and usually heavier than the other two. Infrequently the cusps of
the ectocone are of equal size.
The Jaw. The amber-colored jaw resembles that of Oxyloma
retusa. It has a large median fold which projects anteriorly. In
several jaws which I have studied, a lateral fold flanks the median
fold as is also characteristic of O. retusa (Franzen, 1963, Fig 2) .
Likewise, the jaw lacks the series of small lateral folds characteristic
of the jaw of Succinea ovalis Say (Franzen, 1959, Fig. 2) . No dis-
tinctive specific features of the jaw were noted.
The Reproductive System. The penis and the vagina are located
in the right anterior region of the animal. The penis is located to
the left of the vagina. The elongate penis is encased in a sheath
which is slightly pigmented with black flecks over the distal % of
its surface.
66
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
Figure 3. A - E: Penis shown inside of penial sheat cut open. All figures are
from snails taken from the station at Hardin, Illinois. The scale lines repre-
sent the following measurements from epiphallus to end of penis: A. 3.6 mm.;
B. 3.2 mm.; C. 4.8 mm.; D. 4.2 mm.; E. 4.8 mm. F. Drawing showing relative
position and lengths of penial sheath and vagina. Scale line of entire length
of drawing, 60 mm.
The epiphallus (the vas deferens after its entry into the sheath)
is coiled and recurved around the penis in no regular fashion. It
enters the penis subterminally as shown in A - E of figure 3. Pilsbry
(1948, p. 793) describes the epiphallus as being nearly straight.
This is not true of the individuals of O. salleana which I have dis-
sected including those from New Orleans as well as those from the
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
67
two localities in Illinois. The penial appendix is inflated, its diam-
eter tends to be uniform in its entire length, and its end is bluntly
rounded. I have not found any penial appendix to be digitiform as
is characteristic of O. retusa and of O. haydeni nor to have its
terminus in the form of a blunt hook as is found in O. haydeni
(Franzen, 1964, Fig. 1) . The length of the vagina approximates
that of the penial sheath. The oviduct and the duct from the se-
minal receptacle enter the vagina terminally as shown in Figure
III, F.
The length of the prostate gland generally equals that of the
albumin gland. In O. retusa and in O. haydeni I have found the
prostate gland to be consistently shorter than the albumin gland.
The acini of the prostate gland are about twice the size of those
of the albumin gland. The seminal vesicle is a bilobed structure;
the two lobes are equal to subequal in length. The amount of pig-
mentation of the lobes is variable, which is true also of the herma-
phroditic duct. Both of these glandular organs are enclosed in a
thin transparent sheath on which may be scattered flecks of black
pigment.
Chromosomes. The search for reliable criteria in the identifica-
tion of species of succineids has led to the investigation of the possi-
bility of the employment of the specific numbers of chromosomes
along with anatomical characteristics. For such purposes sperm cells
in segments of ovotestis fixed in Newcomer’s fixative, stained with
acetic-orcein and squashed between a glass slide and a cover slip,
have been studied.
Examinations which have been made of Oxyloma salleana , O. re-
iusa and O. haydeni reveal that the haploid number of chromo-
somes of these species is nineteen. The snails used for such studies
were obtained from several geographically separated localities. My
studies were of snails of O. salleana from the Hardin, Illinois, sta-
tion, of O. retusa from White Cloud, Doniphan Co., Kansas, and
from Meade County State Park, Kansas, and of O. haydeni from a
station twenty-one miles south of Valentine, Nebraska. The study
of O. salleana obtained from Southport, Jefferson Parish, Louisiana,
has been reported (Natarajan, Hubricht, Burch. In press) . J. B.
Burch (personal communication) examined tissues of O. retusa
obtained from White Cloud, Doniphan Co., Kansas.
Chromosome numbers do not always distinguish one species from
68
NAUTILUS
Vol, 80 (2)
another. Continued studies may reveal that certain groups of species
share common numbers which may prove to be of some taxonomic
value.
SUMMARY
Shells of succineids generally lack sharply defined specific fea-
tures, However, certain characters such as the ratios of the height
of the aperture to the height of the shell and the width of the
shell to its height are useful in distinguishing Oxyloma salleana
from O. retusa.
Anatomical features which distinguish O. salleana from O. re-
tusa: 1. Penial appendix. The penial appendix of O. retusa is gen-
erally a distinctly digitiform structure although variable in length.
The penial appendix of O. salleana is inflated; its diameter tends
to be uniform in its entire length and its end is bluntly rounded. I
have not found variations comparable to those occurring in O. re-
tusa (Franzen, 1963) . 2. Relative size of the albumin gland to the
prostate gland. In O. retusa I have found the prostate gland to be
consistently smaller than the albumin gland (Franzen, 1963) . The
dissections I have made of the snails from the three stations noted
reveal that in O. salleana the length of the prostate gland tends to
equal that of the albumin gland, 3. Pigmentation of the body. The
pattern of pigmentation of the head region of Oxyloma salleana is
more consistently in the form of bands (as shown in Figure II) than
is characteristic of either O. retusa or of O. haydeni. The pigmenta-
tion along the lateral body wall assumes the form of a broad band
as it does in O. retusa but which is not characteristic of O. haydeni.
If the darkly pigmented band on the mantle outlining the posterior
margin of the kidney is present, it is not as distinct as in O. retusa.
Geographic distribution and habitats, Oxyloma salleana is a
species of the lower Mississippi River valley whereas O. retusa is
found in the upper Mississippi River valley. Both species live on
muddy to wet ground and on vegetation growing in water. O. retusa
favors cattails ( Typha sp.) and reeds, whereas I have found O. sal-
leana to favor Sagittaria sp.
Acknowledgments. This study has been made possible through
the financial assistance of a National Science Foundation Grant-in-
Aid. Henry van der Schalie kindly made available to me facilities
of the Div. of Mollusca, Mus. of Zoology, Univ. of Michigan, for
the study of chromosomes of succineids, and also offered helpful
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
69
suggestions. I am grateful to J. B. Burch and R. Natarajan for
assistance and suggestions offered in my study of chromosomes.
Literature cited
Franzen, Dorothea S. 1959. Anatomy of Succinea ovalis Say. Proc.
Mala. Soc. London 33 (5, Nov.) : 193-199, Tables I, II, figs. 1-7.
. 1963. Variations in the anatomy of the succineid gastropod
Oxyloma retusa. Nautilus 76 (3) : 82-95, Tables I, II, figs. 1-4.
. 1964. Anatomy of the succineid gastropod Oxyloma hay deni.
Nautilus 77 (3) : 73-81, Tables I, II, fig.. 1.
Natarajan, R., Leslie Hubricht, and J. B. Burch. In press. Chromo-
somes of eight species of Succineidae (Gastropod, Stylomma-
tophora) from the southern United States. Acta Biol. Acad.
Sci. Hungaricae.
Pfeiffer, L. 1849. Descriptions of twelve new species of Vitrina and
Succinea from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proc. Zoo. Soc.
London: 132-134.
Pilsbry, Henry A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (North
of Mexico) . Aca. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Mon. No. 3, Vol. II,
Pt. 2: xlvii + 521-1113, 585 figs.
Ouick, H. E. 1933. Proc. Mala. Soc. London 20 (6, Nov.) : 295-318,
pi. 23-25, figs. 1-18.
NOTES AND NEWS
Edwin Perrin Baker: Oct. 15, 1891 - April 24, 1966. — We have
suffered a loss in the passing of a dear friend, a native Californian,
born in Poway, San Diego County. He entered high school at Pasa-
dena, but soon thereafter registered in the Training School for
Christian Workers, an interdenominational school run by Quakers.
There he finished high school and more than two years of Bible
study. In 1913 he registered at Nazarene University, Pasadena with
sufficient Bible credits to enable him to graduate with one year’s
additional work. He earned the degree of Bachelor of Theology.
He wished to continue in art work; however, his mother wished
him to enter the ministry. As there was no opening in ministerial
work at the time, he became employed in a sign shop doing letter-
ing and illustrating.
He married Irene Donaldson in 1937. Through their interest in
the work of the American Friends Service Committee they travelled
extensively among the Indians of the southwest. They visited vari-
ous reservations of California, Arizona, and New Mexico. Shells
always travelled with them and were distributed among the Indians.
Mr. and Mrs. Baker became avid shell collectors. Mr. Baker
70
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
served as president of the Conchological Club of Southern Cali-
fornia. He was also president of the Long Beach Shell Club, and
later chairman of the American Malacological Union Pacific Di-
vision. The Baker natural history collection and library is left to
the family.
Mr. Baker is survived by his widow, Irene Baker, two daughters,
Mrs. Edith Repogle and Miss Edna Perrin Baker, five grandchil-
dren, several great-grandchildren, and a host of friends. — Mrs.
John Q. Burch, 4206 Halldale Ave., Los Angeles, California 90062.
Extension in range for Dosinia discus. — On a recent trip to
Sanibel-Captiva Islands I found 3 specimens of D. discus (Reeve)
near the northern end of Captiva Island. At the time this genus
was monographed in Johnsonia (1942, no. 3, pp. 1-5) we had seen
no specimens south of Tampa Bay.
In the second edition of “Marine Shells of the Western Coast of
Florida” (1955), Perry and Schwengel state that “Dosinia discus
(Reeve) is occasionally found north of Tampa and may be distin-
guished from D. elegans by its finer and closer concentric striation
and its more compressed form.”
The west coast of Florida from Cedar Keys to Naples is perhaps
the most thoroughly collected area of the Atlantic coast of the
United States. It seems reasonable to assume that D. discus would
have been found in our large museum collections from the area
south of Tampa Bay had it occurred there prior to 1955. Dosinia
discus and D. elegans are sympatric species since they occur together
in many sections of their ranges from Cape Hatteras to Northern
Yucatan. Competition on any large scale between the two species
is apparently of no great importance and any minor temperature
change could hardly be effective, as this area is in the approximate
center of their ranges. Just what has occasioned this range exten-
sion is at present unknown. It will be of considerable interest to see
if D. discus is found elsewhere south of the Tampa Bay area.
— W. J. Clench.
Cypraea (Propustularia) surinamensis Perry from Brazil. —
Mr. Henry R. Matthews of Fortaleza, Ceara, Brazil, kindly has in-
formed us (in lit.) that he has found in recent months 12, well-
preserved specimens of this rare cowrie. They were taken from the
digestive tracts of a bottom-dwelling toadfish, Amphichthys crypto-
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
71
centrus, caught off Fortaleza in depths of approximately 15 fathoms.
Inasmuch as “Surinam” (Dutch Guiana) was the most southern
locality previously reported, the Brazilian specimens extend the
range southward below the equator to about 4° S. latitude.
According to Mr. Matthews, measurements of nine of the shells
range in length from 28 to 35 mm., with an average of 31.08 mm.
and a median of 31 mm.; width ranges from 18 to 22 mm., with
an average of 20.33 mm. and a median of 20 mm.; height ranges
from 13 to 19 mm., with an average of 15.66 mm. and a median of
16 mm. All but two of the twelve specimens have the “inflated form”
as described in our recent paper (Nautilus, 1965, 72(1); 27, pi. 3, fig.
2) . — William K. Emerson and William E. Old, Jr., The Amer-
ican Museum of Natural History, New York City.
On Ampullina Guppy. — In a paper in the Proc. Victoria Inst.
Trinidad (1895, pp. 72-77) referred to by H. B. Baker (1927,
Nautilus 41:2,2) , Guppy cited Ampullina in the subgenus Helicina
(p.. 74) and listed 3 species under this taxon: H. moquiniana Pf.,
Fiji; H. amoena Pf., Guatemala; and H. concentrica Pf., Venezuela.
The name Ampullina DeBlainville, 1824, Dictionnaire Sciences
Naturelles 32: 235 (type species, Ampullina striata DeBlainville,
monotypic) ; 1825, Manuel de Malacologie, p. 441 [as Ampulline ]
is now in the synonymy of Viana H. & A. Adams because of an
earlier use by Bowditch (1822, Elements of Conchology '(Paris),
p. 31, pi. 9, fig. 2) for a naticid.
In order to prevent Ampullina Guppy ( non Bowditch 1822;
DeBlainville 1824; Fischer 1885) from being confused with the
synonyms of Viana, we hereby designate as type species Helicina
amoena Pfeiffer (1848, Proc. Zoo. Soc. London, p. 119) and thus
make Ampullina Guppy a synonym of Oxyrhombus Crosse &
Fischer, 1893, same type by subsequent designation of H. B. Baker
(1922, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 74:48) . — W. J. Clench
and M. K. Jacobson.
Lehmannia in Massachusetts. — In May and June, 1966, a
considerable number of specimens of Lehmannia poirieri (Ma-
bille) were collected in the Boston area. This appears to be the
first record of the slug in New England. In the greenhouses of the
Mt. Auburn Cemetery, Watertown, Middlesex County, over 50
slugs were found in a few minutes, including one melanic speci-
72
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (2)
men. Three individuals were collected in the greenhouse of the
Pine Grove Cemetery in Lynn, Essex County. The slug seems to
be restricted to greenhouses at the present, but probably in time
will spread into neighboring gardens and other areas. — Landon T.
Ross, Dept, of Geology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
Dance, S. Peter. 1966. Shell Collecting. — An illustrated History.
344 pp., 35 pis. (3 in color) . Faber and Faber Ltd., London.
63 shillings. Covers early European history, mainly. Excellent.
Marwick, J. 1965. Upper Cenozoic Mollusca of Wairoa District,
Hawke’s Bay. Paleont. Bull. 39, New Zealand Geol. Survey. 59
pp., 11 pis.
Solem, Alan. 1964. A collection of non-marine mollusks from
Sabah. Sabah (Malaysia) Society Journal 2 (1-2) : 1-40.
Hodgkin, E. P., et al. 1966. The shelled Gastropod of south western
Australia. Western Australian Naturalists’ Club, Handbook no.
9. 60 pp., 21 pis.
Roper, Clyde F. E. 1966. A study of the genus Enoploteuthis
(Cephalopoda: Oegopsida) in the Atlantic Ocean . . . Dana-
Report, no. 66, Copenhagen, 46 pp., 24 figs.
Loosanoff, Victor L. 1965. The American or eastern oyster. Circular
205, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 36 pp. Excellent review,
numerous illus.
Dance, S. Peter. 1966. Shell collecting. An illustrated history. Uni-
versity of California Press, Berkeley, California 94720; 349 pages,
31 text-figures and 35 plates (3 colored) . $10.00. — This popular
book on the more glamorous aspects of mollusks provides very
interesting reading and pictures for hobbyists. It accents collec-
tions rather than field methods.
Aguayo, Carlos G. 1965. Sobre el status de Veronicella portoricensis
(Mollusca Pulmonata) . Caribbean J. of Sci. 5: 25-28, 2 figs.
. Una lista de los moluscos terrestres y fluviales de Puerto Rico.
Stahlia no. 5: 17 pp.
Aiello, Edward 8c Giancarlo Guideri. 1965.. Distribution and func-
tion of the branchial nerve in the mussel. Biol. Bull. 129: 431-
438, fig. 1.
Bates, John M. 1966. A new species of Carunculina (Unionidae
Pelecypoda) from the Savannah River, South Carolina. Occ.
Papers Mus. Zoo. Univ. Mich. no. 646: 9 pp., with 4 figs. 8c pi. 1.
C. patrickae.
Benthem Jutting, W. S. S. 1964. On the conchological work of
F. M. Regenfuss. Zoo. Mededel.. 39: 168-179.
. 1964. Non-marine Mollusca of west New Guinea. Part 3,
Pulmonata, 1. Nova Guinea, Zoology 26: 1-74, Figs. A, 1-59, plas.
October, 1966
NAUTILUS
iii
1, 2. N. spp. 8c names in Succinea , Paryphantopsis, Trochomor-
pha, Durgellina, Lamprocystis ,, Hemiglyptopsis, Helicarion ,
Euplecta, Naninia, Hemiplecta „ Microcystina, Chronos, Ouaga-
pia, Macrocycloides 8c Pupulaoma.
. 1965. Ditto. Part 4, Pulmonata, 2. J. cit. 32: 205-304, fig. A.,
pis. 7-10. N. spp., etff. in Camaena, Ganesella 8c Papuina.
Branson, Branley A. 1964. The recent Gastropoda of Oklahoma.
VI Terrestrial families, Endodontidae and Haplotrematidae.
Revisions and Retinella zikmundi sp. nov. Proc. Okla. Acad.
Sci. 44: 25-41, including 3 pis.
, 1965. Gastropoda of the 1962 University of Colorado Mu-
seum Expedition in Mexico. Univ. Colo. Studies, Biol. Series
no. 13: 16 pp.
WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists
of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa-
ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also
included. To obtain free copies write:
George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.
Vol. 80 JANUARY, 1967 No. 3
THE
NAUTILUS
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)
Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department.
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 19T03
CONTENTS
On the taxonomy and biology of the dorid nudibranch
D or i della obscura. By David R. Franz 73
Some observations on the ecology of Calloeardia texasiana.
By Paul S. Boyer ., 79
A new Ancilla from Brazil. By John Q. and Rose L. Burch 81
A new species of Lyria (Volutidae) from Hispaniola. By
II7. /. Clench and R. D. Turner 83
Thracia conradi in Malpeque Bay, Prince Edward Island.
By M. L. H. Thomas 84
Notes on coastal land snails. By Robert R. Talmadge 87
Snails on migratory birds. By Dee S. Dundee , Paul H.
Phillips and John D. Newsom 89
New and oldest records of pelecypod My a from western North
America, south of Alaska. By Oluwafeyisola S. Adegoke 91
Muricanthus melanomathos , a west African muricid. By
Anthony D’Attilio 96
Freshwater Mollusca from James River, Va. and a new name
for Mudalia of authors. By William J. Clench and
Kenneth J. Boss 99
Localities for New Brunswick land mollusks. By
N. J. Reigle, Jr. and H. B. Herrington 102
Thirty-second annual meeting of the American Malacological
Union. By Margaret C. T eskey 105
Notes and news 106
$4.25 per year ($4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.
Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager
11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.
NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published
by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott.
Matter for publication should be sent to the senior editor. Manuscripts
should be typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout, including titles,
footnotes and bibliographies. Galley proof (without manuscript) will be
submitted to authors only if requested, on or attached to first page of MS.
Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost.
Minimum charge for each block is $3.00
Reprints are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re-
quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra
clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders
will be charged for accordingly:
2 pp.
4 pp.
8 pp.
100 copies
3.25
6.00
9.50
Additional 100s
Plates: Add $1.25 per plate.
1.30
2.00
3.00
[Postage Extra]
Reprints are shipped, with invoices, by Pony Printing, 4 Cloverdale Avenue,
Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082.
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin 54143.
Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,
Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York 17, N. Y. Vols. 71 to date are available
from the Nautilus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, and vary
in price.
In satisfaction of postal regulation 132-622.
Owners (but non-profit) : Dr. & Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Dr. Charles B.
Wurtz, Dr. R. Tucker Abbott. Paid subscriptions: 550, shipped by mail.
THE NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 January, 1967 No. 3
ON THE TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF THE
DORID NUDIBRANCH DORIDELLA OBSCURA
By DAVID R. FRANZ
Dept. Zoology, Univ. of Conn., Storrs
In 1963, the writer discovered a large population of Doridella
obscura Verrill in lower Delaware Bay, a population also noted by
Lowden (1965). These animals occur both in deep water (20-25 ft.,
oyster beds) and in the intertidal zone, wherever substrate and
food conditions permit survival. In reviewing the available liter-
ature, it soon became apparent that little information exists on
the biology of this animal. Moreover, the taxonomic status of
Doridella has been in doubt for many years, principally because
the original description (Verrill, 1870) was inadequate and subse-
quent authors have failed to search for and compare Verrill’s type
material. In this report, I have reviewed briefly the taxonomy of
Doridella and added a few observations on its biology in Dela-
ware Bay.
Doridella obscura was described by Verrill on the basis of a
single specimen collected at Savin Rock, Connecticut. In later
years (Verrill, 1880) collections were made from Block Island
Sound, Vineyard Sound and Great Egg Harbor, N. J., and Verrill
noted (1873) that it occurred both along the rocky shores of bays
and sounds and in oyster beds in brackish water.
Doridella has been placed in the family Corambidae of Bergh,
1869, (family Hypobranchiaeidae of authors: Fischer, 1887; Mac-
Farland and O’Donoghue, 1929; Harry, 1953) . The status of
Hypobranchiaeidae has been discussed by Marcus (1960) . The
type genus of Corambidae is Corambe Bergh, 1869, with Corambe
sargassicola Bergh (1872) as its type species. The genus is char-
acterized by the presence of a notch in the posterior margin of the
notum on the midline. This notch is not present in Doridella ac-
cording to Verrill (1870) . In 1899, Balch erected the genus
Corambella with the type species C. depressa Balch from Cold
Spring Harbor, Long Island. As noted by Marcus (1955) , Coram-
bella differs from Corambe only by the absence of a posterior notch
73
74
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
in the notum. Apparently, Balch felt justified in ignoring Verrill’s
genus Doridella on the grounds that Verrill’s later descriptions
(1873, pp. 401, 664) are contradictory regarding the location of
the branchiae. In 1953, a second species of Corambella was de-
scribed, C. baratariae Harry from Louisiana.
The proper generic allocation of all described species of “un-
notched” corambids requires a re-analysis of the systematic posi-
tion of Doridella Verrill, 1870.
I have examined the holotype of D. obscura (Yale Peabody Mus.
No. 13273) . Unfortunately, this specimen is completely dessicated
and useless for determination of external morphology. However,
two lots of two specimens each, collected and identified by Verrill
from Outer Island and Thimble Island, Branford, Conn. (YPM
No. 13179, 10/21/1893) and Savin Rock (YPM No. 13180,
11/5/1874), were examined. In addition, a lot of 3 specimens
collected by W. R. Coe from New Haven was examined (YPM
No. 13178) . The length and width measurements of Verniks col-
lections from Branford were 1.98x1.73 and 1.54x1.09 mm. re-
spectively. The animals from Savin Rock measured 1.92x1.47 and
1.60x1.44 mm. The 3 specimens from New Haven were 3.80x3.13,
1.99x1.80 and 3.13x2.75 mm respectively.
Evidently, the type material of Corambella depressa Balch is
lost. However, I have examined paratypes of C. baratariae Harry
(USNM No. 597689, F-766 - slide) along with preserved material
from North Carolina and Virginia and both living and preserved
material from New Jersey. Doridella does not have a posterior
notch in its notum and corresponds in its external appearance in
all respects to the paratypes of Corambella baratariae. Therefore,
C. baratariae Harry (1953) must be considered a synonym of
Doridella obscura Verrill (1870) . The specific differences between
C. depressa and C. baratariae as listed by Harry (p. 4) are, in my
opinion, insignificant. The position of the genital complex on
the left side as reported by Balch for C. depressa is almost cer-
tainly an error in observation. No known nudibranchs exhibit
this phenomenon. The reticulate pattern of the notum in C.
depressa disappears in preserved material and the pattern of pig-
ment spots is extremely variable. Moreover, Balch himself, due to
the preservation of the animals, expresses some doubt concerning
his original description of the rhinophores and sheaths and also
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
75
concerning the presence of armature in the penis. The grooves on
the ventral surface of the head described by Harry for C. bara-
tariae are invisable in many preserved animals without staining.
The buccal armature noted in C. baratariae is not generally evident
in unsectioned material. The radula, as figured by Balch, does not
appear to be significantly different from C. baratariae if cognizance
is taken of the variability in appearance of radulate depending on
the way in which they have been mounted. Thus, the available
evidence strongly suggests that C. depressa Balch and C. baratariae
Harry are conspecific. In this case, as noted above, both are
synonyms of Doridella obscura.
D. obscura was recorded by Verrill (1880) from locations rang-
ing from Vineyard Sound, Mass., south to Great Egg Harbor, N. J.
The type locality of C. depressa , as with D. obscura , is in Long
Island Sound. Nudibranchs identified as C. baratariae have been
collected from Raritan Bay, N. J. (Dean, D., 1957, unpubl.) south
to Virginia, North Carolina (Marcus, 1961) and on the Gulf
Coast from Mississippi (Moore, D., 1961), Louisiana and Texas
(Marcus, 1960) . This distribution, which encompasses almost the
entire eastern seaboard of the U. S., indirectly supports the con-
tention that we are dealing with a single, widely distributed species.
The present status of Doridella and its contained species may be
summarized as follows:
Genus Doridella Verrill
Doridella Verrill, 1870, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, L (CL) :
Art. XLVI, p. 405.
Corambella Balch, 1899, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 27 (7) : 151.
Doridella obscura Verrill
Doridella obscura Verrill 1870
Corambella depressa Balch 1899
Corambe obscura Sumner et al., 1913, Bull. U. S.. Bur. Fish.
31 (Pt. 2) : 705.
Corambella baratariae Harry 1953. Occas. Papers Mar. Lab., La.
State Univ., Baton Rouge. No. 8, p. 1.
Doridella carambola (Marcus)
Corambella carambola Marcus 1955, Zoologia 20, Bol. No. 207,
p. 89.
Doridella steinbergae (Lance)
Corambella steinbergae Lance 1962, The Veliger 5 (1) : 33.
76
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
Size and External Appearance of N. /. Doridella: The largest
living specimen collected was 7.50x3.41 mm. but in general, they
range from 2 - 4 mm. in length. A representative series of 20
preserved specimens ranged in size as follows:
Head Width 0.34 - 1.33 mm. with a mean of 0.87 ± .06 mm.
Foot Length 0.66 - 2.66 mm. with a mean of 2.02 ± .14 mm.
Foot Width 0.58 - 2.90 mm. with a mean of 0.58 ± .12 mm.
The dorsal coloration and pattern in this species is the result
of a combination of two types of dendritic pigment cells in addi-
tion to a reticulated color network within the notum. Most animals
have a variable number of black dendritic pigment cells which are
located deep within the notum at or close to its ventral surface. In
many specimens, especially some of those collected late in the
season or collected from the laboratory sea water system, the black
pigment cells are very small and few in number and, because of
their depth in the notum, their effect on the overall coloration of
the animal is minimal. Other animals have extremely large black
pigment cells. In these, the pigment masses seem to fill up more
of the space in the notum and in very dark animals, the black cells
are extremely large, moving out into the normally unpigmented
marginal area of the notum.
A second type of pigment cell is present in most animals. These
are brown, located superficially in the notum, and rarely attain
the size of the largest black cells. Following fixation, the brown
cells may become very faint or disappear altogether. Very few
animals have been observed which totally lack pigment cells of
either type.
The reticulate pattern which can be seen in virtually all living
animals appears yellow with reflected light but black in trans-
mitted light. This would suggest that it is due to the presence of
some opaque material, perhaps leucocytes, located either in blood
spaces or some other network within the notum. A similar notal
network has been reported in all corambids which have been ob-
served alive and is particularly well illustrated in Lance’s photo-
graphic figure of D. steinbergae (Lance, 1962) .
Water Circulation: Although the animal can hold the margin
of its notum tightly against the substrate, this structure is nor-
Length
Width
LI 1 - 4.07 mm. with a mean of 2.99 ± .17 mm.
1.19 - 3.73 mm. with a mean of 2.69 ± .14 mm.
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
77
Figure 1. Doridella obscura Verrill. A. Ventral view showing path of
ciliary respiratory currents. (x28) . B. Egg mass (x34) .
mally held in such a position that gaps occur between the substrate
and the edge of the notum. A posterior gap, just behind the
branchiae (Fig. la) , is the functional analog of the notch in
Corambe. However, the skirt of the notum can be manipulated
so that a gap can occur anywhere along the margin. Water currents
created by cilia on the dorsal surface of the foot and on the
branchiae are drawn through gaps between the notum and sub-
strate in front and on each side of the animal. This current is
carried along the channel formed between the dorsal side of the
foot and the ventral surface of the notum. The current is drawn
over the surface of the branchiae and expelled as a single stream
through the posterior gap. The various pathways followed by
the respiratory currents are indicated in Fig. la. Carmine particles
drawn under the notum are subjected to considerable mucous
secretion and are generally heavily clumped when expelled through
the posterior gap.
Feeding: In Delaware Bay, Doridella is always found in associ-
ation with and feeding on incrusting Bryozoa. During most of the
1965 season, these nudibranchs were very common in the intertidal
zone on shells incrusted with Membranipora crustulenta (Pallas) .
This species appeared to die out by October and during the au-
tumn, the nudibranchs were observed to occur on Alcyonidium
verrilli Osburn. In October, two specimens were found in deep
78
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
water on a bottle covered with Acanthodesia tenuis (Desor) .
Oviposition: The egg mass, or at least part of one, was described
by Verrill (1870) . In New Jersey, egg production begins no later
than June and continues until cold weather. The eggs are oval
and are embedded in a transparent gelatinous matrix deposited
on a flat surface in the form of a low, flat spiral (Fig. lb) . Very
fine silt particles usually adhere to its surface making it virtually
invisible. In a mass 2.66x2.37 mm., there are approximately 375
eggs, each averaging Od 1 mm. in length. Gravid nudibranchs have
been observed to produce eggs at 5° C. and animals brought into
the laboratory in November, 1965 produced egg masses at 10° C.
The writer has kept unfed specimens over the winter in the labora-
tory at 10°.
I gladly acknowledge the aid of Dr. Joseph Rosewater who pro-
vided me with the paratypes of C. baratariae from the USNM and
of Dr. Willard Hartman of the Peabody Museum at Yale Univer-
sity for his kindness in allowing me to examine Verriirs collections
of Doridella obscura. I am also indebted to Dr. Ruth Turner of
the MCZ who searched for the type of C. depressa and to C. J.
Risso-Dominguez of Buenos Aires who provided many valuable
suggestions. Finally, I appreciate the efforts of Dr. Robertson of
the ANSP who critically reviewed this paper.
References cited
Balch, F. E., 1899. List of the marine Mollusca of Cold Spring
Harbor, Long Island with descriptions of one new genus and
two new species of nudibranchs. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
27 ( 7): 151-153.
Bergh, R., 1869. Bidrag til en Monographi af Phyllidierne. Natur-
historisk Tidsskrift, 3 R.V.P., p. 359.
, 1872. Beitrag zur kenntniss der Mollusken der Sargasso-
meeres. Verh. d. K.K. zool. - bot. Gesellsch. in Wien., XXI,
pp. 1293-1297.
Fischer, P., 1887. Manuel de Conchyliologie XXXIV, p. 530, Paris.
Harry, H., 1953. Corambella baratariae , a new species of nudi-
branch from the coast of Louisiana. Occas. Papers Mar. Lab.,
La. State Univ., Baton Rouge. No. 8, pp. 1-9.
Lance, J. R., 1962. A new Stiliger and a new Corambella (Mol-
lusca: Opistobranchia) from the northwestern Pacific. The
Veliger 5 (1): 33-38.
Lowden, R. D., 1965. The marine Mollusca of New Jersey and
Delaware Bay, an annotated checklist. Proc. Phila. Shell Club
1 (8-9) : 5-61.
MacFarland, F. M. and O’Donoghue, C. N., 1929. A new species
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
79
of Corambe from the Pacific coast of North America. Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci. 18(1): 1-27.
Marcus, E., 1955. Opisthobranchia from Brazil. Zoologia 20,
Boletim No. 207, pp. 89-264.
, 1961. Opisthbranchia from North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitch-
ell Sci. Soc. 77(2) : 141-151.
Marcus, E. and Marcus, E., 1960. Some opisthbranchs from the
northwestern Gulf of Mexico. Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci. Univ. Texas,
6: 251-264.
Moore, D. R., 1961. The marine and brackish water Mollusca of
the state of Mississippi. Gulf Res. Rept. 1 (1) : 34.
Osburn, R. C., 1944. A survey of the Bryozoa of Chesapeake Bay.
Publ. No. 63, Chesapeake Biol. Lab., Solomons, Md.
Sumner, F. B., Osburn, R. C. and Cole, L. J.., 1913. A biological
survey of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Bull. U. S.
Bur. Fish. 31 (2) : 705.
Verrill, A. E., 1870. Contributions to zoology from the museum
of Yale College, No. 8. Descriptions of some New England
Nudibranchiata. Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 50(150) Art. 46,
pp. 405-408.
, 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard
Sound, etc., U. S. Fish. Comm. Rept. 1 (71-72) pp. 295-788.
, 1880. Catalogue of marine Mollusca added to the fauna of
the New England region during the past ten years. Trans. Conn.
Acad. Sci. 5: 447-599.
SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE ECOLOGY OF
CALLOCARDIA TEXASIANA
By PAUL S. BOYER
Dept, of Geology, Rice University, Houston, Texas
Dead shells of the venerid clam Callocardia texasiana (Dali)
occur uncommonly on Gulf Coast beaches from northwest Florida
to Texas and Mexico. A few paired valves of recently deceased
specimens have been found on Texas beaches, and one live adult
individual has been taken from an unknown locality in the Gulf of
Campeche by a commercial shrimp fisherman. Dr. T. E. Pulley
(personal conversation) reports that William C. Guest collected
live specimens in Matagorda Bay in 1956; this was following a
period of drought which caused bay salinities to be abnormally
high (Gunter, personal communication to Harry S. Ladd; cited in
Ladd, 1951, p. 134). Abbott (1954, p.. 416) has stated that the
biology and habits of Callocardia texasiana are unknown.
While engaged in the study of the distribution of larger inverte-
80
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
brates with respect to various environmental parameters, the
author recently made two trips by shrimpboat along the Louisiana
Coast. On both trips, numbers of live Callocardia texasiana were
collected by means of a small biological dredge. The following
stations yielded living specimens:
LIP 10/12-10 8i/2 nautical miles south of Big Constance Bayou.
LIP 6/6-2 10 nautical miles south of Tigre Point.
LIP 6/6-3 9 nautical miles south of Tigre Point.
LPP 10/8-9 7 nautical miles south of Grand Bayou Pass.
LPP 6/9-5 7 nautical miles north of West Jetty,
Southwest Pass.
At all locations where live material was found, the substrate
consisted of a superficial layer (about 1 cm.) of flocculate clay
material on 3 to 5 cm. of silty sand, overlying a stiff, gray mud.
When collected, the live clams were coated with mud, in which
they apparently had been living. Since the dredge could not have
excavated deeper than about 8 cm. into the sediment, I estimated
that the specimens collected must have been living about 4 to 8 cm.
beneath the sediment surface.
Live clams were found at depths of from 24 feet (near the
Mississippi Delta) to 80 feet (south-southeast of Marsh Island) ,
Bottom salinities ranged from 28 (near the Delta) to 34 0/00
farther west; clearly, this species favors euhaline condtions.
According to data kindly supplied by the Bureau of Commercial
Fisheries in Galveston, and supplemented by our own measure-
ments, the bottom temperature ranges at the Callocardia texasiana
stations are: for the winter, 63 to 67 F.; and for the summer,
79 to 86 F.
Although our Winkler measurements of bottom-water dissolved
oxygen varied greatly along the Louisiana Coast, in 4 of the 5
stations at which live Callocardia were collected, the dissolved oxy-
gen fell in a range of 5.7 to 6.0 ml/liter. The exception was the
point nearest the Delta (LPP 6/9-5) , which showed a dissolved
oxygen content of about 2.8 ml/liter. The low oxygen content of
bottom water at this station is a result of strong salinity-density
stratification brought about by the influx of Mississippi River
water, and of the high content of suspended organic material in
the areas close to the Delta.
The shells of several specimens of Callocardia texasiana had
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
81
been attacked by a worm similar to the Polydora which often infests
commercial oysters (Hofstetter, 1965, p. 19) . The pallial sinus of
one valve was completely riddled by this shell inhabitant.
Dead valves of Callocardia texasiana which have been drilled
by a predatory gastropod are occasionally found. The geometry
of such drill holes may be used to identify the predator; this
method has even been applied to fossil shells (Siler, 1965). The
smooth, hemispherical drill holes found in our Callocardia shells
are the work of a naticid gastropod, most likely the common
Polinices duplicatus.
Acknowledgments. The author wishes to acknowledge the sup-
port of a National Aeronautics and Space Administration Fellow-
ship and of National Science Foundation Grant GP-3600. Dr.. T. E.
Pulley, Houston Museum of Natural Science, critically read the
manuscript.
Literature cited
Abbott, R. Tucker. 1954. American Seashells: D. Van Nostrand
Company, Princeton, N. J.
Hofstetter, Robert P. 1965. The Texas oyster fishery: Texas Parks
and Wildlife Dept. Bull. 40, 39 pp.
Ladd, Harry S. 1951. Brackish-water and marine assemblages of
the Texas coast, with special reference to mollusks. Publ. of the
Institute of Marine Science 2: 125-164.
Siler, Walter L.. 1965. Feeding habits of some Eocene carnivorous
gastropods. Texas Journal of Science 17: 213-218.
A NEW ANCILLA FROM BRAZIL
By JOHN Q. and ROSE L. BURCH
Among specimens received from Fortaleza, Ceara, Brazil, there
are some specimens of Ancilla that seem to us to be a new species.
The shells were taken from the digestive tract of the toad fish
Amphichthys cryptocentrus (Valenciennes 1837) in the family
Batrachoididae. The fish was taken in about fifteen fathoms. They
are bottom feeders.
Ancilla matthewsi, new species. Figure 1
Shell fusiform, greatest width at middle of body whorl; spire
high, smooth, pointed; callus expanding on body whorl, but not
covering the preceding suture; 3 or 4 plaits on base of columella;
columella excavately arched then slightly twisted; minute vertical
striations on body whorl; two spiral basal grooves, the lower groove
82
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
starting at the notch and ending at columella with a small plait on
interior, the upper groove pitted with rib-like nodes; outer lip with
minute tooth before turn at base; shell orange, but some para types
apricot or white. Dimensions of the holotype are, length 18.8 mm.,
length of aperture 12.4 mm., width 9.1 mm.
The dimensions of the paratypes vary from length 20.1 mm.,
length of aperture 11.9 mm., width 8.7 mm. to length 11.9 mm.,
length of aperture 5.0 mm., width 5.0 mm.
This species may be compared with Ancilla cinnamonea La-
marck 1801, in form alone, but the latter lacks the basal grooves.
The holotype is to be deposited in the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, no. 308959. Two paratypes are in the
collection of Mr. H. R. Matthews, two paratypes, no. 308960, in
the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
two in the Burch collection, and others will be distributed to
various institutions.
It is our pleasure to name this species in honor of Mr. H. R.
Matthews, British Vice-Consul in Fortaleza. His enthusiasm in
research has contributed much to those interested in the malacology
of this region.
We wish to thank Dr. Bruce Campbell for preparing the figures.
Figure 1. Ancilla matthewsi Burch and Burch. Two views of holotype.
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
83
A NEW SPECIES OF LYRIA (VOLUTIDAE)
FROM HISPANIOLA
By W. J. CLENCH and R. D. TURNER
Through the kindness of Dr. L. E. Vega of Santo Domingo,
Repriblica Dominicana, we have been privileged to describe this
new Lyria from Hispaniola.
Various species in the genus Lyria appear to be very rare in the
western Atlantic. Probably no more than 5 or 6 specimens of
Lyria beauii (F. 8c B.) are known to exist.
Lyria (Lyria) vegai, new species. Page 84, fig. 1
Description: Shell relatively small for this family, though large
for the genus; nearly smooth, imperforate and reaching 60 mm.
(about 2 1/2 inches) in length. Whorls 8 and convex. Color ivory
with numerous and irregular spiral bands of brownish spots and
lines which are also in axial arrangement. Spire extended and
produced at an angle of 48°. Aperture subelliptical. Outer lip
slightly reflected. Parietal wall thinly glazed. Columella with two
well developed plicae and one small one near the base and with
several exceedingly fine, thread-like plicae above which extend over
the parietal wall. Suture well indented. Sculpture consisting of
very fine axial costae on the early whorls which are absent on the
later whorls which have only very fine growth lines. Protoconch
broken. Operculum unknown.
Measurements of holotype: Height 60 mm., width 26 mm.
Type: Holotype, Museum of Comparative Zoology, no. 256494,
from a fish trap, Cabo Rojo, Prov. Pedernales, Republica Domini-
cana, Hispaniola. Collected by Bernardo Vega in December 1961.
Remarks: This species is related to Lyria beauii (Fischer and
Bernardi) from Marie-Galante, Lesser Antilles, though it differs
in several of its morphological characters from that species. Lyria
vegai is smooth except for the first two whorls, and not axially
ribbed throughout as in beauii; also the outer lip is more rounded.
In addition, L. vegai has only the columellar plicae and 3 or 4
very small plicae at the upper parietal area, while beauii has a
continuous series of small plicae which extend from the columellar
area to nearly the uppermost portion of the parietal area.
Named for Dr. L. E. Vega of Ciudad Santo Domingo.
Lyria (Lyria) beauii (Fischer and Bernardi) Figs. 2-3
Voluta beauii Fischer and Bernardi 1857, Jour, de Conchyliol-
84
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
Figure 1. Lyria (Lyria) vegai Clench and Turner (1.4X) . Figures 2-3. Lyria
(Lyria) beauii (Fischer and Bernardi) (about natural size) [after Fischer
and Bernardi].
ogie 5: 296, pi. 9, figs. 8-9 (Marie-Galante [Lesser Antilles] West
Indies) .
Lyria beauii (Fischer and Bernardi). Tryon 1882, Man. of
Conch. (1) 4: 101, pi. 2, fig. 7 (radula) ; pi. 31, fig. 137.
THRACIA CONRADI
IN MALPEQUE BAY, PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND
By M.L.H. THOMAS
Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Biological Substation, Ellerslie, P.E.I.
Thracia conradi Couthouy, a bivalve mollusk of the family
Thraciidae, order Anomalodesmacea, has seldom been collected
alive because of its deep burrowing habit and its delicate shell.
Consequently its geographical range is not completely known and
its biological characteristics are known even less. Johnson (1934)
gave the range as Labrador to North Carolina in 3-16 fm. Most
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
85
later general accounts merely repeat this information (Smith, 1937,
Miner, 1950 and LaRocque, 1953) but Abbott (1954) gives the
range as Nova Scotia to Long Island Sound, N. Y. in water down
to 150 fm. Canadian records, mostly from Whiteaves (1901, were
summarized by LaRocque (1953) but unfortunately several signi-
ficant records by Stafford (1910a, 1910b) were not included. These
records show a distribution extending from U.S.A. waters as far
north as Caribou Island, Labrador and up the St. Lawrence to
Gaspe Bay, P.Q. There are several records for the mainland side
of Northumberland Strait but none for P.E.I. waters. Most of
these records are based on shells only.
A few observations on habitat and general biology of T. conradi
are included in the records discussed above but the only papers
giving any details of this aspect are those of Gould (1870) and
Morse (1913, 1919) who did observe living specimens.
During recent faunal surveys of Malpeque Bay, P.E.I. it has
been established that T. conradi is common in the area. It has a
wide distribution in the bay proper and occurs to at least the
lower parts of tributary estuarine waters. It has not been found
where salinity ever would be greatly reduced, although specimens
retained in the laboratory have withstood temporary fresh-water
conditions lasting several hours.
Bottoms in which populations have been found have all been of
muddy sand, with the proportion of mud varying considerably.
However, in all locations the sediment was similar in that it was
firm with little tendency to shift. Eel grass Zostera marina L. was
abundant at some stations and absent at others.
One abundant population was examined using skin diving
(SCUBA) methods. This location was typical for populations In
the area and comprised a bottom of slightly muddy sand in about
4 meters of water. The bottom at this station was covered with
numerous paired holes which proved to be T. conradi burrows.
The main associated molluscan fauna comprised Pitar morrhuana,
Tellina agilis, Ensis directus, Lacuna vincta and Nassarius trivit-
tatus.
Numerous specimens were carefully dug by hand and with a
hand operated suction dredge (Brett, 1964) .. Where possible, indi-
viduals were marked in situ, their position recorded and the burrow
depth measured. Specimens were measured and weighed entire
86
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
while still alive.
Specimens collected measured up to 91 mm. long and weighed
up to 162 grams. Each individual had two burrows to the surface,
emerging up to about 80 mm. apart. Both burrows were round in
cross section; that for the incurrent (ventral) siphon character-
istically being surrounded by a mound of excavated sand, whereas
the excurrent siphon hole lay in a depression. Both burrows
descended almost vertically to a few centimeters above the clam,
then converged to form a common chamber at the posterior end
of the shell. Burrow depths to the uppermost part of the shell
were measured for many specimens over 53 mm., long. I observed
that the burrow depth was not proportional to size but varied
randomly from 140 to 260 mm., a mean of about 175 mm. Several
specimens smaller than 53 mm. in length have been collected by
the suction dredge but none were observed in their burrows. All
specimens examined in situ were lying on their sides with the
larger right valve up.
Several specimens from 55 to 89 mm. long have been held alive
in the laboratory in containers of muddy sand. One has been ob-
served for several months with its burrows against the glass wall
of a container. In the laboratory all specimens fed freely on a
culture of marine diatom Phaeodactylum tricornutum Bohlin.
Specimens observed in the laboratory made no attempt to bur-
row or even move. However, those placed in a typical attitude and
depth in sand quickly constructed siphon holes to the surface and
fed when food was provided. In the laboratory siphon holes have
rarely been retained unaltered for more than a day, being re-dug
frequently and changed in position. During this re-working process
a considerable volume of sediment was transferred from the excur-
rent to the incurrent siphon burrow where it built up at the
surface. Specimens periodically allowed both burrows to collapse
and fill and remained quiescent for periods of up to a week. Such
action also resulted when fresh water replaced the sea water flow.
There is evidence, however, that some water was still drawn in
through the sand when the holes were blocked, since addition of
food culture or return of full salinity resulted in prompt re-
burrowing to the surface.
The field and laboratory observations of living specimens, both
buried and free, and the diminutive size of the foot, suggest that
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
87
adult specimens do not move once established in a burrow.
I must conclude that T. conradi has a much more general dis-
tribution and is probably much more abundant throughout its
range than references indicate. Studies on its mode of life, behavior
and general biology suggest a fascinating life history. Further
studies would no doubt be rewarding.
I am grateful to Dr. A. H. Clarke of the National Museum of
Canada for his help and advice and for checking the identity of
specimens.
References cited
Abbott, R. T. 1954. American Seashells. Van Nostrand, N. Y.
541 p.
Brett, C. E. 1964. A portable hydraulic diver-operated dredge Seive
for sampling subtidal macrofauna. J. Mar. Res. 22 (2) : 205-209.
Gould, A. A. 1870. Report on the invertebrata of Massachusetts . . .
comprising the mollusca, 2nd Ed., Wright and Potter, Boston,
524 p.
Johnson, C. W. 1934. List of marine Mollusca of the Atlantic coast
from Labrador to Texas. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 40 (1) :
1-204.
La Rocque, A. 1953. Catalogue of the recent Mollusca of Canada.
Nat. Mus. Canada, Bull. No. 129, 406 p.
Miner, R. W. 1950. Field book of seashore life. Putnam 8c Sons,
N. Y. 888 p.
Morse, E. J. 1913. Notes on Thracia conradi. Nautilus 27: 74-77.
1919. Observations on living lamellibranchs in New England.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 45 (5): 139-196.
Smith, M. 1937. East coast marine shells. Edwards Brothers Inc.,
Ann Arbor, Mich. 308 p.
Stafford, J. 1910a. On the fauna of the Atlantic coast of Canada.
Third Report — Gaspe. Contrib. Canadian Biol. 1906-1910,
45-67. 1910b.. On the fauna of the Atlantic coast of Canada,
Fourth Report. Contrib. Canadian Biol. 1906-1910, 69-78.
Whiteaves, J. F. 1901. Catalogue of the marine invertebrata of
Eastern Canada. Geol. Surv. Canada. Publ. No. 772, 271 p.
NOTES ON COASTAL LAND SNAILS
By ROBERT R. TALMADGE
Willow Creek, California
A recent paper by Bleakney, Nautilus 7P (4) , April, 1966, on
the availability of calcium carbonate for Cepaea nemoralis on an
offshore island off Nova Scotia, supplied the incentive for this
rather brief discussion on similar coastal situations, but along the
88
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
coasts of northern California and southern Oregon. There are
numerous headlands, offshore islets and sea stacks along the coasts
mentioned above, many of which have a vegetation cover. Some
of them also have local populations of slugs and snails in the genera
Ariolimax, \Haplotrema , Vespericola, and Monadenia, the latter
having been the subject of several taxonomic papers covering
insular, headland, or beach populations.
The vegetation cover mentioned may consist of grass only, grass
and low brush, grass brush and trees, or any combination of such,
dependent upon the size, soil, and exposure to the prevailing
winds of any stack, islet, or headland. At least in my field records,
there does not appear to be any definite trend of snail populations
dependent upon any special type of vegetation or size of headland
or islet. Apparently the availability of free lime, plus cover from
the strong prevailing winds were the two prime factors of abun-
dance and distribution.
Bleakney refers to the use of lime from the drift or bird taken
marine shells that the snails found on the island. This appears to
be duplicated on the South and Middle Sisters Rocks, south of
Port Orford, Oregon. At the present time, one may easily reach the
headland on the mainland and the South or innermost Sister Rock,
and the Middle Sister at low-low tide. North Sister, a nearly vertical
sea stack cannot be reached except by boat, and then the possi-
bility of climbing the sides is questionable. The only noticeable
lime about the two inshore rocks and the mainland headland ap-
pears to be either drift shells or shells that gulls have left amid
certain rocky areas rather low down on the tall stacks. There is
a population of a rather small Monadenia, as well as small Ves-
pericola and some Haplotrema also low down on these rocks,
living in the grasses rather than in the available low brush. The
population is not noted as being very heavy.
The reef, sea stack, insular, and headland complex near Trini-
dad, and at Crescent City in northern California is quite different.
Some of the localities that appear the least suitable for land snails
have a much heavier population than sites one would consider
more suitable. I did note that in the areas of the greatest number
of land snails, there were deposits of sandy soil, filled with subfossil
marine shells, and that the snails appeared to be concentrated in
the heavy rank grass at or adjacent to such lime areas. Guano also
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
89
appeared to be a factor in furnishing lime. Prehistoric sand dunes
filled with old marine shells are also a possible source of lime, and
such seem to support a much larger population of land snails.
Such sites are the mouth and lower reaches of the Pistol River in
Oregon, the Smith and Mad Rivers in California. In such areas
snails are to be found well into the dunes, even in what many
might consider to be poor vegetation cover.
Shell mounds, or Indian middens, with the loose soil, filled with
bits of broken clam shell, also furnish free lime to the snails.
Personal observations indicate that the snail populations around
such sites are more dense than in similar vegetation cover nearby.
The majority of the reef, sea stack, insular, headland complexes,
appear to be remnants of more massive headlands that were sepa-
rated, broken apart, or worn into more or less their present con-
dition by the rise and fall of the sea level during the glacial and
interglacial periods of the Pleistocene. Most paleontologists con-
sider that our present genera of land snails were present and had
a similar distribution during that geological time. There are areas
that have altered since the glacial periods to such an extent that
land snails may no longer inhabit the region, or else other species
have moved in, replacing the original forms. At the present time,
apparently the insular and headland races of Monadenia, Vesperi-
cola, and Haplotrema on the Pacific Coast, were present prior to
this breaking up of the larger headlands, and survived in suitable
locations that furnished them with cover, food, and lime.
SNAILS ON MIGRATORY BIRDS
By DEE S. DUNDEE, Louisiana State University in New Orleans,
PAUL H. PHILLIPS and JOHN D. NEWSOM, Louisiana State
University, Baton Rouge
During nocturnal woodcock-banding operations by the Louisiana
Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit in the winters of 1964-65 and
1965-66, snails (Succinea unicolor Tryon) were found among the
feathers of some of these migratory birds. The banding was done
in the Atchafalaya River Basin area in Louisiana.
Various birds were caught during these operations but snails
were found on only 3 species: woodcock (Philohola minor), com-
mon snipe { Cappella gallinago), and whippoorwill (Caprimulgus
vociferous). Since the banding was primarily aimed at woodcock,
90
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
only the snails found on them were given special attention.
During the 1964-65 winter, 2754 woodcock were banded and
in 1965-66 the number was 1103. The first season the number of
snails per bird ranged from 1 to 14 and during the second year
it dropped to from 1 to 8. The drop was most likely due to a
long drought which was not broken until mid-December. During
1965-66 banding program every 10th woodcock was weighed, sexed,
aged, and checked for snails. Of the 96 woodcock checked, 1 1 .4%
had snails present. Of those, the average number of snails per bird
was 3.. There seems to be no correlation as to age of bird, sex, size
and the age of the snail. Snails involved in these associations ranged
in size from 1.5 — 9.0 mm. It seems to be purely a matter of chance
as to whether any particular bird has on it any particular snail.
The snails were found at different positions on the birds. Some
were at the base of the feathers on the upper breast, mid-breast,
and low breast; others were at feather bases under the anterior
feathers of the mid-abdomen between the legs; some were on the
outside of the tibio-fibula, on the outside of flank feathers at the
base of the tail, on the underside of feathers outside of the tibio-
tarsus, and at the base of the undertail coverts. In no case were
the snails on the dorsal surface of the birds.
Why are these Succineids on the woodcocks? At this point there
is no answer; only hypotheses. Since the woodcock is a nocturnal
feeder whose diet is composed almost exclusively of earthworms,
it needs damp or even wet soil to facilititate probing for the
worms. Thus, perhaps it is mere chance that the snails happen to
crawl onto the bird while it is sitting in their locality. Perhaps the
warmth of the bird attracts the snails. Since the snails, in most
cases, were taken from the base of the feathers, perhaps the snails
are feeding on some material at that point. The reason remains
to be determined.
In any case, these are not the only records of the occurrence of
snails on migratory birds. Rees (1965), in summarizing the work
of others, points out that Physa sp. has been found on the upland
plover (Bartramia longicauda) and Succinea riisei (Pfeiffer) on
the bobolink (Dolichonyx oxyzivorous) and on the western vesper
sparrow (Pooecetes gramineus). All these birds are migrants also.
Recaptures of the banded woodcock have occurred in many
places in their migratory range: Ontario, Michigan, Massachusetts,
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
91
etc. Here, again, is evidence of one of the means of distribution
of our molluscan fauna. We have no records of snails on these re-
captures since there is^no program of examination for snails after
recapture. Such would be ideal.
We owe thanks to Mr. Don J. Bethancourt of the Louisiana
State University School of Forestry and Wildlife Management for
his aid with this paper.
Literature cited
Rees, W. J. The Aerial dispersal of Mollusca. Proc. Malac. Soc.
Lond. 36: 269-282. 1965.
NEW AND OLDEST RECORDS OF PELECYPOD MYA
FROM WEST NORTH AMERICA, SOUTH OF ALASKA
By OLUWAFEYISOLA S, ADEGOKE
Department of Paleontology, University of California, Berkeley1
During a detailed biostratigraphic study of the Neogene For-
mations of the Coalinga region, California, the writer collected two
specimens of the pelecypod Mya (figs. 1-3) from the middle of
the Middle Miocene Temblor Formation. The significance of these
occurrences, constituting the oldest known records of the genus
from the northeastern Pacific, south of Alaska, and their bearing
on the evolutionary history and the biogeography of the genus
are discussed briefly below.
The earliest recorded occurrences of Mya in America are from
the upper part of the Acila shumardi zone (Middle Oligocene) of
Popof Island, south of the Alaskan Peninsula, and from the lower-
most part of the Poul Creek Formation of the Yakataga district,
Alaska (MacNeil, 1965, p. G14) .. This oldest American species
was identified as Mya kusiroensis Nagao and Inoue 1941, by
MacNeil, who regarded the species as a trans-Arctic migrant from
the western Pacific (MacNeil, op. cit., p. G2) . The same species
occurs in Middle Oligocene strata of Hokkaido, Japan (Fujie,
1957; 1962), and is believed to have evolved directly from Mya
ezoensis Nagao and Inoue, a species known from the Late Eocene
or Early Oligocene Wakkanabe Formation of Hokkaido, Japan
(MacNeil, 1955, pp. G13-14). In addition, MacNeil (op. cit.) has
recognized Mya salmonensis Clark and a doubtful occurrence of
M. grewingki Makiyama from the middle and upper parts of the
1 Present address: California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California.
92
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
Poul Creek Formation (Late Oligocene and Early Miocene) of
Alaska. These species are abundant in chronologically equivalent
strata in Hokkaido and Sakhalin, and the latter persisted until
Middle Miocene times in Hokkaido. However, none of these
species had ever been recorded from other parts of western North
America, outside of Alaska.
To date, the oldest indisputable western North American record
of species of Mya from outcropping strata south of Alaska2 is Mya
fujiei MacNeil, 1965 (see MacNeil, op. cit., p. G30) .
The holotype of this species came from the Takinoue Forma-
tion (early Middle Miocene) of Hokkaido (see Fujie, 1957; 1962;
MacNeil, 1965, p. G14) . The single Californian specimen doubt-
fully referred to the species by MacNeil was collected from the
Briones Sandstone (Late Miocene) of the San Pablo Bay area
(Univ. Calif. Mus. Paleo. locality 197) . This specimen had earlier
been designated as one of the paratypes of Mya dickersoni by
Clark (1915, p. 478, pi. 63, fig. 4) .
The Middle Miocene specimens collected by the writer from the
Temblor Formation of the Coalinga area are shown in figures 1-3.
They have relatively elongate anterior and posterior dorsal mar-
gins, and broadly rounded anterior and posterior extremities. They
are tentatively identified as Mya ( Arenomya ) fujiei MacNeil,
though they appear to be morphologically intermediate between
the latter and M. kusiroensis Nagao and Inoue. They are slightly
less bulky and more slender than M. kusiroensis, but not quite so
elongate or acutely tapering posteriorly as M. fujiei. Inasmuch as
the spoons of these Temblor specimens could not be prepared
without doing considerable damage to the valves, the affinities of
the species could not be more accurately determined here.
The following fossil taxons occur at the two localities in
association with M. fujiei:
Locality B-7085. Temblor Formation, Joaquin Rocks Quadran-
gle, T.19S., R.15E., Section 21. N.W. y4 of S.W. 14 of Sec. 21.
From V aquerosella- bearing resistant ledges outcropping near the
2 Specimens earlier reported as Mya n. sp.? by Loel and Corey (1932, p. 233,
pi. 45, fig. 2) from theVaqueros Formation, Plano Trabudo, Santa Ana
Mountains, Orange County, California (Univ. Calif. Mus. Paleo. loc. 6128)
were apparently misidentified. The figured hypotype (UCMP no. 31844) was
examined by the writer. The specimen was poorly preserved and badly
crushed. Despite this, characters such as the subquadrate outline, nature of
the hinge, and the thin, flat valves show that it is certainly not a Mya but
a Tellinid.
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
93
hill top on the east side and just south of the junction of a north-
south dirt road with an east-west dirt road from Oil Canyon.
Asteroidea
Astropecten sp. indet.?
Pelecypoda
Aequipecten andersoni (Arnold)
Amiantis diabloensis (Anderson)
Anadara (Scapharca) obispoana (Conrad)
Anadara (Anadara) osmonti (Dali)
Psammotreta biangulata (Carpenter)
Chione temblorensis Anderson
Clementia (Egesta) pertenuis (Gabb)
Dosinia margaritana Wiedey
Lucinoma acutilineata (Conrad)
Macoma piercei Arnold
Mactra sect oris Anderson and Martin
Miltha sanctaecrucis (Arnold)
Mytilus mathewsonii expansus Arnold
Ostrea ashleyi Hertlein
Ostrea sp. indet.
Pseudocardium panzanum (Loel and Corey)
Zirfaea dentata Gabb
Gastropoda
Calliostoma pacificum Anderson and Martin
Calyptraea filosa (Gabb)
Calyptraea inornata (Gabb)
Cancellaria dalliana Anderson
Neverita reclusiana Deshayes
Sinum sp. indet.
Tritonalia topangensis (Arnold)
Forreria gabbianum cancellarioides (Arnold)
Tnrritella ocoyana Conrad
Brachiopoda
Discinisca loeli Hertlein and Grant
Porifera
Cliona sp. indet.
Annelida
Serpula sp. indet.
Locality D-1059. Temblor Formation, Reef Ridge Quadrangle,
T.23S., R. 16E., Section 3: 1,085 feet north, 1,390 feet west. From
lowest two of the four prominent Tnrritella beds that crop out on
the north bank of Garza Creek, a few feet above the creek bed.
Pelecypoda
Aequipecten andersoni (Arnold)
Anadara (Anadara) osmonti (Dali)
Psammotreta biangulata (Carpenter)
94
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
Diplodonta orbella Gould
Macoma nasuta Conrad
Pseudocardium densatum minor (Arnold)
Semele morani Anderson and Martin
Solen gravidus Clark
Spisula albaria Conrad
Tellina ocoyana Conrad
Trachycardium vaquerosense (Arnold)
Transennella joaquinensis Anderson and Martin
Zirfaea dentata Gabb
Gastropoda
Bruclarkia barkerianum santacruzanum (Arnold)
Crepidula rostralis (Conrad)
Tritonalia topangensis (Arnold)
Forteria gabbianum cancellarioides (Arnold)
Turritella bosei Hertlein and Jordan
Turritella ocoyana Conrad
Turritella wittichi Hertlein and Jordan
Discussion and inferences. The fauna associated with Mya fujiei
MacNeil at both localities (see above) are interesting and signifi-
cant in that a number of the genera represented are commonly
regarded as indicators of a warm (tropical-subtropical) climate
(see Smith, 1919; Durham, 1950, p. 1256) . Such genera include
Anadara, Chione , Dosinia, Miltha, Clementia , Psammotreta,
Semele , and Turritella. The abundant occurrences of these genera
in the Early Miocene faunas of this region was taken by Durham
(1950, p. 1256) as inidcative of a minimum water surface tem-
perature of 19° or 20° C. Living representatives of Forreria and
Miltha live today in tropical waters with a minimum surface
temperature of about 20° C. MacNeil (op. cit., p. G30) similarly
noted that Fujie’s (1962, p. 404) assignment of the Japanese
representatives of M. fujiei implied that the species was a warm-
water form. This, and the present records of Mya in the Temblor
Formation in association with taxa with apparently tropical affini-
ties indicate that the latitudinal restriction to cold climates char-
acteristic of the distribution of Mya today is not in harmony with
the latitudinal distribution of the genus in the geologic past. Most
of the older species (including all the California Late Miocene
species mentioned below) appear to have been tolerant to a greater
range of climatic variations than are the modern representatives
of the genus.
Apart from Mya fujiei , MacNeil (op. cit.) recognized the fol-
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
95
lowing species from the Late Miocene San Pablo Group of Cali-
fornia: M. arrosis MacNeil 1965 (Briones, Cierbo and Neroly
Formations), M. dickersoni Clark 1915 (Neroly Formation), and
M. arenaria Linnaeus 1758 (Late Miocene to Recent) .. According
to MacNeil (op. cit., p. G15) , M. arrosis evolved from M. fujiei,
and the former is directly ancestral to M. japonica Jay.
The present Middle Miocene record of M. fujiei MacNeil is
significant in that it supplies another stage in the evolution of
the California Late Miocene species from the Alaskan and Japanese
Early Miocene form such as M. kusiroensis Nagao and Inoue.
These records further indicate that southerly migrations of Mya
from Alaska probably occurred in pre-Middle Miocene times. More
careful search in Lower and Middle Miocene strata especially in
Oregon and Washington may reveal the occurrences of still older
species.
Literature cited
Clark, B. L. 1915. Fauna of the San Pablo Group of Middle Cali-
fornia. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., 8 (22) : 385-572,
pis. 42-71.
Durham, J. W. 1950. Cenozoic marine climates of the Pacific
Coast. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull. 61: 1243-1264, text-figs. 1-3.
Fujie, Tsutomu. 1957. On the myarian pelecypods of Japan, pt. 1.
Summary of the study of the genus Mya from Hokkaido. Hok-
kaido Univ. Fac. Sci. Jour., 4th ser., 9 (4) : 381-413, 8 pis.
. 1962. On the myarian pelecypods of Japan, pt. 2. Geological
and geographical distribution of fossil and recent species, genus
Mya. Ibid., 77(3): 399-430.
Loel, Wayne and W. H. Corey. 1932. The Vaqueros Formation,
Lower Miocene of California. I. Paleontology. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Bull. Dept. Geol. Sci., 22 (3) : 31-410, pis. 4-65, 2 maps.
MacNeil, F. S. 1965. Evolution and Distribution of the Genus Mya ,
and Tertiary Migrations of Mollusca: U. S. Geol. Survey Prof.
Paper 483-G, 51 pp., 11 pis.
Smith, J. P. 1919. Climatic relations of the Tertiary and Quater-
nary Faunas of the Coalinga Region. Calif. Acad. Sci., Proc.,
ser. 4, 9: 123-173, pi. 9.
96
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
MURICANTHUS MELANAMATHOS, A WEST
AFRICAN MURXCID
By ANTHONY D’ATTILIO
Associate, American Museum of Natural History
Through the generosity of Mr. Israel Bendersky, of the New
York Shell Club, I received a muricid specimen which has proved
to be of more than ordinary interest. Its identity was easily estab-
lished as it agrees with numerous published figures of Mur ex mela-
namathos Gmelin. However, because of its apparent rarity, the true
locality of this species has remained questionable until the dis-
covery of the present specimen. This specimen, with a few other
mollusks, was sent to Mr. Bendersky from Lobito, Angola on the
west coast of Africa. The collector, a skin diver, stated that the
specimen had been found by him in the vicinity of Lobito.
I should like to thank my colleague, Mr. William E. Old, Jr.,
for bibliographic assistance. Dr. R. Tucker Abbott kindly read the
manuscript and provided helpful information.
Annotated Synonymy of Murex melanamathos Gmelin,
PI. 5, Figs. 1, 2
1791, Gmelin, J. F. Systema naturae, ed. 13, Murex , p. 3527, sp. 9.
For a figure Gmelin refers to Martini, Conchylien Cabinet, vol.
3, pi. 108, fig. 1015, locality “East Indies.” This drawing, though
poorly executed, is a recognizable illustration of this species.
1798, Roding, P. F. Museum Boltenianum, pt. 2, p. 141, no. 1776,
as Purpura tuberosa Roding. Refers to Martini, vol. 3, pi. 108,
fig. 1015.
1801, Bose, L. A. G. Histoire naturelle des coq., vol. 4, p. 207.
Refers to Martini, (vol. 3, pi. 108, fig. 1015.
1807, von Waldheim, G. Fischer. Museum Demidoff, Moscow,
vol. 3 , p. 194. Refers to Martini, vol. 3, pi. 108, fig. 1015; [teste
R. T. Abbott].
1816, Lamarck, M. Encyclopedic et Methodique, pi. 418, fig. 2b.
A passable figure, as M. melanomathos (sic.) .
1817, Dillwyn, L. W. Descriptive catalog of recent shells, vol. 2,
p. 686, [sp.] 11, East Indian Seas, as M. melanomathos (sic.).
Besides referring to Gmelin, Dillwyn cites, Schroeter, Einl., i,
p. 548; Argenville, Zoom t. 11, fig. K; and D’Avila, t. 15, fig. H.
1818, Wood, W.. Index testaceologicus or a catalogue of shells, p.
120, no. 11, East Indian Seas, as M. melanomathos (sic.). Refers
to Martini, vol. 3, pi. 108, fig. 1015.
1828, Wood, W. Index testaceologicus or a catalogue of shells, p.
120, pi. 25, fig. 11, East Indian Seas. This very small figure may
be taken to illustrate the species.
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
97
Figures 1-3. Mya (Arenomya) fnjiei MacNeil. Temblor Formation, Coalinga,
California. 1, 2, hinge and side views of Univ. Calif. Mus. Paleo. no. 36779,
locality B-7085, X 1. 3, side view of Univ. Calif. Mus. Palco. no. 37680,
locality D-1059, X 1.
1828, Sowerby, G. B. Jun. Genera of recent and fossil shells, vol. 2,
pt. 30, Murex, fig. 6. This is an excellent figure of this species
which was presented in this work as an example of the genus
Murex.
1 843, Kiener, L. C. Coquilles vivantes, Murex, pp. 62-63, pi. 29, fig.
2-2. The species is well figured in this work and Kiener notes that
specimens were to be found in the collection of Lamarck, with
the locality: Indian Ocean, as M. melanomathos (sic.).
1 845, Reeve, L. A. Conchologia iconica, vol. 3, Murex, species 48.
An excellent figure, but no locality is given, as M. melanomathos
(sic.).
1878, Kiister, H. C. and Kobelt, W. Conchylien cabinet, Murex,
pp. 12-13, pi. 4, fig. 5, pi. 4b, fig. 3, Indian Ocean, as M.
melanomathos (sic.).
1879, Sowerby, G. B. Thesaurus conchyliorum, Murex, p. 30, sp.
13, fig. 144, Habitat?
1880, Tryon, G. W. [in part]. Manual of conchology, Muricinae
and Purpurinae, pi. 26, fig. 230. Tryon incorrectly synonymizes
Murex melanomathos (sic.) with Murex oxyacantha Broderip,
1833, and cites the locality as Real Llejos, west Central America
(now known as Corinto, Nicaragua) .
Discussion. The specimen from I obito rgrees generally with
Pveeve’s (1845) excellent figure of this taxon, but it lies only 7
varices instead of 8 as shown by that author. The shell is white
with black varices and spines. The spines are comparatively short
and develop as the ends of 5 major spiral cords on the body whorl
Figs. 1, 2. M^uricanthiis melanamathos (Gmelin) , Lobito, Angola, Africa.
Figs. 3, 4. M. oxyacantha (Broderip) , San Juan del Sur, Nicaragua. Both xL
98 NAUTILUS
NAUTILUS 80 (3)
Vol. 80 (3)
PLATE 5
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
99
and one major cord on the canal. Between these major cords there
are present secondary and lesser cords. Spiral cords and spines occur
on the shoulder close to the suture.
Muricanthus oxyacantha (Broderip, 1833), on the other hand,
has many more major spiral cords, the shell is mostly white with the
spines commonly stained with a little brown. The cords and spines
are wanting on the region above the shoulder to the suture, and
there are only a few minor cords between the major ones (see pi. 5,
figs, 3, 4) . Keen (1958, p. 356) noted in her remarks to M. oxya-
cantha “the species has been identified as Murex melanamathos
Gmelin, 1791 by some authors, but that form, which is apparently
Indo-Pacific in distribution, has black spines on all eight varices,
and the published figures show spines above the aperture that are
lacking in M. oxyacantha .”
That a species from west Central America should find a counter-
part in west Africa is not surprising considering the presence on
the west African coast of a number of species that have twin species
in the tropical west American and the eastern American regions.
As for one example, in the Muricidae, Purpurellus pinniger (Brod-
erip) of the Panamic province is very similar in conchological char-
acters to Purpurellus gamhiensis (Reeve) from west Africa.
Literature cited
Broderip, W. J., 1833. Characters of new species of Mollusca and
Conchifera. p. 176, Hab. in America Centrali (Real Lleijos) .
Murex oxyacantha was first illustrated in the following work:
Sowerby, G. B. Jun., 1834. The conchological illustrations,
Murex, A catalogue of recent species, sp. 80, pi. 59, fig. 11.
Keen, M., 1958. Sea shells of tropical west America, p. 356, sp. 345.
FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA FROM JAMES RIVER, VA.
AND A NEW NAME FOR MUD ALIA OF AUTHORS.
By WILLIAM J. CLENCH and KENNETH J. BOSS
While on our way to the American Malacological Union meet-
ings in Chapel Hill (1966) , the authors and Mr. Morris K.
Jacobson of New York collected along the central reaches of the
James River, Virginia. Four stations were made, three in the James
and one in a tributary, the Rivanna River near Columbia. Good
fortune was with us because the river was low and clear, two most
important factors in fresh water collecting.
Twenty to forty miles west of Richmond, where we made most
100
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
of our stations, the James River was over 300 feet wide but rather
shallow, probably not more than 10-15 feet deep in the main chan-
nel of the stream and about 2 or 3 feet deep for much of its area.
The substrate of the river is largely sand with extensive patches of
smooth flattened boulders or rocks and with occasional areas of
gravel; much of the bank was soft black mud.
We are indebted to Mr. R. I. Johnson for the determination of
several species of the Unionidae.
Stations made in the James River System on August 21, 1966.
(Museum of Comparative Zoology, Mollusk Department Field
Numbers)
2288, James River, Powhattan County, across the river from Maid-
ens, Goochland County, Virginia.
2289, James River, near Cartersville, Cumberland County, Vir-
ginia.
2290, James River, near Columbia, Fluvanna County, Virginia.
2291, Rivanna River, 2 miles west of Columbia, Fluvanna County,
Virginia.
List of the species
Viviparidae
Lioplax subcarinata (Say, 1817), Stations 2288, 2289.
Campeloma lima (Anthony, 1860), Stations 2288, 2289, 2290.
Hydrobiidae
Gillia altilis (Lea, 1841) , Stations 2288, 2289, 2290.
Pleuroceridae
Goniobasis virginica (Gmelin, 1791), Stations 2288, 2289, 2290.
Anculosa ( Alleghenya ) carinata (Bruguiere, 1789) , Stations 2288,
2289, 2291.
Planorbidae
Helisoma anceps (Menke, 1830), Station 2291.
Physidae
Physa inflata Lea, 1841, Stations 2289, 2290, 2291.
Sphaeriidae
Sphaerium striatinum (Lamarck, 1818), Station 2288.
Unionidae
Lexingtonia subplana (Conrad, 1837), Stations 2288, 2289, 2291.
Elliptio complanata (Solander, 1786), Stations 2288, 2289, 2290,
2291.
Elliptio lanceolata (Lea, 1828) , Stations 2288, 2289, 2290, 2291.
Alasmidonta undulata (Say, 1817), Stations 2288, 2289, 2291.
Lasmigona subviridis (Conrad, 1835), Stations 2288, 2289, 2291.
Strophitus undulatus (Say, 1817) , Stations 2288, 2289, 2290.
Alasmidonta collina (Conrad, 1837), Stations 2288, 2291.
Unio collinus Conrad 1837, Monography of the Family Union-
idae of North America, Philadelphia, no. 8, p. 65, pi. 36, fig. 2
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
101
(type-locality, North River, a branch of James River, Vir-
ginia) ; Conrad 1840, Ibid., no. 12, p. 109, pi. 60, fig. 3.
Alasmidonta collina , (Conrad). Simpson 1900, Proc. U.S. Na-
tional Museum, 22:669; Simpson 1914, A Descriptive Cata-
logue of the Naiades, Detroit, Michigan, 7:501.
Villosa constricta (Conrad, 1838), Stations 2288, 2289.
While writing up the list of mollusks collected in the James
River System, we discovered that the Mudalia of Haldeman 1840
has been used in error for the species complex containing Anculosa
carinata (Bruguiere 1789) and Anculosa dilatata (Conrad 1834) .
Since the only available synonym of Mudalia of authors non Halde-
man 1840 is Nitocris H. and A. Adams, which itself is preoccupied,
we propose, in accordance with the International Code of Zoologi-
cal Nomenclature, the new name:
Alleghenya.
Mudalia of authors, non Haldeman 1840.
Nitocris H. and A. Adams 1854, The Genera of Recent Mol-
lusca, 7:308 (type-species, here designated, Paludina dissimilis Say
1819 [= Bulimus carinatus Bruguiere 1789]. non Nitrocris Rahn-
esque 1815 (Hymenoptera) , Thompson 1858 (Coleoptera) , Kin-
berg 1866 (Vermes) and Guenee 1868 (Lepidoptera) .
Bulimus carinatus Bruguiere 1789 is here designated as the type-
species of Alleghenya.
Mudalia Haldeman 1840: 1) never has been given a correct
type-species designation and 2) embraces a species complex widely
separated geographically from the east coast-middle-western com-
plex represented by carinata and dilatata. Most authors have
claimed consistently and incorrectly that Bulimus carinatus Bru-
guiere was the type-species of Mudalia (Hannibal, H. 1912, Proc.
Malac. Soc. London, 70:168; Morrison, J. P. E. 1954, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 70i:361; Wenz, W. 1939, Handbuch Palaozoologie,
6 (1) : 701 ) . Bruguiere's name was not even used or ever mentioned
by Haldeman in connection with his name Mudalia.
In Ocober 1840, Haldeman introduced Mudalia as a subgeneric
name under Anculosa in his Monograph of the Limniades, Supple-
ment to No. 1, p. 1, and on p. 2 he described the species A. (M.)
iurgida without locality data; he mentioned that A. (M.) turgida
resembled the Paludina dissimilis of Say. Later, he described an-
other species of Mudalia , A. (M.) affinis Haldeman 1841, Mono-
graph, inside of back cover of number 3. Goodrich (1932, Nauti-
102
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
lus, 46: 40) mistook the 1841 citation of Mudalia as the introduc-
tion of the generic name by Haldeman and considered A. (M.)
affinis as the type-species of the genus and, further, made it a syno-
nym of Lithasia obovata Say; he also suggested that the name
Nitocris H. and A. Adams be usde for the group of A. carinata
(Bruguiere) (Goodrich, C. 1942, Occ. Papers Mus. Zool., Univ.
Mich., no. 456, p. 2).. Haldeman ([m] Chenu 1848, Illustrations
Conchyliologiques, vol. 3, Leptoxis , p. 5, pi. 5, fig. 151) gave the
locality of L. ( Mudalia ) turgida as Alabama. We here designate
Anculosa ( Mudalia ) turgida as type-species of Mudalia Haldeman
1840 and restrict the type-locality to the Black Warrior River,
Alabama.
LOCALITIES FOR NEW BRUNSWICK LAND MOLLUSKS
By N. J. REIGLE, JR.1 and H. B. HERRINGTON2
There are very few published records of the land and fresh-water
mollusk fauna of the Canadian province of New Brunswick. La
Rocque (1961) provided a review of the literature and a summary
checklist of the non-marine mollusks of the province. Since that
work Dimelow (1962) working near the Nova Scotian border has
provided some additions to the faunal record and a checklist of his
collection.
The authors collected in New Brunswick from September 2 to
September 10, 1961. The primary purpose of his trip was to collect
fresh- water mollusks, particularly Sphaeriidae; however a second-
ary effort was made to procure as many specimens of land mollusks
as time permitted. Land mollusk collections were made near
Lincoln in Sunbury and York Counties and during brief stops at
various localities along Number 2 Highway and the St. John River
en route from the Quebec border to Lincoln. In all, collections
were made at 9 localities in 5 counties. A total of 16 species of land
snails and 3 species of slugs were collected. The material has been
deposited in the Museum of Zoology of the University of Michigan
and the National Museum of Canada. Since many of these records
are county records and due to a general lack of information con-
cerning the distribution of New Brunswick mollusks, all land mol-
lusks collected during the trip will be listed here.
1 U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
2 Westbrook, Ontario, Canada.
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
103
We would like to thank Dr. Henry van der Schalie o£ the Mu-
seum of Zoology, University of Michigan, for the use of facilities
at his disposal and making the trip possible. Dr. Lowell L. Getz,
University of Connecticut, kindly determined the species of Dero-
ceras. Collecting expenses were defrayed in part by a research
grant 2E-41, from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious
Diseases, U. S. Public Health Service.
List of species collected
Triodopsis albolabris (Say). Sunbury Co.; along Nevers Road
2.3 miles south of No. 2 Highway.
Stenotrema fraternum (Say) . Sunbury Co.; along Nevers Road
2.3 miles south of No. 2 Highway and along Camp Road 2 miles
south of No. 2 Highway.
Euconulus fulvus (Muller) . Sunbury Co.; along Nevers Road
2.3 miles south of No. 2 Highway and along Camp Road 2 miles
south of No. 2 Highway.
Zonitoides arbor eus (Say) . Madawaska Co.; along No. 2 High-
way 4 miles south of Edmundston and along No. 2 Highway 4
miles south of Green River: Victoria Co; along St. John River at
Andover: Carleton Co.; along No. 2 Highway 2 miles north of
Route 5 near Woodstock: York Co.; western edge of Lincoln:
Sunbury Co.; along Baker Brook H/2 miles each of Lincoln, along
Nevers Road 2.3 miles south of No. 2 Highway and along Camp
Road 2 miles south of No. 2 Highway.
Oxychilus cellarius (Muller) . York Co.; along St. John River at
the Princess Margaret Bridge in Frederickton.
Hygromia hispida (Linne) . York Co.; along St. John River at
the Princess Margaret Bridge in Frederickton.
Deroceras laeve (Muller) . Carleton Co.; along No. 2 Highway
2 miles north of Route 5 near Woodstock: Sunbury Co.; along
Camp Road \y2 miles south of No. 2 Highway.
Deroceras reticulatum (Muller) . Victoria Co.; near St. John
River at Andover: Carleton Co.; along No. 2 Highway 2 miles
north of Route 5 near Woodstock: York Co.; along St. John River
at Princess Margaret Bridge in Frederickton and near the western
edge of Lincoln: Sunbury Co.; along Baker Brook W/2 miles east
of Lincoln, along Nevers Road 2.3 miles south of No. 2 Highway
and along Camp Road 2 miles south of No. 2 Highway.
Anguispira alternata (Say) . Victoria Co.; near the St. John River
104
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
at Andover: Carleton Co.; along No. 2 Highway 2 miles north of
Route 5 near Woodstock.
Disciis cronkhitei (Newcomb) var. catskillensis (Pilsbry) . Mad-
awaska Co.; along No. 2 Highway 4 miles south of Edmundston:
Victoria Co.; near St. John River at Andover: Sunbury Co.; along
Baker Brook iy2 miles east of Lincoln, along Nevers Road 2.3
miles south of No. 2 Highway and along Camp Road 2 miles south
of No. 2 Highway.
Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) . Victoria Co.; near St. John River
at Andover: Sunbury Co.; along Nevers Road 2.3 miles south of
No. 2 Highway and along Camp Road 2 miles south of No. 2
Highway.
Arion circumscriptus (Johnston) . Victoria Co.; near St. John
River at Andover: Carleton Co.; along No. 2 Highway 2 miles
north of Route 5 near Woodstock: York Co.; along St. John River
at Princess Margaret Bridge in Frederick ton and near the western
edge of Lincoln: Sunbury Co.; along Baker Brook \i/2 miles east
of Lincoln.
Oxyloma cf. decampi gouldi Pilsbry. Sunbury Co.; along Baker
Brook li/2 miles east of Lincoln.
Succinea ovalis Say. Madawaska Co.; along No. 2 Highway 4
miles south of Green River: York Co.; western edge of Lincoln:
Sunbury Co.; along Baker Brook \y2 miles east of Lincoln, along
Nevers Road 2.3 miles south of No. 2 Highway and along Camp
Road 2 miles south of No. 2 Highway.
Catinella avara (Say) . York Co.; western edge of Lincoln: Sun-
bury Co.; along Baker Brook li/2 miles east of Lincoln.
Strobilops labyrinthica, ( Say). Sunbury Co.; along Camp Road
2 miles south of No. 2 Highway.
Vertigo gouldi (Binney) . Sunbury Co.; along Camp Road 2
miles south of No. 2 Highway.
Vallonia pulchella (Muller) . Victoria Co.; near St. John River
at Andover.
Cionella lubrica (Muller) . Madawaska Co.; along No. 2 High-
way 4 miles south of Green River: Victoria Co.; near St. John
River at Andover: York Co.; along St. John River at Princess Mar-
garet Bridge in Frederickton; Sunbury Co.; along Baker Brook \y2
miles east of Lincoln.
January, 1967
nautilus
105
Literature cited
Dimelow, E. J., 1962, Land mollusks of Sackville, New Brunswick,
Canada, Nautilus 76(2) :51-53.
LaRocque, Aurele, 1961, Checklist of New Brunswick non-Marine
Mollusca, Sterkiana 5:40-42.
THIRTY-SECOND ANNUAL MEETING OF THE
AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION
By MARGARET C. TESKEY, AMU. Secretary
On August 22nd to 26th, the American Malacological Union
met at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, North
Carolina. It was the thirty-second such session and 151 members
and their guests made it the best attended. The North Carolina
Shell Club was co-host with the University and each hard working
club member made every effort to ensure that the AMU., would
never forget the 1966 annual meeting.
Dr. Ralph W. Dexter occupied the presidential chair, and during
a four day period introduced the following papers:
Significance of larval development in bivalve taxonomy, Paul
Chanley. An observation of captive Murex celluosus Conrad, Doro-
thy Raeihle. Care and feeding of incubated marine snails, Dorothy
Raeihle. Snails on migratory birds, Dee Dundee. Small beginnings,
Adlai B. Wheel. Evolutionary sequence in Phyllodina, Kenneth Jay
Boss. Genetic and ecophenotypic relationships in northern Andonta
populations, Arthur H. Clarke. Observations on the distribution
of the naiad Cumberlandia monodonta (Say) 1829, David H. Stans-
bery. Lymnaeidae of western Montana - Taxonomy and distribu-
tion, Richard H. Russell. Commercial scalloping, anyone? Mrs.
Kay Lawrence. Shell damage in the sea scallop, Placopecten magel-
lanicus, Arthur S. Merrill. Oyster production and research in
Tampa Bay, Lulu B. Siekman. Utilization of naides by prehistoric
man in the Ohio Valley, David H. Stansbury. Aeromonas in the
pathology of the giant African snail, Albert R. Mead (read by
title) . Zoogeography of Montana mollusks, Royal Bruce Brunson.
Systematics and zoogeography of the Ctiloceratidae, Donald R.
Moore. Zoogeography of the family Amblemidae, Joseph P. E.
Morrison.. Raising of Segmentina hemisphaerula (Benson) for the
study of fasciolopsiasis, Chin-Tsong Lo. The Species Groups of
African Bulinus S. S., J. B. Burch and Rajah Natarajan. Some
106
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
serological relationships in the African genus Bulinus, J. B. Burch
and Gene K. Lindsay. Progress in surf clam research, 1965, Robert
M. Yancey. Instant Oysters, Bill Shaw. Salinity tolerance and dis-
tribution of Spisula solidissima , Mulinia lateralis and Rangia
Cuneata (Family Macteridae) , Michael Castagna and Paul Chan-
ley. What is the true Spisula similus (Say) ?, Morris K. Jacobson
(read by title) . Land and freshwater mollusks from the outer
banks of North Carolina, Dorothy E. Beetle. Population sexuality
in Anodonta (Pelecypoda: Unionidae) , William H. Heard. Pre-
liminary report on a study of the Illinois River, William C. Star-
rett and Gerald Root. Some nudibranch names, Henry D. Russell.
There was a mid-week break for field trips, one group going
to sea on Duke University’s research vessel Eastwind, while another
beach-combed and a third sought land and freshwater species in
the vicinity of Durham and Raleigh. There wore two informal
evening sessions and the annual banquet with Scotch bonnet motif
was greatly enjoyed.
The following officers were elected to serve in 1967 at which time
the thirty-third annual meeting will be held in August at the
National Museum of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada:
President, Leo G. Hertlein. Vice-president, Arthur H. Clarke.
2nd Vice-president, Gale G. Sphon, Jr. Secretary, Margaret C.
Teskey. Treasurer, Mrs. H. B. Baker. Publications Editor, Morris
Karl Jacobson. Councillors-at-Large, J. Frances Allen, Emile A.
Malek, William E. Old, Jr., Robert Robertson.
NOTES AND NEWS
Unionid introduction in Massachusetts: Results. — In 1958
and 1959 an experiment was begun to determine if hybridization
could be brought about between Elliptio complanata and
E. dilatata and between Anodonta grandis and A. cataracta , and
also to observe the effects of semi-controlled gene flow between
Lampsilis radiata radiata and L. r. siliquoidea (see Nautilus 73 (1) :
36-37, 1959).
Between September 5 and 8, 1958, I transferred 7 living speci-
mens of Elliptio dilatata , 16 of Anodonta grandis , and 70 of Lamp-
silis radiata siliquoidea from Base Line Lake, Livingston Co.,
Michigan to a newly created reservoir-lake in the Putnamville
section of Danvers, Massachusetts. On July 21, 1959, 9 living
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
107
specimens of Elliptic* complanata from Silver Lake, Wilmington,
Mass., and 14 of Anodonta grandis and 24 of Lampsilis radiata
radiata, both from Wakebee-Mashpee Pond, Mashpee, Mass., were
also introduced at the Danvers locality. All specimens were meas-
ured and classed for morphological characters before introduction.
As a control, on September 8, 1958, 66 living specimens of L. r. sili-
quoidea from lime-rich Base Line Lake were also placed in Silver
Lake, Wilmington, Mass. This was done in the hope of providing
criteria for recognizing any phenotypic modifications which might
result from exposure to lime-poor northeastern Massachusetts
water and for separating such modifications from those which might
result from genetic interchange. Both the Danvers and Wilming-
ton lakes are in the Ipswich River System.
High water in northeastern Massachusetts prevented inspection
of the Danvers specimens in the fall of 1959. The Wilmington
locality was more accessible, however, and brief examination of the
area of introduction revealed 8 living specimens and 3 pairs of
empty valves of L. r. siliquoidea. The living specimens were im-
mediately replaced. They all appeared to be paler in color than
when they were first introduced.
On July 1, 1964, the Danvers locality was revisited. Although
water was low and visibility was good, during two hours of careful
searching no living unionids were found. Only one corroded valve
of Elliptio complanata was seen. On May 22, 1966, the Wilming-
ton locality was also revisited and no L. r. siliquoidea was seen;
only the native E. complanata and a few A. cataracta were found.
L. r. siliquoidea appears now to be absent from Silver Lake.
Water samples were also taken from both localities on May 22
and tested for hardness. The Danvers water measured only 40
p.p.m. CaC03 and the Wilmington water only 35 p.p.m. Water
from Base Line Lake, Livingston Co., Michigan, sampled on June
5, 1966, measured 260 p.p.m. CaC03, however.
Apparently the attempted introduction of the Michigan species
E. dilatata, A. grandis, and L. r. siliquoidea into the Ipswich River
System has failed and those species have not survived there. Both
of the Massachusetts localities support abundant fish populations
( Perea fluviatilis flavescens, Esox americanus, Lepomis spp., etc.)
and seem to be physically suitable for unionids. Excessively soft
water in these lakes appears to be the most probable cause of the
108
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (3)
failure although it does not explain why even native Massachusetts
species apparently did not survive in the Danvers reservoir. Further
experiments in hybridization would be of interest.
I wish to thank Mr. John Tottenham, Museum of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Michigan, for kindly collecting the water sample from
Base Line Lake. — A. H. Clarke, Jr.
Nitocris. — Rafinesque, 1815, Analyse de la Nature: 123
[Palermo] stated simply: “37. Nitocris R. Nomia Latr.” Was this
“substitution” in the sense of article 16 (a) (iii) of the code?
According to (b) (ii) it apparently did not “constitute an indi-
cation,” even though the usual order of synonymy was reversed.
— H. B. B.
Pedro de Mesa. — With much regret, we hear that this well
known collector died Nov. 17, 1966, at the age of 86, in Manila,
Philippines.
Introduced slugs still spreading. — Through repeated col-
lections in the same localities over a period of several years, it has
been possible to observe the gradual distribution of various
mollusks.
When our collecting began here in 1958, the only record of
Limax marginatus Muller was in Shreveport, Louisiana by H.
Harry in 1948. An attempt to collect more from that locality in
1949 failed. The following new records now exist: 1961: Pineville
Cemetery, Pineville, Louisiana; 1962: Texas Cemetery, Shreveport,
Louisiana; City Cemetery, Vicksburg, Mississippi; 1963: Vienna
Cemetery, Vienna, Louisiana; vacant lot on river road near down-
town Natchez, Mississippi; 1965: Delhi Cemetery, Delhi, Louisi-
ana; Hattiesburg Cemetery, Hattiesburg, Mississippi.
Otherwise Limax marginatus Muller is known from: Virginia:
Danville; Gretna; Richmond. Arizona: Tucson. California: 21
localities throughout the state. Colorado: Boulder. Missouri: green-
house in St. Louis.
In addition, Milax gagates (Draparnaud) now occurs in City
Cemetery in Vicksburg, Mississippi. Previously it was known from:
California: 22 localities. Virginia: Danville. Colorado: Boulder
greenhouse. New Jersey: Clifton.
January, 1967
NAUTILUS
iii
Working with various introduced forms which are being trans-
ported on nursery items makes one wonder what effect the advent
of plastic plants will have on introduced mollusk distributions? —
Dee S. Dundee,1 Louisiana State University in New Orleans.
1 My appreciation to U.S. Public Health Service for making possible these
collections through Grant GM-07194.
WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists
of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa-
ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also
included. To obtain free copies write:
George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.
Vol. 80
APRIL, 1967
No. 4
THE
NAUTILUS
THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS
Horace Burrington Baker, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pa.
(Emeritus Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania)
Charles B. Wurtz, Biology Department
La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pa. 19141
R. Tucker Abbott, Henry A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
CONTENTS
New Brunswick Sphaeriidae. By H. B. Herrington and
N. /. Reigle , Jr. 109
A northernmost record and ecological data on Hydrobia
salsa in Maine. By James F. Gore 112
Two new Sonorella from Sonora, Mexico. By Walter B.
Miller 114
New species of Helicodiscus from Virginia.
By F. Wayne Grimm 1 19
A new subspecies of Lymnaea stagnalis from Montana.
By Richard H. Russell 125
Carunculina pulla (Conrad) , an overlooked Atlantic
Drainage unionid. By Richard I. Johnson 127
Notes on Cyclostremiscus schrammi. By Joseph Houbrick 131
Erotology of three species of Praticolella and of
Polygyra pustula. By Glenn R. Webb (Continued) 133
Notes and new 140 Publications received iv
$4.25 per year (.$4.75 to Foreign Countries) $1.25 a copy.
Mrs. Horace B. Baker, Business Manager
11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania 19083
Second-Class Postage paid at Spring House, Pa.
NAUTILUS:
A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and published
by Horace B. Baker, Charles B. Wurtz and R. Tucker Abbott.
Matter for publication should be sent to the senior editor. Manuscripts
should be typewritten and DOUBLE SPACED throughout, including titles,
footnotes and bibliographies. Galley proof (without manuscript) will be
submitted to authors only if requested, on or attached to first page of MS.
Authors are charged for engraving blocks of plates and/or figures at cost.
Minimum charge for each block is $3.00.
Reprints are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript. PURCHASE ORDERS, when re-
quired, and shipping instructions, MUST accompany original order. Extra
clerical or bookkeeping work because of delayed receipt of purchase orders
will be charged for accordingly:
2 pp.
4 pp.
8 pp.
100 copies
3.25
6.00
9.50
Additional 100s
Plates: Add $1.25 per plate.
1.30
2.00
3.00
[Postage Extra]
Reprints are shipped, with invoices, by Pony Printing, 4 Cloverdale Avenue,
Upper Darby, Pennsylvania 19082.
The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Margaret C. Teskey, Secretary, Route 2, Box 318, Marinette, Wisconsin 54143.
Back Issues: Vols. 3-70, if available, can be obtained from Kraus Periodicals,
Inc., 16 East 46th Street, New York 17, N. Y. Vols. 71 to date are available
from the Nautilus, 11 Chelten Road, Havertown, Pennsylvania, and vary
in price.
THE NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 April, 1967 No. 4
NEW BRUNSWICK SPHAERIIDAE
By H. B. HERRINGTON and N. J. REIGLE, JR.
Westbrook, Ontario, and U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries,
Ann Arbor, Michigan
Little data has been published concerning the sphaeriid fauna
of the Canadian province of New Brunswick. The first published
record of this fauna was included in a paper by Nylander (1944)
who listed Sphaerium striatinum in the St. John River. Athearn
(1961) added S. rhomboideum from the St. John River and S. sul-
catum (= S. simile ) (see Herrington, 1965) from the Tantramar
River. In his 1962 revision of the Sphaeriidae, Herrington added
to the fauna 3 species of Sphaerium: occidentale, partumeium and
securis; and 5 species of Pisidium: adamsi, casertanum , ferrugi-
neum, variabile and nitidum.
This paper is based primarily on collections made by the authors
in the St. John River drainage from September 2 to September 10,
1961 and by the senior author in northwestern New Brunswick
from August 17 to August 23, 1960. In addition, locality data for
New Brunswick Sphaeriidae in the Museum of Zoology of the Uni-
versity of Michigan are also included. The latter data are pre-
ceded by UMMZ. in the species list. This paper lists 15 species
and one form of Spaeriidae from New Brunswick. Five of these
constitute new records for the province.. Species new to the fauna
of New Brunswick are Sphaerium lacustre, Pisidium aequilaterale,
P. compressum, P. milium and P. nitidum form pauperculum.
We would like to thank Dr. Henry van der Schalie of the
Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, for the use of facili-
ties at his disposal and for making the 1961 trip possible. Col-
lecting expenses were defrayed in part by a research grant 2E-41,
from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases,
U. S. Public Health Service.
Sphaerium (Musculium) lacustre (Muller). St. John River at
Princess Margaret Bridge, Frederick ton, York County. Baker Brook,
li/2 miles East of Lincoln, Sunbury County.
Sphaerium occidentale Prime. Baker Brook, H/2 miles East of
109
NAUTILUS
110
Vol. 80 (4)
Lincoln, Sunbury County. UMMZ: vicinity of Bay of Fundy, col-
lector— Huntsman, August 5, 1911.
Sphaerium (Musculium) partumeium (Say) . Listed by Herring-
ton (1962).
Sphaerium rhomboideum (Say) . Small tributary of the Jemseg
River, $/4 mile southwest of Jemseg, Cambridge Parish, Queens
County.
Sphaierium ( Musculium ) securis Prime. Listed by Herrington
(1962) . UMMZ: vicinity of Bay of Fundy, collector — Huntsman,
August 5, 1911.
Sphaerium striatinum (Lamarck) . Oromocto River, 1 \/2 miles
East of the south end of Sunpoke Lake, Lincoln Parish, Sunbury
County. Grand Lake at Waterboro, Queens County. UMMZ:
vicinity of Bay of Fundy, collector-Huntsman, August 5, 1911.
Petitcodiac River at River Glade, 19 miles WSW, of Moncton,
collector — A. H. Clarke, June 22, 1960.
Sphaerium simile (Say) . Listed by Athearn (1961) .
Pisidium adamsi Prime. Baker Brook, li/2 miles East of Lin-
coln, Sunbury County. UMMZ: Crecy Lake, Charlotte County,
collector — M. W. Smith, May-August, 1954.
Pisidium aequilaterale Prime. St. John River at McNally Ferry,
Kingsclear Parish, York County. St. John River at McKinley Ferry,
Kingsclear Parish, York County. St. John River at Princess Mar-
garet Bridge, Frederickton, York County. Baker Brook, li/2 miles
East of Lincoln, Sunbury County. Oromocto River, 14 mile East
of the south end of Sunpoke Lake, Lincoln Parish, Sunbury County.
Small tributary of the Jemseg River, y4 mile Southwest of Jemseg,
Cambridge Parish, Queens County. UMMZ: Trout Creek, just
East of Sussex, collector — A. H. Clarke, June 25, 1960.
Pisidium casertanum (Poli) . Small pond on road to Beacons-
field, Andover Parish, Victoria County. St. John River at McKinley
Ferry, Kingsclear Parish, York County. Baker Brook, li/2 miles
East of Lincoln, Sunbury County. UMMZ: Gas well pool near
Frederick, Albert County, August 25, 1940. Crecy Lake, Charlotte
County, collector — M. W. Smith, 1954. Trout Creek just East of
Sussex, collector — A. H. Clarke, June 25, 1960.
Pisidium compressum Prime. Aroostock River, i/2 mile above
mouth at No. 2 Highway, Andover Parish, Victoria County. Little
Presquisle River below sawmill at Waterville, Wakefield Parish
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
111
Carleton County. St. John River at McKinley Ferry, Kingsclear
Parish, York County. Baker Brook, 1 i/2 miles East of Lincoln,
Sunbury County. UMMZ: Trout Creek just East of Sussex, col-
lector— A. H. Clarke, June 25, 1960.
Pisidium ferrugineum Prime. St. John River at McKinley Ferry,
Kingsclear Parish, York County. Baker Brook, \y2 miles East of
Lincoln, Sunbury County.
Pisidium milium Held. Little Presquisle River below sawmill at
Waterville, Wakefield Parish, Carleton County. Pond on Lovelly
Brook, 2 1/2 miles South of Perth-Andover Bridge, Perth Parish,
Victoria County.
Pisidium nitidum Jenyns. Little Presquisle River below sawmill
at Waterville, Wakefield Parish, Carleton County.
Pisidium nitidum Jenyns, form pauperculum Sterki. Little Pres-
quisle River below sawmill at Waterville, Wakefield Parish, Carle-
ton County. St. John River at Princess Margaret Bridge, Freder-
ickton, York County. Baker Brook, li/2 miles East of Lincoln, Sun-
bury County.
Pisidium variabile Prime. Pond on Lovelly Brook, 2y2 miles
South of Perth-Andover Bridge, Perth Parish, Victoria County.
Lake Edward, Denmark Parish, Victoria County. Little Presquisle
River below sawmill at Waterville, Wakefield Parish, Carleton
County. St. John River at McKinley Ferry, Kingsclear Parish, York
County. Baker Brook, 1 y2 miles East of Lincoln, Sunbury County,
Small tributary of the Jemseg River, y4 mile Southwest of Jemseg,
Cambridge Parish, Queen’s County.
Literature cited
Athearn, Herbert D. (1961) . Additions to the New Brunswick
checklist. Sterkiana (4): 33-34.
Herrington, H. B. (1962) . A revision of the Sphaeriidae of North
America (Mollusca: Pelecypoda). Misc. Pub., Mus. of Zool.,
Univ. of Mich., No. 118, pp. 1-74
Herrington, H. B. (1965) . Corrections of sphaeriid nomenclature.
Nautilus 79 (2) : 42-45.
Nylander, Olof O. (1944) . Distribution of some freshwater shells
of the St. John’s River Valley in Maine, New Brunswick, and
Quebec. Nautilus 27: 139-141.
112
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
A NORTHERNMOST RECORD AND ECOLOGICAL DATA
ON HYDROBIA SALSA IN MAINE
By JAMES F. GORE
Maine Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit1
This note reports ecological data and an apparent northernmost
record for Hydrobia salsa , Pilsbry. Articles containing ecological
data on American species of mollusks are for the most part lacking
(Morrison, 1965a) . Therefore, such information should be re-
ported to help guide those studying salt marsh ecology. H. salsa
was first described in 1905 and its type location was reported as
Cohasset, Massachusetts (Pilsbry, 1905) . He first called the species
Paludestrina salsa , but Paludestrina has since been changed to
Hydrobia.
The current salt marsh study was conducted under the super-
vision of Malcolm W. Coulter, Assistant Leader, Maine Coopera-
tive Wildlife Research Unit, Orono, Maine, to whom I am most
grateful. Special thanks are also extended to Dr. Joseph P. E.
Morrison, Associate Curator of the Division of Mollusks, Smith-
sonian Institution, Washington, D. C., for his advice and identifi-
cation of snail specimens.
The study was conducted on the Weskeag River salt marsh,
located in South Thomaston, Knox County, Maine. The Weskeag
River flows into West Penobscot Bay slightly southwest from the
town of Rockland. The marsh is 4i/s miles from the mouth of the
river, and has a normal range of high tides from 8 to 1 1 feet.
This marsh was drained long ago to facilitate the harvesting of
salt marsh hay. Many deep (2-5 feet) , narrow (2-4 feet) ditches
still remain. Samples of H. salsa were taken from bottom samples
in 9 of these ditches.
Salinity, temperature and pH measurements of the water were
taken once a week from June 10 through September, 1964. The
results are presented in Table 1.
Morrison (1965b) believes that these collections of H. salsa
represent a new northernmost record for this species. Stickney
(1959) reported finding H. salsa in the Sheepscot River estuary
1 Maine Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit, Orono, Maine: University of
Maine, Maine Department of Inland Fisheries and Game, Wildlife Man-
agement Institute, and U. S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, co-
operating.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
1 13
Table 1. Water Analyses Data from Nine Drainage Ditches
On the Weskeag River Salt Marsh
Month
Air Temp.°C
Water Temp.°C
Salinity0/ oo
pH
Ave.
Range
Ave.
Range
Ave.
Range
Ave.
Range
o
June
19.8°C
16-22°C
17.5
14-21.5
22.5
14-30
7.3
6. 7-8.2
July ^
20.9
21-26
20.1
18-26
17.6
7.5-27.5 7.1
6.5-7 .6
Aug. ^
19.0
15.5-21
17.8
16.5-20
20.2
8-31
7.1
6.4-7 .6
Sept.*4
19.3
16.5-22
15.9
11.5-21
20.8
12-30
7.1
6. 7-7.5
Total
Summer
21.0
15.5-26
17.6
11.5-26
19.9
7.5-31
7.2
6. 4-8. 2
near Boothbay Harbor, Lincoln County, Maine. This estuary is
approximately 31 air miles southwest from the Weskeag study area.
He found H. salsa on intertidal sediments and in water ranging
in salinity from 0 to 27 0/00 (parts per thousand) .
Hartman (1960) , studying estuarine ecology at Bucksport, Han-
cock County, Maine, did not find H. salsa. However, he did find
H. totteni , Morrison, in marsh areas along the Penobscot Estuary,
about 39 miles northeast from the site of the present collection of
H. salsa. The annual salinity for his area ranged from 2 to 18 0/00,
while salinity for the summer months ranged from 8 to 18 0/00.
Literature cited
Hartman, F. E. 1960. Ecology of black ducks wintering in the
Penobscot Estuary. M.S. Thesis, Univ. of Maine, Orono. 142 pp.
Morrison, J. P. E. 1965a Personal communication, March 23, 1965.
. 1965b. Personal communication, March 4, 1965.
Pilsbry, H. A. 1905. A new brackish-water snail from New England
[Paludestrina salsa]. Nautilus, 19 (8) : 90, pi. 3, fig. 10.
Stickney, A. P. 1959. Ecology of the Sheepscot River Estuary. U. S.
Dept. Interior, Spec. Sci. Rept., Fisheries No. 309, Wash., D. C.
21 pp.
2 3 weeks. 8 5 weeks. 4 4 weeks.
114
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
TWO NEW SONORELLA FROM SONORA, MEXICO
By WALTER B. MILLER
Department of Zoology, University of Arizona
The dedicated efforts of Pilsbry and Ferriss, over a period of
more than 20 years, in collecting and examining Sonorella in the
Southwest, have provided science with a relatively excellent state
of knowledge on the speciation and distribution of the genus in
the U. S. By contrast, similar data for the contiguous regions of
Mexico are extremely sketchy. Only 4 species are known from
Chihuahua, namely S. nelsoni and S. goldmani Bartsch, and
S. pennelli and S. mormonum Pilsbry; 2 more species are known
from Sonora, S. mearnsi Bartsch and S. magdalenensis (Stearns) ..
For years, whenever an opportunity came to travel in north-
west Mexico, the author gazed at the distant mountain ranges of
eastern Sonora and wondered what molluscan treasures lay waiting
to be discovered. On 29 Dec. 1964, a program of systematic ex-
ploration for Sonorella was finally begun in the region, with im-
mediate rewards of new and interesting species. Well known U. S.
species were also found established in many localities south of the
border. Progress has necessarily been slow, for one cannot ade-
quately describe new species unless one is thoroughly familiar with
species already described; this, in turn, has required the collecting
and dissecting of nearly every known species and subspecies, in-
cluding those whose anatomy was previously unknown, such as
mearnsi , magdalenensis , ashmuni, superstitionis , neglecta ,, etc. Prog-
ress is being made, nevertheless, and the following are two new
species from eastern Sonora:
Sonorella greggi new species. Plate 6, figs. A-F.
Description: Shell depressed, globose, heliciform, thin, translu-
cent, with a dull, silky sheen, more glossy at base, dilute brownish,
with a chestnut spiral band on the well-rounded shoulder; umbili-
cate, the umbilicus contained about 8 times in the diameter. Em-
bryonic shell of 1 and 14 whorls covered with radial ripples upon
and between which are superimposed fine radial wrinkles and
round papillae; there is no trace of spiral threads; in life, the
papillae bear periostracal bristles. Post-embryonic whorls with
larger growth striae; the superimposed radial wrinkles break up
into lengthened granules, giving a densely granular-wrinkled ap-
pearance to the entire shell; numerous papillae present on all
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
115
whorls, with periostracal bristles persisting on live, adult shells,
creating a hirsute appearance. Last whorl descends markedly to
the aperture. Aperture oblique, nearly circular, the peristome thin,
only slightly expanded, its margins converging.
Holotype measurements: Height 10.0 mm.; max. diam. 16.9 mm.;
umbilicus 2.1 mm.; whorls 414.
Genitalia of holotype (Plate 7, figs. C, D) : The large penis
contain a stout, cylindric verge with an abruptly truncate tip. The
verge is prominently spirally grooved, with 13 to 14 right-handed
spirals; the seminal duct orifice is terminal on the verge and is
raised slightly on a short conic papilla. The epiphallus is slightly
longer than the penis and bears a very small, barely detached
epiphallic caecum at its junction with the vas deferens. Penial
sheath 14 to 2/5 the length of the penis. Vagina about 34 the
length of the penis and about 3 times the length of the free oviduct.
Measurements of
genitalia, in mm.
Holotype
Paratype 4788A
Penis
13.5
11.5
Verge
7.0
7.0
Penial sheath
5.0
4.0
Epiphallus
14.5
14.0
Vagina
9.5
9.5
Free oviduct
3.5
3.0
Spermathecal duct
25.0
19.0
Type locality: Sierra Purica, Sonora, Mexico, in igneous rock
outcroppings in northeast-facing ravine, on south bank of large
canyon which runs easterly from saddle between the two highest
peaks at the south end of the range. Lat. ca. 30° 31' N, ^ ca. 109°
45' W. Elev. ca. 6300 ft. (W.N. Miller and W.B. Miller, 29 July,
1965 and 27 July, 1966) . Holotype ANSP 310363. Paratypes in
collections of ANSP. 310364, Dept, of Zoology, University of Ari-
zona (2564) , and the author (4788, 4904)..
Maximum diameter of paratype varies from 15.3 mm. in the
smallest specimen to 18.2 mm. in the largest. This snail combines
features of many diverse groups of Sonorella and has unique char-
acteristics of its own. By the lack of embryonic spiral threads, the
granular surface of the shell, and the conformation of the verge,
it clearly belongs in the group of S. granulatissima Pilsbry.
The spirally grooved verge has been seen heretofore only in the
116
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
group of S. turnamocensis P. 8c F. The very pilose periostracum,
persisting in live adult shells, is somewhat similar to that of
S. apache P. 8c F.
Two other characteristics stand out as unique: (1) the mantle
is strongly pigmented with large, dark-grey, polymorphic spots,
from the mantle collar all the way to the apex of the hepato-
pancreatic gland, similar to the pigmentation seen in most species
of Helminthoglypta but heretofore never described in Sonorella;
(2) the mantle collar is permeated by a greenish-yellow mucus.
This coloration of the mantle collar has been observed at all times,
in freshly collected animals as well as in animals kept in the
terrarium, regardless of feeding or aestivating conditions. In other
species of Sonorella , the color of the mantle collar varies among
various shades of brown, orange, and white, from the deep orange
of sabinoensis to the milk-white of tumanocensis.
The Sierra Purica lies to the west of the Agua Prieta-Nacozari
road, about 15 to 20 road miles north of Nacozari. The type
locality lies in an ecotone between the Upper Sonoran and the
Transition life zones, on the eastern slope of the range, near the
southern end. The vegetation consists predominantly of Quercus
arizomca , O. hypoleucoides, Rhus trilobata. Arbutus arizonica,
and Pinus ponderosa. In the same rocks, two live specimens each
of a Sonorella of the hachitana group and Pallifera pilsbryi Miles
and Mead were also taken.
This species is named after Dr. Wendell O. Gregg, an eminent
malacologist and specialist on western land and fresh water mol-
lusks, who painstakingly taught me his technique for making
stained whole-mounts of snail genitalia, and with whom I have
enjoyed innumerable collecting trips.
Sonorella nixoni new species. Plate 6, figs. G-I.
Description: Shell depressed-globose, heliciform, thin, glossy,
light tan, with chestnut spiral band on the well-rounded shoulder;
umbilicate, the umbilicus contained about 9 times in the diameter.
Embryonic shell of about 1 whorl with sculpture of the binneyi
type; its apex and first half whorl with weak, irregular radial
wrinkles giving a malleated effect; the second half whorl with
weakly raised striae arranged in ascending and descending spirals.
Later whorls marked by light growth wrinkles and occasional
scars of worn-off periostracal projections. The periostracum pre-
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
117
sents a silky, lustrous appearance. The last whorl descends sharply
to the peristome. Aperture oblique, rounded, slightly wider than
high. Peristome slightly expanded, the margins converging; parietal
callus thin.
Hoiotype measurements: Height 10.6 mm.; max. diam. 17.0 mm.;
umbilicus 1.8 mm.; whorls 414.
Genitalia of hoiotype (Plate 7, figs. A,B) ; The large penis con-
tains a stout, cylindric verge with a bluntly rounded end from
which protrudes a narrower, terminal papilla; the orifice of the
seminal duct is not at the tip of the verge, but rather at the base
of the terminal papilla. The epiphallus is about % the length of
the penis and bears a distinct, well detached epiphallic caecum.
The penial retractor inserts on the epiphallus a short distance
above the penis. Penial sheath about half the length of the penis.
The vagina is about 34 the length of the penis; anteriorly, at
the genital orifice, its diameter is about equal to that of the penis,
ca. 1.0 mm., as is usual in Sonorella; posteriorly, however, the
diameter increases to a maximum size of about 2.5 mm. near the
junction of the spermathecal duct, giving it an overall club-shaped
appearance; interiorly, the walls of the vagina have a pleated,
accordion-like structure. The free oviduct is narrow and short
(ca. 3.0 mm.) , in the usual manner for Sonorella.
Measurements of
genitalia, in mm.
Hoiotype
Paratype B
Paratype E
Penis
22.0
19.0
21.0
Verge
9.5
9.0
9.0
Penial sheath
8.5
8.5
7.5
Epiphallus
14.0
14.5
15.5
Vagina
17.0
15.5
14.5
Free oviduct
3.0
3.0
3.5
Spermathecal duct
16.0
21.0
20.0
Type locality: La Angostura, Sonora, Mexico, in rocks just south
of the main road at the village, overlooking the west rim of La An-
gostura Dam on the Rio de Bavispe; elevation ca. 3100 ft. (W.N.
Miller and W.B. Miller, 8 Aug., 1965). Hoiotype ANSP. 310361.
Paratype in collections of ANSP. 310362, Dept, of Zoology, Uni-
versity of Arizona (2565) , and the author (4796).
Other localities: In rockslide on mountain south of road from
El Tajo (on Agua Prieta-Nacozari road) to La Angostura, at a
118
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
point 8.4 road miles from El Tajo, elev. ca. 4800 ft. (W.N. Miller
and W.B. Miller, 7 Aug., 1965) Pilares de Nacozari, about 1 mile
east of Nacozari, at base of cliffs, in rockslides; elev. ca. 4200 ft.
(W.N. Miller and W.B. Miller, 30 Dec., 1964, 31 July, 1965).
S. nixoni belongs to the group of S. binneyi. The mantle collar
and the border of the foot are strongly pigmented with orange
mucus, as in binneyi and bowiensis. Although the type and 5
paratypes were dissected at various times during the year, they all
showed the unusual, club-shaped vagina. One specimen from
Nacozari, however, did not show this characteristic; instead, it
had a cylindrical vagina of relatively uniform diameter through-
out. Large numbers of dissections from several populations would
be required in order to determine whether the variation in vagina
morphology might be of subspecific value. The shell of nixoni
varies much in diameter. Specimens from the type locality are
generally larger than those from Nacozari. The largest paratype
measures 19.6 mm. and the smallest, 16.1 mm. The smallest shell
in a lot from Nacozari measures 15.6 mm. The embryonic spiral
threads vary in intensity, but are present, at least to some degree,
on all specimens examined, as in S. binneyi.
S. nixoni most closely resembles S. bowiensis in shell character-
istics; it has a slightly smaller umbilicus, however, and the embry-
onic spiral threads are generally less distinct. In the genitalia,
nixoni differs from both bowiensis and binneyi by the large size
and stout shape of the verge, the terminal papilla on the verge,
and the relative length of penis to epiphallus.
In bowiensis , the verge, examined in three topotypes, is widely
cylindrical all the way to the tip, with a subterminal seminal duct
orifice, but without a smaller papilla at the tip (Plate 7, fig. F) ;
the epiphallus is as long as or longer than the penis; the vagina
is narrowly cylindrical throughout.
In binneyi , the verge, examined in two topotypes, has a large
swollen, heart-shaped tip, with a subterminal seminal duct orifice
which opens in a circular depression in the side of the verge;
a small, pointed papilla lies in the middle of this depression,
attached to the verge at the upper edge of the depression, above
the duct orifice (Plate 7, figs. G,H) ; the vagina is narrowly cylin-
drical throughout.
S. nixoni inhabits the range of mountains between the Agua
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
119
Prieta-Nacozari road and the Rio de Bavispe. At the type locality,
several specimens were found crawling over the rocks early in the
morning, after a violent thunderstorm; there, it is associated with
Buhmulus nigromontanus Dali, also crawling in the same rocks.
Along the road from El Tajo to La Angostura, just south of Cerro
Pinitos, it was found associated with Sonorella walkeri P. & F. In
the Pilares de Nacozari, just east of town, dead shells of S. nixoni,
S. walkeri, and B. nigromontanus were found in quantity, but only
one live nixoni was collected, a moribund adult, and a clutch of
eggs from which only one individual survived in a terrarium. This
individual was raised to maturity in just one year. Dissection re-
vealed genitalia similar to those of the population from La Angos-
tura, with the exception of the uniform diameter of the vagina
mentioned above.
This species is named for my son, W. Nixon Miller, who found
the first specimen and whose help was invaluable in making
possible several arduous collecting expeditions into the mountains
of northeastern Sonora.
NEW SPECIES OF HELICODISCUS FROM VIRGINIA
By F. WAYNE GRIMM
Division of Medical Entomology, University of Maryland Medical, School,
Baltimore 21201
Helicodiscus diadema, new species. Page 123, figs. A to E.
Shell discoidal, spire flat or slightly depressed; dull greenish-
brown, opaque, whorls 4i/£ to 5; umbilicus wide and shallow,
showing all whorls, occupying from 40 to 47% of the diameter
of the shell; whorls rounded, slowly increasing, the last descending
slightly; sculptured with coarse growth-wrinkles and 11 to 13
pinched spiral threads bearing prominent, curved hairs; sutures
deep, impressed; aperture lunate, peristome simple, slightly thick-
ened within; within the last quarter whorl are 2 to 3 pairs of large,
radially elongate teeth, and alternating with them, 3 parietal teeth.
The teeth on the outer and basal walls precede those on the parie-
tal wall, are borne on a thick callous ridge, and separated by a
deep, rounded sinus. The teeth on the outer wall are larger and
more pointed than those on the basal wall. The cupped parietal
teeth are twice as broad as high, the ends turned forward, and the
upper end is longer than the lower. As the shell grows, the inner-
120
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
most set of teeth is absorbed and a new set appears near the
aperture.. In some examples, the innermost parietal tooth remains
and only the innermost teeth on the outer and basal walls are
absorbed.
Dimensionsin mm.
Height
Diameter
Diameter
of Umbilicus
Whorls
1.34
4.00
1.78
4% holotype
1.09
3.26
1.30
414 paratype
1.48
4.13
1.96
5 paratype
1.22
3.70
1.61
4i/> paratype
Distribution: Virginia: Rockbridge Co.: leaf litter at base of limey
shale outcrop along U. S.-60, 9.2 mi. northwest of jet. U. S.-ll at
Lexington. Allegheny Co.: base limey shale outcrop 4.9 mi. west
of jet.. U. S.-60 and U. S.-220 at Covington; thinly wooded (Robinia)
limestone hillside near quarry on U. S.-220, 7.6 mi. northeast of
Covington city limit and 1.8 mi. southwest of Bath Co. line, holo-
type U.S..N.M. 683586; paratypes U.S.N.M. 683587, A.M.N.H.
128744, A.N.S.P. 310365, M.C.Z. 256812, U.M.M.Z. 228931, col-
lection of Leslie Hubricht (35749) , and collection of the author
(1640).
The apertural dentition of Helicodiscus diadema is almost iden-
tical to that of H. multidens Hubricht and H. enneodon Hubricht.
Helicodiscus diadema differs from both species by having fewer,
coarser fringes on the body whorl, and from all other previously
described species by possessing large, curved hairs on the lirae.
“ H . multidens has between 25 and 30 fringes on the body whorl.
They are so fine that it is hard to count them accurately." (Hu-
bricht, in litt.) The hairs wear off with age, for the youngest
examples are the most conspicuously hirsute, and the old adults
bear only scattered traces of their previous adornment. In the field,
these hairs, visible to the unaided eye and bearing tiny droplets
of condensed moisture, gave the shells the appearance of being
crowned with rings of gems.
At the type-locality, Helicodiscus diadema is abundant in the
topmost layer of damp leaf litter on an exposed, locust-scrub clad,
limestone hillside. Living specimens are quite rare in the deeper
layers of leaves and soil, where H. notius Hubricht, H. interne dius
Morrison, and H. jacksoni Hubricht were found.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS 80 (4)
NAUTILUS
121
PLATE 6
Plate 7. Lower genitalia. A. Holotype, S. nixoni W. B. Miller; B. Verge of
paratype 4796-E. C. Holotype, 5 greggi W. B. Miller; D. Verge of paratype
4788-A. E. Verge of S. granulatissirna Pils. F. Verge of S. bowiensis Pils.
G. Verge of S. binneyi P. Sc F., #4910- A, front view. H. Verge of S. binneyi
P. & F., #4802-A, side view, ec, epiphallic caecum; ep, epiphallus; fo, free
oviduct; pe, penis; pr, penial retractor; ps, penial sheath; sd, seminal duct;
sp, spermathecal duct; va, vagina, vd, vas deferens ve, verge. All drawings to
scale indicated, from stained whole mounts.
122
NAUTILUS 80 (4)
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
PLATE 7
Plate 6. Holotypes. A-F. Sonorella greggi W. B. Miller. G-I. 5. nixoni
YV. B. Miller. Upper scale for A-F; lower scale for G-I.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS 80 (4)
NAUTILUS
123
PLATE 8
Helicodiscus diadema Grimm. A - C, holotype. D, aperture of paratype
showing mature dentition. E, paratype, with base removed to show teeth.
124
NAUTILUS 80 (4)
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
PLATE 9
F IG. 4 .20 MM
1.0 MM
FIG. 3
h
100^
Plate 9, figs. 1-5. Lymnaea stagnalis brunsoni Miller. 1, holotype shell.
2, paratype. 3, radular teeth. 4, upper jaw. 5, penial complex.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
125
A NEW SUBSPECIES OF LYMNAEA STAGNALIS
FROM MONTANA
By RICHARD H. RUSSELL
Department of Zoology, University of Montana
In recent years, extensive collecting of land and fresh-water
mollusks in western Montana has resulted in many range exten-
sions and several new varieties of recent Mollusca. The subspecies
here described represents one of these new varieties.
Lymnaea stagnalis brunsoni new subspecies. Page 124, figs. 1-5
Shell (figs. 1, 2) medium in size, color light horn; surface with
fine impressed growth lines. Whorls 5 y2, flat-sided; sutures indis-
tinct; body whorl large, rounded. Spire acute, the nuclear whorl
rounded. Aperture roundly ovate, elongate in immature shells.
Inner lip folded over columella leaving a narrow umbilical chink.
Columella with distinct plait.
Holotype: Height 28.5 mm.; width 16.0 mm.; aperture length
17.2 mm.; aperture width 11.9 mm. USNM 683584. Paratypes
in the Invertebrate Museum, Department of Zoology, University
of Montana, and the collection of the author.
Measurements of paratypes are as follows, in mm.:
Height
Width
Aperture
Length
Aperture
Width
27.3
14.8
17.0
11.1
27.7
14.8
15.6
10.8
25.4
14.8
15.5
10.6
25.3
14.5
14.9
10.5
24.9
13.8
13.9
9.7
24.4
13.6
15.3
10.3
23.7
13.5
13.7
9.7
23.2
13.8
13.9
10.0
23.2
13.2
13.8
9.5
22.5
12.2
12.8
8.6
21.9
11.8
12.8
8.7
21.2
12.5
12.8
9.0
Type locality: East shore of Flathead Lake, north of point of
land at Yellow Bay; 18 miles north of Poison, Lake County, Mon-
tana. Township 24 N., Range 19 W., Section 4, Principle Merid-
ian, Montana. Elevation 2983'. Collected during a period of ex-
tremely low water.. Found 8-10 feet below usual lake level. March
26, 1966.
126
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
Animal: Mantle dark with white patches. Body grey, foot broad;
tentacles broadly triangular. Other characterictics as in L. stagnalis
appressa.
Radula and Jaw: Radula (fig. 3) with 11 laterals, first lateral
tricuspid in some specimens. Mesocone of seventh lateral long and
acute, becoming smaller in laterals eight through eleven. Entocone
of intermediates with one to four cusps.. Entocone of marginals one
through 7 having from 3 to 6 cusps. Marginals 8 through 23 show
a gradual reduction in the number of cusps. Formula: 23/4-6 -f-
3/3-4 + 11/2 + 1/1 + 11/2 + 3/3-4 + 23/4-6 (37-1-37).
In some specimens the central tooth shows a small cusp on the right
side of the main cusp. Superior jaw (fig. 4) well-arched, higher
than in L. stagnalis appresa. Median cusp worn and indistinct.
Genitalia (fig. 5) : Similar to L. stagnalis appressa. The penis
sheath retractor is inserted in the posterior preputium retractor.
The preputium retractors consist of two heavy muscles. Protractors
two in number. Vas deferens about seven times the length of the
penis sheath and preputium. Length of preputium in liolotype
3.88 mm., penis sheath 1.15 mm., vas deferens 36 mm.
Remarks: This race resembles in shell characters the Great Lakes
L. stagnalis sanctaemariae Walker and L. s. occidentalis Hemphill
from Lake Whatcom, Washington. However, the characters of the
genitalia and radula are closer to F. C. Baker’s L. stagnalis lillianae.
The cosmopolitan occurrence of Lymnaea stagnalis is probably
the result of a southward ingression from a circumboreal distribu-
tion. The northern populations of this species were adversely
affected by glaciation during the Pleistocene as were many other
animals and plants. Few of the organisms which did survive this
period were able to compete with and remain distinct from those
which later moved into these areas. Lymnaea stagnalis brunsoni
lives in a restricted environment which has existed from pre-
glacial times. Anatomical and shell characters are unique among
North American Lymnaeas, and some features are closer to the
European forms! of Lymnaea stagnalis. Lymnaea stagnalis brunsoni
represents a microgeographical race and can be considered as a
Pleistocene relict, probably restricted to Flathead Lake.
This subspecies is named after Dr. Royal Bruce Brunson of the
Department of Zoology, University of Montana.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
127
CARUNCULINA PULLA (CONRAD), AN OVERLOOKED
ATLANTIC DRAINAGE UNIONID
By RICHARD I. JOHNSON
Museum of Comparative Zoology
The present paper is a result of a study of the Unionidae of the
south Atlantic states begun in 1961 and now largely completed.
All the extant types of the various named forms mentioned here
have been examined and photographed. Call (1896) illustrated
his paper with line drawings of all the types of Carunculina known
at that time. Reproduced here are only the type figure of C. pulla
and photographs of some specimens, including two topotypes of
C. patrickae.
I wish to thank Mr. John M. Bates for allowing me to examine
his specimens of Carunculina in the Museum of Zoology, Univer-
sity of Michigan, prior to the appearance of his paper declaring
them to represent a new species. Thanks are also extended to
Drs. K. J. Boss, W. J. Clench, and R. D. Turner for reading the
manuscript of this paper and for making several suggestions toward
its improvement.
The following abbreviations have been used:
ANSP. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Pennsyl-
vania.
MCZ. Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.
UMMZ. Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Michigan.
USNM. United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.
Bates (1966) in his original description of this species, Caruncu-
lina patrickae , (Savannah River at approximately mile point 134.5
[U. S. Army Corps of Engineers Map] on the South Carolina bank,
holotype UMMZ. 85274) stated that, “The beak sculpture, promi-
nent posterior ridge and heavy growth lines clearly distinguish
this species from all others in the genus.” Further he erroneously
contended that, “None of the 3 species (C. pulla [Conrad,
Wateree River, South Carolina, type lost]; C. paula [Lea, Chatta-
hoochee River, Columbus, Muscogee Co., Georgia, holotype
USNM. 85274]; C. minor [Lea, Lake George, Florida, holotype
USNM. 85310]) from this general geographic area (Southeastern
U. S., Atlantic drainage) appear to be closely related to this form.”
128
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
The Atlantic drainage Carunculina, C. pulla, was first described
by Conrad (1838, p. 100, pi. 55, fig. 2, Wateree River, South Caro-
lina) . The figured type (fig. 1) was collected by Dr. William
Blanding and is presumed to have been in the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, but it is lost. The specimen mentioned by
Conrad from Warm Springs [=Hot Springs, Madison Co.] North
Carolina was probably a Villosa , and the locality is in the Ten-
nessee River system. Conrad’s figured specimen was a male shell
which shows the sharp, double, posterior ridge and the prominent
growth lines. The posterior ridge is especially clear in colored copies
of Conrad’s plate.
Call (1896, p. 109) recognized that C. paula and minor were
synonyms of Carunculina parva Barnes, 1823 (Fox River, Wis-
consin, type lost) a variable species which ranges from western
New York to Minnesota, to Texas, Arkansas and Florida. He un-
fortunately placed C. pulla in the synonym of C. glans Lea, 1830
(Ohio River, type not found in USNM) on the basis of their both
having purple nacre. Call probably never saw a specimen of pulla
and based his synonymy on Conrad’s description. Bates first pointed
out that the color of the nacre varies. “Nacre salmon colored and
somewhat iridescent, becoming purplish at posterior extremity.’’
Simpson (1914, 1:160) recognized Conrad’s species, but was una-
ware of its distribution, since it was known from very few specimens
until Bates found it, in some abundance, in the Savannah River,
South Carolina.
Bates did not illustrate the beak sculpture of patrickae, but said
the beaks were, “Sculptured with sharp ridges which, posteriorly,
form small double-loop ridges curving acutely upward to the very
prominent posterior ridge.’’ He further claimed that, “The closest
affinity of this species would be with C. haleiana [Lea, 1842]
(group of C. texasensis [Lea, 1857]) which has raised beaks that
often exhibit a rudimentary posterior loop.” I have examined the
holotype, which was the only specimen seen by Lea, of C. haleiana
(Mississippi River, thirty miles above New Orleans [corrected on
shell by Lea to: Alexandria, Louisiana] holotype USNM 85306).
The holotype is more than twice the size of any Carunculina , and
is a male shell of Villosa lienosa Conrad, 1834. The beak sculpture
of topotypes of C. patrickae do not appear to be appreciably differ-
ent from parva in the tendency to be somewhat double looped.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
129
Figs. 1-4. Carunculina pulla (Conrad) . 1, from Wateree River, South Caro-
lina. Type lost. Length 33, height 19, width 13.5 mm. Male. Figures after
Conrad. 2, from Savannah River, Johnsons Landing, 10 mi. W. Allendale,
Allendale Co., South Carolina. MCZ. 255220. Length 32, height 19', width
15.5 mm. Female. A topotype of C. patrick ae which lacks the sharp posterior
ridge. (1.25 x). 3, from Savannah River, Johnsons Landing, 10 mi. W. Allen-
dale. Allendale Co., South Carolina. MCZ. 25522. Length 22, height 13.5,
width 10 mm. Mate. A topotype of C. palmckae which closely resembles Bates’
sketch of the allotype. 4, from University Lake, an empoundment on Morgan
Creek, 1 mi. W. Chapel Hill, Orange Co., North Carolina. MCZ. 261347.
Length 25, height 17, width 11 mm. Male. Specimen showing strong, double,
posterior ridge.
130
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
The only characters which tend to distinguish Carunculina in
the Atlantic drainage from typical parva are the sometimes heavy
growth lines, and a generally present, sharp posterior ridge with a
second less prominent ridge above it. Most probably the growth
lines are caused by environmental conditions. The posterior ridge
is not usually present in typical parva , and when it is, it is gen-
erally not as acute as in the Atlantic drainage form. Occasional
specimens of C. pulla have an indistinct posterior ridge, as does
one of the topotypes of pairickae figured here. Nevertheless, the
sharp posterior ridge is so generally present, that the Atlantic
drainage form of Carunculina , C. pulla , can be resognized as a
species in the modern sense, with C. patrickae as a synonym of it.
C. pulla is relatively isolated from parva in its distribution.
Distribution: Atlantic drainage: Altamaha River system, Georgia
to the Neuse River system, North Carolina. C. parva is abundant
in Black Creek, northern Florida, but no Carunculina have been
reported from the two systems, the St. Mary’s and Satilla, between
Black Creek and the Altamaha River system. To the north no
Carunculina have been found in the Atlantic drainage beyond the
Neuse River. Presumably the ancestors of C. pulla entered the At-
lantic drainage through a mingling of the headwaters of the Chatta-
hoochee and Savannah River systems.
Specimens of C. pulla examined.
Altamaha River system
Ocmulgee River drainage, Georgia: Ocmulgee River, below
Lumber City, Telfair Co. (H. D. Athearn) .
Altamaha River drainage, Georgia: [Altamaha River] Darien,
McIntosh Co. (USNM.) .
Savannah River system
Savannah River drainage, South Carolina: Savannah River, ap-
proximately mile point 134.5 (U. S. Army Corps of Engineers
Map) — Johnsons Landing, 10 mi. W. Allendale, Allendale Co.
(UMMZ. and MCZ.; figs 2 8c 3)
Santee River system
Waieree River drainage, North Carolina: [headwaters of] Ca-
tawba River; Pfeiffers Pond, Stewarts Pond, Bissels Pond, Beaver
Creek, all Charlotte, Mecklenberg Co. ( all ANSP.). South Caro-
lina, Wateree River (Conrad) .
Cape Fear River system
New Flope River drainage, North Carolina: University Lake, an
empoundment on Morgan Creek, 1 mi. W. Chapel Hill, Orange
Co. (MCZ., fig. 4)
Neuse River system
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
131
Neuse River drainage, North Carolina: Neuse River, Raleigh,
Wake Co. (Lea) .
Literature cited
Bates, John M., 1966. A new species of Carunculina (Unionidae:
Pelecypoda) from the Savannah River, South Carolina. Occ.
Papers, Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, no. 646, pp. 9, 3 text figs.
1 pi. 8vo.
Call, R. Ellsworth, 1896. A revision and synonym of the parvus
group of LTnionidae. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. for 1895, pp. 109-
1 19, 6 pis. 8vo.
Conrad, Timothy A., 1835-40. Mongraphy of the Family Unionidae
or Naiades of Lamarck, pp. 118, 64 pis. Philadelphia, Penn. 8 vo.
Quoted here is part 11, printed in November 1838.
Simpson, Charles T., 1914. A descriptive catalogue of the naiades,
or pearlv freshwater mussels. Parts 1-3, pp. 1540. Bryant Walker,
Detroit, Michigan. 8vo.
NOTES ON CYCLOSTREMISCUS SCHRAMMII
Bv JOSEPH HOUBRICK
Department of Biology, University of Miami
Cyclostremiscus schrammii (Fischer) has not been discussed or
illustrated since it was first described and figured by Fischer in
1857. Olsson and McGinty (1958) merely included it in their
check list ot the marine mollusks of the Caribbean coast of Panama.
Dr. Donald R. Moore, personal communication, informed the
writer that he made a search for Fischer’s types of Vitrinellidae
while at the Laboratoire du Malacologie in Paris in 1963.
C. schrammii (Fischer) was not found, and is either lost or
misplaced.
Fischer placed this species in the genus Cyclostrema , but Olsson
and McGinty (1958) included it under the genus Cyclostremiscus.
Fischer’s original description is confusing and his illustration is
poor. Since nothing seems to have been recorded about this species
since Fischer’s publication, his original descrpition is given here
along with an augmented description, new figures, and an addi-
tional locality record.
" Cyclostrema schrammii.” Figs. 1 to 3.
“Planorbid-like shell, compressed, orbicular, horn-white, widely
umbilicate; adorned with strong, radiating ribs, a median crested
keel with insertion of ribs, and with two keels, one situated above,
one below, with worn nodes. Three turns, rounded aperture;
132
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
Figs. 1-3, Cyclostremiscus schrammii (Fischer). 1, upper, 2, lower, and
3, apertural views. Diameter 1 mm.
Fig. 4. Physa anatina (p. 144). Usual and scalariform shells.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
133
pointed right margin. Dimensions: 8/10 mm. to 1.00 mm. Habitat
— Guadeloupe/'
Fischer further stated that G. shrammii resembles a small am-
monite with 3 rows of spines and an elegant form.
The writer found 7 specimens in beach drift collected at Portete,
Limon Province, Costa Rica, during the month of July, 1966.
Judging from the amount of beach drift sorted and the paucity of
specimens taken, this species of vitrinellid may be equally un-
common in its natural state.
The specimens are white, translucent and shining, show a convex
spire little elevated except for the protoconch, and a moderately
obtuse apex. There are about 2,1/% whorls, the last one being wide
and elevated above the spire. Each whorl has five rows (keels) of
nodes. Of these, there are two rows on the periphery of the whorl,
one row on the upper surface, and two below, the second of these
two being weaker and bordering the umbilicus.
Since the holotype is missing, the specimen illustrated (figs. 1-3)
in this paper has been deposited in the Division of Mollusks, U. S.
National Museum.
Acknowledgements — The writer wishes to thank Donald R.
Moore of the Institute of Marine Science, University of Miami, for
his help and direction in the preparation of this paper.
Literature cited
Fischer, Paul. 1857. Etudes sur un groupe de la famille des Trochi-
dae (Fin) 8. J. Conchyliol. 6: 284-288, pi. 10, fig. 10.
Olsson, Axel A. and McGinty, Thomas L., 1958. Recent marine
mollusks from the Caribbean coast of Panama with the descrip-
tion of some new genera and species Bull. Am. Paleontol., vol.
39, n. 177: 1-58, pis. 1-5.
EROTOLOGY OF THREE SPECIES OF PRATICOLELLA,
AND OF POLYGYRA PUSTULA
By GLENN R. WEBB
Kutztown State College, Kutztown, Pa.
The present paper deals with the courtship, mating, and sex-
organ functioning of Praticolella mobiliana floridana Vanatta,
Polygyra pustula (Ferussac) , Praticolella berlandieriana (Mori-
cand) and P. griseola (Pfeiffer). The data on the last two species
is further supplemented by studies on development patterns of
genitalia. This part of the work was done at the University of
134
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
Oklahoma in the Zoology laboratory; I am indebted to Drs. Harley
P. Brown and John T. Self for permitting me to use a large
portion of the available table-space for concrete snail-cages and
otherwise aiding in the procurement of research supplies. I am also
indebted to the Graduate College and Dr. Carl D. Riggs for a re-
search assistantship on the Biological Survey staff which made my
presence at the University possible. Since these data were not
directly involved in an already somewhat lengthy thesis, they are
presented here with additional data which has accumulated and
seems to be adequate to justify publication at this time, particu-
larly since the specific validity of some of the taxons are currently
under evaluation (Hubricht, 1961, p. 29-30) .
Because the configuration of the genitalia of P. berlandieriana
just prior to maturity is seemingly nearly like that of P. griseola at
maturity, a study of random samples of the genitalia of the two
taxons may be misleading and inadequate in evaluating taxonomic
status (compare figs. 18 and 24). For such a study, both the con-
figuration of the developing genitalia and of the functioning sex-
organs of topotypic material seem mandatory. My data do not
qualify for such a study because topotypic material was not avail-
able; yet the data do indicate differences of genitalia in the two
taxons, and imply that a sex-organ barrier to inter-mating could
exist. Any study of typotypic material should test this possibility:
Can these two cross-copulate and effectively cross-fertilize? Any
hybrids secured, further, would have to demonstrate an ability
to reproduce either among themselves or with the parental stocks.
For the above reasons, the present data are pertinent but not
final on the question of inter-species distinctness of berlandieriana
and griseola. The data illustrate the dangers of bland statements
of taxonomic conclusion not supported by verifying evidence. To
an increasing degree, the literature of modern malacology may not
benefit from the publishing of bare opinions, despite the ubiquity
of such procedures in the past decades.
Praticolella berlandieriana: The material was collected Dec. 21,
1953 on the bluff above Comal Creek, at New Braunfels, Comal
Co., Texas. The specimens were active on dead vegetation, espe-
cially compositae, other forbs and grass following fog and light
rain; none were noted near the creek. The mating-anatomies were
from collected specimens; the genital development series was de-
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
135
rived partly from laboratory-raised young.
On Jan. 5, 1954 a pair were noted head-on suspended from the
cage cover-glass; the sex-organs quickly everted and almost im-
mediately the two snails sexually disengaged and separated. Then
another pair was noted head-on. Boiling water now being at hand,
when the penes engaged a moment later, the pair was scraped off
the cover-glass into the boiling water to fix the exserted organs in
the extended condition. As observed, the engaged penes seemed not
to entwist but to evert into reciprocal contact as in species of
Euchemotrema (Webb, 1947, 1948) . A fellow student at this
time, Virgil Dowell, then placed a pair head-on and they exserted
the penes into contact a few seconds later, and provided another
pair of mating-anatomies.
On Jan. 6, 1954 another glimpse of courtship was secured when
a pair of specimens were noted head-on, biting at each other.
Biting had not happened in previously noted courtships. The pair
soon separated, however, without mating.
Mating-anatomy data: Four mating-anatomies have been avail-
able for study; three are illustrated (figs. 22, 23, 30) . In two mat-
ing-anatomies the main part of the penis, essentially the basal half
of the retracted organ exclusive of the accessory gland, appears
pendant on a stalk-like part. The stalked condition is probably
due to the exserted organs having been withdrawn into the aper-
ture of the shell as the bodies of the snails cooled. As shown in
figure 23, the complete eversion of the atrium causes the nominal
vagina to open as a pore high up on the side of the everted sex-
organs near the atrium. The main bulk of the exserted sex-organs
is made up of the basal penis. In non-mating anatomies, a circular,
lobed pilaster (basal discoid body) occupies the basal part of the
penis, and forms the body of the everted penis; it holds the orifice
of the accessory gland, and from its mass everts the recurved, digiti-
form, apical penis which terminates in the ejaculatory pore. Inside
the apical penis are the descended parts of the epiphallus-vas
deferens complex. I interpret the basal discoid body to be homol-
ogous to the penis-clasping disk or organ in Ashmnnella (Webb,
1954).
The orifice of the accessory gland of the penis would seem to
receive the penis tip and ejected semen from the mate; how far
into the accessory gland lumen [if at all] the penis tip enters
136
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
must be determined by further observations.
The bulk of the accessory gland descends passively into the
everted basal penis. In form the accessory gland may be nearly
straight or recurved (figs. 30, 22, 23) . The lumen of the gland
is variably capacious, and its size in the mature, resting anatomy
causes the penis tip to seem to insert laterally and to be y2 to i/3
as large as the gland Pilsbry (1930) has shown; he did not describe
the internal parts of the sex-organs.
Praticolella griseola: I am indebted to Jim Campbell for helping
to collect part of the specimens. All were taken Dec. 24, 1953 from
Harlingen, Cameron Co., Texas, or were offspring raised in the
laboratory. The first courtship was seen Jan. 3, 1954, when two
snails were noted head-on clinging to the cage cover-glass. The
foreparts were detached from the glass. The pair lost each other
while pivoting. On Jan. 4, another head-on pair were noted as
before, and head arching and biting followed, the foreparts of each
being detached from the glass and the jaws making biting actions
at the other. This was a mutual behavior. They wandered apart
after pivoting.
On Jan. 5th, again a pair were noted head on, biting at each
other, with foreparts detached from the cage cover-glass. A few
seconds later they were noted with the sexual organs exserted but
were found to have become sexually disengaged a few seconds later,
and on Jan. 8th a head-on pair also were noted to suddenly evert
the sex organs which attained a marked volume relative to that
of the snails. Two entwining processes spiralled horizontally free
from the main mass of the united penes. The pair were plunged
into boiling water and mating anatomies were secured (figs. 31,
32) . The eversion of the organs had required only seconds.
No more matings happened to be observed. On Jan. 23, 1954
large numbers of young, which were not hirsute, were seen ap-
pearing in the cage. Many dead and dying adults were noted in
the cage on Feb. 17, 1954. Prolonged exposure to moisture, with
temperatures in excess of 74° F., are seemingly fatal, and possibly
so at even lesser temperatures. This seems also true of P. berlan-
dienana. In the culture of these two taxons, alternate wet-dry
periods are indicated as being necessary.
Mating-anatomy data: Two mating anatomies were available
(figs. 31, 32) . The anatomy shown in fig. 32 is probably abnor-
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
137
mally elongate below the atrium due to the extruding organs being
drawn into the aperture of the shell as the body of the killed snail
cooled. The mating anatomy of fig. 31 is believed not to exhibit
this defect. The female-organs (vagina, free-oviduct, and basal
sperma thecal duct) are not everted, although the orifice of the
vagina opens onto the side of the everted penis just below the
atrium, and to this degree the nominal vagina has descended into
the everted penis. The discoid body of the basal penis is seemingly
ring-like (fig. 24, 25) and bears a more enlarged edge-lobe than in
berlandieriana. This causes the edge of the main body of the penis,
the basal part, to be calicular, with the narrowed orifice of the
accessory gland opening on the rim of the cup. A mass of ma-
terial occupies the orifice and adjacent duct in the anatomy of
fig. 31, but less conspicuously so in fig. 32. The body of the entire
accessory gland occupies the interior of the basal portion of the
penis.. The proportionately smaller accessory gland in griseola is
about half the length of the everted penial tip, whereas in ber-
landieriana the tip is larger than the gland. The penis tip, as in
berlandieriana , is everted from the basal penis, but is much larger
and more elongate, being narrowly funnel-shaped. The tip seems
not intrinsicly recurved as it is in berlandieriana. The epiphallus
and vas-deferens which are merged indistinguishably, open to the
exterior at the ejaculatory pore at the tip of the everted penis-tip.
In both, semen is visible in these ducts.
No semen is present in the slightly enlarged part of the vas
deferens at its point of seeming origin from the base of the
prostrate. In most preparations the path of the sperm duct above
the vas deferens is not evident in macroscopic, whole mounts of
the entire genitalia. But in the two available mating-anatomies,
conspicuous masses of semen are present in the sperm duct just
above the point at which the vas deferens hangs and appears as
a free tube parallel to the free oviduct and vagina. A restudy of
the berlandieriana slides fails to reveal a comparable feature, due
possibly to less perfect staining and tissue clearing, or to the semen
having already been discharged. The semen mass above the vas
deferens in griseola is about as wide as the prostate, but only about
half as long. The material is more copious in one example than
the other. In one a thin line of the material seems to reveal the
path of the sperm duct up to about the region of the insertion of
the hermaphroditic duct at the talon.
138
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
The mode of seminal transfer during mating is not clearly evi-
dent. The seeming entwisting of tubular bodies noted during one
mating may have been the eversion and entwistment of the penial
tips. The narrowed tip of the everted penis is about as large as
the accessory gland pore, but its situation in the rim of the basal
disk would seem to render it difficult for the everting, entwisting
tip of the penis to engage the pore of the gland. Semen transfer
seems mechanically different than in berlandieriana. Possibly the
horizontally entwisting, tips merely eject semen into the cup-like
basal penis; then accessory gland secretions cement the deposited
semen to the cup to facilitate engulfment and withdrawal as the
entire organ is retracted.
Heretofore, data on the genitalia of P. griseola seem not to have
been published. The uterus, prostate, albumen gland and talon
are as in berlandieriana. In some dissections, the spermatheca in
berlandieriana is more inflated and egg-shaped; none of those avail-
able from griseola showed this feature. In comparing adult griseola
with berlandieriana , one may characterize the anatomical differ-
ences thus: in griseola the penial tip is larger than the accessory
gland which is lateral; the penis retractor trifurcates before
its insertion on the epiphallus-penis junction and sends two
strands (penis-retentor muscles) on each side of the vas deferens
to the central part of the main body of the penis. At this point the
two strands may radiate variously just before insertion on the
penis side (figs. 20, 24, 25) . I have never found such a pronounced
trifurcation of the penis retractor in berlandieriana; the retractor
continues as a main mass to an insertion on the epiphallus-penis
junction with a minor strand, sometimes two strands, (penis-re-
tentor muscles) reaching the basal penis. In the Polygyridae, the
trifurcation of the penial retractor is exhibited in species of
Allogona, Vespericola, Cryptomastix, Trilobopsis, immature Eu-
chemotrema , and probably others. For this reason the trifurcate
condition is probably a primitive one, but not the most primitive.
The condition seems correlated with a massive basal disk, and a
rather elongate, sometimes verge-bearing penial tip.. The retentor
strands probably aid the retraction and retain or prohibit too
much eversion of the everting, penial disk; especially when the
penis tip is further everted therefrom. Because the epiphallus and
lower part of the vas deferens must descend into the penis to
permit eversion of the penial tip the retentor strands in P. griseola
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
139
Figs. 1-6, 8, 11. Practicolella griseola (Pfr.) , Harlingen, Cameron Co., Texas.
1-6, 8, development of genitalia. 11, adult genitalia. Figs. 12-17. P. berlandier-
iana (Moricand) , New Braunfels, Comal Co., Texas. Maturation shown in
figs. 7, 9 and 10.
140
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
may not insert diffusely but must insert to leave the epiphallus-vas
deferens free to move; the insertion of the retractor muscle near
the penis tip at the epiphallus-penis union prohibits excessive
eversion, and probably aids the retraction of the penis tip. In
berlandieriana the penis-retractor muscle system is thus believed to
have lost the trifurcate configuration. The changed muscle struc-
ture may help cause the recurvature of the everted penial tip
toward the orifice of the accessory-gland, and to prohibit twisting
such as occurs in the everting tip in griseola. The changed condi-
tion in berlandieriana is indicated by the potentially trifurcate
condition (fig. 7) at one stage of organ development; the final
condition is probably adapted to the changed organ function which
is evolving in berlandieriana.
(To be continued)
NOTES AND NEWS
Ruth E. Coats, 1911-1966 — Conchology suffered a severe loss
in the passing of Miss Ruth E. Coats. Ruth was born on March
2, 1911, in Seattle, Washington, and passed away on Oct. 19, 1966,
in Carlsbad, California. Surviving are her mother, Mrs. Emma
Coats of Carlsbad, and two brothers.
Ruth received both a Bachelor of Science and a Master of Science
degree from the University of Washington. She had a major in
zoology and a minor in geology. She taught geology for a number
of years at Palomar College.
Ruth Coats was the first elected chairman of the American
Malacological Union, Pacific Division. Her first meeting, in 1949,
was held in the Long Beach Municapal Auditorium, but Ruth
was hospitalized and unable to attend. Later she served as Secre-
tary-Treasurer of the A.M.U.P.D. for several years. In 1954, Miss
Coats was President of the Conchological Club of Southern Cali-
fornia. She conducted a shell study class at the Burch home.
The shell house at Carlsbad, California (some would call it a
museum) reflected her originality. It was remarkable for its artistic
beauty and contained an excellent library of many rare volumes.
Around 1950, she bought the famous Raymond Collection. In
1954 she purchased the superb second Belle Whitmore collection.
These were added to her large collection made over the years from
personal collecting, purchase, and by exchange — Rose L. Burch.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
141
Joyce Allan (in private life, Mrs. H. W. Kirkpatrick) died
on September 1, 1966, after a long illness, in Sydney, Australia.
She was Curator of Mollusca at the Australian Museum from 1944
to 1956, and was author of “Australian Shells” and “Cowry Shells
of World Seas.”
N.S.F. grants. — The following is a list of malacologists or those
working in aspects of molluscan research who have received awards
from the National Science Foundation. This information was ex-
tracted from the section on Biological and medical science research
projects of the category of Basic research support from the recently
published report “National Science Foundation, grants and awards
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1965.”
Arnold, John M. Influences of the egg cortex on the develop-
ment of the molluscan embryo (GB3202); 36 months; $35,900.
Iowa State Univ. of Science and Technology.
Burch, John B. Biological studies of Thiaridae (GB3006) ;
12 mos.; $6,900. Univ. of Michigan.
Burch, John B. Cell and tissue culture methods for mollusks
(GB3133) ; 24 mos.; $15,000.
Burch, John B. Cytotaxonomic studies of aquatic pulmonate
snails (GB787 — Amend. No. 1; $14,000. Univ. of Michigan.
Costlow, John D. Environmental effects on larval development
and shell formation in “Littorina picta” Philippi (GB3270) ; 24
mos. $26,300. Duke Univ.
Costlow, John D., Jr. Environmental effects on larval develop-
ment and shell formation in “Littorina picta” Philippi (GB3270
— Amend. No. 1); $12,800. Duke Univ.
Franzen, Dorothea S. Recent Succineidae of central North
America (GB2715) ; 36 mos.; $13,900. Illinois Wesleyan Univ.
Friedl, Frank E. Nitrogen catabolism in the snail “Lymnaea
stagnalis jugularis” (GB3158) ; 24 mos.; $11,300. Univ. of South
Florida.
Levins, Richard and Heatwole, Harold. A study of insular popu-
lations (GB2906); 36 mos.; $25,800. University of Puerto Rico.
Hanna, G. Dallas. Biological effects of the Alaska earthquake
(GB3533) ; 6 mos.; $32,600. California Academy of Sciences.
Harry, Harold W. Systematic studies on selected taxa of fresh
and brackish water mollusks (GB2753) ; 24 mos.; $19,200. Texas
A and M Univ.
142
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
Hillman, Robert E. Comparative study of free amino acids
among allopatric populations of “Crassostrea virginica" (GB2724) ;
24 mos.; $5,100. Univ. of Maryland.
McClary, Andrew. Cues involved in vertical movement and static
orientation of Gastropods (GB3672) ; 24 mos.; $9,000. Michigan
State Univ.
Mead, Albert R. Population decline and decimation in “Aclia-
tina fulica" (GB3768) ; 12 mos.; $20,100. Univ. of Arizona.
Mellon, DeForest, Jr. Reflex pathways in the surf clam
(GB3623) ; 24 mos.; $14,800. Univ. of Virginia.
Moore, Donald R. Systematics and zoogeography of western
North Atlantic Caecidae (GB3104); 12 mos.; $11,100. Univ. of
Miami.
Olsson, Axel A. and Woodring, Wendell P. Comparative study
of molluscan faunas of Tertiary stages (GB3892) ; 4 mos.; $6,800.
Sm i thsonia n I n s ti tu ti on .
Solem, G. Alan. Classification and zoogeography of the Endo-
dontidae (GB3384) ; 24 mos.; $20,500. Chicago Natural History
Museum, Chicago. — Kenneth J. Boss.
Turbonilla secura. — Under different authorship, Turbonilla
(Stnoturbonilla) secura was twice proposed as a replacement name
for Turbonilla obeliscus Gould. Though the species is South
African, all critical references were published in the North Ameri-
can literature. A brief synonymy is as follows:
Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) secura Dali and Bartsch, 1906.
1861. Turbonilla obeliscus Gould, Proc. Boston Soc.. Nat. Hist.,
v. 7, p. 406. Not Chemnitzia obeliscus C. B. Adams, 1850,
Contrib. Conch, p. 72. [Turbonilla ( Strioturbonilla ) obeliscus
(C. B. Adams) ] .
1906. Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) secura Dali and Bartsch, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., v. 30, p. 339. (Replacement name.)
1915. Turbonilla ( Strioturbonilla ) secura Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus.
Bull. 91, p. 76, pi. 17, fig. 7. (Replacement name.)
1964. Turbonella i (sic) (Striothurbonilla) (sic) secura “Bartsch"
Johnson, Smithsonian Inst. Bull. 269, p. 147 —
James X. Corgan, Sinclair Oil and Gas Company, Tulsa,
Oklahoma.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
143
Further comments on Brachystyloma Caribbean a — The
genus Brachystyloma and the type species B. carihbeana , from the
Abisinia Formation (Pleistocene) of northern Venezuela, were
named, described, and illustrated by Weisbord (1962, Bulls.
American Paleo., 42 (193) : 18, 28, 335-337, 485, pi. 29, figs. 23-
24) . Three specimens were available for study, all badly worn and
broken on the outer lip and spire. On all three specimens also,
there is a deep and wide excavation under the columella, impart-
ing to the aperture and anterior canal the outline of a broad
inverted and reversed comma. Mainly on this character, the genus
Brachystyloma was erected. After examining one specimen of Brach-
ystyloma, the holotype, Robertson (Nautilus, 77 (1) , p. 32) came
to the conclusion that the character in question “is an erosional
feature that would be found only in broken and abraded shells,”
that “ Brachystyloma is a worn and badly broken columbellid
probably the abundant and variable Anachis ( Costoanachis ) hotes-
sieriana Orbigny or a closely related species in the same subgenus,”
and that “ Brachystyloma Weisbord (1962) is a subjective junior
synonym of Anachis H. & A. Adams (1853) and of Costoanachis
Sacco (1890) .”
Only recently, I happened to read Robertson’s note or I would
have commented on it earlier. I might state at the outset, that at
the time I was working on the shells, I too was apprehensive that
the peculiar shape of the aperture might be due to weathering
rather than to its genetic structure; and, if the excavation under
the columella is attributable wholly to erosion (or, as I once
thought, to a burrowing organism) , then the validity of the genus
Brachystyloma is indeed questionable. Flowever, after re-examin-
ing the two topotypes in our collection at Florida State University,
I am again persuaded that the “excavation” is a true morphologic
character and not a fortuitous one. It would be more than passing
strange for all three specimens of B. carihbeana to be eroded or
burrowed into in exactly the same complex pattern, and I must
contend that the inverted comma effect is an inherent one. Sec-
ondly, breakage cannot be invoked to account for the excavation,
since sharp, ragged edges are not present in the critical areas as
one might expect along breaks, but are rounded and thickened
instead. Thirdly, the smooth, slightly arcuate columella seems to
me to be foreshortened naturally, and extends down into the
144
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
aperture as a small projection considerably distant from the basal
lip. The lower end of the columella is subtruncate and is thickened
or emarginate, the emargination continuing along the edge of the
lower and basal lips. Truly the spire of Brachystyloma resembles
that of Anachis (Costoanachis) as stated by Robertson, and even
the residual color pattern of our specimens is similar to that of A .
hotessieriana (Orbigny) . However, the aperture of the Venezuelan
shells is completely different than that of Anachis ( Costoanachis ),
and is so unique (genetically, in my judgment) that the new genus
Brachystyloma was proposed. — Norman E. Weisbord, Florida
State University.
Coiling abnormality in Physa anatina. — On October 15,
1965, the junior author, searching for tardigrades on some flat
rocks (heavily laden with algae) , inadvertently transported the
eggs of Physa anatina Lea to his laboratory. The eggs hatched.
Among the hundreds of normal individuals, a single “un-coiled”
individual was observed (page 132, fig. 4). It measured 5.5 mm
in greatest length. — Branley A. Branson, Eastern Kentucky
University and Clark W. Beasley, University of Oklahoma.
Montacuta flgridana commensal with annelid Onuphis
magna. — A number of bivalve mollusks of the eulamellibranch
superfamily Erycinacea have been found in symbiotic association
with annelids. Boss (1965, Malacologia, 3: 183-195) has reviewed
these occurrences. Along the Atlantic coast of North America,
Stimpson (1855, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 5: 110-117) first
described Lepton [ Ceratohornia ] longipes as occurring in the
“holes of marine worms and fossorial crustaceans.” More recently
Sanders et al. (1962, Limn, and Oceanogr., 7: 63-79) found Ali-
gena elevata (Stimpson) attached to the lower end of Clymenella
torquata (Leidy) at Barnstable Harbor, Massachusetts. The pres-
ent note documents the commensal relationship of Montacuta
floridana Dali with the annelid Onuphis magna (Andrews) . Speci-
mens of these species in association were collected in a muddy sand
bar about 200 yards south of the mouth of Hall’s Creek (south of
Matheson Hammock, Dade County, Florida) . The burrows of
O. magna at this locale were among Thalassia rhizomes. The
substrate below the thin layer of detritus and mud was anaerobic.
April, 1967
NAUTILUS
111
Additional specimens from the northwest coast of Florida were
obtained from Dog Island Reef (east of Dog Island, Franklin
County) in depths from 5-20 feet in sand and sand-mud sub-
strates. At these stations, adult M. fioridana were found at the
distal end of the tube constructed by O. magna.
Montacuta fioridana was described and figured by Dali (1899,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 21: 873-897) from specimens found on the
beaches of west Florida near the Manatee River by Charles T.
Simpson. The type-lot consists of 6 specimens, 3 left and 3 right
valves, all unmatched; the holotype (see Dali, pi. 87, fig. 10)
consists of a right valve (USNM 64456) .
Immature specimens from 0.5-1. 0 mm. length of M. fioridana
from Hall’s Creek are apparently attached to Onuphis and are
ovate in outline. Allometric growth of the shell accounts for the
difference in the shape of the valves of the adult clam which
attains a length of 20 mm. and which is elongate. The dentition of
this species consists of a protuberant cardinal tooth in the left
valve which anteriorly interlocks with a similar tooth in the right
valve. Posteriorly an internal resilial ligament conjoins the valves.
The dentition is much like that of M. phascolionis Dautzenberg
as illustrated by Deroux (1961, Cahiers Biol. Mar., Roscoff, 2:
99-153, fig. 4) . Anatomically the presence of single right and left
ctenidia indicate the montacutid affinities of this species (Thiele,
1935, Handb. sys. Weichtierkunde, vol., 2, p. 874) . One of us
(Stewart) is preparing a detailed study of the anatomy, mor-
phology, and ecology of this species. — K. J. Boss, Harvard Uni-
versity, N.. K. Ebbs, Institute of Marine Science, University of
Miami, and W. C. Stewart, University of California, Santa
Barbara.
Marine Biological Association of India is holding a Sym-
posium on Mollusca January 12-16, 1968, at Mandapam Camp,
Ramnathpurum District, South India. All phases of studies on
mollusks will be included. Anyone interested should write the
Convener. I have agreed to serve on the Advisory Committee and
am planning to attend. — Ralph W. Dexter, Kent State Uni-
versity, Kent, Ohio 44240.
IV
NAUTILUS
Vol. 80 (4)
PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED
Burch, J. B. 8c R. Natarajan. 1965. Cytological studies of Taiwan
freshwater pulmonate snails. Bull. Inst. Zoo. Acad. Sinica 4:
11-7, figs. 1-13.
8c C. M. Patterson. 1966. Key to the genera of land gastropods
(snails and slugs) of Michigan. Mus. Zoo. Univ. Mich. Circular
no 5: 19 pp., 46 figs.
Clarke, Arthur H., Jr. 1965. Amblema Rafinesque, 1820 (Lamel-
libranchiata) : proposed addition to the official list and proposed
suppression of Amblema Rafinesque, 1819. Bull. Zoo. Nomencl.
22: 196-197.
Clench, William J. 1962. New land mollusks in the families
Camaenidae and Fruticicolidae from Hispaniola. Rev. Mus.
Argentino Cienco. Nat. 8: 213-227, pis. 1, 2. N. spp. of Poly -
dontes ( Salleana , n. subg.) , Cepolis, Hemitrochus 8c Coryda.
8c Ruth D. Turner. 1964. Monographs of the genera Mega -
lacron and Rhytidoconcha (Papuinidae: Camaenidae). J. Malac.
Soc. Australia no. 8: 36-71, including 1 fig. 8c pis. 8-11. N. spp.
of Megalacron , with genitalia.
1965. New species of land mollusks with notes on other
species from the Solomon Islands. Breviora (Mus. Comp. Zoo.)
no. 224: 8 pp., including 2 pis. N. spp. of Trochomorpha ,
Setaepoma 8c Palaina.
8c W. B. Miller. 1966. A new species of Ashmunella from
west Texas (Mollusca: Pulmonata) . Breviora no. 244: 6 pp.
with 4 figs. A. bequaerti.
WILLIAM H. WEEKS SHELL COLLECTION: New price lists
of this famous collection, with full scientific data, are in prepa-
ration. Many new additions of fine and rare species are also
included. To obtain free copies write:
George E. Jacobs, 853 Riverside Drive, New York 32, N. Y.
/A
■ X|Pt%\ X £
, *. li ; t Mm ± ^ mm * *. ft
\ W0^W Vv \ W$
% ^ iSNSIk "V
X* VVT s>
v^v
- \^1
% ^/0%k% J
i ^ ^ to® ^ ^
^.U :'■ Va /A Vo.
V '#4# -X % >!'*
-O .\J ,_i|!i
^ V-
*V ^ ^
' c?
- ^ \ 181
# ^aiK v
rx «■?
^a ^ ^ X&;
\ / *